CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS CAPITAL CORP, S-4, 1999-04-30

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS CAPITAL CORP
S-4, 1999-04-30

Previous: PUGET ENERGY INC /WA, S-4, 1999-04-30

Next: JENSEN INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC, 13F-HR, 1999-04-30

<PAGE> 1

AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON APRIL 30, 1999

REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------------

FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
------------------------

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS
CAPITAL CORPORATION
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANTS AS SPECIFIED IN THEIR CHARTERS)

<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
DELAWARE 4841 43-1843179
DELAWARE 4841 43-1843177
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (FEDERAL EMPLOYER
OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
</TABLE>

12444 POWERSCOURT DRIVE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI 63131
(314) 965-0555
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE
NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANTS'
PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)

CURTIS S. SHAW, ESQ.
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT, GENERAL COUNSEL AND SECRETARY
12444 POWERSCOURT DRIVE
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI 63131
(314) 965-0555
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND
TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING
AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

COPIES TO:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
DANIEL G. BERGSTEIN, ESQ. ALVIN G. SEGEL, ESQ.
PAUL, HASTINGS, JANOFSKY & WALKER LLP IRELL & MANELLA LLP
399 PARK AVENUE 1800 AVENUE OF THE STARS, SUITE 900
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022 LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90067-4276
(212) 318-6000 (310) 277-1010
</TABLE>

-------------------------

APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. [ ]

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
-------------------------

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROPOSED PROPOSED
AMOUNT MAXIMUM MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF TO BE OFFERING PRICE AGGREGATE REGISTRATION
SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED REGISTERED PER NOTE OFFERING PRICE FEE(1)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
8.250% Senior Notes due 2007............. $600,000,000 99.733% $ 600,000,000 $166,800.00
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.625% Senior Notes due 2009............. $1,500,000,000 99.695% $1,500,000,000 $417,000.00
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.920% Senior Discount Notes due 2011.... $1,475,000,000(2) 61.394% $ 905,561,500 $251,746.00
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457.

(2) Based on the aggregate principal amount at maturity.

THE REGISTRANTS HEREBY AMEND THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANTS
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE> 2

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED , 1999

OFFER TO EXCHANGE
8.250% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2007,
8.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2009 AND 9.920% SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2011
FOR ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING 8.250% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2007,
8.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2009 AND 9.920% SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2011 OF

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS CAPITAL CORPORATION
-------------------------
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON ,
1999, UNLESS EXTENDED.

Charter Communications Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
("Charter Holdings") and Charter Communications Capital Corporation, a Delaware
corporation ("CCHC" and, together with Charter Holdings, "Charter" or the
"Issuers"), hereby offer (the "Exchange Offer"), upon the terms and subject to
the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and the accompanying letter of
transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), to exchange up to $600 million
aggregate principal amount of their 8.250% Senior Notes due 2007 (the "Exchange
Eight-Year Notes"), up to $1.5 billion aggregate principal amount of their
8.625% Senior Notes due 2009 (the "Exchange Ten-Year Notes") and up to $1.475
billion aggregate principal amount at maturity of their 9.920% Senior Discount
Notes due 2011 (the "Exchange Senior Discount Notes" and, together with the
Exchange Eight-Year Notes and the Exchange Ten-Year Notes, the "Exchange
Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Securities Act"), pursuant to a registration statement of which this
Prospectus is a part (the "Registration Statement"), for an equal principal
amount of their outstanding 8.250% Senior Notes due 2007 (the "Original
Eight-Year Notes"), an equal principal amount of their outstanding 8.625% Senior
Notes due 2009 (the "Original Ten-Year Notes") and an equal principal amount at
maturity of their outstanding 9.920% Senior Discount Notes due 2011 (the
"Original Senior Discount Notes" and, together with the Original Eight-Year
Notes and the Original Ten-Year Notes, the "Original Notes" and, together with
the Exchange Notes, the "Notes"), respectively, from the holders thereof.
The Exchange Notes will be obligations of the Issuers evidencing the same
debt as the Original Notes and will be entitled to the benefits of the same
indentures, dated as of March 17, 1999 (the "Indentures"), between the Issuers
and Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as trustee (the "Trustee"). The form and
terms of the Exchange Notes are substantially the same as the form and terms of
the Original Notes, except that the Exchange Notes have been registered under
the Securities Act. See "The Exchange Offer." Consequently, the Exchange
Eight-Year Notes have a fixed annual rate of 8.250%, which will be paid every
six months on April 1 and October 1 commencing October 1, 1999. The Exchange
Ten-Year Notes have a fixed annual rate of 8.625%, which will be paid every six
months on April 1 and October 1 commencing October 1, 1999. The Exchange Senior
Discount Notes will not make a cash interest payment prior to October 1, 2004,
and will accrue interest at a rate of 9.920% per year to an aggregate amount of
$1.475 billion by April 1, 2004, and thereafter will pay cash interest every six
months on April 1 and October 1 commencing October 1, 2004. The Exchange Notes
will bear interest from March 17, 1999. Holders of Exchange Notes whose Original
Notes are accepted for exchange will be deemed to have waived the right to
receive any payment in respect of interest on the Original Notes accrued up
until the date of the issuance of the Exchange Notes. Such waiver will not
result in the loss of interest income to such holders, since the Exchange Notes
will bear interest from the issue date of the Original Notes.
The Exchange Eight-Year Notes will mature on April 1, 2007, the Exchange
Ten-Year Senior Notes will mature on April 1, 2009 and the Exchange Senior
Discount Notes will mature on April 1, 2011. The Issuers do not have the right
to redeem the Exchange Eight-Year Senior Notes prior to maturity. At any time on
or after April 1, 2004, the Issuers may redeem some or all of the Exchange
Ten-Year Notes and the Exchange Senior Discount Notes at the prices set forth in
this Prospectus. At any time on or prior to April 1, 2002, the Issuers may
redeem up to 35% of the Exchange Ten-Year Notes and the Exchange Senior Discount
Notes issued under the Indenture governing such notes with the proceeds of
certain equity offerings by the Issuers.
If the Issuers sell certain assets or experience specific kinds of changes
in control, they must offer to repurchase the Exchange Notes at 101% of their
principal amount or accreted value, as applicable, plus accrued and unpaid
interest.
There is no guarantee of the Notes. The Notes rank equally with the current
and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Issuers. The Notes
are subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of the subsidiaries of
Charter Holdings, which is a holding company and conducts all of its operations
through its subsidiaries. If the Issuers go into bankruptcy, payments on the
Notes will only be made after their senior debt has been paid in full.
The Issuers will accept for exchange any and all Original Notes that are
validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
, 1999, unless the Exchange Offer is extended (the "Expiration
Date"). Tenders of Original Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. The Exchange Notes will be
issued and delivered promptly after the Expiration Date. The Exchange Offer is
not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of Original Notes being
tendered for exchange. See "The Exchange Offers." Original Notes may be tendered
only in integral multiples of $1,000.
The Issuers will not receive any proceeds from, and have agreed to bear the
expenses of, the Exchange Offer. No underwriter is being used in connection with
this Exchange Offer.
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in
exchange for Original Notes, where such Original Notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities, must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by so acknowledging
and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that
it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This
Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in
exchange for Original Notes where such Exchange Notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities. The
Issuers have agreed that for a period of 180 days after consummation of the
Exchange Offer, they will make this Prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, available to any broker-dealer for use in
connection with any such resale. Until , 1999, all dealers that effect
transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this Exchange
Offer, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the
dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions. See "Plan of Distribution."
Prior to the Exchange Offer, there has been no public market for the Notes.
The Issuers do not intend to list the Exchange Notes on a national securities
exchange or quotation system, but the Original Notes are eligible for trading in
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.'s Private Offerings,
Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages (PORTAL) Market. There can be no
assurance that an active market for the Notes will develop. If a market for the
Notes should develop, the Notes could trade at a discount from their principal
amount depending on certain conditions. See "Risk Factors -- Absence of a Public
Market."
-------------------------
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 19 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY HOLDERS WHO TENDER THEIR ORIGINAL NOTES IN THE
EXCHANGE OFFER.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

The date of this Prospectus is , 1999.
<PAGE> 3

THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN RECOMMENDED BY ANY UNITED
STATES FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR REGULATORY AUTHORITY.
FURTHERMORE, THE FOREGOING AUTHORITIES HAVE NOT CONFIRMED THE ACCURACY OR
DETERMINED THE ADEQUACY OF THIS DOCUMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

The distribution of this Prospectus and the offering of the Exchange Notes
in certain jurisdictions may be restricted by law. The Issuers of the Exchange
Notes require persons who come into possession of this Prospectus to inform
themselves about and to observe any such restrictions. This Prospectus does not
constitute an offer of, or an invitation to exchange for, any of the Exchange
Notes in any jurisdiction in which such offer or invitation would be unlawful.

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Prospectus includes forward-looking statements regarding, among other
things, our plans, strategies and prospects, both business and financial.
Although we believe that our plans, intentions and expectations reflected in or
suggested by these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no
assurance that we will achieve or realize these plans, intentions or
expectations. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks,
uncertainties and assumptions. Important factors that could cause actual results
to differ materially from the forward-looking statements we make in this
Prospectus are set forth under the caption "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this
Prospectus. All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting
on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by those cautionary
statements. We will not update these forward-looking statements even though our
situation will change in the future.

NOTICE TO NEW HAMPSHIRE RESIDENTS

NEITHER THE FACT THAT A REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN APPLICATION FOR A
LICENSE HAS BEEN FILED UNDER CHAPTER 421-B OF THE NEW HAMPSHIRE UNIFORM
SECURITIES ACT WITH THE STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE NOR THE FACT THAT A SECURITY IS
EFFECTIVELY REGISTERED OR A PERSON IS LICENSED IN THE STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE
CONSTITUTES A FINDING BY THE SECRETARY OF STATE THAT ANY DOCUMENT FILED UNDER
RSA 421-B IS TRUE, COMPLETE AND NOT MISLEADING. NEITHER ANY SUCH FACT NOR THE
FACT THAT AN EXEMPTION OR EXCEPTION IS AVAILABLE FOR A SECURITY OR A TRANSACTION
MEANS THAT THE SECRETARY OF STATE HAS PASSED IN ANY WAY UPON THE MERITS OR
QUALIFICATIONS OF, OR RECOMMENDED OR GIVEN APPROVAL TO, ANY PERSON, SECURITY, OR
TRANSACTION. IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE, OR CAUSE TO BE MADE, TO ANY PROSPECTIVE
PURCHASER, CUSTOMER, OR CLIENT ANY REPRESENTATION INCONSISTENT WITH THE
PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH.

i
<PAGE> 4

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

The Issuers have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (together with all
amendments, exhibits, schedules and supplements thereto, the "Registration
Statement") under the Securities Act with respect to the Exchange Notes offered
hereby. This Prospectus, which forms a part of the Registration Statement, does
not contain all the information set forth in the Registration Statement, certain
parts of which have been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of
the Commission. For further information with respect to the Issuers and the
Exchange Notes offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement.
Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of certain documents
filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement are not necessarily complete
and, in each case, are qualified by reference to the copy of the document so
filed. The Registration Statement can be inspected and copied at the public
reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's regional offices
at 3475 Lenox Road, N.E., Suite 1000, Atlanta, Georgia 30326-1232. Copies of
such material may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the
Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed
rates. Such material also can be reviewed through the Commission's Electronic
Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval System ("EDGAR"), which is publicly
available through the Commission's web site (http://www.sec.gov).

The Issuers intend to furnish to each holder of the Exchange Notes annual
reports containing audited financial statements and quarterly reports containing
unaudited financial information for the first three quarters of each fiscal
year. The Issuers also will furnish to each holder of the Exchange Notes such
other reports as may be required by applicable law.

The principal executive offices of the Issuers are located at 12444
Powerscourt Drive, St. Louis, Missouri 63131, and their telephone number is
(314)965-0555.

ii
<PAGE> 5

SUMMARY

The following summary contains basic information about the Exchange Offer.
It likely does not contain all the information that is important to you in
making a decision to tender Original Notes in exchange for Exchange Notes. For a
more complete understanding of the Exchange Offer, we encourage you to read this
entire document and other documents to which we refer.

Unless the context otherwise requires, in this Prospectus all references to
"Charter Holdings" mean Charter Communications Holdings, LLC and all references
to "CCHC" mean Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corporation. All
references to "Charter" or the "Issuers" mean Charter Holdings and CCHC. All
references to the "Charter Companies" mean Charter Communications Operating, LLC
and its subsidiaries. All references to the "Charter Systems" mean all cable
systems owned directly or indirectly by the Charter Companies. All references to
"Marcus" mean Marcus Cable Company, L.L.C. All references to the "Marcus
Companies" mean Marcus and its subsidiaries. All references to the "Marcus
Systems" mean all cable systems owned directly or indirectly by the Marcus
Companies. All references to "the Company," "we," "us" or "our" mean Charter
together with the Charter Companies and the Marcus Companies. All references to
"CCI" mean Charter Communications, Inc., our management company and a
significant equity holder of Charter Holdings. "Pro Forma for Marcus" means
after giving effect to the Marcus Combination (as defined below).

THE COMPANY

We are the seventh largest operator of cable systems in the United States,
serving approximately 2.3 million customers. Our cable systems are managed in
seven operating regions and operate in 22 states. We offer a full range of cable
television services, including basic, expanded basic, premium and pay-per-view
television programming. We have begun to offer digital cable television services
to customers in some of our systems, and are also expanding into other
entertainment, educational and communications services, such as high-speed
Internet access and interactive services. These new services will take advantage
of the significant bandwidth of our cable systems. For the year ended December
31, 1998, Pro Forma for Marcus, our revenues were approximately $1.1 billion and
our EBITDA was approximately $485 million. Approximately 96% of our equity is
beneficially owned by Paul G. Allen, the co-founder of Microsoft Corporation.
The remaining equity is owned by our founders, Jerald L. Kent, Barry L. Babcock
and Howard L. Wood. Mr. Kent is the President and Chief Executive Officer and a
director of CCI.

We have pursued and executed a strategy of operating, developing, acquiring
and consolidating cable systems with the primary goals of increasing our
customer base and operating cash flow by consistently emphasizing superior
customer service. Over the past year, we have increased the internal customer
base, revenues and EBITDA of the Charter Companies by 4.8%, 9.5% and 11.0%,
respectively. This internal customer growth was more than twice the national
average for 1998 (4.8% versus 1.7%) and was significantly higher than the
national average for 1997 (3.5% versus 2.0%). We attribute such success to an
operating philosophy that emphasizes superior customer service, decentralized
operations with centralized financial controls, and innovative marketing
techniques.

Pending Acquisitions, as defined below) to acquire cable systems, serving a
total of approximately 1.3 million customers. Pro Forma for Marcus and pro forma
for the Pending Acquisitions, our revenues and EBITDA for 1998 would have been
$1.7 billion and $755 million, respectively. We have also entered into a letter
of intent to acquire cable systems with approximately 12,000 additional
customers. Pro forma for the Pending Acquisitions and the acquisition currently
subject to a letter of intent, the Company serves approximately 3.6 million
customers. As we acquire and integrate these and other cable systems in the
future, we believe that the implementation of our operating philosophy will
provide meaningful opportunities to enhance the operating results of such
systems.

Paul G. Allen, our principal owner and one of the computer industry's
visionaries, has long believed that the broadband capabilities of cable systems
facilitate the convergence of cable television, computers and
telecommunications. Mr. Allen believes that this convergence, which he calls the
"Wired World," will rely on the cable platform to deliver an array of new
services, such as digital video programming, high-speed Internet access,
Internet protocol telephony and electronic commerce. Because of cable's ability
to provide all of these services, we believe that individuals and businesses
will view cable as an important service.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

Our business strategy is to grow our customer base and increase our
operating cash flow by: (i) maximizing customer satisfaction; (ii) implementing
decentralized operations with centralized financial controls; (iii) pursuing
strategic acquisitions; (iv) upgrading our systems; (v) emphasizing innovative
marketing; and (vi) offering new products and services.

MAXIMIZING CUSTOMER SATISFACTION. To maximize customer satisfaction, we
operate our business to provide reliable, high-quality service offerings,
superior customer service and attractive programming choices at reasonable
rates. We have implemented stringent internal customer service standards which
we believe meet or exceed those established by the National Cable Television
Association. In 1998, J.D. Power and Associates ranked the Charter Companies
third among major cable system operators in overall customer satisfaction. We
believe that our customer service efforts have contributed to our superior
customer growth, increased acceptance of our new and enhanced service offerings
and increased strength of the Charter brand name.

IMPLEMENTING DECENTRALIZED OPERATIONS WITH CENTRALIZED FINANCIAL
CONTROLS. Our local cable systems are organized into seven operating regions. A
regional management team oversees local system operations in each region. We
believe that a strong management presence at the local system level increases
our ability to respond to customer needs and programming preferences, improves
our customer service, reduces the need for a large centralized corporate staff,
fosters good relations with local governmental authorities and strengthens
community relations. Our regional management teams work closely with senior
management in our corporate office to develop budgets and coordinate marketing,
programming, purchasing and engineering activities. In order to attract and
retain high quality managers at the local and regional operating levels, we
provide a high degree of operational autonomy and accountability and cash and
equity-based performance compensation. We have committed to adopt a plan to
distribute to members of corporate management and to key regional and
system-level management personnel equity-based incentive compensation based on
10% of our equity value on a fully diluted basis.
2
<PAGE> 7

PURSUING STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS. We intend to continue to pursue strategic
acquisitions and believe that the current consolidation activity in the cable
industry offers substantial opportunities to further our acquisition strategy.
We believe that there are significant advantages in increasing the size and
scope of our operations, including: (i) improved economies of scale in
management, marketing, customer service, billing and other administrative
functions; (ii) reduced costs for plant and infrastructure; (iii) increased
leverage for negotiating programming contracts; and (iv) increased influence on
the evolution of important new technologies affecting our business. In addition,
we recognize the benefits of "swapping" cable systems with other cable operators
to reinforce the advantages of our "clustering" strategy. Among the factors we
consider in acquiring a cable system are:

- proximity to our existing cable systems or the potential for developing
new clusters of systems;

- demographic profile of the market as well as the number of homes passed
and customers within the system;

- per customer revenues and operating cash flow and opportunities to
increase these amounts;

- the technological state of such system; and

- the level of competition within the local market.

UPGRADING OUR SYSTEMS. Over the next three years, we plan to spend
approximately $900 million, or $1.2 billion pro forma for the Pending
Acquisitions, to upgrade our systems' bandwidth capacity to 550 MHz or greater
so that we may offer advanced cable services, increase program offerings and
permit two-way communication. We believe our upgraded systems will also provide
enhanced picture quality and system reliability. Today, approximately 55% of our
customers are served by cable systems with at least 550 MHz bandwidth capacity,
and approximately 37% of our customers have two-way communication capability. By
year end 2001, we expect that approximately 92% of our customers will be served
by cable systems with at least 550 MHz bandwidth capacity and two-way
communication capability. A bandwidth capacity of 550 MHz enables us to offer
our customers up to 82 channels of analog video service as well as advanced
cable services. As we use some of this bandwidth for digital service, we expect
to offer our customers even more channels and services at competitive rates.

EMPHASIZING INNOVATIVE MARKETING. We have developed and successfully
implemented a variety of innovative marketing techniques to attract new
customers and enhance the level of service provided to our existing customers.
Our marketing efforts focus on delivering well targeted, branded entertainment
and information services that provide value, choice, convenience and quality. We
utilize demographic "cluster codes" to address specific messages to target
audiences through direct mail and telemarketing. In addition, we promote our
services on radio, in local newspapers and by door-to-door selling. In many of
our systems, we offer discounts to customers who purchase multiple premium
services. We also have a coordinated strategy for retaining customers that
includes televised retention advertising to reinforce the link between quality
service and the Charter brand name and to encourage customers to purchase higher
service levels. Successful implementation of these marketing techniques has
resulted in internal customer growth rates in excess of the cable industry
averages in each year from 1995 through 1998 for the Charter Systems. The Marcus
Systems came under common management with us since
3
<PAGE> 8

October 1998 and we have begun to implement our marketing techniques throughout
those systems.

OFFERING NEW PRODUCTS AND SERVICES. By upgrading our systems, we will be
able to expand the array of services and advanced products we can offer to our
customers. Using digital technology, we will offer additional channels on our
existing service tiers, create new service tiers, introduce multiplexing of
premium services and increase the number of pay-per-view channels. We also plan
to add digital music services and interactive program guides. In addition to
these expanded cable services, we will also provide advanced services including
high-speed Internet access and interactive services. We have entered into
agreements with several providers of high-speed Internet and other interactive
services, including EarthLink Network, Inc., High Speed Access Corp., WorldGate
Communications, Inc., Wink Communications, Inc. and At Home Corporation.

RECENT EVENTS

Since the beginning of 1999, CCI and/or one of our subsidiaries has entered
into definitive agreements to acquire: (i) certain cable systems of Greater
Media Cablevision Inc. (the "GMI Systems"); (ii) Renaissance Media Group LLC
("Renaissance"); (iii) Helicon Partners I, L.P. ("Helicon"); (iv) certain cable
systems of InterMedia Capital Partners IV, L.P., InterMedia Partners and their
affiliates (the "InterMedia Systems"); (v) American Cable Entertainment, LLC
("ACE"), (vi) Vista Broadband Communications, LLC ("Vista"); (vii) certain cable
systems Cable Satellite of South Miami, Inc. ("Cable Satellite" and, together
with ACE and Vista, the "Other Acquisitions"); and (viii) Rifkin Acquisition
Partners, L.L.L.P. and InterLink Communications Partners, LLLP (together,
"Rifkin" and, together with all other acquisitions listed above, the "Pending
Acquisitions"). The Pending Acquisitions serve, in the aggregate, approximately
1.3 million customers. Those Pending Acquisition agreements entered into by CCI
have been assigned to us. In addition, CCI is also in active negotiations with
several other potential acquisition candidates whose systems would further
complement our regional operating clusters. We expect to finance these
acquisitions with additional borrowings under our Credit Facilities (as defined
below) and additional equity.

DEFINITIVE AGREEMENTS

GMI SYSTEMS. In February 1999, CCI entered into an agreement to purchase
the GMI Systems for approximately $500 million. The GMI Systems are located in
Massachusetts, have approximately 170,000 customers and will be operated as part
of our Northeast Region. For the year ended December 31, 1998, the GMI Systems
had revenues and EBITDA of approximately $78.6 million and $29.8 million,
respectively. At year end 1998, approximately 75% of the GMI Systems' customers
were served by systems with at least 550 MHz bandwidth capacity. We anticipate
that this transaction will close during the second quarter of 1999.

RENAISSANCE. In February 1999, CCI and one of its subsidiaries entered
into an agreement to purchase Renaissance for approximately $459 million,
consisting of cash of $348 million and $111 million of debt to be assumed.
Renaissance owns cable systems located in Louisiana, Mississippi and Tennessee,
has approximately 127,000 customers and will be operated as part of our Southern
Region. For the year ended December 31, 1998, Renaissance had revenues and
EBITDA of approximately $41.5 million and $20.5 million, respectively. At year
end 1998, approximately 36% of Renaissance's customers were served
4
<PAGE> 9

by systems with at least 550 MHz bandwidth capacity. We anticipate that this
transaction will close on or about April 30, 1999.

HELICON. In March 1999, two of our subsidiaries entered into an agreement
to acquire Helicon for approximately $550 million, of which $25 million will be
payable in the form of preferred limited liability company interests in one of
the subsidiaries. Helicon owns cable systems located in Alabama, Georgia, New
Hampshire, North Carolina, West Virginia, South Carolina, Tennessee,
Pennsylvania, Louisiana and Vermont, has approximately 173,000 customers and
will be operated as part of our Southeast, Southern and Northeast regions. For
the year ended December 31, 1998, Helicon had revenues and EBITDA of
approximately $75.6 million and $31.9 million, respectively. At year end 1998,
approximately 69% of Helicon's customers were served by systems with at least
550 MHz bandwidth capacity. We anticipate that this transaction will close
during the third quarter of 1999.

INTERMEDIA SYSTEMS. In April 1999, certain of our subsidiaries entered
into agreements to purchase the InterMedia Systems in exchange for cash and
certain of our cable systems. The InterMedia Systems serve approximately 402,000
customers in North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia and Tennessee. As part of
this transaction, we will "swap" some of our non-strategic cable systems serving
approximately 140,000 customers located in Indiana, Montana, Utah and northern
Kentucky. The purchase price of the InterMedia Systems, net of the "swap," is
approximately $872.7 million. This transaction will result in a net increase for
us of 262,000 customers concentrated in our Southeast and Southern regions. For
the year ended December 31, 1998, the InterMedia Systems had revenues and EBITDA
of approximately $176.1 million and $86.2 million, respectively. At year end
1998, approximately 79% of these customers were served by systems with at least
550 MHz bandwidth capacity. We anticipate that acquisition of the InterMedia
Systems will close during the third or fourth quarter of 1999.

RIFKIN. In April 1999, CCI entered into agreements to purchase the
partnership interests in Rifkin for an aggregate purchase price of $1.46
billion. Certain sellers will have the right to elect to receive their pro-rata
portion of the purchase price in preferred equity of Charter Holdings or a
subsidiary of Charter Holdings, such equity is to consist of a minimum of $25
million and a maximum of approximately $240 million in the aggregate. Rifkin
owns cable systems primarily in Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Tennessee,
Virginia and West Virginia serving approximately 464,000 customers. These
systems will primarily be operated as part of our Central, Southern and
Southeast regions. For the year ended December 31, 1998, Rifkin had revenues and
EBITDA of approximately $124.4 million and $56.5 million, respectively. At year
end 1998, approximately 36% of Rifkin's customers were served by systems with at
least 550 MHz bandwidth capacity. We anticipate that this transaction will close
during the third quarter of 1999.

OTHER ACQUISITIONS. In addition to the acquisitions described above, from
January to April 1999, CCI and/or a subsidiary of CCI has entered into
definitive agreements to purchase ACE, Vista and Cable Satellite. These Other
Acquisitions own cable systems located in Southern California, Georgia and
Southern Florida, have a total of approximately 104,000 customers and will be
operated as part of our Southern and Southeast regions. The total purchase price
for the Other Acquisitions is approximately $388 million. For the year ended
December 31, 1998, the cable systems to be acquired in connection with these
Other Acquisitions had revenues and EBITDA of $25.0 million and $12.5 million,
respectively.
5
<PAGE> 10

MARCUS COMBINATION

On April 7, 1999, Marcus Cable Holdings, LLC ("Marcus Holdings"), the
guarantor of the Issuers' obligations under the Original Notes and the
Indentures, was merged with and into Charter Holdings, with Charter Holdings
being the surviving entity (the "Marcus Combination") and the subsidiaries of
Marcus Holdings becoming subsidiaries of Charter Holdings. Under the terms of
the Original Notes and the Indentures, upon the Marcus Combination, the Marcus
Holdings' guarantee was automatically terminated. In addition, upon the sale of
the Original Notes, Marcus Holdings issued a senior note (the "Mirror Note") in
favor of Charter Holdings in an amount equal to that portion of the proceeds
from the sale of the Original Notes used to repay certain outstanding senior
indebtedness of the Marcus Companies. The Mirror Note was secured by a pledge by
Marcus Holdings of all of the membership interests of Marcus. Under the terms of
the Original Notes and the Indentures, Charter Holdings pledged the Mirror Note
to the Trustee for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Original
Notes. Under the terms of the Original Notes and the Indentures, upon the Marcus
Combination, the Mirror Note was automatically extinguished and the pledge of
such collateral was released.

ORGANIZATION

[ORGANIZATIONAL FLOW CHART]
6
<PAGE> 11

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

The Exchange Offer.............. $1,000 principal amount of each of the
Exchange Eight-Year Notes, Exchange Ten-Year
Notes, and Exchange Senior Discount Notes
will be issued in exchange for $1,000
principal amount of each of the Original
Eight-Year Notes, Original Ten-Year Notes
and Original Senior Discount Notes,
respectively, validly tendered pursuant to
the Exchange Offer. As of the date hereof,
$600 million and $1.5 billion in aggregate
principal amounts of Original Eight-Year
Notes and Original Ten-Year Notes,
respectively, and $1.475 billion in
principal amount at maturity of Original
Senior Discount Notes, are outstanding. The
Issuers will issue the Exchange Notes to
tendering holders of Original Notes promptly
after the Expiration Date.

Resales......................... Based on interpretations by the staff of the
Commission set forth in Morgan Stanley &
Co., Incorporated, SEC No-Action Letter
(available June 5, 1991) (the "Morgan
Stanley Letter"), Exxon Capital Holdings
Corporation, SEC No-Action Letter (available
May 13, 1988) (the "Exxon Capital Letter")
and similar letters, the Issuers believe
that Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in exchange for Original
Notes may be offered for resale, resold and
otherwise transferred by any person
receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or
not such person is the holder (other than
any such holder or other person which is (i)
a broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes
for its own account in exchange for Original
Notes, where such Original Notes were
acquired by such broker-dealer as a result
of market-making or other trading
activities, or (ii) an "affiliate" of the
Issuers within the meaning of Rule 405 under
the Securities Act (collectively,
"Restricted Holders")) without compliance
with the registration and prospectus
delivery provisions of the Securities Act,
provided that (a) such Exchange Notes are
acquired in the ordinary course of business
of such holder or other person, (b) neither
such holder nor such other person is engaged
in or intends to engage in a distribution of
such Exchange Notes, and (c) neither such
holder nor other person has any arrangement
or understanding with any person to
participate in the distribution of such
Exchange Notes. If any person were to be
participating in the Exchange Offer for the
purposes of participating in a distribution
of
7
<PAGE> 12

the Exchange Notes in a manner not permitted
by the Commission's interpretation, such
person (a) could not rely upon the Morgan
Stanley Letter, the Exxon Capital Letter or
similar letters and (b) must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with a secondary resale
transaction. Each broker or dealer that
receives Exchange Notes for its own account
in exchange for Original Notes, where such
Original Notes were acquired by such broker
or dealer as a result of market-making or
other activities, must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with
any sale of such Exchange Notes. See "Plan
of Distribution."

Expiration Date................. 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
, 1999 unless the Exchange
Offer is extended, in which case the term
"Expiration Date" means the latest date and
time to which the Exchange Offer is
extended.

Accrued Interest on the Exchange
Notes and Original Notes...... The Exchange Notes will bear interest from
March 17, 1999. Holders of Original Notes
whose Original Notes are accepted for
exchange will be deemed to have waived the
right to receive any payment in respect of
interest on such Original Notes accrued to
the date of issuance of the Exchange Notes.

Conditions to the Exchange
Offer........................... The Exchange Offer is subject to certain
customary conditions. The conditions are
limited and relate in general to proceedings
which have been instituted or laws which
have been adopted that might impair the
ability of the Issuers to proceed with the
Exchange Offer. As of the date of this
Prospectus, none of these events had
occurred, and the Issuers believe their
occurrence to be unlikely. If any such
conditions exist prior to the Expiration
Date, the Issuers may (a) refuse to accept
any Original Notes and return all previously
tendered Original Notes, (b) extend the
Exchange Offer or (c) waive such conditions.
See "The Exchange Offer -- Conditions."

Procedures for Tendering
Original Notes.................. Each holder of Original Notes wishing to
accept the Exchange Offer must complete,
sign and date the Letter of Transmittal, or
a facsimile thereof, in accordance with the
instructions contained herein and therein,
and mail or otherwise deliver such
8
<PAGE> 13

Letter of Transmittal, or such facsimile, or
an Agent's Message (as defined herein) in
connection with a book-entry transfer,
together with the Original Notes to be
exchanged and any other required
documentation, to the Exchange Agent (as
defined) at the address set forth herein and
therein. Tendered Original Notes, the Letter
of Transmittal and accompanying documents
must be received by the Exchange Agent by
5:00 p.m. New York City time on the
Expiration Date. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Procedures for Tendering." By
executing the Letter of Transmittal, each
holder will represent to the Issuers that,
among other things, the Exchange Notes
acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offers are
being obtained in the ordinary course of
business of the person receiving such
Exchange Notes, whether or not such person
is the holder, that neither the holder nor
any such other person is engaged in or
intends to engage in a distribution of the
Exchange Notes or has an arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate
in the distribution of such Exchange Notes,
and that neither the holder nor any such
other person is an "affiliate," as defined
under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the
Issuers.

Special Procedures for
Beneficial Holders.............. Any beneficial holder whose Original Notes
are registered in the name of such holder's
broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust
company or other nominee and who wishes to
tender in the Exchange Offer should contact
such registered holder promptly and instruct
such registered holder to tender on such
holder's behalf. If such beneficial holder
wishes to tender on such holder's own
behalf, such beneficial holder must, prior
to completing and executing the Letter of
Transmittal and delivering such holder's
Original Notes, either make appropriate
arrangements to register ownership of the
Original Notes in such holder's name or
obtain a properly completed bond power from
the registered holder. The transfer of
record ownership may take considerable time.
See "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures for
Tendering."

Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures...................... Holders of Original Notes who wish to tender
their Original Notes and whose Original
Notes are not immediately available or who
cannot deliver their Original Notes and a
properly completed Letter of Transmittal or
any other documents required by the Letter
of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent
9
<PAGE> 14

(or comply with the procedures for
book-entry transfer) prior to the Expiration
Date may tender their Original Notes
according to the guaranteed delivery
procedures set forth in "The Exchange
Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."

Withdrawal Rights............... Tenders may be withdrawn at any time prior
to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date.

Acceptance of Original Notes and
Delivery of Exchange Notes.... Subject to certain conditions, the Issuers
will accept for exchange any and all
Original Notes which are properly tendered
in the Exchange Offer prior to 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
The Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the
Exchange Offer will be delivered promptly
after the Expiration Date. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Terms of the Exchange Offer."

Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences.................. The Issuers believe that the exchange of
Original Notes for Exchange Notes pursuant
to the Exchange Offer will not be a taxable
event for federal income tax purposes. A
holder's holding period for Exchange Notes
will include the holding period for Original
Notes. For a discussion summarizing certain
U.S. federal income tax consequences to
holders of the Exchange Notes, see "Certain
Federal Income Tax Consequences."

Exchange Agent.................. Harris Trust Company of New York is serving
as exchange agent (the "Exchange Agent") in
connection with the Exchange Offer. The
mailing address of the Exchange Agent is
Harris Trust Company of New York, Wall
Street Plaza, 88 Pine Street, 19th Floor,
New York, New York 10005, Attention:
Corporate Trust Department. For information
with respect to the Exchange Offer, contact
the Exchange Agent at telephone number (212)
701-7637 or facsimile number (212) 701-7624.

Use of Proceeds................. The Issuers will not receive any proceeds
from the Exchange Offer. See "Use of
Proceeds." The Issuers have agreed to bear
the expenses of the Exchange Offer pursuant
to the Registration Rights Agreements (as
defined below). No underwriter is being used
in connection with the Exchange Offer.
10
<PAGE> 15

COMPARISON WITH ORIGINAL NOTES

Freely Transferable............. The Exchange Notes will be freely
transferable under the Securities Act by
holders who are not Restricted Holders.
Restricted Holders are restricted from
transferring the Exchange Notes without
compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act. The Exchange Notes will be
identical in all material respects
(including interest rate, maturity and
restrictive covenants) to the Original
Notes, with the exception that the Exchange
Notes will be registered under the
Securities Act. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Terms of the Exchange Offer."

Registration Rights; Special
Interest........................ In connection with the sale of the Original
Notes, we entered into the Exchange and
Registration Rights Agreements with the
Initial Purchasers of the Original Notes
(the "Registration Rights Agreements"),
which grant the holders of the Original
Notes certain exchange and registration
rights. Pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreements, we have agreed: (i) to file with
the Commission within 90 days of the date of
original issuance of the Original Notes (the
"Issue Date") a registration statement (the
"Exchange Offer Registration Statement")
with respect to the Exchange Offer; (ii) to
use our reasonable best efforts to cause the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement to
become effective within 150 days after the
Issue Date (the "Effective Date"); (iii) to
cause the Exchange Offer to be consummated
within 30 days after the Effective Date; and
(iv) in certain circumstances to file and to
use our reasonable best efforts to cause to
become effective and keep effective for a
period of time as set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreements a shelf
registration statement (the "Shelf
Registration Statement"). Certain additional
interest ("Special Interest") will accrue on
the Original Notes and will be payable in
cash if we fail to comply with any of the
events described in (i) through (iv) above.
11
<PAGE> 16

SUMMARY OF TERM OF EXCHANGE NOTES

Issuers......................... The Exchange Notes will be the joint and
several obligations of Charter Holdings and
CCHC.

Exchange Notes Offered.......... $600,000,000 in principal amount of 8.250%
Senior Notes due 2007.

$1,500,000,000 in principal amount of 8.625%
Senior Notes due 2009.

$1,475,000,000 in principal amount at
maturity of 9.920% Senior Discount Notes due
2011.

Maturity Date................... Exchange Eight-Year Senior Notes: April 1,
2007.

Exchange Ten-Year Senior Notes: April 1,
2009.

Exchange Senior Discount Notes: April 1,
2011.

Issue Price..................... Exchange Eight-Year Senior Notes: 99.733%,
plus accrued interest, if any, from March
17, 1999.

Exchange Ten-Year Senior Notes: 99.695%,
plus accrued interest, if any, from March
17, 1999.

Exchange Senior Discount Notes: 61.394%,
with original issue discount to accrete from
March 17, 1999.

Interest........................ Annual rate for Exchange Eight-Year Senior
Notes: 8.250%.

Annual rate for Exchange Ten-Year Senior
Notes: 8.625%.

Payment frequency for Exchange Eight-Year
Senior Notes and Exchange Ten-Year Senior
Notes: Every six months on April 1 and
October 1.

First payment on the Exchange Eight-Year
Senior Notes and Exchange Ten-Year Senior
Notes: October 1, 1999.

The Exchange Senior Discount Notes will be
issued at a discount to their aggregate
principal amount at maturity. For a
discussion of the U.S. federal income tax
treatment of the Exchange Senior Discount
Notes under the original issue discount
rules, please refer to the section of this
Prospectus entitled "Certain Federal Tax
Considerations." We will not make a cash
interest payment on the Exchange Senior
Discount Notes prior to October 1, 2004. The
Exchange Senior Discount Notes will accrete
at a rate of 9.920% per year to an aggregate
amount of $1.475 billion by April 1, 2004
and, thereafter, will pay cash interest.
12
<PAGE> 17

Payment frequency for Exchange Senior
Discount Notes after April 1, 2004: Every
six months on April 1 and October 1,
commencing October 1, 2004.

Ranking......................... The Exchange Notes are senior debts. They
rank equally with the current and future
unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness
(including trade payables) of Charter
Holdings, which is a holding company and
conducts all of its operations through
subsidiaries. If it defaults, your right to
payment under the Exchange Notes will be
structurally subordinated to all existing
and future liabilities (including trade
payables) of its subsidiaries. As of
December 31, 1998, as adjusted to give
effect to the Refinancing (as defined
below), the Marcus Combination and the
Pending Acquisitions, as if such
transactions had occurred on that date, all
of our outstanding indebtedness, other than
the Notes, would have been incurred by our
subsidiaries and totaled approximately $3.4
billion, all of which, including other
liabilities and trade payables, would have
been structurally senior to the Notes.

Optional Redemption............. We will not have the right to redeem the
Exchange Eight-Year Senior Notes prior to
their maturity date on April 1, 2007.

On or after April 1, 2004, we may redeem
some or all of the Exchange Ten-Year Senior
Notes and the Exchange Senior Discount Notes
at any time at the redemption prices listed
in the "Description of Notes" section under
the heading "Optional Redemption."

Before April 1, 2002, we may redeem up to
35% of the Exchange Ten-Year Senior Notes
and the Exchange Senior Discount Notes
issued under the Indentures with the
proceeds of certain offerings of equity
securities at the price listed in the
"Description of Notes" section under the
heading "Optional Redemption."

Mandatory Offer to Repurchase... If we experience certain changes of control,
we must offer to repurchase the Exchange
Notes at 101% of their principal amount or
accreted value, as applicable in each case,
plus accrued and unpaid interest.
13
<PAGE> 18

Basic Covenants of Indentures... The indentures governing the Notes, among
other things, restrict our ability and the
ability of certain of our subsidiaries to:

- borrow money;

- create certain liens;

- pay dividends on stock or repurchase
stock;

- make investments;

- sell all or substantially all of our
assets or merge with or into other
companies;

- sell assets;

- in the case of our restricted
subsidiaries, create or permit to
exist dividend or payment
restrictions with respect to us; and

- engage in certain transactions with
affiliates.

These covenants are subject to important
exceptions. See "Description of
Notes -- Certain Covenants."

Use of Proceeds................. The net proceeds from the sale of the
Original Notes were approximately $2,999
million. The Issuers used the proceeds to
repay existing indebtedness.

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider all of the information in this Prospectus. In
particular, you should evaluate the specific risk factors under "Risk Factors"
for a discussion of certain risks involved with an investment in the Exchange
Notes.
14
<PAGE> 19

UNAUDITED SUMMARY PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following Unaudited Summary Pro Forma Financial Statements are based on
the financial statements of Charter Holdings, CCA Group, and CharterComm
Holdings, L.P. (CharterComm Holdings), as adjusted to illustrate the estimated
effects of the following transactions (the "Transactions") as if such
Transactions had occurred on January 1, 1998 for the Statement of Operations and
Other Financial Data and on December 31, 1998 for the Balance Sheet Data and
Operating Data: (i) the acquisition of the Charter Companies effective December
23, 1998 by Paul G. Allen (the "Charter Acquisition"); (ii) the acquisition of
Sonic Communications, Inc. by one of the Charter Companies on May 20, 1998 (the
"Sonic Acquisition"); (iii) the acquisition of Marcus on April 22, 1998 by Paul
G. Allen; (iv) the acquisitions and dispositions by Marcus during 1998; (v) the
Marcus Combination; (vi) the Pending Acquisitions; and (vii) the refinancing of
all the debt of the Charter Companies and the Marcus Companies through the
issuance of the Notes and funding under the Credit Facilities. The Unaudited
Summary Pro Forma Financial Statements reflect the application of the principles
of purchase accounting to the transactions listed in items (i) through (iv) and
(vi) of the preceding sentence. The allocation of the purchase price is based,
in part, on preliminary information, which is subject to adjustment upon
obtaining complete valuation information with respect to each acquisition and
the net assets acquired.

The Unaudited Summary Pro Forma Financial Statements do not purport to be
indicative of what the Company's financial position or results of operations
would actually have been had the Transactions been completed on the dates
indicated or to project the Company's results of operations for any future date.
See "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
PENDING REFINANCING
CHARTER MARCUS SUBTOTAL ACQUISITIONS ADJUSTMENTS TOTAL
--------- --------- ---------- ------------ ----------- ----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT CUSTOMER DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues............................... $ 611,690 $ 448,192 $1,059,882 $ 597,441 $ -- $1,657,323
--------- --------- ---------- --------- -------- ----------
Operating expenses:
Operating, general and
administrative..................... 310,100 231,050 541,150 306,209 -- 847,359
Corporate expenses(a)................ 16,493 17,042 33,535 6,759 -- 40,294
Depreciation and amortization........ 375,899 252,855 628,754 327,731 -- 956,485
Management fees...................... -- -- -- 14,672 -- 14,672
--------- --------- ---------- --------- -------- ----------
Total operating expenses........... 702,492 500,947 1,203,439 655,371 -- 1,858,810
--------- --------- ---------- --------- -------- ----------
Loss from operations................... (90,802) (52,755) (143,557) (57,930) -- (201,487)
Interest expense....................... (207,468) (137,953) (345,421) (203,500) 4,200 (544,721)
Other income (expense)................. 518 -- 518 (5,862) -- (5,344)
--------- --------- ---------- --------- -------- ----------
Net loss............................... $(297,752) $(190,708) $ (488,460) $(267,292) $ 4,200 $ (751,552)
========= ========= ========== ========= ======== ==========
</TABLE>

15
<PAGE> 20

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PENDING REFINANCING
CHARTER MARCUS SUBTOTAL ACQUISITIONS ADJUSTMENTS TOTAL
---------- ---------- ---------- ------------ ----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT CUSTOMER DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Operating cash flow(b).............. $ 301,590 $ 217,142 $ 518,732 $ 291,232 $ -- $ 809,964
EBITDA(c)........................... 285,097 200,100 485,197 269,801 -- 754,998
EBITDA margin(d).................... 46.6% 44.6% 45.8% 45.2% 45.6%
Cash interest expense............... $ 428,132
Capital expenditures................ $ 213,353 $ 224,723 $ 438,076 $ 93,107 -- $ 531,183
Total debt to operating cash flow... 7.9x
Total debt to EBITDA................ 8.5
EBITDA to cash interest expense..... 1.8
EBITDA to interest expense.......... 1.4
Deficiency of earnings to cover
fixed charges(e).................. $ 751,552
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF
PERIOD):
Total assets........................ $7,235,656 -- $7,235,656 $4,350,744 $125,000 $11,711,400
Total debt.......................... 3,523,201 -- 3,523,201 2,750,800 144,964 6,418,965
Members' equity..................... 3,429,291 -- 3,429,291 1,482,019 (19,964) 4,891,346
OPERATING DATA (AT END OF PERIOD,
EXCEPT FOR AVERAGES):
Homes passed........................ 2,149,000 1,743,000 3,892,000 1,795,000 5,687,000
Basic customers..................... 1,255,000 1,062,000 2,317,000 1,300,000 3,617,000
Basic penetration(f)................ 58.4% 60.9% 59.5% 72.4% 63.6%
Premium units....................... 845,000 411,000 1,256,000 811,000 2,067,000
Premium penetration(g).............. 67.3% 38.7% 54.2% 62.4% 57.1%
Average monthly revenue per basic
customer(h)....................... NM NM $ 38.12 $ 38.30 $ 38.18
</TABLE>

- -------------------------

(a) CCI provided corporate management and consulting services on behalf of
Charter for 1998 and Marcus beginning in October 1998. See "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions."

(b) Operating cash flow means EBITDA, as defined below, before corporate
expenses and management fees.

(c) EBITDA represents income (loss) before interest expense, income taxes,
depreciation, amortization, gain (loss) on sale of assets and other income
(expense). EBITDA is presented because it is a widely accepted financial
indicator of a company's ability to service indebtedness. However, EBITDA
should not be considered as an alternative to income from operations or to
cash flows from operating activities (as determined in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles) and should not be construed as an
indication of a company's operating performance or as a measure of
liquidity.

(d) EBITDA margin represents EBITDA as a percentage of revenues.

(e) Earnings include net income (loss) plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist
of interest expense and an estimated interest component of rent expense.

(f) Basic penetration represents basic customers as a percentage of homes
passed.

(g) Premium penetration represents premium units as a percentage of basic
customers.

(h) Average monthly revenue per basic customer represents revenues divided by
the number of months in the period divided by the number of basic customers
at December 31, 1998.

See "Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements."
16
<PAGE> 21

UNAUDITED SUMMARY HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The Unaudited Summary Historical Combined Financial and Operating Data for
the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 have been derived from the
separate financial statements of Charter Holdings, CCA Group and CharterComm
Holdings, which have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public
accountants, and are included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The combined
financial and operating data represent the sum of the results of each of the
Charter Companies. Each of the companies was managed by CCI under the terms of
its respective management agreement with CCI during the presented periods. Since
the Charter Companies were under common management, we believe presenting
combined financial information of these companies is informative.

As a result of the Charter Acquisition, the Company has applied push down
accounting which had the effect of increasing total assets, total debt and
members' equity as of December 23, 1998. In addition, the Company has
retroactively restated its financial statements to include the results of
operations of Marcus for the period from December 24, 1998, through December 31,
1998, and the balance sheet of Marcus as of December 31, 1998. As a result of
the Charter Acquisition and the Marcus Combination, we believe that the periods
on or prior to December 23, 1998 are not comparable to the periods after
December 23, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMBINED CHARTER COMPANIES
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------------
1996 1997 1998
---------- ---------- ----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS,
EXCEPT CUSTOMER DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
Revenues.................................................... $ 368,553 $ 484,155 $ 594,414
---------- ---------- ----------
Operating expenses:
Operating, general and administrative..................... 190,084 249,419 301,107
Depreciation and amortization............................. 154,273 198,718 254,105
Management fees/corporate expense charges(a).............. 15,094 20,759 39,114
---------- ---------- ----------
Total operating expenses............................... 359,451 468,896 594,326
---------- ---------- ----------
Income from operations...................................... $ 9,102 $ 15,259 $ 88
========== ========== ==========
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Operating cash flow(b)...................................... $ 178,469 $ 236,099 $ 293,307
EBITDA(c)................................................... 163,375 215,340 268,597
EBITDA margin(d)............................................ 44.3% 44.5% 45.2%
Capital expenditures........................................ $ 110,291 $ 162,607 $ 438,076
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
Total assets................................................ $1,660,242 $2,002,181 $7,235,656
Total debt.................................................. 1,195,899 1,846,159 3,523,201
Members' equity............................................. 26,099 (80,505) 3,429,291
</TABLE>

17
<PAGE> 22

- -------------------------

(a) CCI provided corporate management and consulting services to the Charter
Companies. CCA Group and CharterComm Holdings, L.P. paid fees to CCI as
compensation for such services and recorded management fee expense. See
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions." Charter Holdings recorded
charges for actual corporate expenses incurred by CCI on behalf of Charter
Holdings. Management fees/corporate expense charges for the year ended
December 31, 1998 include $14.4 million of Appreciation Rights Plan ("ARP")
costs related to the Charter Acquisition that were paid by CCI and not
subject to reimbursement by us but were allocated to us for financial
reporting purposes.

(b) Operating cash flow means EBITDA, as defined below, before management
fees/corporate expense charges.

(c) EBITDA represents income (loss) before interest expense, income taxes,
depreciation, amortization, other income (expense), gain (loss) on sale of
assets and ARP costs. EBITDA is presented because it is a widely accepted
financial indicator of a company's ability to service indebtedness. However,
EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to income from operations
or to cash flows from operating activities (as determined in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles) and should not be construed as an
indication of a company's operating performance or as a measure of
liquidity.

(d) EBITDA margin represents EBITDA as a percentage of revenues.

(e) Basic penetration represents basic customers as a percentage of homes
passed.

(f) Premium penetration represents premium units as a percentage of basic
customers.
18
<PAGE> 23

RISK FACTORS

An investment in the Exchange Notes involves a high degree of risk. You
should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below, as well as the other
information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus, before tendering Original
Notes in exchange for Exchange Notes.

SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE -- OUR SUBSTANTIAL INDEBTEDNESS COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR
FINANCIAL HEALTH AND PREVENT US FROM FULFILLING OUR OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE NOTES.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 1998, pro
forma for the Refinancing, the Marcus Combination and the Pending Acquisitions,
our total indebtedness would have been approximately $6.4 billion, our total
members' equity would have been approximately $4.9 billion, and the deficiency
of our earnings available to cover fixed charges would have been approximately
$752 million.

We anticipate incurring substantial additional indebtedness in the future
to finance additional acquisitions and to fund the expansion, maintenance and
the upgrade of our systems. We have entered into agreements to purchase cable
systems for approximately $4.6 billion in the aggregate, including the exchange
of systems with InterMedia with a fair market value of $0.4 billion. Over the
next three years, we plan to spend $1.8 billion, or $2.5 billion pro forma for
the Pending Acquisitions, in capital expenditures, including approximately $900
million, or $1.2 billion pro forma for the Pending Acquisitions, to upgrade our
existing systems in order to offer advanced cable services, increase program
offerings and permit two-way communication, and an additional $900 million, or
$1.3 billion pro forma for the Pending Acquisitions, to maintain and expand
existing systems. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences
to you. For example, it could:

- make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to
the Notes and the Credit Facilities;

- increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and cable industry
conditions, including interest rate fluctuations;

- require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from
operations to payments on our indebtedness, including the Notes, thereby
reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital,
capital expenditures, acquisitions of additional systems and other
general corporate requirements;

- limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our
business and the cable industry generally;

- place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that
have proportionately less debt;

- limit our ability to borrow additional funds due to applicable financial
and restrictive covenants in such indebtedness, including the Notes and
the Credit Facilities. Our failure to comply with those covenants could
result in one or more events of default which, if not cured or waived,
could have a material adverse effect on us; and

- increase our interest expenses above current levels due to increases in
interest rates, since much of our borrowings, including the Credit
Facilities, are and will continue to be at variable rates of interest.

19
<PAGE> 24

The terms of the Indentures governing the Notes do not prohibit us from
incurring additional indebtedness, although they do place certain limitations on
such additional indebtedness. Further, the Indentures allow for the incurrence
of all such indebtedness by our subsidiaries, all of which would be structurally
senior to the Notes. In addition, after giving effect to the Marcus Combination,
the Refinancing and the Pending Acquisitions, the Credit Facilities permit
additional borrowings thereunder of up to approximately $0.8 billion, and all of
those borrowings would be structurally senior to the Notes. We expect to
continue to borrow funds under the Credit Facilities. If new debt is added to
our current debt levels, the related risks that we and you now face could
intensify. See "Description of Notes" and "Description of the Credit
Facilities."

SIGNIFICANT CASH FLOW REQUIREMENTS -- TO SERVICE OUR INDEBTEDNESS AND GROW OUR
BUSINESS, WE WILL REQUIRE A SIGNIFICANT AMOUNT OF CASH. OUR ABILITY TO GENERATE
CASH DEPENDS ON MANY FACTORS BEYOND OUR CONTROL.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness,
including the Notes and the Credit Facilities, and to fund planned capital
expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash and secure financing in
the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic,
financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are
beyond our control.

If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, and
sufficient future borrowings are not available to us under the Credit Facilities
or from other sources of financing, we may not be able to repay our
indebtedness, including the Notes and the Credit Facilities, to grow our
business or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a
portion of our indebtedness, including the Notes and the Credit Facilities, on
or before maturity. Furthermore, we may not be able to refinance any of our
indebtedness, including the Notes and the existing credit facilities or the
Credit Facilities, on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OTHER RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY THE CREDIT FACILITIES -- OUR
CREDIT FACILITIES IMPOSE SIGNIFICANT RESTRICTIONS ON US.

The Credit Facilities contain a number of significant covenants that, among
other things, restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to:

- distribute funds to service principal and interest payments on the Notes;

- pay dividends;

- pledge assets;

- dispose of assets or merge;

- incur indebtedness;

- issue equity;

- repurchase or redeem equity interests and indebtedness;

- create liens;

- make certain capital expenditures; and

- make certain investments or acquisitions.

In addition, the Credit Facilities contain, among other covenants,
requirements that each borrowing subsidiary maintain specified financial ratios.
The Credit Facilities also

20
<PAGE> 25

restrict each borrowing subsidiary's ability to incur additional indebtedness.
The ability to comply with these provisions may be affected by events beyond our
control. The breach of any of these covenants will result in a default under the
Credit Facilities. If the Original Eight-Year Senior Notes and the Exchange
Eight-Year Senior Notes are not refinanced prior to six months prior to the date
of their maturity, the entire amount of the Credit Facilities shall become due
and payable. See "Description of the Credit Facilities."

In the event of a default under the Credit Facilities, lenders could elect
to declare all amounts borrowed, together with accrued interest and other fees,
to be due and payable. If the amounts outstanding under any of the Credit
Facilities are accelerated, thereby causing an acceleration of amounts
outstanding under the Notes, we may not be able to repay such amounts or the
Notes. See "Description of the Credit Facilities."

LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY AND RAPID GROWTH -- WE HAVE A LIMITED HISTORY OF
OPERATING OUR CURRENT SYSTEMS, WHICH MAKES IT DIFFICULT FOR YOU TO COMPLETELY
EVALUATE OUR PERFORMANCE.

The Charter Companies commenced active operations in 1994 and have grown
rapidly since then through acquisitions of cable systems. The Marcus Combination
nearly doubled the number of customers serviced by systems under common
management with us. Additionally, the Pending Acquisitions will increase the
number of customers served by systems under our management by approximately 56%.
As a result, historical financial information about us, and the historical
results of the Charter Companies and the Marcus Companies, may not be indicative
of the future or of results that can be achieved by us in managing the cable
systems which will be under our control. Although the Charter Companies have
experienced internal customer growth, recent growth in revenue and growth of
EBITDA, there can be no assurance that growth or profitability will continue to
be achieved within the combined Charter Systems and Marcus Systems or other
systems we may acquire in the future.

NET LOSSES -- WE HAVE A HISTORY OF NET LOSSES AND EXPECT TO CONTINUE TO
EXPERIENCE NET LOSSES.

We have had a history of net losses and expect to continue to report net
losses for the foreseeable future. The Charter Companies reported net losses
from continuing operations, before extraordinary items, of $157 million and $200
million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998. The
Marcus Companies reported net losses from continuing operations, before
extraordinary items, of $109 million and $248 million, respectively, for the
same periods. The principal reasons for our prior and anticipated net losses
include the depreciation and amortization expenses associated with our
acquisitions and the capital expenditures related to construction and upgrading
of our systems, and interest costs on borrowed money. We cannot predict what
impact, if any, continued losses will have on our ability to finance our
operations in the future. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH FUTURE CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS -- OUR CAPITAL INVESTMENT
PROGRAM MAY NOT GENERATE PROJECTED RESULTS AND WE MAY NEED TO OBTAIN ADDITIONAL
CAPITAL TO FUND ALL PLANNED CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO OBTAIN
ADDITIONAL CAPITAL.

We intend to upgrade a significant portion of our cable systems over the
coming years and make other capital investments. Over the next three years, we
plan to spend

21
<PAGE> 26

approximately $900 million, or $1.2 billion pro forma for the Pending
Acquisitions, to upgrade our existing Systems in order to offer advanced cable
services, increase program offerings and permit two-way communication. We also
plan to spend an additional $900 million, or $1.3 billion pro forma for the
Pending Acquisitions, to maintain and expand our existing systems. We believe
that we should complete these upgrades in order to improve our competitive
position. As we make additional acquisitions, we expect that our need to make
additional capital expenditures will increase. We may not, however, be able to
fund these planned increases in capital expenditures. Moreover, we cannot assure
you that completing these upgrades will allow us to compete effectively with
competitors which either do not rely on cable into the home to deliver services
or have access to significantly greater amounts of capital and an existing
communications network. If we cannot obtain the funds we need in order to
complete the upgrades discussed above, our financial condition, the results of
our operations, and our competitive position could all suffer materially.

SUBORDINATION/HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE -- THE NOTES ARE THE OBLIGATIONS OF A
HOLDING COMPANY WHICH HAS NO OPERATIONS AND DEPENDS ON SUBSIDIARIES FOR CASH.
SUCH SUBSIDIARIES MAY BE LIMITED IN THEIR ABILITY TO MAKE FUNDS AVAILABLE.

As a holding company, Charter Holdings does not hold substantial assets
other than its direct or indirect investments in and advances to our operating
subsidiaries. Consequently, our subsidiaries conduct all of our consolidated
operations and own substantially all of our consolidated assets. As a result,
our cash flow and our ability to meet our debt service obligations on the Notes
will depend upon the cash flow of our subsidiaries and the payment of funds by
the subsidiaries to us in the form of loans, equity distributions or otherwise.
Our subsidiaries are not obligated to make funds available to us for payment on
the Notes or otherwise. In addition, our subsidiaries' ability to make any such
loans or distributions to us will depend on their earnings, the terms of their
indebtedness, business and tax considerations and legal restrictions.

Because of our holding company structure described above, the Notes will be
subordinate to all liabilities of our subsidiaries. Our lenders under the Credit
Facilities will consequently have the right to be paid before you from any cash
received or held by our subsidiaries. In the event of bankruptcy, liquidation or
dissolution of a subsidiary, following payment by the subsidiary of its
liabilities, such subsidiary may not have sufficient assets remaining to make
payments to us as a shareholder or otherwise. As of December 31, 1998, as
adjusted to give effect to the Refinancing, the Marcus Combination and the
Pending Acquisitions, as if such transactions had occurred on that date, all of
our outstanding indebtedness, other than the Notes, were incurred by our
subsidiaries and totaled approximately $3.4 billion, all of which, including
other liabilities and trade payables of our subsidiaries, would have been
structurally senior to the Notes. See "Capitalization" and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

RISKS OF GROWTH STRATEGY -- IF WE ARE UNSUCCESSFUL IN IMPLEMENTING OUR GROWTH
STRATEGY, WE MAY BE UNABLE TO FULFILL OUR OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE NOTES.

We expect that a substantial portion of any of our future growth will be
achieved through revenues from additional services and the acquisition of
additional cable systems. We cannot assure you that we will be able to offer new
services successfully to our customers or that those new services will generate
revenues. In addition, the acquisition of additional cable systems may not have
a positive net impact on our operating results. If we

22
<PAGE> 27

are unable to grow our cash flow sufficiently, we may be unable to fulfill our
obligations under the Notes or obtain alternative financing.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTEGRATING NEW SYSTEMS -- WE MAY NOT HAVE THE ABILITY TO
INTEGRATE THE NEW SYSTEMS AND CUSTOMERS OBTAINED IN CONNECTION WITH THE PENDING
ACQUISITIONS AND FUTURE ACQUISITIONS.

Upon the completion of the Pending Acquisitions, we will own and operate
cable systems serving approximately 3.6 million customers, as compared to the
cable systems we currently own serving approximately 2.3 million customers at
year end 1998. In addition, we expect to acquire more cable systems in the
future. The integration of these new systems and customers will place
significant demands on our management and our operational, financial and
marketing resources. Our current operating and financial systems and controls
may not be adequate, and any steps taken to improve these systems and controls
may not be sufficient. Our business, financial condition and results of
operation could suffer materially if we fail to successfully integrate and
manage new systems. Furthermore, acquired businesses sometimes result in
unexpected liabilities and contingencies which could be expensive and might
hinder our growth. Our continued growth will also increase our need for
qualified personnel. Moreover, even potentially successful acquisitions may
initially be a material drain on our cash and other resources while we integrate
them with our other systems. We cannot assure you that we will successfully
integrate any acquired systems into our operations.

RISK THAT PENDING ACQUISITIONS WILL NOT BE CONSUMMATED -- THE FAILURE TO OBTAIN
NECESSARY REGULATORY APPROVALS, OR TO SATISFY OTHER CLOSING CONDITIONS, COULD
IMPEDE THE CONSUMMATION OF A PENDING ACQUISITION.

The Pending Acquisitions are subject to regulatory approvals, including the
approval of the relevant public utilities commission in the state of the cable
systems to be acquired. No assurance can be given that the necessary approvals
will be received. The Pending Acquisitions are subject to certain other closing
conditions, and there can be no assurance as to when, or if, each acquisition
will be consummated. Failure to consummate the Pending Acquisitions will not
have any effect on the Company's historical financial statements. Investors
should see the Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements included elsewhere in
this Prospectus to determine the impact on the Company's financial statements if
the Pending Acquisitions do occur.

ABSENCE OF A PUBLIC MARKET -- AN ACTIVE MARKET MAY NOT DEVELOP FOR THE NOTES.

The Exchange Notes will be new securities for which there is currently no
public market. The Company does not intend to list the Exchange Notes on any
national securities exchange or quotation system, but the Original Notes are
eligible for trading in the PORTAL Market. There can be no assurance as to the
development of any market or liquidity of any market that may develop for the
Exchange Notes. To the extent that Original Notes are tendered and accepted in
the Exchange Offers, the aggregate principal amount of Original Notes
outstanding will decrease, with a resulting decrease in the liquidity of the
market therefor.

CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE -- THE ORIGINAL NOTES WILL REMAIN SUBJECT TO
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

Holders of Original Notes who do not exchange their Original Notes for
Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to be subject to the
restrictions on

23
<PAGE> 28

transfer of the Original Notes set forth in the legend thereon as a consequence
of the issuance of the Original Notes pursuant to an exemption from, or in a
transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
In general, Original Notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under
the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction
not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. The
Company currently does not anticipate that it will register the Original Notes
under the Securities Act.

COMPETITION IN THE CABLE INDUSTRY -- WE OPERATE IN A VERY COMPETITIVE BUSINESS
ENVIRONMENT.

The industry in which we operate is highly competitive and in many
instances we compete against companies with fewer regulatory burdens, easier
access to financing, greater personnel resources, greater brand name recognition
and long-standing relationships with regulatory authorities. Mergers, joint
ventures and alliances among cable television operators, Regional Bell Operating
Companies ("RBOCs"), long distance service providers, competitive local exchange
carriers ("CLECs"), wireless service providers and others may result in
providers capable of offering cable television and other telecommunications
services in direct competition with us. Additionally, the Federal Communications
Commission (the "FCC") and Congress are considering proposals to enhance the
ability of direct broadcast satellite ("DBS") providers to gain access to
additional programming, and to authorize DBS carriers to transmit local
broadcast signals to local markets on a broader basis than permitted under
current law. If DBS providers gain permission and are able to deliver local or
regional broadcast signals more broadly, cable system operators will lose a
competitive advantage over DBS providers.

Under the Cable Television Consumer Protection and Competition Act of 1992
(the "1992 Cable Act"), franchising authorities are prohibited from granting
exclusive cable television franchises and from unreasonably refusing to award
additional competitive franchises. As a result, our cable systems are operated
under non-exclusive franchises granted by local authorities. These franchises
are subject to renewal and renegotiation from time to time. Franchising
authorities and other government or government-related entities are also allowed
to operate cable systems in their communities without obtaining franchises.
Competing operators may build systems in areas in which we hold franchises
(referred to as "overbuilds"). We are aware of overbuild situations in six of
our systems and potential overbuild situations in four of our systems
representing a total of approximately 45,000 customers. See
"Business -- Competition."

We also face competition within the subscription television industry from
non-cable technologies for distributing television broadcast signals. Current
and potential competitors include:

- DBS providers, which include high-power and medium-power digital
satellite providers,

- multichannel multipoint distribution systems or "wireless cable"
("MMDS"), and

- operators of satellite master antenna television ("SMATV") systems.

DBS systems, which distribute programming to home satellite dishes, and
MMDS systems, which distribute programming via microwave, are currently the most
prevalent of these competing technologies. Several companies have launched, or
plan to launch, DBS services that compete or may compete with our cable
television services. MMDS operators offer analog or digital technology. Analog
MMDS is limited to approximately 33 channels

24
<PAGE> 29

and, while no longer as significant a competitor, it has had an impact on our
customer growth in Riverside and Sacramento, California and Missoula, Montana.
Digital MMDS is a more significant competitor, presenting potential challenges
to us in the Los Angeles, California and Atlanta, Georgia areas. See
"Business -- Competition."

In addition, some RBOCs, other telephone companies, public utility
companies and other entities are in the process of entering our business. Some
of these competitors, such as the RBOCs, have significant access to capital and
other resources, and several have expressed their intention to enter the
multichannel video programming distribution business in addition to their
existing voice and data transmission businesses. RBOCs and other telephone
companies, in particular, have existing relationships with households in their
service areas, and may have an existing infrastructure which may be capable of
delivering cable television service. Electric utilities also have the potential
to become significant competitors in the video marketplace, as many of them
already possess fiber optic transmission lines in certain of the areas they
serve. In the last year, several utilities have announced, commenced, or moved
forward with ventures involving multichannel video programming distribution.

The Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "1996 Telecom Act") may exempt some
of our competitors from regulation as cable systems. The 1996 Telecom Act amends
the definition of a "cable system" under the Communications Act of 1934 (the
"Communications Act") such that providers of competitive video programming are
only regulated and franchised as "cable systems" if they use public
rights-of-way. Thus, a broader class of entities providing video programming
(including SMATV system operators) may be exempt from regulation as cable
television systems under the 1996 Telecom Act. This exemption may give these
entities a competitive advantage over us. There can be no assurance that we will
be able to continue to compete effectively with such entities in the cable
television business.

We face competition from other communications and entertainment media,
including conventional off-air television and radio broadcasting services,
newspapers, movie theaters, the Internet, live sports events and home video
products. We cannot predict the extent to which this competition may affect our
business and operations in the future. Other new technologies may also soon
compete with our latest non-entertainment services, along with our traditional
cable television services. As we expand and introduce new and enhanced services,
including additional telecommunications services, we will be subject to
competition from other telecommunications providers. For example, several
companies compete with us to provide high-speed Internet access, using digital
subscriber line ("DSL") technology. Advances in communications technology and
changes in the marketplace and the regulatory and legislative environment are
constantly occurring. We cannot predict the specific effect ongoing or future
developments might have on us or the general effect these developments might
have on the cable television industry.

INCREASES IN PROGRAMMING COSTS -- OUR PROGRAMMING COSTS ARE INCREASING.

Programming has been and is expected to continue to be our largest single
expense item. For the Charter Systems, programming costs were equal to
approximately 21% of revenues in 1998. In recent years the cable industry has
experienced a rapid escalation in the cost of programming, in particular, sports
programming. Programming costs for the services carried on the basic and
expanded basic levels of service increased by approximately 12%, on a per
customer basis, from 1997 to 1998. This escalation may continue and we may not
be able to pass programming cost increases on to our customers.

25
<PAGE> 30

In addition, as we upgrade the channel capacity of our systems and add
programming to our basic and "preferred basic" tiers, and reposition premium
services to the basic tier, we may face additional market constraints on our
ability to pass programming costs on to our customers.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH REGULATION OF THE CABLE INDUSTRY -- OUR BUSINESS IS
SUBJECT TO EXTENSIVE GOVERNMENTAL LEGISLATION AND REGULATION. THE APPLICABLE
LEGISLATION AND REGULATIONS AND CHANGES TO THEM COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR
BUSINESS.

The cable industry is subject to extensive regulation at the federal, local
and, in some instances, state levels. The Cable Communications Policy Act of
1984 (the "1984 Cable Act"), the 1992 Cable Act (together with the 1984 Cable
Act, the "Cable Acts") and the 1996 Telecom Act, all of which amend the
Communications Act, establish a national policy to guide the development and
regulation of cable systems. The FCC has principal responsibility for
implementing the policies of the Cable Acts. Many aspects of such regulation are
currently the subject of judicial proceedings and administrative or legislative
proposals, including a proposal which would require cable operators to provide
access to their broadband cable networks to other Internet service providers.
Legislation and regulations change, and we cannot predict the impact of future
developments on the cable television industry, in general, or on us, in
particular. See "Regulation and Legislation."

FEDERAL LAW AND REGULATION. The 1992 Cable Act and the FCC's rules
implementing that act generally have increased the administrative and
operational expenses of cable systems and have resulted in additional regulatory
oversight by the FCC and local or state franchise authorities.

The Cable Acts and the corresponding FCC regulations have established,
among other things:

- rate regulations;

- requirements that, under certain circumstances, a cable system carry a
local broadcast station or obtain consent to carry a local or distant
broadcast station;

- rules for franchise renewals and transfers; and

- other requirements covering a variety of operational areas such as equal
employment opportunity, technical standards and customer service
requirements.

The 1992 Cable Act permits certified local franchising authorities to order
refunds of basic service tier rates paid in the previous twelve-month period
determined to be in excess of the maximum permitted rates. As of December 31,
1998, we have refunded an aggregate amount of approximately $300,000 since our
inception. We may be required to refund additional amounts in the future.

The 1996 Telecom Act, among other things, immediately deregulated the cable
programming service tier ("CPST") rates for certain small cable operators and in
certain limited circumstances deregulated the rates on the small cable
operators' basic service tier. As of March 31, 1999, the 1996 Telecom Act
deregulates rates on the CPST tier for all cable operators. Nevertheless, the
FCC and Congress continue to be concerned that rates for cable programming
services are rising at a rate exceeding inflation. It is therefore possible that
either Congress or the FCC will further restrict the ability of cable television
operators to implement desired rate increases.

26
<PAGE> 31

STATE AND LOCAL REGULATION. Our cable systems generally operate pursuant
to non-exclusive franchises, permits or licenses granted by a municipality or
other state or local government entity. Franchises generally are granted for
fixed terms and in many cases are terminable if the franchisee fails to comply
with material provisions. The terms and conditions of franchises vary materially
from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. In addition to the franchise document, cable
authorities have also adopted in some jurisdictions cable regulatory ordinances
that further regulate the operation of the cable systems. A number of states
subject cable systems to the jurisdiction of centralized state governmental
agencies, some of which impose regulation of a character similar to that of a
public utility. In the event that a state government agency certifies and
regulates basic rates, the agency must adopt and administer regulations with
respect to the rates for the basic service tier that are consistent with the
regulations prescribed by the FCC under the 1992 Cable Act. As state
governmental agencies are required to follow FCC rules when prescribing rate
regulation, state regulation of our rates is not allowed to be more restrictive
than the federal or local regulation. We are subject to state regulation in
Connecticut. There are ongoing efforts to amend or expand the state and local
regulation of some of our cable systems. We expect further such efforts, but
cannot predict whether any of the states in which we now operate will expand
regulation of our cable systems in the future or how they will do so. State and
local franchising regulatory powers are not unlimited; all state and local
regulations must be consistent with federal law.

The 1992 Cable Act immunizes franchise authorities from monetary damage
awards arising from regulation of cable systems or decisions made on franchise
grants, renewals, transfers and amendments. See "Regulation and Legislation."

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OFFERING TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES -- IF WE OFFER
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES, WE MAY BE SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL REGULATORY BURDENS.

If we enter the business of offering telecommunications services, we may be
required to obtain federal, state and local licenses or other authorizations to
offer such services. We may not be able to obtain such authorizations in a
timely manner, if at all, and conditions could be imposed upon such licenses or
authorizations that may not be favorable to us. Furthermore, telecommunications
companies generally are subject to significant regulation as well as higher fees
for pole attachments. In particular, under the 1996 Telecom Act, cable operators
who provide telecommunications services and cannot reach agreement with local
utilities over pole attachment rates in states that do not regulate pole
attachment rates will be subject to an FCC methodology for determining the
rates, which rates may be higher than those paid by cable operators who do not
provide telecommunications services. The rate increases are to be phased in over
a five-year period beginning on February 8, 2001. If we become subject to
telecommunications regulation or higher pole attachment rates, our business may
incur additional costs which may be material to our business. See "Regulation
and Legislation."

RISKS OF FRANCHISES AND FRANCHISE RENEWALS -- OUR FRANCHISES ARE SUBJECT TO
NON-RENEWAL OR TERMINATION IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES.

Our cable systems are operated under non-exclusive franchises issued by
state or local government franchising authorities. Our business is dependent on
our ability to obtain and renew our franchises. A franchise is generally granted
for a fixed term, but in many cases is terminable if the franchisee fails to
comply with the material provisions thereof. Although we have never lost a
franchise as a result of a failure to obtain a renewal or

27
<PAGE> 32

failure to comply with the material provisions of a franchise, our franchises
are subject to non-renewal or termination under certain circumstances. In
addition, the franchise authorities often demand certain concessions or other
commitments as a condition to renewal, which have been and may continue to be
costly to us. In certain cases, franchises have not been renewed at expiration,
and we have operated under either temporary operating agreements or without a
license while negotiating renewal terms with the franchising authorities. In
addition, there are costs associated with renewal. See "Business -- Franchises."

RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL ADVANCES -- WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO FUND THE CAPITAL
EXPENDITURES NECESSARY TO KEEP PACE WITH TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS OR OUR
CUSTOMERS' DEMAND FOR NEW PRODUCTS OR SERVICES.

The cable business is characterized by rapid technological change and the
introduction of new products and services. There can be no assurance that we
will be able to fund the capital expenditures necessary to keep pace with
technological developments or that we will successfully anticipate the demand of
our customers for products or services requiring new technology. Our inability
to provide enhanced services in a timely manner or to anticipate the demands of
the market place could have a material adverse effect on the systems' business,
results of operations and financial condition. See "Business -- Competition."

CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL EQUITY HOLDER; RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF
INTEREST -- OUR MANAGEMENT MAY BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MANAGING OTHER CABLE
OPERATIONS AND MAY NOT BE ABLE TO DEVOTE THEIR FULL TIME TO OUR OPERATIONS.

Paul G. Allen beneficially owns approximately 96% of our outstanding equity
interests on a fully diluted basis. Accordingly, Mr. Allen has the ability to
control fundamental corporate transactions requiring equity holder approval,
including without limitation, election of directors, approval of merger
transactions involving us and sales of all or substantially all of our assets.
There can be no assurance that the interests of either Mr. Allen or his
affiliates will not conflict with the interests of the holders of the Notes.

In addition, it is possible that Mr. Allen may, from time to time, acquire
cable systems in addition to those owned or acquired by us. If he does so, CCI,
of which Mr. Allen is the majority owner, as well as some of the officers of CCI
may have a substantial role in managing these outside systems. CCI and its
officers and employees now devote substantially all of their time to managing
our systems. However, if such persons began to manage outside cable systems as
well, they might have to limit the management time devoted to managing our
systems, which could impair our results of operations. Moreover, allocating
managers' time and other CCI resources between our systems and outside systems
held by Mr. Allen could give rise to conflicts of interest. CCI does not have or
plan to create formal procedures for determining whether and to what extent
outside cable television systems described above will receive priority with
respect to personnel requirements.

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL -- THE LOSS OF CERTAIN KEY EXECUTIVES COULD
ADVERSELY AFFECT US.

Our operations are managed by CCI which, in turn, is managed by a small
number of key executive officers, including Jerald L. Kent. The loss of the
services of these individuals, and, in particular, of Mr. Kent, could have an
adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

28
<PAGE> 33

FINANCING A CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER -- WE MAY NOT HAVE THE ABILITY TO RAISE THE
FUNDS NECESSARY TO FINANCE THE CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER REQUIRED BY THE
INDENTURES.

Upon the occurrence of certain specific kinds of change of control events,
we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding Notes. However, we
may not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control to make the
required repurchase of the Notes. In addition, restrictions in the Credit
Facilities may not allow such repurchases. You should also be aware that certain
important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations that would
increase the level of our indebtedness, would not constitute a "Change of
Control" under the Indentures governing the Notes. See "Description of
Notes -- Repurchase at the Option of Holders -- Change of Control."

ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT -- HOLDERS OF ORIGINAL SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES AND
EXCHANGE SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES WILL GENERALLY BE REQUIRED TO INCLUDE AMOUNTS IN
GROSS INCOME FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES IN ADVANCE OF RECEIVING CASH.

The Original Senior Discount Notes were issued, and the Exchange Senior
Discount Notes will be issued, at a substantial discount from the stated
principal amount thereof and, as a result, purchasers thereof generally will be
required to include the accrued portion of such discount in gross income, as
interest, for federal tax purposes in advance of the receipt of cash payments of
such interest. In addition, if a bankruptcy case is commenced by or against us
under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code after the issuance of such Notes, the claim of a
holder of such Notes with respect to the principal amount thereof may be limited
to an amount equal to the sum of: (i) the initial offering price; and (ii) that
portion of the original issue discount which is not deemed to constitute
"unmatured interest" for purposes of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Any original
issue discount that was not amortized as of any such bankruptcy filing would
constitute "unmatured interest." See "Certain Federal Tax Considerations" for a
more detailed discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences to the
holders of the Notes of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes.

YEAR 2000 IMPACT -- WE FACE RISKS FROM POTENTIAL YEAR 2000 PROBLEMS.

Many existing computer systems and applications, and other control devices
and embedded computer chips use only two digits (rather than four) to identify a
year in the date field, without considering the impact of the upcoming change in
the century. As a result, such systems, applications, devices and chips could
create erroneous results or might fail altogether unless corrected to properly
interpret data related to the year 2000 and beyond. These errors and failures
may result, not only from a date recognition problem in the particular part of
system failing, but may also result as systems, applications, devices and chips
receive erroneous or improper data from third-parties suffering from what is
commonly referred to as the "Year 2000 Problem." In addition, two interacting
systems, applications, devices or chips, each of which has individually been
fixed so that it will properly handle the Year 2000 Problem, could nonetheless
suffer "integration failure" because their method of dealing with the problem is
not compatible.

These problems are expected to increase in frequency and severity as the
year 2000 approaches. This issue also impacts our owned or licensed computer
systems and equipment used in connection with internal operations, including:

- information processing and financial reporting systems;

- customer billing systems;

29
<PAGE> 34

- customer service systems;

- telecommunication transmission and reception systems; and

- facility systems.

We also rely directly and indirectly, in the regular course of business, on
the proper operation and compatibility of third party systems. The Year 2000
Problem could cause these systems to fail, err, or become incompatible with our
systems.

If we, or a significant third party, fails to become year 2000 ready, or if
the Year 2000 Problem causes our systems to become internally incompatible or
incompatible with key third party systems, our business could suffer material
disruptions, including inability to process transactions, send invoices, accept
customer orders or provide customers with products and services. We could also
face similar disruptions if the Year 2000 Problem causes general widespread
problems or an economic crisis. We cannot now estimate the extent of these
potential disruptions. We cannot assure you that our efforts to date and our
ongoing efforts to prepare for the Year 2000 Problem will be sufficient to
prevent a material disruption of our operations, particularly with respect to
systems we may acquire prior to December 31, 1999. Any such disruption could
have a material adverse effect on our operations.

NONRECOURSE TO EQUITY HOLDERS -- HOLDERS OF NOTES WILL NOT HAVE RECOURSE AGAINST
OUR EQUITY HOLDERS OR THEIR AFFILIATES OR OTHER HOLDINGS.

The Original Notes have been, and the Exchange Notes will be, issued solely
by Charter. None of our equity holders, directors, officers, employees or
affiliates, including Paul G. Allen, will be an obligor or guarantor under the
Notes, and the Indentures governing the Notes expressly provide that these
parties will not have any liability for our obligations under the Notes or the
Indentures or any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such
obligations, and that by accepting the Notes, each holder of the Notes waives
and releases all such liability as consideration for issuance of the Notes. Our
equity holders, including Mr. Allen, will also be free to hold investments in or
manage other entities, including other cable companies, and holders of Notes
will have no recourse against those other entities or their assets. There should
be no expectation that Mr. Allen or our other equity holders will, in the
future, fund our operations or deficits. See "Description of Notes -- No
Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members and Stockholders."

30
<PAGE> 35

USE OF PROCEEDS

This Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy certain of the Issuers'
obligations under the Registration Rights Agreements. The Issuers will not
receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offer. In consideration for issuing the
Exchange Notes contemplated in this Prospectus, the Issuers will receive
Original Notes in like original principal amount at maturity, the form and terms
of which are the same as the form and terms of the Exchange Notes (which replace
the Original Notes), except as otherwise described herein. The Original Notes
surrendered in exchange for Exchange Notes will be retired and canceled and
cannot be reissued. Accordingly, the issuance of the Exchange Notes will not
result in any increase in the indebtedness of the Issuers.

31
<PAGE> 36

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our historical capitalization: (i) as of
December 31, 1998, including the effects of the Marcus Combination; (ii) as
adjusted to give effect to the sale of the Original Notes, the refinancing of
our previous indebtedness with the Credit Facilities, the consummation of the
Tender Offers (as described in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- The Refinancing")
(collectively, the "Refinancing") as if such transactions had occurred on that
date; and (iii) as further adjusted to give effect to additional borrowings
under the Credit Facilities and an additional equity contribution in connection
with the Pending Acquisitions, as if such transactions had occurred on that
date. This table should be read in conjunction with the Unaudited Pro Forma
Financial Statements and the financial statements included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998
---------------------------------------
AS AS FURTHER
HISTORICAL ADJUSTED ADJUSTED
---------- ---------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CHARTER HOLDINGS:
Cash and cash equivalents(a)........................ $ 10,386 $1,113,143 $ 29,117
========== ========== ===========
Credit Facilities................................... $2,534,500 $1,750,000 $ 3,282,103
Notes............................................... -- 2,999,385 2,999,385
Existing notes(b)................................... 988,701 1,110 1,110
10% Senior Discount Notes -- Renaissance(c)......... -- -- 111,369
10% Note payable -- Helicon (d)..................... -- -- 25,000
---------- ---------- -----------
Total long-term debt (including current
maturities).................................... 3,523,201 4,750,495 6,418,967
Members' equity(e).................................. 3,429,291 3,409,807 4,891,344
---------- ---------- -----------
Total Capitalization............................. $6,952,492 $8,160,302 $11,310,311
========== ========== ===========
</TABLE>

- -------------------------

(a) We presented cash and cash equivalents As Adjusted of $1.1 billion since the
Company must draw the full amount of the Tranche B term loan facility at one
time, and therefore, the Company will have cash available pending
application of such amounts to future acquisitions, capital expenditures and
other working capital purposes.

(b) As Adjusted and As Further Adjusted notes represent the notes of Marcus not
tendered in connection with the Tender Offers.

(d) Represents a note payable to the owners of Helicon issued in conjunction
with the acquisition of Helicon.

(e) Members' Equity As Adjusted is reduced by $19.5 million, the price paid in
excess of the carrying value of the notes in connection with the Tender
Offers. Members' Equity As Further Adjusted is increased by $1.5 billion,
the additional equity that is expected in connection with the Pending
Acquisitions.

32
<PAGE> 37

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements are based on the
financial statements of Charter Holdings, CCA Group, and CharterComm Holdings as
adjusted to illustrate the estimated effects of the following Transactions as if
they had occurred on January 1, 1998 for the Statement of Operations and Other
Financial Data and on December 31, 1998 for the Balance Sheet Data and Operating
Data: (i) the Charter Acquisition; (ii) the Sonic Acquisition; (iii) the
acquisition of Marcus on April 22, 1998 by Paul G. Allen; (iv) the acquisitions
and dispositions by Marcus during 1998; (v) the Marcus Combination; (vi) the
Pending Acquisitions; and (vii) the refinancing of all the debt of the Charter
Companies and the Marcus Companies through the issuance of the Notes and funding
under the Credit Facilities. The Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements
reflect the application of the principles of purchase accounting to the
transactions listed in items (i) through (iv) and (vi) of the preceding
sentence. The allocation of purchase price is based, in part, on preliminary
information which is subject to adjustment upon obtaining complete valuation
information with respect to each acquisition and the net assets acquired.

The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon available information
and certain assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable. The Unaudited
Pro Forma Financial Statements and accompanying notes should be read in
conjunction with the historical financial statements and other financial
information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus, including "Capitalization"
and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."

The Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements do not purport to be
indicative of what the Company's financial position or results of operations
would actually have been had the Transactions been completed on the dates
indicated or to project the Company's results of operations for any future date.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PENDING REFINANCING
CHARTER MARCUS ACQUISITIONS ADJUSTMENTS
(NOTE A) (NOTE B) SUBTOTAL (NOTE C) (NOTE D) TOTAL
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------------- ----------- ----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT CUSTOMER DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues.................... $ 611,690 $ 448,192 $1,059,882 $ 597,441 $ -- $1,657,323
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Operating expenses:
Operating, general and
administrative......... 310,100 231,050 541,150 306,209 -- 847,359
Corporate expense charges
(Note E)............... 16,493 17,042 33,535 6,759 -- 40,294
Depreciation and
amortization........... 375,899 252,855 628,754 327,731 -- 956,485
Management fees........... -- -- -- 14,672 -- 14,672
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total operating
expenses............. 702,492 500,947 1,203,439 655,371 -- 1,858,810
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Loss from operations........ (90,802) (52,755) (143,557) (57,930) -- (201,487)
Interest expense............ (207,468) (137,953) (345,421) (203,500) 4,200 (544,721)
Other income (expense)...... 518 -- 518 (5,862) -- (5,344)
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net income (loss)........... $ (297,752) $ (190,708) $ (488,460) $ (267,292) $ 4,200 $ (751,552)
========== ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>

33
<PAGE> 38

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PENDING REFINANCING
CHARTER MARCUS ACQUISITIONS ADJUSTMENTS
(NOTE A) (NOTE B) SUBTOTAL (NOTE C) (NOTE D) TOTAL
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------------- ----------- ----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT CUSTOMER DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Operating cash flow (Note
F)........................ $ 301,590 $ 217,142 $ 518,732 $ 291,232 $ -- $ 809,964
EBITDA (Note G)............. 285,097 200,100 485,197 269,801 -- 754,998
EBITDA margin (Note H)...... 46.6% 44.6% 45.8% 45.2% 45.6%
Cash interest expense....... 428,132
Capital expenditures........ $ 213,353 $ 224,723 $ 438,076 $ 93,107 -- $ 531,183
Total debt to operating cash
flow...................... 7.9x
Total debt to EBITDA........ 8.5
EBITDA to cash interest
expense................... 1.8
EBITDA to interest
expense................... 1.4
Deficiency of earnings to
cover fixed charges (Note
I)........................ $ 751,552
OPERATING DATA (AT END OF
PERIOD, EXCEPT FOR
AVERAGES):
Homes passed................ 2,149,000 1,743,000 3,892,000 1,795,000 5,687,000
Basic customers............. 1,255,000 1,062,000 2,317,000 1,300,000 3,617,000
Basic penetration (Note
J)........................ 58.4% 60.9% 59.5% 72.4% 63.6%
Premium units............... 845,000 411,000 1,256,000 811,000 2,067,000
Premium penetration (Note
K)........................ 67.3% 38.7% 54.2% 62.4% 57.1%
Average monthly revenue per
basic customer (Note L)... NM NM $ 38.12 $ 38.30 $ 38.18
</TABLE>

See "Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements."

34
<PAGE> 39

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

NOTE A: Operating results for Charter, pro forma for the Sonic
Acquisition, consist of the following (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
12/24/98 1/1/98
THROUGH THROUGH
1/1/98 THROUGH 12/23/98 12/31/98 5/20/98
-------------------------------------- -------- -------
CCA CHARTERCOMM
GROUP HOLDINGS, L.P. CHARTER ELIMINATIONS SUBTOTAL SONIC
--------- -------------- ------------------- ------------ --------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues.......................... $ 324,432 $196,801 $ 49,731 $23,450 $ -- $ 594,414 $17,276
--------- -------- -------- ------- ------- --------- -------
Operating expenses:
Operating, general and
administrative................ 164,145 98,331 25,952 12,679 -- 301,107 8,993
Depreciation and amortization... 136,689 86,741 16,864 13,811 -- 254,105 2,279
Management fees/corporate
expense charges............... 17,392 14,780 6,176 766 -- 39,114 --
--------- -------- -------- ------- ------- --------- -------
Total operating expenses...... 318,226 199,852 48,992 27,256 -- 594,326 11,272
--------- -------- -------- ------- ------- --------- -------
Income (loss) from operations..... 6,206 (3,051) 739 (3,806) -- 88 6,004
Interest expense.................. (113,824) (66,121) (17,277) (5,051) 1,900(c) (200,373) (2,624)
Other income (expense)............ 4,668 (1,684) (684) 133 (1,900)(c) 533 (15)
--------- -------- -------- ------- ------- --------- -------
Income (loss) before income
taxes........................... (102,950) (70,856) (17,222) (8,724) -- (199,752) 3,365
Provision for income taxes........ -- -- -- -- -- -- 1,346
--------- -------- -------- ------- ------- --------- -------
Income (loss) before extraordinary
item............................ $(102,950) $(70,856) $(17,222) $(8,724) $ -- $(199,752) $ 2,019
========= ======== ======== ======= ======= ========= =======

PRO FORMA
--------------------------

ADJUSTMENTS TOTAL
----------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Revenues.......................... $ -- $ 611,690
--------- ---------
Operating expenses:
Operating, general and
administrative................ 310,100
Depreciation and amortization... 119,515(a) 375,899
Management fees/corporate
expense charges............... (22,621)(b) 16,493
--------- ---------
Total operating expenses...... 96,894 702,492
--------- ---------
Income (loss) from operations..... (96,894) (90,802)
Interest expense.................. (4,471)(d) (207,468)
Other income (expense)............ -- 518
--------- ---------
Income (loss) before income
taxes........................... (101,365) (297,752)
Provision for income taxes........ (1,346)(e) --
--------- ---------
Income (loss) before extraordinary
item............................ $(100,019) $(297,752)
========= =========
</TABLE>

- -------------------------

(a) Represents additional amortization of franchises as a result of the Charter
Acquisition. The excess of purchase price over the net tangible assets
acquired ($3.6 billion) was recorded in franchises (amortized over 15
years).

(b) Reflects the reduction in corporate expense charges of approximately $8.2
million to reflect the actual costs incurred. Management fees charged to CCA
Group and CharterComm Holdings, companies not controlled by CCI, exceeded
the allocated costs incurred by CCI on behalf of those companies by $8.2
million. Also reflects the elimination of approximately $14.4 million of ARP
costs related to the Charter Acquisition that were paid by CCI and not
subject to reimbursement by the Company but were allocated to the Company
for financial reporting purposes. The Appreciation Rights Plan (ARP) was
terminated in connection with the Charter Acquisition and these costs will
not recur.

(d) Reflects additional interest expense on borrowings used to finance the Sonic
Acquisition (using a 7.4% interest rate).

(e) Reflects the elimination of provision for income taxes as the Company will
operate as a limited liability company and all income taxes will flow
through to the members.

35
<PAGE> 40

NOTE B: Pro forma operating results for Marcus consist of the following
(dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 1, APRIL 23,
1998 1998
THROUGH THROUGH PRO FORMA
APRIL 22, DECEMBER 23, ------------------------------------------------------------
1998 1998 ACQUISITIONS(A) DISPOSITIONS(B) ADJUSTMENTS TOTAL
---------- ------------ --------------- --------------- ----------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues................. $ 157,763 $ 332,320 $2,620 $(44,511) $ -- $ 448,192
--------- --------- ------ -------- --------- ---------
Operating expenses:
Operating, general and
administrative...... 84,746 181,347 1,225 (20,971) (15,297)(c) 231,050
Corporate expenses..... -- 17,042(c) 17,042
Depreciation and
amortization........ 64,669 174,968 -- -- 13,218(d) 252,855
Management fees........ -- 3,048 -- -- (3,048)(c) --
Transaction and
severance costs..... 114,167 16,034 -- -- (130,201)(e) --
--------- --------- ------ -------- --------- ---------
Total operating
expenses.......... 263,582 375,397 1,225 (20,971) (118,286) 500,947
--------- --------- ------ -------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) from
operations............. (105,819) (43,077) 1,395 (23,540) 118,286 (52,755)
Interest expense......... (49,905) (93,103) -- -- 5,055(d) (137,953)
Other income (expense)... 43,662 -- -- (43,662) -- --
--------- --------- ------ -------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before
extraordinary item..... $(112,062) $(136,180) $1,395 $(67,202) $ 123,341 $(190,708)
========= ========= ====== ======== ========= =========
</TABLE>

- -------------------------

(a) Represents the results of operations of acquired cable systems prior to
their acquisition in 1998 by Marcus.

(b) Represents the elimination of the operating results and corresponding gain
on sale of cable systems sold by Marcus during 1998.

(c) Represents a reclassification to reflect the expenses totaling $15.3 million
from operating, general and administrative to corporate expenses. Also
reflects the elimination of management fees and the addition of corporate
expense charges of $1.7 million for actual costs incurred by CCI on behalf
of Marcus. Management fees charged to Marcus exceeded the costs incurred by
CCI by $1.3 million.

(d) As a result of the acquisition of Marcus by Paul G. Allen, the excess of
purchase price over the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets
($2.5 billion) was recorded as franchises (amortized over 15 years). This
resulted in additional amortization for the period from January 1, 1998
through April 22, 1998. Additionally, the carrying value of outstanding debt
was recorded at estimated fair value, resulting in a debt premium that is to
be amortized as an offset to interest expense over the term of the debt.
This resulted in a reduction in interest expense for the period from January
1, 1998 through April 22, 1998.

(e) As a result of the acquisition of Marcus by Paul G. Allen, Marcus recorded
transaction costs of approximately $114.2 million, comprised of
approximately $90.2 million paid to employees of Marcus in settlement of
specially designated Class B units and approximately $24.0 million of
transaction fees paid to certain equity partners for investment banking
services. In addition, Marcus recorded costs related to employee and officer
stay-bonus and severance arrangements of approximately $16 million.

36
<PAGE> 41

NOTE C: Pro forma operating results for the Pending Acquisitions consist
of the following (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HISTORICAL -- YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GMI INTERMEDIA OTHER TOTAL
SYSTEMS RENAISSANCE SYSTEMS HELICON RIFKIN(A) ACQUISITIONS HISTORICAL
------- -------------- ---------- -------- ---------- ------------ ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues.................... $78,635 $ 41,524 $176,062 $ 75,577 $124,382 $25,021 $ 521,201
------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ---------
Operating expenses:
Operating, general and
administrative........... 48,852 21,037 86,753 40,179 63,815 12,059 272,695
Corporate expense
charges.................. -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Depreciation and
amortization............. 8,612 19,107 85,982 24,290 47,657 9,578 195,226
Management fees............ -- -- 3,147 3,496 4,106 471 11,220
------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ---------
Total operating
expenses............... 57,464 40,144 175,882 67,965 115,578 22,108 479,141
------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ---------
Income from operations...... 21,171 1,380 180 7,612 8,804 2,913 42,060
Interest expense............ (535) (14,358) (25,449) (27,634) (30,482) (6,876) (105,334)
Interest Income............. 158 341 93 -- 122 714
Other income (expense)...... (493) -- 23,030 -- 44,959 3 67,499
------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ---------
Income (loss) before income
tax expense (benefit)...... 20,143 (12,820) (1,898) (19,929) 23,281 (3,838) 4,939
Income tax (benefit)
expense.................... 7,956 135 1,623 -- (4,178) -- 5,536
------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ---------
Income (loss) before
extraordinary item......... $12,187 $(12,955) $ (3,521) $(19,929) $ 27,459 $(3,838) $ (597)
======= ======== ======== ======== ======== ======= =========
</TABLE>

37
<PAGE> 42

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRO FORMA TOTAL
TOTAL ----------------------------------------------- PENDING
HISTORICAL(B) ACQUISITIONS(A) DISPOSITIONS(C) ADJUSTMENTS ACQUISITIONS
------------- --------------- --------------- ----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues................... $ 521,201 $145,948 $(69,708) $ -- $ 597,441
--------- -------- -------- --------- ---------
Operating expenses:
Operating, general and
administrative......... 272,695 75,844 (35,571) (6,759)(d) 306,209
Corporate expense
charges................ -- -- -- 6,759(d) 6,759
Depreciation and
amortization........... 195,226 38,514 (40,812) 134,803(e) 327,731
Management fees.......... 11,220 4,388 (936) -- 14,672
--------- -------- -------- --------- ---------
Total operating
expenses............. 479,141 118,746 (77,319) 134,803 655,371
Income (loss) from
operations............... 42,060 27,202 7,611 (134,803)(f) (57,930)
Interest expense........... (105,334) (34,646) 19,544 (83,064)(h) (203,500)
Interest income............ 714 331 (9) -- 1,036
Other income (expense)..... 67,499 403 (380) (74,420)(g) (6,898)
--------- -------- -------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before income
tax expense (benefit).... 4,939 (6,710) 26,766 (292,287) (267,292)
Income tax expense
(benefit)................ 5,536 2,118 310 (7,964)(h) --
--------- -------- -------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before
extraordinary item....... $ (597) $ (8,828) $ 26,456 $(284,323) $(267,292)
========= ======== ======== ========= =========
</TABLE>

- -------------------------

(a) Includes the results of operations of Rifkin Acquisition Partners, L.L.L.P.,
Rifkin Cable Income Partners, L.P., Indiana Cable Associates, Ltd and R/N
South Florida Cable Management Limited Partnership.

(b) Represents the historical results of operations for the period from January
1, 1998 through the date of acquisition for acquisitions completed by
Renaissance, the InterMedia Systems, Helicon and Rifkin and for the period
from January 1, 1998 through December 31, 1998, for acquisitions to be
completed in 1999.

(c) Represents the elimination of the operating results primarily related to the
cable systems to be transferred to the InterMedia Systems as part of a swap
of cable systems, and related to the sale of several smaller cable systems.

(d) Reflects a reclassification of expenses representing corporate expenses that
would have occurred at CCI.

(e) Represents additional amortization of franchises as a result of the Pending
Acquisitions. The excess of purchase price over the net tangible assets
acquired ($3.6 billion) is expected to be recorded in franchises (amortized
over 15 years).

(f) Reflects additional interest expense on borrowings which will be used to
finance the acquisitions (using a 7.4% interest rate).

(g) Represents the elimination of gain (loss) on the sale of assets.

(h) Reflects the elimination of income tax expense as a result of being acquired
by a limited liability corporation.

NOTE D: We have refinanced substantially all of our long-term debt and
plan to incur additional debt in connection with the Pending Acquisitions (see
"Capitalization"). The

38
<PAGE> 43

Refinancing Adjustment of approximately $4.2 million in lower interest expense
consists of the following (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INTEREST
DESCRIPTION EXPENSE
- ----------- ---------
<S> <C>
Notes (at blended rate of 9.0%)............................. $ 269,000
Credit Facilities (at blended rate of 7.4%)................. 243,000
Amortization of debt issuance costs......................... 15,600
Commitment fee on unused portion of Credit Facilities ($818
at 0.375%)................................................ 3,100
10% Senior discount notes -- Renaissance.................... 11,000
10% note payable -- Helicon................................. 3,000
---------
Total pro forma interest expense.......................... 544,700
Less -- interest expense (Charter, Marcus and Pending
Acquisitions).......................................... (548,900)
---------
Adjustment............................................. $ (4,200)
=========
</TABLE>

NOTE E: CCI provided corporate management and consulting services on
behalf of Charter for 1998 and Marcus beginning in October 1998. See "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions."

NOTE F: Operating cash flow means EBITDA, as defined below, before
corporate expense charges and management fees.

NOTE G: EBITDA represents income (loss) before interest expense, income
taxes, depreciation, amortization, gain (loss) on sale of assets and other
income (expense). EBITDA is presented because it is a widely accepted financial
indicator of a company's ability to service indebtedness. However, EBITDA should
not be considered as an alternative to income from operations or to cash flows
from operating activities (as determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles) and should not be construed as an indication of a
company's operating performance or as a measure of liquidity.

NOTE H: EBITDA margin represents EBITDA as a percentage of revenues.

NOTE I: Earnings include net income (loss) plus fixed charges. Fixed
charges consist of interest expense and an estimated component of rent expense.

NOTE J: Basic penetration represents basic customers as a percentage of
homes passed.

NOTE K: Premium penetration represents premium units as a percentage of
basic customers.

NOTE L: Average monthly revenue per basic customer represents revenues
divided by the number of months in the period divided by the number of basic
customers at December 31, 1998.

39
<PAGE> 44

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998
-----------------------------------------------------
PENDING REFINANCING
HISTORICAL ACQUISITIONS ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
CHARTER (NOTE A) (NOTE B) TOTAL
---------- ------------ ----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET
Cash and cash equivalents..... $ 10,386 $ 18,731 $ -- $ 29,117
Accounts receivable, net...... 31,163 23,983 -- 55,146
Prepaid expenses and other.... 8,613 14,927 -- 23,540
---------- ---------- -------- -----------
Total current assets..... 50,162 57,641 -- 107,803
Property, plant and
equipment................... 1,473,727 604,562 -- 2,078,289
Franchises.................... 5,705,420 3,603,834 -- 9,309,254
Other assets.................. 6,347 84,707 125,000 216,054
---------- ---------- -------- -----------
Total assets............. $7,235,656 $4,350,744 $125,000 $11,711,400
========== ========== ======== ===========
Current maturities of
long-term debt.............. $ 87,950 $ -- $(87,950) $ --
Accounts payable and accrued
expenses.................... 199,831 107,501 -- 307,332
Payables to related party..... 20,000 -- -- 20,000
Payables to manager of cable
television systems.......... 7,675 -- -- 7,675
---------- ---------- -------- -----------
Total current
liabilities............ 315,456 107,501 (87,950) 335,007
Long-term debt................ 3,435,251 2,750,802 232,914 6,418,967
Deferred management fees...... 15,561 -- -- 15,561
Other long-term liabilities... 40,097 10,424 -- 50,521
Members' equity............... 3,429,291 1,482,017 (19,964) 4,891,344
---------- ---------- -------- -----------
Total liabilities and
equity................. $7,235,656 $4,350,744 $125,000 $11,711,400
========== ========== ======== ===========
</TABLE>

40
<PAGE> 45

NOTE A: Pro Forma balance sheet for the Pending Acquisitions consists of
the following (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HISTORICAL--AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GMI INTERMEDIA TOTAL
SYSTEMS RENAISSANCE SYSTEMS HELICON RIFKIN OTHER HISTORICAL
------- ----------- ---------- --------- -------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Cash and cash equivalents........... $3,815 $ 8,482 $ -- $ 5,131 $ 4,334 $ 2,975 $ 24,737
Accounts receivable, net............ 3,154 1,310 14,425 1,632 11,840 2,392 34,753
Receivable from related party....... -- -- 5,623 -- -- -- 5,623
Prepaid expenses and other.......... 1,921 490 773 3,469 5,905 1,729 14,287
------- -------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ----------
Total current assets............... 8,890 10,282 20,821 10,232 22,079 7,096 79,400
Property, plant and equipment....... 57,055 63,952 218,465 86,737 221,397 23,373 670,979
Franchises.......................... 2,671 225,016 255,356 13,101 374,898 203,510 1,074,552
Deferred income tax assets.......... -- -- 12,598 -- -- -- 12,598
Other assets........................ 77 16,500 2,804 81,776 74,640 3,000 178,797
------- -------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ----------
Total assets....................... $68,693 $315,750 $510,044 $ 191,846 $693,014 $ 236,979 $2,016,326
======= ======== ======== ========= ======== ========== ==========
Accounts payable and accrued
expenses........................... $7,091 $ 8,712 $ 19,230 $ 14,188 $ 53,498 $ 5,761 $ 108,480
Current deferred revenue............ 1,918 -- 11,104 -- -- 1,014 14,036
Note payable to related party....... -- -- 3,158 -- -- -- 3,158
------- -------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ----------
Total current liabilities.......... 9,009 8,712 33,492 14,188 53,498 6,775 125,674
Deferred revenue.................... -- 608 -- -- -- -- 608
Deferred income taxes............... -- -- -- -- 7,942 -- 7,942
Long-term debt...................... -- 209,874 -- 283,388 413,075 157,941 1,064,278
Note payable to related party,
including accrued interest......... -- 135 396,579 5,247 -- -- 401,961
Other long-term liabilities,
including redeemable preferred
shares............................. 3,632 800 18,229 16,254 -- -- 38,915
Equity.............................. 56,052 95,621 61,744 (127,231) 218,499 72,263 376,948
------- -------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- ----------
Total liabilities and equity....... $68,693 $315,750 $510,044 $ 191,846 $693,014 $ 236,979 $2,016,326
======= ======== ======== ========= ======== ========== ==========
</TABLE>

41
<PAGE> 46

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL
HISTORICAL ACQUISITIONS(A) DISPOSITIONS(B) ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
---------- --------------- --------------- ----------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Cash and cash equivalents... $ 24,737 $ 6,632 $ (209) $ (12,429)(c) $ 18,731
Accounts receivable, net.... 34,753 399 (2,069) (9,100)(d) 23,983
Receivable from related
party..................... 5,623 -- -- (5,623)(c) --
Prepaid expenses and
other..................... 14,287 1,312 (672) -- 14,927
Deferred income tax asset... -- 15,575 -- (15,575)(e) --
---------- --------- --------- ---------- ----------
Total current assets...... 79,400 23,918 (2,950) (42,727) 57,641
Property, plant and
equipment................. 670,979 25,235 (91,652) -- 604,562
Franchises.................. 1,074,552 37,731 (334,210) 2,825,761(f) 3,603,834
Deferred income tax
assets.................... 12,598 -- -- (12,598)(e) --
Other assets................ 178,797 1,648 (459) (95,279)(g) 84,707
---------- --------- --------- ---------- ----------
Total assets.............. $2,016,326 $ 88,532 $(429,271) $2,675,157 $4,350,744
========== ========= ========= ========== ==========
Accounts payable and accrued
expenses.................. $ 108,480 $ 7,706 $ (8,685) $ -- $ 107,501
Current deferred revenue.... 14,036 452 -- (14,488)(d) --
Note payable to related
party..................... 3,158 -- -- (3,158)(f) --
---------- --------- --------- ---------- ----------
Total current
liabilities............. 125,674 8,158 (8,685) (17,646) 107,501
Deferred revenue............ 608 179 -- (787)(d) --
Deferred income taxes....... 7,942 5,528 -- (13,470)(e) --
Long-term debt.............. 1,064,278 200,852 (420,529) 1,906,201(h) 2,750,802
Note payable to related
party, including accrued
interest.................. 401,961 1,708 -- (403,669)(i) --
Other long-term
liabilities............... 38,915 -- (57) (28,434)(i) 10,424
Equity...................... 376,948 (127,893) -- 1,232,962(j) 1,482,017
---------- --------- --------- ---------- ----------
Total liabilities and
equity.................. $2,016,326 $ 88,532 $(429,271) $2,675,157 $4,350,744
========== ========= ========= ========== ==========
</TABLE>

- -------------------------

(a) Represents the historical balance sheets as of December 31, 1998, of those
companies to be acquired in 1999.

(b) Represents the historical assets and liabilities as of December 31, 1998, of
the cable systems to be transferred to the InterMedia Systems as part of a
swap of cable systems.

(d) Represents the offset of advance billings against deferred revenue to be
consistent with Charter Holdings' accounting policy and the elimination of
deferred revenue.

(e) Represents the elimination of deferred income tax assets and liabilities.

(f) Reflects the excess purchase price over the amounts assigned to net tangible
assets (amortized over 15 years).

(g) Represents the elimination of deferred debt issuance costs and a reduction
in carrying value of various intangible assets including goodwill,
subscriber lists, noncompete agreements and organization costs, based on
estimated fair values.

42
<PAGE> 47

(h) Represents the following:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Adjustment to record debt assumed at fair value........ $ 4,000
Long-term debt not assumed............................. (737,601)
Additional borrowings under the Credit Facilities...... 2,614,802
10% note payable -- Helicon............................ 25,000
----------
$1,906,201
==========
</TABLE>

(i) Represents liabilities retained by the seller.

(j) Represents the following:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Elimination of historical equity....................... $ (249,055)
Additional contributions............................... 1,482,017
----------
$1,232,962
==========
</TABLE>

NOTE B: We have refinanced substantially all of our long-term debt and
plan to incur additional debt in connection with the Pending
Acquisitions -- (see "Capitalization"). The aggregate sources and uses related
to the refinancing and expected additional borrowings are estimated as follows
(dollars in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SOURCES
-------
<S> <C>
Notes......................... $2,999
Credit Facilities............. 3,282
10% senior discount notes --
Renaissance................. 111
10% note payable -- Helicon... 25
Equity contribution........... 1,482
------
$7,899
======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
USES
----
<S> <C>
Tender Offers................. $1,007
Retire previous credit
facilities.................. 2,534
Rifkin/Helicon tenders
offers...................... 259
Pending Acquisitions.......... 3,974
Fees and expenses............. 125
------
$7,899
======
</TABLE>

The refinancing adjustments include an increase in other assets and
long-term debt for the fees and expenses related to the offering and refinancing
totaling $125 million, an increase in debt and decrease in equity related to the
redemption price, including fees, of tender offers in excess of the carrying
value of the debt totaling $20 million, and an increase in long-term debt and
decrease in current maturities of long-term debt of $88 million to reflect the
maturities of the refinanced debt.

43
<PAGE> 48

UNAUDITED SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The Unaudited Selected Historical Combined Financial and Operating Data for
the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 have been derived from the
separate financial statements of Charter Holdings, CCA Group and CharterComm
Holdings, which have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public
accountants, and are included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The combined
financial and operating data represent the sum of the results of each of the
Charter Companies. Each of the companies was managed by CCI in accordance with
its respective management agreement during the presented periods. Since the
Charter Companies were under common management, we believe presenting combined
financial information of these companies is informative.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMBINED CHARTER COMPANIES
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------------------------
1996 1997 1998
---------- ---------- ----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
CUSTOMER DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
Revenues................................... $ 368,553 $ 484,155 $ 594,414
---------- ---------- ----------
Operating expenses:
Operating, general and administrative.... 190,084 249,419 301,107
Depreciation and amortization............ 154,273 198,718 254,105
Management fees/corporate expense
charges(a)............................ 15,094 20,759 39,114
---------- ---------- ----------
Total operating expenses.............. 359,451 468,896 594,326
---------- ---------- ----------
Income from operations..................... $ 9,102 $ 15,259 $ 88
========== ========== ==========
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Operating cash flow(b)..................... $ 178,469 $ 236,099 $ 293,307
EBITDA(c).................................. 163,375 215,340 268,597
EBITDA margin(d)........................... 44.3% 44.5% 45.2%
Capital expenditures....................... $ 110,291 $ 162,607 $ 438,076
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
Total assets............................... $1,660,242 $2,002,181 $7,235,656
Total debt................................. 1,195,899 1,846,159 3,523,201
Members' equity............................ 26,099 (80,505) 3,429,291
</TABLE>

44
<PAGE> 49

- -------------------------

(a) CCI provided corporate management and consulting services to the Charter
Companies. CCA Group and CharterComm Holdings, L.P. paid fees to CCI as
compensation for such services and recorded management fee expense. See
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions." Charter Holdings recorded
actual corporate expense charges incurred by CCI on behalf of the Company.
Management fees and corporate expenses for the year ended December 31, 1998
include $14.4 million of ARP costs related to the Charter Acquisition that
were paid by CCI and not subject to reimbursement by us but were allocated
to us for financial reporting purposes.

(b) Operating cash flow means EBITDA, as defined below, before management fees
and corporate expense charges.

(d) EBITDA margin represents EBITDA as a percentage of revenues.

(e) Basic penetration represents basic customers as a percentage of homes
passed.

(f) Premium penetration represents premium units as a percentage of basic
customers.

45
<PAGE> 50

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

The selected historical financial data below as of and for the years ended
December 31, 1996 and 1997 and for the periods from January 1, 1998, through
December 23, 1998 and from December 24, 1998 through December 31, 1998 have been
derived from the consolidated financial statements of Charter Holdings, which
have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, and
are included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected historical financial
data for the period from October 1, 1995 through December 31, 1995, have been
derived from Charter's unaudited financial statements and are not included
elsewhere herein. The selected historical financial data for the year ended
December 31, 1994 and for the period from January 1, 1995 through September 30,
1995 are derived from the unaudited financial statements of Charter's
predecessor business and are not included elsewhere herein. The information
presented below should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical
financial statements of Charter and related notes included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREDECESSOR OF CHARTER CHARTER
---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
YEAR ENDED
YEAR ENDED 1/1/95 10/1/95 DECEMBER 31, 1/1/98 12/24/98
DECEMBER 31, THROUGH THROUGH ----------------- THROUGH THROUGH
1994 9/30/95 12/31/95 1996 1997 12/23/98 12/31/98
------------ ------- -------- ------- ------- -------- ----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
Revenues....................... $ 6,584 $ 5,324 $ 1,788 $14,881 $18,867 $ 49,731 $ 23,450
Operating Expenses:
Operating, general and
administrative............ 3,247 2,581 931 8,123 11,767 25,952 12,679
Depreciation and
amortization.............. 2,508 2,137 648 4,593 6,103 16,864 13,811
Management fees/corporate
expense charges........... 106 224 54 446 566 6,176 766
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ----------
Total operating
expenses................ 5,861 4,942 1,633 13,162 18,436 48,992 27,256
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ----------
Income (loss) from
operations................... 723 382 155 1,719 431 739 (3,806)
Interest expense............... -- -- (691) (4,415) (5,120) (17,277) (5,051)
Interest income................ 26 -- 5 20 41 44 133
Other income (expense)......... -- 38 -- (47) 25 (728) --
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ----------
Net income (loss).............. $ 749 $ 420 $ (531) $(2,723) $(4,623) $(17,222) $ (8,724)
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======== ==========
Deficiency of earnings to cover
fixed charges(a)............. NM NM $ 531 $ 2,723 $ 4,623 $ 17,222 $ 8,724
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF
PERIOD):
Total assets................... $ 25,511 $26,342 $31,572 $67,994 $55,811 $281,969 $7,235,656
Total debt..................... 10,194 10,480 28,847 59,222 41,500 274,698 3,523,201
Members' equity (deficit)...... (14,822) 15,311 971 2,648 (1,975) (8,397) 3,429,291
</TABLE>

- -------------------------
(a) Earnings include net income (loss) plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist
of interest expense and an estimated interest component of rent expense.

46
<PAGE> 51

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

INTRODUCTION

Because of recently consummated and pending significant corporate events,
including the Charter Acquisition, the Marcus Combination, the Pending
Acquisitions and the Refinancing, we do not believe that our historical
financial condition and results of operations are accurate indicators of future
results. Provided below is a discussion of (i) the operation and development of
the Charter Companies prior to the Charter Acquisition, (ii) the Charter
Acquisition, (iii) the Marcus Combination and (iv) the Pending Acquisitions.

Prior to the Charter Acquisition, CCI owned a minority interest in, and
managed, each of CCA Holdings, LLC, CCT Holdings, LLC, and Charter
Communications Long Beach, LLC (collectively, the "CCA Group") and CharterComm
Holdings, LLC ("CharterComm Holdings"). During that time, CCI was the parent of
Charter Communications Properties, LLC ("CCP"). Through CCP, CCI pursued and
executed a strategy of operating, developing, acquiring and consolidating cable
systems, including the Sonic Acquisition for approximately $228.4 million.
Because CCI was only a minority equity holder in the CCA Group and CharterComm
Holdings, the financial statements of these entities were not consolidated with
CCI prior to the Charter Acquisition.

The Charter Acquisition became effective on December 23, 1998 through a
series of transactions in which Paul G. Allen acquired approximately 94% of CCI
for an aggregate purchase price, net of debt assumed, of $2.2 billion.
Subsequently, CCP was contributed to Charter Communications Operating, LLC
("Charter Operating"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Charter Holdings, and such
contribution was accounted for as a reorganization under common control.
Accordingly, the accompanying financial statements for periods prior to December
24, 1998 include the accounts of CCP. In conjunction with the Charter
Acquisition, CCI acquired the controlling interests of the CCA Group and
CharterComm Holdings and in February 1999 transferred these companies to Charter
Operating. Charter Holdings accounted for the acquisitions of the CCA Group and
the CharterComm Holdings in accordance with purchase accounting, and
accordingly, the financial statements for periods after December 23, 1998
include the accounts of CCP, the CCA Group and CharterComm Holdings.

The Marcus Combination closed on April 7, 1999, at which time Marcus
Holdings merged with and into Charter Holdings. In April 1998, Paul G. Allen
purchased substantially all of the outstanding partnership interests in Marcus.
Beginning in October 1998, CCI began to manage the cable operations of Marcus.
In conjunction with the Marcus Combination, Paul G. Allen purchased the
remaining interests in Marcus. The Marcus Combination was accounted for as a
reorganization under common control similar to a pooling of interests because of
Paul G. Allen's controlling interests in Marcus and Charter. As such, the
accounts of Charter Holdings and Marcus have been consolidated since December
23, 1998.

Since the beginning of 1999, CCI and/or subsidiaries of CCI have entered
into definitive agreements to purchase, the GMI Systems, Renaissance, Helicon,
the InterMedia Systems, Rifkin and the Other Acquisitions, which serve, in the
aggregate, approximately 1.3 million customers. All such definitive agreements
entered into by CCI have been assigned to us. In addition, CCI is also in active
negotiations with several other

47
<PAGE> 52

potential acquisition candidates whose systems would further complement our
regional operating clusters. We expect to finance these acquisitions with
additional borrowings under the Credit Facilities and additional equity.

OVERVIEW

We generate substantially all of our revenues from monthly customer fees
for basic tier, expanded basic tier, premium, pay-per-view programming and other
cable television services (such as the rental of converters and remote control
devices and installation charges). We have generated increases in revenues in
each of the past three fiscal years, primarily through internal customer growth
and acquisitions including the Sonic Acquisition.

Pursuant to a series of management agreements with its operating
subsidiaries, CCI provides its subsidiaries with management and consulting
services. In exchange for these services, CCI receives management fees from 3.0%
to 5.0% of gross revenues of all of the systems owned by the subsidiaries, plus
certain expenses. The Credit Facilities limit management fees to 3.5% of gross
revenues. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

The following discusses concerns the financial condition and results of
operations for (i) CCP for the period from January 1, 1998 through December 23,
1998, and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 and (ii) for Charter
Holdings for the period from December 24, 1998 through December 31, 1998, which
results are comprised of CCP, the CCA Group, CharterComm Holdings and Marcus.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
----------------- 1/1/98 TO 12/24/98 TO
1996 1997 12/23/98 12/31/98
------- ------- --------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
Revenues................................. $14,881 $18,867 $ 49,731 $23,450
------- ------- -------- -------
Operating expenses:
Operating, general and
administrative...................... 8,123 11,767 25,952 12,679
Depreciation and amortization.......... 4,593 6,103 16,864 13,811
Management fees/corporate expense
charges............................. 446 566 6,176 766
------- ------- -------- -------
Total operating expenses............ 13,162 18,436 48,992 27,256
------- ------- -------- -------
Income (loss) from operations............ 1,719 431 739 (3,806)
Interest expense......................... (4,415) (5,120) (17,277) (5,051)
Interest income.......................... 20 41 44 133
Other income (expense)................... (47) 25 (728) --
------- ------- -------- -------
Net loss................................. $(2,723) $(4,623) $(17,222) $(8,724)
======= ======= ======== =======
</TABLE>

48
<PAGE> 53

PERIOD FROM DECEMBER 24, 1998, THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 1998

This period is not comparable to any other period presented. The financial
statements represent eight days of operations. This period not only contains the
results of operations of CCP, but also the results of operations of those
entities purchased as part of the Charter Acquisition and the acquisition of
Marcus. As a result, no comparison of the operating results for this eight-day
period is presented.

PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 1998 THROUGH DECEMBER 23, 1998
COMPARED TO 1997

REVENUES. Revenues increased by $30.8 million, or 163.6%, from $18.9
million in 1997 to $49.7 million for the period from January 1, 1998 through
December 23, 1998. The increase in revenues primarily resulted from the Sonic
Acquisition.

Revenues of CCP, excluding the activity of any other systems acquired or
disposed of during the periods, increased by $0.3 million, or 1.6%, from $18.5
million in 1997 to $18.8 million for the period from January 1, 1998 through
December 23, 1998.

OPERATING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Operating, general and
administrative expenses increased by $14.2 million, or 120.5%, from $11.8
million in 1997 to $26.0 million for the period from January 1, 1998 through
December 23, 1998. This increase was due primarily to the Sonic Acquisition
offset by the loss of $1.3 million on the sale of a cable system in 1997.

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION. Depreciation and amortization expense
increased by $10.8 million, or 176.3%, from $6.1 million in 1997 to $16.9
million for the period from January 1, 1998 through December 23, 1998. There was
a significant increase in amortization resulting from the Sonic Acquisition.

CORPORATE EXPENSE CHARGES Corporate expense charges increased by $5.6
million, or 991.2% from $0.6 million in 1997 to $6.2 million for the period from
January 1, 1998 through December 23, 1998. The increase from 1997 compared to
the period from January 1, 1998 through December 23, 1998 was the result of
additional CCI charges related to the Charter Appreciation Rights Plan of $3.8
million for the period from January 1, 1998 through December 23, 1998 and an
increase in management services provided by CCI as a result of the Sonic
Acquisition.

INTEREST EXPENSE. Interest expense increased by $12.2 million, or 237.4%,
from $5.1 million in 1997 to $17.3 million for the period from January 1, 1998
through December 23, 1998. This increase resulted primarily from the additional
indebtedness incurred in connection with the Sonic Acquisition.

NET LOSS. Net loss increased by $12.6 million, or 272.5%, from $4.6
million in 1997 to $17.2 million for the period from January 1, 1998 through
December 23, 1998.

The increase in revenues that resulted from cable television customer
growth was not sufficient to offset the significant costs related to the Sonic
Acquisition, resulting in a substantial increase in interest expense due to
increased borrowings.

1997 COMPARED TO 1996

REVENUES. Revenues increased by $4.0 million, or 26.8%, from $14.9 million
in 1996 to $18.9 million in 1997.

49
<PAGE> 54

Revenues of CCP, excluding the activity of any other systems acquired
during the periods, increased by $0.7 million, or 8.9%, from $7.9 million in
1996 to $8.6 million in 1997.

OPERATING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Operating, general and
administrative expenses increased by $3.6 million, or 44.9%, from $8.1 million
in 1996 to $11.8 million in 1997. This increase was primarily due to the
acquisitions of several cable systems in 1996 and the loss of $1.3 million on
the sale of a cable system in 1997.

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION. Depreciation and amortization expense
increased by $1.5 million, or 32.9%, from $4.6 million in 1996 to $6.1 million
in 1997. There was a significant increase in amortization resulting from the
acquisitions of several cable systems in 1996. In connection with such
acquisitions, the acquired franchises were recorded at fair market value, which
resulted in a stepped-up basis upon acquisition.

CORPORATE EXPENSE CHARGES. Corporate expense charges increased by $0.1
million, or 26.9%, from $0.4 million in 1996 to $0.6 million in 1997. These fees
were 3.0% of revenues in both 1996 and 1997.

INTEREST EXPENSE. Interest expense increased by $0.7 million, or 16.0%,
from $4.4 million in 1996 to $5.1 million in 1997. This increase resulted
primarily from the additional indebtedness incurred in connection with the
acquisitions of several cable systems in 1996.

NET LOSS. Net loss increased by $1.9 million, or 69.8%, from $2.7 million
in 1996 to $4.6 million in 1997. The increase in net loss is primarily related
to the $1.4 million loss on the sale of a cable system.

COMBINED CHARTER COMPANIES OPERATING RESULTS

The following discusses the combined revenues and expenses of Charter
Holdings, CCA Group and CharterComm Holdings, for the years ended December 31,
1996, 1997, and 1998. The combined revenues and expenses represent the sum of
the revenues and expenses of each of the companies managed by CCI during all
periods presented. Since the Charter Companies were under common management, we
believe presenting combined financial information of those companies is
informative. Other expenses, such as interest expense, are not presented as such
information was not considered meaningful. The combined revenues and expenses do
not reflect any pro forma adjustments related to acquisitions made by the
Charter Companies or related to the Charter Acquisition. The combined revenues
and expenses for the year ended December 31, 1998 include the revenues and
expenses for Marcus for the period from December 24, 1998 through December 31,
1998.

50
<PAGE> 55

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMBINED CHARTER COMPANIES
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------
1996 1997 1998
-------- -------- --------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues.......................................... $368,553 $484,155 $594,414
-------- -------- --------
Operating expenses:
Operating, general and administrative........... 190,084 249,419 301,108
Depreciation and amortization................... 154,273 198,718 254,105
Management fees/corporate expense charges....... 15,094 20,759 39,114
-------- -------- --------
Total operating expenses........................ 359,451 468,896 594,327
-------- -------- --------
Income from operations............................ $ 9,102 $ 15,259 $ 87
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>

1998 COMPARED TO 1997

REVENUES. Revenues increased by $110.3 million, or 22.8%, from $484.2
million in 1997 to $594.4 million in 1998. This increase in revenues resulted
from the Sonic Acquisition and Marcus Combination in 1998 and acquisitions made
during 1997 and an internally generated increase in basic subscribers and an
increase in premium service subscriptions.

The Company has grown its subscriber base internally as a result of
management's marketing efforts to add new customers, increased efforts to retain
existing customers and a limited amount of new-build construction to increase
the coverage area of its systems.

Premium subscriptions have increased as a result of the Sonic Acquisition,
Marcus Combination and the Company's marketing efforts.

OPERATING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Operating, general and
administrative expenses increased by $53.1 million, or 21.4%, from $248.1
million in 1997 to $301.1 million in 1998. This increase was due primarily to
the Sonic Acquisition and Marcus Combination in 1998 and acquisitions made
during 1997.

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION. Depreciation and amortization increased by
$55.4 million, or 27.9% from $198.7 million in 1997 to $254.1 million in 1998.
There was a significant increase in amortization resulting from the Sonic
Acquisition and other acquisitions made by CharterComm Holdings and CCA Group.
The increase is also attributed to the continued increases in capital
expenditures.

MANAGEMENT FEES/CORPORATE EXPENSE CHARGES. Management fees/corporate
expense charges increased by $18.4 million, or 88.4% from $20.8 million in 1997
to $39.1 million in 1998. The increase from 1997 compared to 1998 was primarily
the result of additional CCI charges related to the Charter Appreciation Rights
Plan of $14.4 million for fiscal 1998.

1997 COMPARED TO 1996

REVENUES. Revenues increased by $115.6 million, or 31.4%, from $368.6
million in 1996 to $484.2 million in 1997. This increase was due to acquisitions
of cable systems in 1996 and 1997 as well as an increase in the average monthly
revenue per basic customer from $34.05 in 1996 to $37.15 in 1997.

OPERATING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Operating, general and
administrative expenses increased by $58.0 million, or 30.5%, from $190.1
million in 1996 to $248.1

51
<PAGE> 56

million in 1997. This increase was primarily due to the acquisitions acquired in
1996 and 1997.

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION. Depreciation and amortization increased by
$44.4 million, or 28.8%, from $154.3 million in 1996 to $198.7 in 1997. There
was a significant increase in amortization resulting from the acquisitions of
several cable systems in 1996 and 1997. In connection, with such acquisitions,
the acquired franchises were recorded at fair market value, which resulted in a
stepped-up basis upon acquisition. The increase is also attributed to the
continued increases in capital expenditures.

MANAGEMENT FEES/CORPORATE EXPENSE CHARGES. Management fees/corporate
expense charges increased by $5.7 million, or 37.5%, from $15.1 million in 1996
to $20.8 million in fiscal 1997. This increase is primarily the result of an
increase in revenues from 1996 and 1997 and additional costs incurred by CCI to
provide the management services.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The cable television business has substantial ongoing capital requirements
for the construction, expansion and maintenance of plant. Expenditures are
primarily made to rebuild and upgrade our existing plants. We also spend capital
on plant extensions, new services, converters and system maintenance.
Historically, we have been able to meet our capital requirements through our
cash flows from operations, equity contributions, debt financings and available
borrowings under our existing credit facilities.

Over the next three years, we plan to spend $1.8 billion for capital
expenditures, approximately $900 million of which will be used to upgrade our
systems to bandwidth capacity of 550 MHz or greater so that we may offer
advanced cable service and the remaining $900 million will be used for plant
extensions, new services, converters and system maintenance. Pro forma for the
Pending Acquisitions, over the next three years, we plan to spend an additional
$700 million for capital expenditures, approximately $300 million of which will
be used to upgrade our systems to bandwidth capacity of 550 MHz or greater so
that we may offer advanced cable service and the remaining $400 million will be
used for plant extensions, new services, converters and system maintenance. We
expect to finance the anticipated capital expenditures with distributions
generated from operations and additional borrowings under the Credit Facilities.
See "Description of the Credit Facilities."

Subject to the availability of sufficient financing, we intend to continue
to pursue our business strategy, which includes selective strategic
acquisitions. We anticipate that future acquisitions could be financed through
borrowings, either presently available under the current facilities or as a
result of amending the facilities to allow for expanded borrowing capacity or
additional equity contributions or both. Although to date we have been able to
obtain financing on satisfactory terms, there can be no assurance that this will
continue to be the case in the future.

We manage risks arising from fluctuation in interest rates through the use
of interest rate swaps and cap agreements required under the terms of our credit
facilities. Interest rate swaps and cap agreements are accounted for by us as a
hedge of the related debt obligations. As a result, the net settlement amount of
any such swap or cap agreement is recorded as an adjustment to interest expense
in the period incurred. The effects of our hedging practices on weighted average
borrowing rate and on reported interest were not material for the years December
31, 1996 and December 31, 1997 and for the period from January 1, 1998 to
December 23, 1998.

52
<PAGE> 57

We have insurance covering risks incurred with in the ordinary course of
business, including general liability, property and business interruption
coverage. As is typical in the cable television industry, we do not maintain
insurance covering our underground plant. Management believes that our coverage
is adequate.

THE REFINANCING

In connection with the offering of the Original Notes, we consummated the
Tender Offers and we refinanced our previous credit facilities with the Credit
Facilities. On February 10, 1999, we commenced cash tender offers to purchase
any and all of (i) the 14% notes due 2007 issued by Charter Communications
Southeast Holdings, LLC and the 11.25% notes due 2006 issued by Charter
Communications Southeast, LLC (the "Charter Tender Offers") and (ii) the 13.50%
notes due 2004 issued by Marcus Cable Operating Company, L.L.C. and the 14.25%
notes due 2005 issued by Marcus Cable Company, L.L.C. (the "Marcus Tender
Offers" and, together with the Charter Tender Offers, the "Tender Offers"). All
notes except for $1.1 million were paid off by March 17, 1999.

In conjunction with each of the Tender Offers, we also solicited consents
to certain proposed amendments to the indentures governing the notes we were
seeking to purchase. These amendments eliminated substantially all of the
restrictive covenants and modify certain other provisions of the indentures.

Concurrently with the offering of the Original Notes, we entered into the
Credit Facilities to refinance our previous credit facilities. Borrowing
availability under the Credit Facilities totals $4.1 billion. Pro forma for the
Transactions, we have approximately $791 million of borrowing availability under
the Credit Facilities. In addition, an uncommitted incremental term facility of
up to $500 million with terms similar to the terms of the Credit Facilities is
permitted under the Credit Facilities, but will be conditioned on receipt of
additional new commitments from existing and new lenders. See "Description of
the Credit Facilities."

INTEREST RATE RISK

The use of interest rate risk management instruments, such as interest rate
exchange agreements ("Swaps"), interest rate cap agreements ("Caps") and
interest rate collar agreements ("Collars"), is required under the terms of the
Credit Facilities. The Company's policy is to manage interest costs using a mix
of fixed and variable rate debt. Using Swaps, the Company agrees to exchange, at
specified intervals, the difference between fixed and variable interest amounts
calculated by reference to an agreed-upon notional principal amount. Caps are
used to lock in a maximum interest rate should variable rates rise, but enable
the Company to otherwise pay lower market rates. Collars limit the Company's
exposure to and benefits from interest rate fluctuations on variable rate debt
to within a certain range of rates.

53
<PAGE> 58

The table set forth below summarizes the fair values and contract terms of
financial instruments subject to interest rate risk maintained by the Company as
of December 31, 1998 (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXPECTED MATURITY DATE FAIR VALUE AT
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 THEREAFTER TOTAL DECEMBER 31, 1998
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- ---------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
DEBT
Fixed Rate........... -- -- -- -- -- $ 896,239 $ 896,239 $ 974,327
Average Interest
Rate............. -- -- -- -- -- 13.5% 13.5%
Variable Rate........ $ 87,950 $110,245 $148,950 $393,838 $295,833 $1,497,738 $2,534,554 $2,534,533
Average Interest
Rate............. 6.0% 6.1% 6.3% 6.5% 7.2% 7.6% 7.2%
INTEREST RATE
INSTRUMENTS
Variable to Fixed
Swaps.............. $130,000 $255,000 $180,000 $320,000 $370,000 $ 250,000 $1,505,000 $ (28,977)
Average Pay Rate... 4.9% 6.0% 5.8% 5.5% 5.6% 5.6% 5.6%
Average Receive
Rate............. 5.0% 5.0% 5.2% 5.2% 5.4% 5.4% 5.2%
Caps................. $ 15,000 -- -- -- -- -- $ 15,000 --
Average Cap Rate... 8.5% -- -- -- -- -- 8.5%
Collar............... -- $195,000 $ 85,000 $ 30,000 -- -- $ 310,000 $ (4,174)
Average Cap Rate... -- 7.0% 6.5% 6.5% -- -- 6.8%
Average Floor
Rate............. -- 5.0% 5.1% 5.2% -- -- 5.0%
</TABLE>

In March 1999, substantially all of the long-term debt as of December 31,
1998, was refinanced (See previous section, "The Refinancing").

The notional amounts of interest rate instruments, as presented in the
above table, are used to measure interest to be paid or received and do not
represent the amount of exposure to credit loss. The estimated fair value
approximates the proceeds (costs) to settle the outstanding contracts. Interest
rates on variable debt are estimated by the Company using the average implied
forward LIBOR rates for the year of maturity based on the yield curve in effect
at December 31, 1998 plus the borrowing margin in effect for each credit
facility at December 31, 1998. While Swaps, Caps and Collars represent an
integral part of the Company's interest rate risk management program, their
incremental effect on interest expense for the years ended December 31, 1998,
1997, and 1996 was not significant.

YEAR 2000 ISSUES

Many existing computer systems and applications, and other control devices
and embedded computer chips use only two digits (rather than four) to identify a
year in the date field, failing to consider the impact of the upcoming change in
the century. As a result, such systems, applications, devices, and chips could
create erroneous results or might fail altogether unless corrected to properly
interpret data related to the year 2000 and beyond (the "Year 2000 Problem").
These errors and failures may result, not only from a date recognition problem
in the particular part of a system failing, but may also result as systems,
applications, devices and chips receive erroneous or improper data from
third-parties suffering from the Year 2000 Problem. In addition, two interacting
systems, applications, devices or chips, each of which has individually been
fixed so that it will

54
<PAGE> 59

properly handle the Year 2000 Problem, could nonetheless suffer "integration
failure" because their method of dealing with the problem is not compatible.

These problems are expected to increase in frequency and severity as the
year 2000 approaches. This issue impacts our owned or licensed computer systems
and equipment used in connection with internal operations, including

- information processing and financial reporting systems,

- customer billing systems,

- customer service systems,

- telecommunication transmission and reception systems, and

- facility systems.

If we or a significant third party on which we rely fails to become year
2000 ready, or if the Year 2000 Problem causes our systems to become internally
incompatible or incompatible with such third party systems, our business could
suffer from material disruptions, including the inability to process
transactions, send invoices, accept customer orders or provide customers with
our cable services. We could also face similar disruptions if the Year 2000
Problem causes general widespread problems or an economic crisis. We cannot now
estimate the extent of these potential disruptions.

We are addressing the Year 2000 Problem with respect to our internal
operations in three stages: (1) inventory and evaluation of our systems,
components and other significant infrastructure to identify those elements that
reasonably could be expected to be affected by the Year 2000 Problem, (2)
remediation and replacement to address problems identified in stage one and (3)
testing of the remediation and replacement carried out in stage two. With
respect to the Charter Systems, we formed an executive Year 2000 Taskforce at
the beginning of 1998, have completed stage one, and anticipate that we will
complete stages two and three by August 1999. With respect to the Marcus
Systems, we have substantially completed stage one and elements of stage two. We
plan to complete all stages for our existing systems by August 1999, but we have
not yet determined when such stages would be completed in connection with
systems we may acquire in the near future.

Much of our assessment efforts in stage one have involved, and depend on,
inquiries to third party service providers, who are the suppliers and vendors of
various parts or components of our systems. Certain of these third parties that
have certified the readiness of their products will not certify their
interoperability within our fully integrated systems. We cannot assure you that
these technologies of third parties, on which we rely, will be year 2000 ready
or timely converted into year 2000 compliant systems compatible with our
systems. Moreover, because a full test of our systems, on an integrated basis,
would require a complete shut down of our operations, it is not practicable to
conduct such testing. We have been advised that a plan has been developed to
utilize a third party, in cooperation with other cable operators, to begin
testing a "mock-up" of our major billing and plant components (including
pay-per-view systems) as an integrated system. We are also evaluating the
potential impact of third party failure and integration failure on our systems.

We have incurred only immaterial costs to date directly related to
addressing the Year 2000 Problem. We have redeployed internal resources and have
selectively engaged outside

55
<PAGE> 60

vendors to meet the goals of our year 2000 program. We currently estimate the
total cost of our year 2000 remediation program to be approximately $6 million.
Although we will continue to make substantial capital expenditures in the
ordinary course of meeting our telecommunications system upgrade goals through
the year 2000, we will not specifically accelerate those expenditures to
facilitate year 2000 readiness, and accordingly those expenditures are not
included in the above estimate.

ACCOUNTING STANDARD NOT YET IMPLEMENTED:

In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board adopted SFAS No.
133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No.
133 establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that every
derivative instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded in
other contracts) be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or
liability measured at its fair value and that changes in the derivative's fair
value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting
criteria are met. Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative's
gains and losses to offset related results on the hedged item in the income
statement, and requires that a company must formally document, designate and
assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting. SFAS No.
133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999. We have not yet
quantified the impacts of adopting SFAS No. 133 on our consolidated financial
statements nor have we determined the timing or method of our adoption of SFAS
No. 133. However, SFAS No. 133 could increase volatility in earnings (loss).

56
<PAGE> 61

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

GENERAL

In connection with the sale of Original Notes to the Initial Purchasers
pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated March 12, 1999, among the Issuers and
Goldman, Sachs & Co., Chase Securities Inc., Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
Securities Corporation, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., NationsBanc Montgomery
Securities LLC, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA),
Inc., First Union Capital Markets Corp., Prudential Securities Incorporated, TD
Securities (USA) Inc., CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. and Nesbitt Burns Securities Inc.
(collectively, the "Initial Purchasers"), the holders of the Original Notes
became entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreements.

Under the Registration Rights Agreements, the Issuers became obligated to
(a) file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in connection with the
Exchange Offer within 90 days after the Issue Date, and (b) cause the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement relating to such Exchange Offer to become effective
within 150 days after the Issue Date. The Exchange Offer being made hereby, if
consummated within the required time periods, will satisfy the Issuers'
obligations under the Registration Rights Agreements. This Prospectus, together
with the Letter of Transmittal, is being sent to all such beneficial holders
known to the Issuers.

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus
and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the Issuers will accept all
Original Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on the Expiration Date. The Issuers will issue $1,000 principal
amount of Exchange Notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of
outstanding Original Notes accepted in the Exchange Offer. Holders may tender
some or all of their Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

Based on interpretations by the staff of the Commission set forth in the
Morgan Stanley Letter, the Exxon Capital Letter and similar letters, the Issuers
believe that Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offers in exchange
for Original Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred
by any person who received such Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is
the holder (other than Restricted Holders) without compliance with the
registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided
that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holder's or
other person's business, neither such holder nor such other person is engaged in
or intends to engage in any distribution of the Exchange Notes and such holders
or other persons have no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes.

If any person were to be participating in an Exchange Offers for the
purpose of participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes in a manner not
permitted by the interpretations by the Staff of the Commission, such person (a)
could not rely upon the Morgan Stanley Letter, the Exxon Capital Letter or
similar letters and (b) must comply with the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary
resale transaction.

57
<PAGE> 62

Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the
meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection
with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Original Notes where
such Original Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities. The Issuers have agreed
that, for a period of 180 days after consummation of the Exchange Offers, they
will make this Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to
time, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.
See "Plan of Distribution."

The Issuers will not receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offer. See "Use
of Proceeds." The Issuers have agreed to bear the expenses of the Exchange Offer
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreements. No underwriter is being used in
connection with the Exchange Offer.

The Issuers shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Original
Notes when, as and if the Issuers have given oral or written notice thereof to
the Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the tendering
holders of Original Notes for the purposes of receiving the Exchange Notes from
the Issuers and delivering Exchange Notes to such holders.

If any tendered Original Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an
invalid tender or the occurrence of certain conditions set forth herein under
"-- Conditions" without waiver by the Issuers, certificates for any such
unaccepted Original Notes will be returned, without expense, to the tendering
holder thereof as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date.

Holders of Original Notes who tender in the Exchange Offer will not be
required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in
the Letter of Transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of
Original Notes, pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Issuers will pay all charges
and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes in connection with the
Exchange Offer. See "-- Fees and Expenses."

In the event the Exchange Offer is consummated, the Issuers will not be
required to register the Original Notes. In such event, holders of Original
Notes seeking liquidity in their investment would have to rely on exemptions to
registration requirements under the securities laws, including the Securities
Act. See "Risk Factors -- Consequences of Failure to Exchange."

EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; AMENDMENT

The term "Expiration Date" shall mean the expiration date set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus, unless the Issuers, in their sole discretion,
extend the Exchange Offer, in which case the term "Expiration Date" shall mean
the latest date to which the Exchange Offer is extended.

In order to extend the Expiration Date, the Issuers will notify the
Exchange Agent of any extension by oral or written notice and will issue a
public announcement thereof, each prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the
next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date. Such
announcement may state that the Issuers are extending the Exchange Offer for a
specified period of time.

The Issuers reserve the right (a) to delay accepting any Original Notes, to
extend the Exchange Offer or to terminate the Exchange Offer and not accept
Original Notes not previously accepted if any of the conditions set forth herein
under "-- Conditions" shall

58
<PAGE> 63

have occurred and shall not have been waived by the Issuers (if permitted to be
waived by the Issuers), by giving oral or written notice of such delay,
extension or termination to the Exchange Agent, or (b) to amend the terms of the
Exchange Offer in any manner deemed by it to be advantageous to the holders of
the Original Notes. Any such delay in acceptance, extension, termination or
amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice
thereof. If the Exchange Offer is amended in a manner determined by the Issuers
to constitute a material change, the Issuers will promptly disclose such
amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of the
Original Notes of such amendment and the Issuers may extend the Exchange Offer,
depending upon the significance of the amendment and the manner of disclosure to
holders of the Original Notes, if the Exchange Offer would otherwise expire
during such extension period.

Without limiting the manner in which the Issuers may choose to make public
announcement of any extension, amendment or termination of the Exchange Offer,
the Issuers shall have no obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise
communicate any such public announcement, other than by making a timely release
to an appropriate news agency.

INTEREST ON THE EXCHANGE NOTES

The Exchange Notes will bear interest from March 17, 1999, payable
semiannually on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing October 1, 1999,
at the rate of 8.250% per annum in the case of the Exchange Eight-Year Senior
Notes, 8.625% in the case of the Exchange Ten-Year Senior Notes and 9.920% in
the case of the Exchange Senior Discount Notes. Holders of Original Notes whose
Original Notes are accepted for exchange will be deemed to have waived the right
to receive any payment in respect of interest on the Original Notes accrued up
until the date of the issuance of the Exchange Notes.

PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING

To tender in the Exchange Offer, a holder must complete, sign and date the
Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, have the signatures thereon
guaranteed if required by instruction 2 of the Letter of Transmittal, and mail
or otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal or such facsimile or an Agent's
Message in connection with a book entry transfer, together with the Original
Notes and any other required documents. To be validly tendered, such documents
must reach the Exchange Agent before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date. Delivery of the Original Notes may be made by book-entry
transfer in accordance with the procedures described below. Confirmation of such
book-entry transfer must be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the
Expiration Date.

The term "Agent's Message" means a message, transmitted by a book-entry
transfer facility to, and received by, the Exchange Agent, forming a part of a
confirmation of a book-entry transfer, which states that such book-entry
transfer facility has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in
such book-entry transfer facility tendering the Original Notes that such
participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the Letter of
Transmittal and that the Issuers may enforce such agreement against such
participant.

The tender by a holder of Original Notes will constitute an agreement
between such holder and the Issuers in accordance with the terms and subject to
the conditions set forth herein and in the Letter of Transmittal.

59
<PAGE> 64

Delivery of all documents must be made to the Exchange Agent at its address
set forth below. Holders may also request their respective brokers, dealers,
commercial banks, trust companies or nominees to effect such tender for such
holders.

The method of delivery of Original Notes and the Letter of Transmittal and
all other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and risk
of the holders. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that holders use
an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be
allowed to assure timely delivery to the Exchange Agent before 5:00 p.m. New
York City time, on the Expiration Date. No Letter of Transmittal or Original
Notes should be sent to the Issuers.

Only a holder of Original Notes may tender such Original Notes in the
Exchange Offer. The term "holder" with respect to the Exchange Offer means any
person in whose name Original Notes are registered on the books of the Issuers
or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the
registered holder.

Any beneficial holder whose Original Notes are registered in the name of
its broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who
wishes to tender should contact such registered holder promptly and instruct
such registered holder to tender on its behalf. If such beneficial holder wishes
to tender on its own behalf, such registered holder must, prior to completing
and executing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering its Original Notes,
either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Original Notes
in such holder's name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the
registered holder. The transfer of record ownership may take considerable time.

Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the
case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national
securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the
United States (an "Eligible Institution"), unless the Original Notes tendered
pursuant thereto are tendered (a) by a registered holder who has not completed
the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special Delivery
Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or (b) for the account of an Eligible
Institution. In the event that signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice
of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, such guarantee
must be by an Eligible Institution.

If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the
registered holder of any Original Notes listed therein, such Original Notes must
be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers and a proxy which
authorizes such person to tender the Original Notes on behalf of the registered
holder, in each case signed as the name of the registered holder or holders
appears on the Original Notes.

If the Letter of Transmittal or any Original Notes or bond powers are
signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact,
officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative
capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by the
Issuers, evidence satisfactory to the Issuers of their authority so to act must
be submitted with the Letter of Transmittal.

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), and withdrawal of the tendered Original Notes will be determined by
the Issuers in their sole discretion, which determination will be final and
binding. The Issuers reserve the absolute right to reject any and all Original
Notes not properly tendered or any Original Notes the Issuers's acceptance of
which would, in the opinion of counsel for the Issuers, be unlawful. The Issuers
also reserve the right to waive any irregularities or conditions of tender as to
particular Original Notes. The Issuers' interpretation of the terms and
conditions of the

60
<PAGE> 65

Exchange Offer (including the instructions in the Letter of Transmittal) will be
final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities
in connection with tenders of Original Notes must be cured within such time as
the Issuers shall determine. None of the Issuers, the Exchange Agent or any
other person shall be under any duty to give notification of defects or
irregularities with respect to tenders of Original Notes, nor shall any of them
incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Original
Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been
cured or waived. Any Original Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not
properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been
cured or waived will be returned without cost to such holder by the Exchange
Agent to the tendering holders of Original Notes, unless otherwise provided in
the Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.

In addition, the Issuers reserve the right in their sole discretion to (a)
purchase or make offers for any Original Notes that remain outstanding
subsequent to the Expiration Date or, as set forth under "-- Conditions," to
terminate the Exchange Offer in accordance with the terms of the Registration
Rights Agreements and (b) to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase
Original Notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or
otherwise. The terms of any such purchases or offers will differ from the terms
of the Exchange Offer.

By tendering, each holder will represent to the Issuers that, among other
things, (a) the Exchange Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being
obtained in the ordinary course of business of such holder or other person, (b)
neither such holder nor such other person is engaged in or intends to engage in
a distribution of the Exchange Notes, (c) neither such holder or other person
has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the
distribution of such Exchange Notes, and (d) such holder or other person is not
an "affiliate," as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Issuers
or, if such holder or other person is such an affiliate, will comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the
extent applicable.

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in
exchange for Original Notes, where such Original Notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities, must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging
and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that
it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This
Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in
exchange for Original Notes where such Original Notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer as result of market-making activities or other trading activities.
The Issuers have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after consummation of the
Exchange Offer, it will make this Prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, available to any broker-dealer for use in
connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."

The Issuers understand that the Exchange Agent will make a request promptly
after the date of this Prospectus to establish accounts with respect to the
Original Notes at the Depository Trust Company ("DTC") for the purpose of
facilitating the Exchange Offer, and subject to the establishment thereof, any
financial institution that is a participant in DTC's system may make book-entry
delivery of Original Notes by causing DTC to transfer such Original Notes into
the Exchange Agent's account with respect to the

61
<PAGE> 66

Original Notes in accordance with DTC's procedures for such transfer. Although
delivery of the Original Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into
the Exchange Agent's account at DTC, an appropriate Letter of Transmittal
properly completed and duly executed with any required signature guarantee, or
an Agent's Message in lieu thereof, and all other required documents must in
each case be transmitted to and received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent at
its address set forth below on or prior to the Expiration Date, or, if the
guaranteed delivery procedures described below are complied with, within the
time period provided under such procedures. Delivery of documents to DTC does
not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.

The Original Notes were issued on Mach 17, 1999, and there is no public
market for them at present. To the extent Original Notes are tendered and
accepted in the Exchange Offer, the principal amount of outstanding Original
Notes will decrease with a resulting decrease in the liquidity in the market
therefor. Following the consummation of the Exchange Offer, holders of Original
Notes will continue to be subject to certain restrictions on transfer.
Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for the Original Notes could be
adversely affected.

GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES

Holders who wish to tender their Original Notes and (a) whose Original
Notes are not immediately available or (b) who cannot deliver their Original
Notes, the Letter of Transmittal or any other required documents to the Exchange
Agent prior to the Expiration Date, may effect a tender if: (i) the tender is
made through an Eligible Institution; (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the
Exchange Agent receives from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and
duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or
hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the holder of the Original
Notes, the certificate number or numbers of such Original Notes and the
principal amount of Original Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being
made thereby, and guaranteeing that, within three business days after the
Expiration Date, the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof or Agent's
Message in lieu thereof) together with the certificate(s) representing the
Original Notes to be tendered in proper form for transfer and any other
documents required by the Letter of Transmittal will be deposited by the
Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and (iii) such properly completed
and executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) together with the
certificate(s) representing all tendered Original Notes in proper form for
transfer and all other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal are
received by the Exchange Agent within three business days after the Expiration
Date.

WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS

Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Original Notes may be
withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration
Date, unless previously accepted for exchange.

To withdraw a tender of Original Notes in the Exchange Offer, a written or
facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange
Agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (a) specify the name of
the person having deposited the Original Notes to be withdrawn (the
"Depositor"), (b) identify the Original Notes to be withdrawn (including the
certificate number or numbers and principal amount of such Original Notes or, in
the case of Original Notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and
number of the account at DTC to be credited), (c) be signed by the Depositor in
the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which
such

62
<PAGE> 67

Original Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be
accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the Trustee with respect
to the Original Notes register the transfer of such Original Notes into the name
of the Depositor withdrawing the tender and (d) specify the name in which any
such Original Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the
Depositor. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including
time of receipt) of such withdrawal notices will be determined by the Issuers,
whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any Original
Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes
of the Exchange Offer and no Exchange Notes will be issued with respect thereto
unless the Original Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Any Original
Notes which have been tendered but which are not accepted for exchange will be
returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder as soon as
practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange
Offer. Properly withdrawn Original Notes may be retendered by following one of
the procedures described above under "-- Procedures for Tendering" at any time
prior to the Expiration Date.

CONDITIONS

Notwithstanding any other term of the Exchange Offer, the Issuers will not
be required to accept for exchange, or exchange, any Exchange Notes for any
Original Notes, and may terminate or amend the Exchange Offer before the
acceptance of any Original Notes for exchange, if the Exchange Offer violates
any applicable law or interpretation by the staff of the Commission.

If the Issuers determine in their sole discretion that the foregoing
condition exists, the Issuers may (i) refuse to accept any Original Notes and
return all tendered Original Notes to the tendering holders, (ii) extend the
Exchange Offer and retain all Original Notes tendered prior to the expiration of
the Exchange Offer, subject, however, to the rights of holders who tendered such
Original Notes to withdraw their tendered Original Notes, or (iii) waive such
condition, if permissible, with respect to the Exchange Offer and accept all
properly tendered Original Notes which have not been withdrawn. If such waiver
constitutes a material change to the Exchange Offer, the Issuers will promptly
disclose such waiver by means of a prospectus supplement that will be
distributed to the holders, and the Issuers will extend the Exchange Offer as
required by applicable law.

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreements, if the Exchange Offer shall
not be consummated prior to the Exchange Offer Termination Date, the Issuers
will be obligated to cause to be filed with the Commission a shelf registration
statement with respect to the Original Notes (the "Shelf Registration
Statement") as promptly as practicable after the Exchange Offer Termination
Date, and thereafter use its best efforts to have the Shelf Registration
Statement declared effective.

"Exchange Offer Termination Date" means the date on which the earliest of
any of the following events occurs: (a) applicable interpretations of the staff
of the Commission do not permit the Issuers to effect the Exchange Offer, (b)
any holder of Notes notifies the Issuers that either (i) such holder is not
eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer or (ii) such holder participates
in the Exchange Offer and does not receive freely transferable Exchange Notes in
exchange for tendered Original Notes or (c) the Exchange Offer is not
consummated within 180 days after the Issue Date.

If any of the conditions described above exists, the Issuers will refuse to
accept any Original Notes and will return all tendered Original Notes to
exchanging holders of the Original Notes.

63
<PAGE> 68

BUSINESS

GENERAL

We are the seventh largest operator of cable systems in the United States,
serving approximately 2.3 million customers. Our cable systems are managed in
seven operating regions and operate in 22 states. We offer a full range of cable
television services, including basic, expanded basic, premium and pay-per-view
television programming. We have begun to offer digital cable television services
to customers in some of our systems, and are also expanding into other
entertainment, educational and communications services, such as high-speed
Internet access and interactive services. These new services will take advantage
of the significant bandwidth of our cable systems. For the year ended December
31, 1998, Pro Forma for Marcus, our revenues were approximately $1.1 billion and
our EBITDA was approximately $482 million. Approximately 96% of our equity is
beneficially owned by Paul G. Allen, the co-founder of Microsoft Corporation.
The remaining equity is owned by our founders, Jerald L. Kent, Barry L. Babcock
and Howard L. Wood. Mr. Kent is the President and Chief Executive Officer and a
director of CCI.

In addition to growing our internal customer base, we have grown
significantly through acquisitions. Over the past five years, our management
team has successfully completed 20 acquisitions. Since the beginning of 1999, we
have entered into eight agreements (the Pending Acquisitions, as defined above)
to acquire cable systems, serving a total of approximately 1.3 million
customers. Pro Forma for Marcus and pro forma for the Pending Acquisitions, our
revenues and EBITDA for 1998 would have been $1.7 billion and $755 million,
respectively. We have also entered into a letter of intent to acquire cable
systems with approximately 12,000 additional customers. Pro forma for the
Pending Acquisitions and the acquisition currently subject to a letter of
intent, the Company serves approximately 3.6 million customers. As we acquire
and integrate these and other cable systems in the future, we believe that the
implementation of our operating philosophy will provide meaningful opportunities
to enhance the operating results of such systems.

Paul G. Allen, our principal owner and one of the computer industry's
visionaries, has long believed that the broadband capabilities of cable systems
facilitate the convergence of cable television, computers and
telecommunications. Mr. Allen believes that this convergence, which he calls the
"Wired World," will rely on the cable platform to deliver an array of new
services, such as digital video programming, high-speed Internet access,
Internet protocol telephony ("IP telephony") and electronic commerce. Because of
cable's ability to provide all of these services, we believe that individuals
and businesses will view cable as an important service.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

Our business strategy is to grow our customer base and increase our
operating cash flow by: (i) maximizing customer satisfaction; (ii) implementing
decentralized operations

64
<PAGE> 69

with centralized financial controls; (iii) pursuing strategic acquisitions; (iv)
upgrading our systems; (v) emphasizing innovative marketing; and (vi) offering
new products and services.

MAXIMIZING CUSTOMER SATISFACTION. To maximize customer satisfaction, we
operate our business to provide reliable, high-quality service offerings,
superior customer service and attractive programming choices at reasonable
rates. We have implemented stringent internal customer service standards which
we believe meet or exceed those established by the National Cable Television
Association ("NCTA"). In 1998, J.D. Power and Associates ranked the Charter
Companies third among major cable system operators in overall customer
satisfaction. We believe that our customer service efforts have contributed to
our superior customer growth, increased acceptance of our new and enhanced
service offerings and increased strength of the Charter brand name.

- proximity to our existing cable systems or the potential for developing
new clusters of systems;

- demographic profile of the market as well as the number of homes passed
and customers within the system;

- per customer revenues and operating cash flow and opportunities to
increase these amounts;

- the technological state of such system; and

- the level of competition within the local market.

UPGRADING OUR SYSTEMS. Over the next three years, we plan to spend
approximately $900 million, or $1.2 billion pro forma for the Pending
Acquisitions, to upgrade our

65
<PAGE> 70

systems' bandwidth capacity to 550 MHz or greater so that we may offer advanced
cable services, increase program offerings and permit two-way communication. We
believe our upgraded Systems will also provide enhanced picture quality and
system reliability. Today, approximately 55% of our customers are served by
cable systems with at least 550 MHz bandwidth capacity, and approximately 37% of
our customers have two-way communication capability. By year end 2001, we expect
that approximately 92% of our customers will be served by cable systems with at
least 550 MHz bandwidth capacity and two-way communication capability. A
bandwidth capacity of 550 MHz enables us to offer our customers up to 82
channels of analog video service as well as advanced cable services. As we use
some of this bandwidth for digital service, we expect to offer our customers
even more channels and services at competitive rates.

EMPHASIZING INNOVATIVE MARKETING. We have developed and successfully
implemented a variety of innovative marketing techniques to attract new
customers and enhance the level of service provided to our existing customers.
Our marketing efforts focus on delivering well targeted, branded entertainment
and information services that provide value, choice, convenience and quality. We
utilize demographic "cluster codes" to address specific messages to target
audiences through direct mail and telemarketing. In addition, we promote our
services on radio, in local newspapers and by door-to-door selling. In many of
our systems, we offer discounts to customers who purchase multiple premium
services. We also have a coordinated strategy for retaining customers that
includes televised retention advertising to reinforce the link between quality
service and the Charter brand name and to encourage customers to purchase higher
service levels. Successful implementation of these marketing techniques has
resulted in internal customer growth rates in excess of the cable industry
averages in each year from 1995 through 1998 for the Charter Systems. The Marcus
Systems have been under common management with us since October 1998 and we have
begun to implement our marketing techniques throughout those systems.

OFFERING NEW PRODUCTS AND SERVICES. By upgrading our systems, we will be
able to expand the array of services and advanced products we can offer to our
customers. Using digital technology, we will offer additional channels on our
existing service tiers, create new service tiers, introduce multiplexing of
premium services and increase the number of pay-per-view channels. We also plan
to add digital music services and interactive program guides. In addition to
these expanded cable services, we will also provide advanced services including
high-speed Internet access and interactive services. We have entered into
agreements with several providers of high-speed Internet and other interactive
services, including EarthLink Network, Inc. ("EarthLink"), High Speed Access
Corp. ("HSAC"), WorldGate Communications, Inc. ("WorldGate"), Wink
Communications, Inc. ("Wink") and At Home Corporation ("@Home").

THE COMPANY'S SYSTEMS

Our systems consist of approximately 65,900 miles of coaxial and
approximately 8,500 sheath miles of fiber optic cable passing approximately 3.9
million households and serving approximately 2.3 million customers. Today,
approximately 55% of our customers are served by systems with at least 550 MHz
bandwidth capacity, approximately 40% have at least 750 MHz bandwidth capacity
and approximately 37% are served by systems capable of providing two-way
interactive communication capability, such as two-way Internet connections, Wink
and interactive program guides.

CORPORATE MANAGEMENT. We are managed from our corporate office in St.
Louis, Missouri. Our senior management at that office consists of approximately
140 people led

66
<PAGE> 71

by Jerald L. Kent and is responsible for coordinating and overseeing
company-wide operations, including certain critical functions such as marketing
and engineering that are conducted by personnel at the regional and local system
level. The corporate office also performs certain financial control functions
such as accounting, finance and acquisitions, payroll and benefit
administration, internal audit, purchasing and programming contract
administration on a centralized basis.

OPERATING REGIONS. To manage and operate our systems, we have established
two divisions that contain a total of seven operating regions: Western; Central;
MetroPlex (Dallas/Ft. Worth); North Central; Northeast; Southeast; and Southern.
Each region is managed by a team consisting of a Senior Vice President or a Vice
President, supported by operational, marketing and engineering personnel. The
two divisions are managed by two Senior Vice Presidents who report directly to
our Chief Executive Officer and are responsible for overall supervision of our
seven operating regions. Within each region, certain groups of cable systems are
further organized into groups known as "clusters." We believe that much of our
success is attributable to our operating philosophy which emphasizes
decentralized management, with decisions being made as close to the customer as
possible.

The following table provides an overview of selected technical, operating
and financial data for each of our operating regions, as of and for the year
ended December 31, 1998. Unless otherwise indicated, the following table does
not reflect the impact of the Pending Acquisitions. Upon completion of the
Pending Acquisitions, our systems will pass approximately 5.7 million homes
serving approximately 3.6 million customers.

67
<PAGE> 72

SELECTED TECHNICAL, OPERATING AND FINANCIAL DATA BY OPERATING REGION
AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NORTH
WESTERN CENTRAL METROPLEX CENTRAL NORTHEAST SOUTHEAST SOUTHERN TOTAL
------- ------- --------- ------- --------- --------- -------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
TECHNICAL DATA:
Miles of coaxial cable........ 7,500 8,800 5,700 10,000 4,600 16,700 12,600 65,900
Density(a).................... 131 65 77 62 31 40 38 59
Headends...................... 21 34 16 86 7 60 59 283
Planned headend
eliminations................ 3 3 1 30 0 11 8 56
Plant bandwidth(b):
450 MHz or less............... 23.9% 56.7% 37.0% 50.4% 51.2% 43.9% 60.2% 44.8%
550 MHz....................... 8.0% 10.2% 14.4% 12.9% 33.5% 25.6% 13.8% 15.2%
750 MHz or greater............ 68.1% 33.1% 48.6% 36.7% 15.4% 30.5% 26.0% 40.0%
Two-way capability............ 52.2% 41.5% 57.2% 49.6% 15.4% 14.8% 19.8% 37.0%
OPERATING DATA:
Homes passed.................. 984,000 569,000 437,000 618,000 142,000 664,000 478,000 3,892,000
Basic customers............... 496,000 357,000 187,000 396,000 124,000 441,000 316,000 2,317,000
Basic penetration(c).......... 50.4% 62.7% 42.8% 64.1% 87.3% 66.4% 66.1% 59.5%
Premium units................. 310,000 193,000 120,000 128,000 116,000 242,000 147,000 1,256,000
Premium penetration(d)........ 62.5% 54.1% 64.2% 32.3% 93.5% 54.9% 46.5% 54.2%
Basic customers, pro forma for
the Pending Acquisitions.... 568,000 356,000 187,000 396,000 350,000 982,000 778,000 3,617,000
FINANCIAL DATA:
Revenues, in millions(e)...... $251.8 $168.8 $90.8 $164.5 $60.5 $184.2 $139.3 $1,059.9
Average monthly total revenue
per customer(f)............. $42.31 $39.40 $40.46 $34.62 $40.66 $34.81 $36.74 $38.12
</TABLE>

- -------------------------

(a) Represents homes passed divided by miles of coaxial cable.

(b) Represents percentage of basic customers within a region served by the
indicated plant bandwidth.

(d) Premium penetration represents premium units as a percentage of basic
customers.

(e) Gives effect to all acquisitions and dispositions by the Charter Companies
and the Marcus Companies as if they had occurred on January 1, 1998. See
"Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statement and Operating Data."

(f) Represents total revenues divided by twelve divided by the number of
customers at year end.

68
<PAGE> 73

WESTERN REGION. The Western Region consists of cable systems serving
approximately 496,000 customers located entirely in the state of California,
with approximately 365,000 customers located within the Los Angeles metropolitan
area. These customers reside primarily in the communities of Pasadena, Alhambra,
Glendale, Long Beach and Riverside. We also have approximately 131,000 customers
in central California, principally located in the communities of San Luis
Obispo, West Sacramento and Turlock. The Western Region will also be responsible
for managing the approximately 68,000 customers associated with the pending
acquisition of ACE and 4,000 customers associated with the pending acquisition
of Rifkin. According to National Decision Systems, 1998 ("NDS"), the projected
median household growth in the counties currently served by the region's systems
is 5.2% for the period ending 2003, versus the projected U.S. median household
growth of 5.2% for the same period.

The Western Region's cable systems have been significantly upgraded with
approximately 76% of the region's customers served by cable systems with at
least 550 MHz bandwidth capacity as of December 31, 1998. The planned upgrade of
the Western Region's cable systems will reduce the number of headends from 21 to
18 by December 31, 2001. We expect that by December 31, 2001, 99% of our
customers will be served by systems with at least 550 MHz bandwidth capacity
with two-way communication capability.

CENTRAL REGION. The Central Region consists of cable systems serving
approximately 357,000 customers of which approximately 244,000 customers reside
in and around St. Louis County or in adjacent areas in Illinois, and over 94%
are served by two headends. The remaining approximately 113,000 of these
customers reside in Indiana, and these Systems are primarily classic cable
systems serving small to medium-sized communities. The Indiana systems will be
"swapped" as part of the InterMedia Systems transaction. See "Summary -- Recent
Events." The Central Region will also be responsible for managing approximately
112,000 customers associated with the pending acquisition of Rifkin. According
to NDS, the projected median household growth in the counties currently served
by the region's systems is 4.7% for the period ending 2003, versus the projected
U.S. median household growth of 5.2% for the same period.

At December 31, 1998, approximately 43% of the Central Region's customers
were served by cable systems with at least 550 MHz bandwidth capacity. The
majority of the cable plants in the Illinois Systems have been upgraded to 750
MHz bandwidth capacity. The planned upgrade of the Central Region's cable
systems will reduce the number of headends from 34 to 31 by December 31, 2001.
We have begun a three-year project, scheduled for completion in 2001, to upgrade
the cable plant in St. Louis County, serving approximately 175,000 customers, to
870 MHz bandwidth capability. We expect that by December 31, 2001, approximately
89% of the region's customers will be served by cable systems with at least 550
MHz bandwidth capacity with two-way communication capability.

METROPLEX REGION. The MetroPlex Region consists of cable systems serving
approximately 187,000 customers of which approximately 131,000 are served by the
Ft. Worth system. The systems in this region serve one of the fastest growing
areas of Texas. The anticipated population growth combined with the existing low
basic penetration rate of approximately 43% offers significant potential to
increase the total number of customers and the associated revenue and cash flow
in this region. According to NDS, the projected median household growth in the
counties served by the region's systems is 8.4%

69
<PAGE> 74

for the period ending 2003, versus the projected U.S. median household growth of
5.2% for the same period.

The MetroPlex Region's cable systems have been significantly upgraded with
approximately 63% of the region's customers served by cable systems with at
least 550 MHz bandwidth capacity as of December 31, 1998. In 1997, we began to
upgrade the Ft. Worth system to 870 MHz of bandwidth capacity. We expect to
complete this project during 1999. The planned upgrade of the MetroPlex Region's
cable systems will reduce the number of headends from 16 to 15 by December 31,
2001. We expect that by December 31, 2001, approximately 98% of the region's
customers will be served by cable systems with at least 550 MHz bandwidth
capacity with two-way communication capability.

NORTH CENTRAL REGION. The North Central Region consists of cable systems
serving approximately 396,000 customers. These customers are primarily located
throughout the state of Wisconsin, along with a small system of approximately
26,000 customers in Rosemont, Minnesota, a suburb of Minneapolis. Within the
state of Wisconsin, the four largest operating clusters are located in and
around Eau Claire, Fond du Lac, Janesville and Wausau. According to NDS, the
projected median household growth in the counties served by the region's systems
is 5.4% for the period ending 2003, versus the projected U.S. median household
growth of 5.2% for the same period.

At December 31, 1998, approximately 49% of the North Central Region's
customers were served by cable systems with at least 550 MHz bandwidth capacity.
The planned upgrade of the North Central Region's cable systems will reduce the
number of headends from 86 to 56 by December 31, 2001. We plan to rebuild much
of the region's cable plant, and expect that by December 31, 2001, approximately
93% of the region's customers will be served by cable systems with capacity
between 550 MHz and 750 MHz of bandwidth capacity with two-way communication
capability.

NORTHEAST REGION. The Northeast Region consists of cable systems serving
approximately 124,000 customers residing in the states of Connecticut and
Massachusetts. These systems serve the communities of Newtown and Willimantic,
Connecticut, and areas in and around Pepperell, Massachusetts, and are included
in the New York, Hartford, and Boston areas of demographic influence. The North
Central Region will be responsible for managing the approximately 170,000
customers associated with the pending acquisition of cable systems from GMI and
approximately 56,000 customers associated with the pending acquisition of
Helicon. According to NDS, the projected median household growth in the counties
currently served by the region's systems is 3.7% for the period ending 2003,
versus the projected U.S. median household growth of 5.2% for the same period.

At December 31, 1998, approximately 49% of the Northeast Region's customers
were served by cable systems with at least 550 MHz of bandwidth capacity. We
have begun to rebuild the region's cable plant, and expect that by December 31,
2001, all of the region's customers will be served by cable systems with at
least 750 MHz bandwidth capacity with two-way communication capability.

SOUTHEAST REGION. The Southeast Region consists of cable systems serving
approximately 441,000 customers residing primarily in small to medium-sized
communities in North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia and eastern Tennessee.
There are significant clusters of cable systems in and around the cities and
counties of Greenville/Spartanburg, South Carolina; Hickory and Asheville, North
Carolina; Henry County, Georgia (a suburb of Atlanta); and Johnson City,
Tennessee. These areas have experienced rapid population

70
<PAGE> 75

growth over the past few years, contributing to the high rate of internal
customer growth for these Systems. According to NDS, the projected median
household growth in the counties served by the region's systems is 6.9% for the
period ending 2003, versus the projected U.S. median household growth of 5.2%
for the same period. In addition, the Southeast Region will be responsible for
managing an aggregate of 541,000 customers associated with the Helicon, the
InterMedia Systems, Rifkin, Vista and Cable Satellite Pending Acquisitions.

At December 31, 1998, approximately 56% of the Southeast Region's customers
were served by cable systems with at least 550 MHz bandwidth capacity. The
planned upgrade of the Southeast Region's cable systems will reduce the number
of headends from 60 to 49 by December 31, 2001. The rebuild program for this
region is anticipated to result in approximately 94% of the customer base by
December 31, 2001 being served by cable systems with at least 550 MHz bandwidth
capacity with two-way communication capability.

SOUTHERN REGION. The Southern Region consists of cable systems serving
approximately 316,000 customers located primarily in the states of Louisiana,
Alabama, Kentucky and central Tennessee. In addition, the Southern Region
includes systems in Kansas, Colorado, Utah and Montana. The Southern Region has
significant clusters of cable systems in and around the cities of Birmingham,
Alabama; Nashville, Tennessee; and New Orleans, Louisiana. According to NDS, the
projected median household growth in the counties currently served by the
region's systems is 6.3% for the period ending 2003, versus the projected U.S.
median household growth of 5.2% for the same period. In addition, the Southern
Region will be responsible for managing an aggregate of 462,000 customers
associated with the Renaissance, Helicon, the InterMedia Systems and Rifkin
Pending Acquisitions.

At December 31, 1998, approximately 40% of the Southern Region's customers
were served by cable systems with at least 550 MHz bandwidth capacity. The
planned upgrade of the Southeast Region's cable systems will reduce the number
of headends from 59 to 51 by December 31, 2001. The rebuild program for this
region is anticipated to result in approximately 75% of the region's customer
base being served by December 31, 2001 by cable systems with at least 550 MHz
bandwidth capacity with two-way communication capability.

PLANT AND TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW. We have engaged in an aggressive program to
upgrade our existing cable plant over the next three years. As such, we intend
to invest approximately $1.8 billion through December 31, 2001, with
approximately one-half of that amount used to rebuild and upgrade our existing
cable plant. The remaining capital will be spent on plant extensions, new
services, converters and system maintenance.

The following table describes the current technological state of our
systems and the anticipated progress of planned upgrades through 2001, based on
the percentage of our customers who will have access to the bandwidth and other
features shown:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LESS THAN 750 MHZ OR TWO-WAY
550 MHZ 550 MHZ GREATER CAPABILITY
--------- ------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
December 31, 1998................. 44.8% 15.2% 40.0% 37.0%
December 31, 1999................. 23.9% 20.1% 56.0% 65.2%
December 31, 2000................. 12.9% 22.2% 64.9% 81.4%
December 31, 2001................. 7.7% 21.5% 70.8% 91.8%
</TABLE>

71
<PAGE> 76

We have adopted the hybrid fiber optic/coaxial ("HFC") architecture as the
standard for our ongoing systems upgrades. In most systems, we deploy fiber
optic cable to individual nodes, serving an average of 800 homes or commercial
buildings, and coaxial cable from each node to individual homes or buildings. We
believe that this network design provides high capacity and superior signal
quality and will enable us to provide the newest forms of telecommunications
services to our customers. The primary advantages of HFC architecture over
traditional coaxial cable networks include:

- increased channel capacity of cable systems;

- reduced number of amplifiers in cascade from the headend to the home,
resulting in improved signal quality and reliability;

- reduced number of homes per node, improving the capacity of the network
to provide high-speed Internet service and reducing the number of
households affected by disruptions in the network; and

- sufficient dedicated bandwidth for two-way services, thereby avoiding
reverse signal interference problems.

The HFC architecture will enable us to offer new and enhanced services,
including additional channels and tiers, expanded pay-per-view options,
high-speed Internet access, wide area network and point-to-point data services
and digital advertising insertion. The upgrades will facilitate our new services
in two primary ways:

- Greater bandwidth allows us to send more information through our systems.
This provides us with the "space" to provide new services in addition to
our current services. As a result, we will be able to roll out digital
cable programming in addition to existing analog channels offered to
customers who do not wish to subscribe to a package of digital services.

- Enhanced design configured for two-way communication with the customer
allows us to provide cable Internet services without telephone support
and other interactive services such as an interactive program guide,
impulse pay-per-view, video-on-demand and Wink that cannot be offered
without upgrading the bandwidth capacity of our systems.

This architecture will also position us to offer cable telephony services
in the future, using either IP technology or switch-based technology.

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

We offer our customers a full array of traditional cable television
services and programming and have begun to offer new and advanced high bandwidth
services such as high-speed Internet access. We plan to continually enhance and
upgrade these services, including adding new programming and other
telecommunications services, and will continue to position cable television as
an essential service.

TRADITIONAL CABLE TELEVISION SERVICES. Approximately 86% of our customers
subscribe to both "basic" and "expanded basic" service and generally, receive a
line-up of between 33 to 85 channels of television programming, depending on the
bandwidth capacity of the system. Customers who pay a premium to the basic rate
are provided additional channels, either individually or in packages of several
channels, as add-ons to the basic channels. About 28% of our customers subscribe
for premium channels, with additional customers subscribing for other special
add-on packages. We tailor both our basic line-up and our

72
<PAGE> 77

additional channel offerings to each system in response to demographics,
programming preferences, competition, price sensitivity and local regulation.

Our traditional cable television service offerings include the following:

- BASIC CABLE. All of our customers receive basic cable services, which
generally consist of local broadcast television, local community
programming (including governmental and public access) and limited
satellite programming. As of December 31, 1998, the average monthly fee
was $10.86 for basic service.

- EXPANDED BASIC CABLE. This expanded tier includes a group of
satellite-delivered or non-broadcast channels, such as Entertainment and
Sports Programming Network ("ESPN"), Cable News Network ("CNN") and
Lifetime Television ("Lifetime"). As of December 31, 1998, the average
monthly fee was $18.57 for expanded basic service.

- PREMIUM CHANNELS. These channels provide unedited, commercial-free
movies, sports and other special event entertainment programming. Home
Box Office ("HBO"), Cinemax and Showtime are typical examples. We offer
subscriptions to these channels either individually or in premium channel
packages. As of December 31, 1998, the average monthly fee was $7.23 per
premium subscription.

- PAY-PER-VIEW. These channels allow customers to pay to view a single
showing of a recently released movie, a one-time special sporting event
or music concerts on an unedited, commercial-free basis. We currently
charge a fee that ranges from $3 to $9 for movies. For special events,
such as championship boxing matches, we have charged a fee of up to
$49.99.

We have employed a variety of targeted marketing techniques to attract new
customers by focusing on delivering value, choice, convenience and quality. We
employ direct mail and telemarketing utilizing demographic "cluster codes" to
target specific messages to target audiences. In many of our systems, we offer
discounts to customers who purchase premium services on a limited trial basis in
order to encourage a higher level of service subscription. We also have a
coordinated strategy for retaining customers that includes televised retention
advertising to reinforce the decision to subscribe and to encourage customers to
purchase higher service levels.

NEW PRODUCTS AND TECHNOLOGIES. A variety of emerging technologies and the
rapid growth of Internet usage have presented us with substantial opportunities
to provide new or expanded products and services to our customers and to expand
our sources of revenue. The desire for such new technologies and the use of the
Internet by businesses in particular have triggered a significant increase in
our commercial market penetration. As a result, we are in the process of
introducing a variety of new or expanded services beyond the traditional
offerings of analog television programming for the benefit of both our
residential and commercial customers. These new products include digital
television and its related enhancements, high-speed Internet access (through
television set-top converter boxes, cable modems installed in PCs and
traditional telephone Internet access), interactive services (such as Wink), and
IP telephony and data transmission services. We believe that we are well
positioned to compete with other providers of these services due to the high
bandwidth of cable technology and our ability to access homes and businesses.

DIGITAL TELEVISION. As part of upgrading our systems, we are installing
headend equipment capable of delivering digitally encoded cable transmissions
with a two-way digital-capable set-top converter box in the customer's home.
This digital connection offers

73
<PAGE> 78

significant advantages. For example, we can compress the digital signal to allow
the transmission of up to twelve digital channels in the bandwidth normally used
by one analog channel. This will allow us to increase both programming and
service offerings, including near video-on-demand for pay-per-view customers
which is expected to increase the amount of services purchased by our customers.

Digital services customers may receive a mix of additional television
programming, an electronic program guide and up to 40 channels of digital music.
The additional programming falls into four categories which are targeted towards
specific markets:

- Additional basic channels, which are marketed in systems primarily
serving rural communities;

- Additional premium channels, which are marketed in systems serving both
rural and urban communities;

- "Multiplexes" of premium channels to which a customer previously
subscribed (such as multiple channels of HBO or Showtime), which are
marketed in systems serving both rural and urban communities; and

- Additional pay-per-view programming (for instance, more pay-per-view
options and/or frequent showings of the most popular films to provide
near video-on-demand), which are more heavily marketed in systems
primarily serving both rural and urban communities.

As part of our current pricing strategy for digital services, we have
established a retail rate of $6.95 to $8.95 per month for the digital set-top
converter and the delivery of "multiplexes" of premium services, additional
pay-per-view channels, digital music and an electronic programming guide.
Certain of our systems also offer additional basic and expanded basic tiers of
service. These tiers of services retail for $6.95 per month. At March 31, 1999,
we had in excess of 3,000 customers subscribing to digital services offered by
eight of our cable systems, which serve approximately 318,000 basic cable
customers. By December 31, 1999, we anticipate that approximately 734,000 of our
customers will be served by cable systems capable of delivering digital
services.

INTERNET ACCESS. We currently provide Internet access to our customers by
two principal means: (i) through television access, using a service such as
WorldGate, and (ii) through cable modems attached to PCs, either directly or
through an outsourcing contract with an Internet service provider. We can also
provide Internet access through traditional dial-up telephone modems, using a
service provider such as HSAC. The principal advantage of cable Internet
connections is the high speed of data transfer over a cable system. We currently
offer these services to our residential customers over coaxial cable at speeds
that can range up to approximately 50 times the speed of a conventional 28.8
Kbps telephone modem. Furthermore, a two-way communication HFC cable system can
support the entire connection at cable speeds without any need for a separate
telephone line. If the cable system only supports one-way signals (from the
headend to the customer), the customer must use a separate telephone line to
send signals to the provider, although such customer still receives the benefit
of high speed cable access when downloading information, which is the primary
reason for using cable as an Internet connection. In addition to Internet access
over our traditional coaxial system, we also provide our commercial customers
fiber optic cable access cable at a price that we believe is generally 20% lower
than the price offered by the telephone companies.

74
<PAGE> 79

In the past, cable Internet connections have provided customers with widely
varying access speeds because each customer accessed the Internet by sending and
receiving data through a "node." A node is a single connection to a cable
system's main, high-capacity fiber-optic cable that is shared by a number of
customers. Users connecting simultaneously through a single node share the
bandwidth of that node, so that a user's connection speed may diminish as
additional users connect through the same node. To induce users to switch to our
Internet services, however, we guarantee our cable modem customers the minimum
access speed selected from several speed options we offer. We also provide
higher guaranteed access speeds for customers willing to pay an additional cost.
In order to meet these guarantees, we are increasing the bandwidth of our system
and "splitting" nodes easily and cost-effectively to reduce the number of
customers per node.

As of February 1999, we provided Internet access service to approximately
9,300 homes and 130 businesses. The following table indicates the historical and
projected availability of Internet access services to our existing customer base
as of the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BASIC CUSTOMERS WITH
ADVANCED SERVICES
AVAILABLE AS OF
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------
1998 1999
------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
High-Speed Internet Access via Cable Modems:
EarthLink/Charter Pipeline.............................. 413,000 740,000
HSAC.................................................... 15,000 640,000
@Home................................................... 131,000 154,000
------- ---------
Total Cable Modems................................... 559,000 1,534,000
======= =========
Internet Access via WorldGate............................. 230,000 854,000
------- ---------
</TABLE>

- CABLE MODEM-BASED INTERNET ACCESS. A "cable modem" is a peripheral
device attached to a PC that allows the user to send and receive data over a
cable system. Generally, we offer Internet access through cable modems to our
customers in systems that have been upgraded to at least 550 MHz bandwidth
capacity.

We have an agreement with EarthLink, one of the world's largest independent
Internet service providers, to provide as a private label service Charter
Pipeline(TM), a cable modem-based, high-speed Internet access service. We
currently charge a monthly usage fee of between $29.95 and $34.95. Our customers
have the option to lease a cable modem for $10 to $15 a month or to purchase a
modem for between $300 and $400. We currently offer Charter Pipeline(TM) and
other Internet access services in Lanett, Alabama; Los Angeles and Riverside,
California; Newtown, Connecticut; Newnan, Georgia; St. Louis, Missouri; Fort
Worth, Texas; and Eau Claire, Wisconsin. At March 31, 1999, we offered EarthLink
Internet access to approximately 421,000 of our homes passed and have
approximately 5,300 customers.

We have a relationship with HSAC to offer Internet access in some of our
smaller systems. HSAC also provides Internet access services to our customers
under the "Charter Pipeline" brand name. Although the Internet access service is
provided by HSAC, the Internet "domain name" of our customer's e-mail address
and web site, if any, is "Charter.net," allowing the customer to switch or
expand to our other Internet services

75
<PAGE> 80

without a change of e-mail address. HSAC bears all capital and marketing costs
of providing the service, and seeks to build economies of scale in our smaller
systems that we cannot efficiently build ourselves by simultaneously contracting
to provide the same services to other small geographically contiguous systems.
As of March 31, 1999, HSAC offers Internet access to approximately 225,000 of
our homes passed and approximately 3,000 customers have signed up for the
service. During 1999, HSAC plans to launch this service in an additional 29
systems, covering approximately 415,000 additional homes passed. HSAC provides
turnkey service which covers all capital, operating and marketing costs. Charter
receives 50% of the monthly $39.95 service fee. Vulcan Ventures, Inc., a company
controlled by Paul G. Allen, has an equity investment in HSAC.

We also have a revenue sharing agreement with @Home, under which @Home
currently provides Internet service to customers in our systems serving Fort
Worth, University Park and Highland Park, Texas. The @Home network provides
high-speed, cable modem-based Internet access using the cable infrastructure. As
of March 31, 1999, we offered @Home Internet service to approximately 140,000 of
our homes passed and have approximately 2,000 customers.

As of March 31, 1999 we provided Internet access to approximately 100
commercial customers. We actively market our cable modem service to businesses
in every one of our systems where we have the capability to offer such service.
Our marketing efforts are often door-to-door, and we have established a separate
division whose function is to make businesses aware that this type of Internet
access is available through us. We also provide several virtual LANs established
for municipal and educational facilities including Cal Tech, the City of
Pasadena and the City of West Covina in our Los Angeles cluster.

- TV-BASED INTERNET ACCESS THROUGH WORLDGATE. We have a non-exclusive
agreement with WorldGate to provide its TV-based e-mail and Internet access to
our cable customers. WorldGate's technology is only available to cable systems
with two-way capability. WorldGate offers easy, low-cost Internet access to
customers at connection speeds ranging up to 128 Kbps. For a monthly fee, we
provide our customers e-mail and Internet access without using a PC, obtaining
an additional telephone line (or tying up an existing line), or purchasing any
additional equipment. Instead, the customer accesses the Internet through the
set-top box which the customer already has on his television set) and a wireless
keyboard (provided with the service) which interfaces with the box. WorldGate
works on both advanced analog and digital platforms and, therefore, can be
installed utilizing the analog converters already deployed. In contrast, other
converter-based, non-PC Internet access products require a digital platform and
a digital converter prior to installation.

Subscribers who opt for television-based Internet access are generally
first-time users who prefer this more user-friendly interface. Of these users,
41% use WorldGate at least once a day, and 76% use it at least once a week.
Although the WorldGate service bears the WorldGate brand name, the Internet
"domain name" of the subscribers who use this service is "Charter.net." This
allows the customer to switch or expand to our other Internet services without a
change of e-mail address.

We first offered WorldGate to subscribers on the upgraded portion of our
systems in St. Louis in April, 1998. We are also currently offering this service
in our systems in Maryville, Illinois and Newtown, Connecticut, and plan to
introduce it in eight additional systems by December 31, 1999. CCI owns a
minority interest in WorldGate, an independent company founded by Hal Krisberg
(former President of General Instrument) with headquarters in Bensalem,
Pennsylvania. See "Certain Relationships and Related

76
<PAGE> 81

Transactions." At March 31, 1999, we provided WorldGate Internet service to
approximately 1,800 customers.

WINK-ENHANCED PROGRAMMING. We have formed a relationship with Wink, which
sells technology to embed interactive features (such as additional information
and statistics about a program or the option to order an advertised product)
into programming and advertisements. A customer with a Wink-enabled set-top box
and a Wink-enabled cable provider sees an icon flash on the screen when
additional Wink features are available to enhance a program or advertisement. By
pressing the select button on a standard remote control, a viewer of a
Wink-enhanced program is able to access additional information regarding such
program, including, for example, information on prior episodes or the program's
characters. A viewer watching an advertisement would be able to access
additional information regarding the advertised product and may also be able to
utilize the two-way transmission features to order a product. We have bundled
Wink service with our traditional cable services in both our advanced analog and
digital platforms. Wink services are provided free of charge. A company
controlled by Paul G. Allen has made an equity investment in Wink. See "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions."

Various programming networks, including CNN, NBC, ESPN, HBO, Showtime,
Lifetime, VH1, the Weather Channel, and Nickelodeon, are currently producing
over 1,000 hours of Wink-enhanced programming per week. Under certain
revenue-sharing arrangements, we will modify our headend technology to allow
Wink-enabled programming to be offered on our systems. Each time one of our
customers uses Wink to request certain additional information or order an
advertised product we receive fees from Wink.

TELEPHONE SERVICES. We expect to be able to offer cable telephony services
in the near future using our systems' direct, two-way connections to homes and
other buildings. We are exploring technologies using IP telephony, as opposed to
the traditional switching technologies that are currently available, to transmit
digital voice signals over our systems. AT&T and other telephone companies have
already begun to pursue strategic partnering and other programs which make it
attractive for us to acquire and develop this alternative IP technology. For the
last two years, we have sold telephony services as a competitive access provider
("CAP") in the state of Wisconsin through Marcus FiberLink LLC, and are
currently looking to expand our CAP services into other states.

MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES. We also offer paging services to our customers in
certain markets. As of March 31, 1999, we had approximately 9,300 paging
customers. We also lease our fiber-optic cable plant and equipment to commercial
and non-commercial users of data and voice telecommunications services.

CUSTOMER SERVICE AND COMMUNITY RELATIONS

Providing a high level of service to our customers has been a central
driver of our historical success. Our emphasis on system reliability,
engineering support and superior customer satisfaction is key to our management
philosophy. In support of our commitment to customer satisfaction, we operate a
24-hour customer service hotline in most systems and offer on-time installation
and service guarantees. It is our policy that if an installer is late for a
scheduled appointment the customer receives free installation, and if a service
technician is late for a service call the customer receives a $20 credit. The
Charter Companies' on-time service call rate was 99.8% in 1997, and 99.7% in
1998.

We currently maintain eight call centers located in our seven regions. They
are staffed with dedicated personnel who provide service to our customers 24
hours a day, seven days

77
<PAGE> 82

a week. We believe operating regional call centers allows us to provide
"localized" service, which also reduces overhead costs and improves customer
service. We have invested significantly in both personnel and in equipment to
ensure that these call centers are professionally managed and employ
state-of-the-art technology. Where appropriate, we establish and operate major
call centers which today handle customer call volume for more than 58% of our
customers. We also maintain approximately 143 field offices, and employ
approximately 1,200 customer service representatives throughout the systems. Our
customer service representatives receive extensive training to develop customer
contact skills and product knowledge critical to successful sales and high rates
of customer retention. We have approximately 2,300 technical employees who are
encouraged to enroll in courses and attend regularly scheduled on-site seminars
conducted by equipment manufacturers to keep pace with the latest technological
developments in the cable television industry. We utilize surveys, focus groups
and other research tools as part of our efforts to determine and respond to
customer needs. We believe that all of this improves the overall quality of our
services and the reliability of our systems, resulting in fewer service calls
from customers.

We are also committed to fostering strong community relations in the towns
and cities our systems serve. We support many local charities and community
causes in various ways, including marketing promotions to raise money and
supplies for persons in need and in-kind donations that include production
services and free air-time on major cable networks. Recent charity affiliations
include campaigns for "Toys for Tots," United Way, local theatre, children's
museums, local food banks and volunteer fire and ambulance corps. We also
participate in the "Cable in the Classroom" program, whereby cable television
companies throughout the United States provide schools with free cable
television service. In addition, we install and provide free basic cable service
to public schools, government buildings and non-profit hospitals in many of the
communities in which we operate. We also provide free cable modems and
high-speed Internet access to schools and public libraries in our Franchise
areas. We place a special emphasis on education, and regularly award
scholarships to employees who intend to pursue courses of study in the
communications field.

SALES AND MARKETING

PERSONNEL RESOURCES. We have a centralized team responsible for
coordinating the marketing efforts of our individual systems. For most of our
systems with over 30,000 customers we have a dedicated marketing manager, while
smaller systems are handled regionally. We believe our success in marketing
comes from new and innovative ideas, and good interaction between our corporate
office, which handles programs and administration, and our field offices, which
implement the various programs. We are also continually monitoring the
regulatory arena, customer perception, competition, pricing and product
preferences to increase our responsiveness to our customer base. Our customer
service representatives are given the incentive to use their daily contacts with
customers as opportunities to sell our new service offerings.

TARGET MARKETING. We have an innovative marketing program. We utilize
market research on selected systems, compare the data to national research and
tailor a marketing program for each individual market. We gather detailed
customer information through our regional marketing representatives and use the
Claritas geodemographic data program and consulting services to create unique
packages of services and marketing programs. These marketing efforts and the
follow-up analysis provide consumer information down to the city block or
suburban subdivision level, which allows us to create very targeted marketing

78
<PAGE> 83

programs. We seek to maximize our revenue per customer through the use of
"tiered" packaging strategies to market premium services and to develop and
promote niche programming services. We regularly use targeted direct mail
campaigns to sell these tiers and services to our existing customer base. We are
developing an in-depth profile database that goes beyond existing and former
customers to include all homes passed. This database information is expected to
improve our targeted direct marketing efforts, bringing us closer toward our
objective of increasing total customers as well as sales per customer for both
new and existing customers. For example, using customer profile data currently
available, we are able to identify those customers that have children under a
specified age who do not currently subscribe to The Disney Channel, which then
enables us to target our marketing efforts with respect to The Disney Channel to
specific addresses. In 1997, we were chosen by Claritas Corporation, sponsor of
a national marketing competition across all industries, as the first place
winner for our national segmenting and targeted marketing program.

Our marketing professionals have also received numerous industry awards
within the last two years, including the Cable and Telecommunication Association
of Marketers' awards for consumer research and best advertising and marketing
programs.

In 1998, the Charter Companies introduced the MVP Package of premium
services. Customers receive a substantial discount on bundled premium services
of HBO, Showtime, Cinemax and The Movie Channel. The Charter Companies were able
to negotiate favorable terms with premium networks, which allowed minimal impact
on margins and provided substantial volume incentives to grow the premium
category. The MPV package has increased premium household penetration, premium
revenue and cash flow. As a result of this package, HBO recognized the Charter
Companies as a top performing customer. We are currently introducing this same
premium strategy in the Marcus Systems.

We expect to continue to invest significant amounts of time, effort and
financial resources in the marketing and promotion of new and existing services.
To increase customer penetration and increase the level of services used by our
customers, we utilize a coordinated array of marketing techniques, including
door-to-door solicitation, telemarketing, media advertising and direct mail
solicitation. We believe we have one of the cable television industry's highest
success rates in attracting customers who have never before subscribed to cable
television. Historically, "nevers" are the most difficult customer to attract.
Based on data gathered at cable television conferences, we believe our
telemarketing force succeeded in persuading five times as many "nevers" to
become customers to our cable service compared to the industry average in 1997,
and five times as many "nevers" in 1998. Furthermore, we have succeeded in
retaining these "nevers."

PROGRAMMING SUPPLY

GENERAL. We believe that offering a wide variety of conveniently scheduled
programming is an important factor influencing a customer's decision to
subscribe to and retain our cable services. We devote considerable resources to
obtaining access to a wide range of programming that we believe will appeal to
both existing and potential customers of basic and premium services. We rely on
extensive market research, customer demographics and local programming
preferences to determine channel offerings in each of our markets. See "-- Sales
and Marketing."

PROGRAMMING SOURCES. We obtain basic and premium programming from a number
of suppliers, usually pursuant to a written contract. Programming tends to be
made available to us for a flat fee per customer. However, some channels are
available without

79
<PAGE> 84

cost to us and for new channel launches, we may receive a fee for distribution.
For home shopping channels, we may receive a percentage fee for home shopping
revenues from our customers. Our programming contracts generally continue for a
fixed period of time, generally from three to ten years. Although longer
contract terms are available, we prefer to limit contracts to three years so
that we retain flexibility to change programming and include some of the new
channels regularly being developed. Some program suppliers offer marketing
support or volume discount pricing structures. Some of our programming
agreements with premium service suppliers offer cost incentives under which
premium service unit prices decline as certain premium service growth thresholds
are met.

PROGRAMMING COSTS. Our cable programming costs have increased in recent
years and are expected to continue to increase due to system acquisitions,
additional programming being provided to customers, increased cost to produce or
purchase cable programming, inflationary increases and other factors affecting
the cable television industry generally. In every year we have operated, our
costs to acquire programming have exceeded customary inflationary and
cost-of-living type increases. A significant factor with respect to increased
programming costs is the rate increases and surcharges imposed by national and
regional sports networks directly tied to escalating costs to acquire
programming for professional sports packages in a competitive market. Under FCC
rate regulation, cable operators may increase their rates to customers to cover
increased costs for programming, subject to certain limitations. See "Regulation
and Legislation." In October 1995, the Charter Companies and in April, 1996, the
Marcus Companies joined the TeleSynergy programming purchasing cooperative which
offers its members contract benefits in buying programming by virtue of volume
discounts available to a larger buying base. We now contract through TeleSynergy
for more than 50% of our programming. Management believes its membership in
TeleSynergy limits increases in the Company's programming costs relative to what
the increases would otherwise be, although given our increased size and
purchasing ability following the Marcus Combination, the effect may not be
material. Management also believes it will, as a general matter, be able to pass
increases in its programming costs through to customers, although there can be
no assurance that it will be possible.

RATES

Pursuant to the FCC's rules, we have set rates for cable-related equipment
(e.g., converter boxes and remote control devices) and installation services
based upon actual costs plus a reasonable profit and have unbundled these
charges from the charges for the provision of cable service.

Rates charged to customers vary based on the market served and service
selected. As of December 31, 1998, the average monthly fee was $10.86 for basic
service and $18.57 for expanded basic service. A one-time installation fee,
which may be waived in part during certain promotional periods, is charged to
new customers. We believe our rate practices are in accordance with FCC
Guidelines and are consistent with those prevailing in the industry generally.
See "Regulation and Legislation."

THEFT PROTECTION

The unauthorized tapping of cable plant and the unauthorized receipt of
programming using cable converters purchased through unauthorized sources are
problems which continue to challenge the entire cable industry. We have adopted
specific measures to combat the unauthorized use of our plant to receive
programming. For instance, in several

80
<PAGE> 85

of our regions, we have instituted a "perpetual audit" whereby each technician
is required to check at least four other nearby residences during each service
call to determine if there are any obvious signs of piracy, namely, a drop line
leading from the main cable line into other homes. Addresses where the
technician observes drop lines are then checked against our customer billing
records. If the address is not found in the billing records, a sales
representative calls on the unauthorized user to correct the "billing
discrepancy" and persuade the user to become a formal customer. In our
experience, approximately 25% of unauthorized users who are solicited in this
fashion become customers. Billing records are then closely monitored to guard
against these new customers reverting to their status as unauthorized users.
Unauthorized users who do not convert are promptly disconnected and, in certain
instances, flagrant violators are referred for prosecution. In addition, we have
prosecuted individuals who have sold cable converters programmed to receive our
signals without proper authorization.

FRANCHISES

As of December 31, 1998, our systems operated pursuant to an aggregate of
1,161 franchises, permits and similar authorizations issued by local and state
governmental authorities. Each franchise is awarded by a governmental authority
and is usually not transferable unless the granting governmental authority
consents. Most franchises are subject to termination proceedings in the event of
a material breach. In addition, most franchises require us to pay the granting
authority a franchise fee of up to 5.0% of gross revenues generated by cable
television services under the franchise (i.e., the maximum amount that may be
charged under the Communications Act).

Our franchises have terms which range from 4 to more than 32 years. Prior
to the scheduled expiration of most franchises, we initiate renewal proceedings
with the granting authorities. This process usually takes three years but can
take a longer period of time and often involves substantial expense. The
Communications Act provides for an orderly franchise renewal process in which
granting authorities may not unreasonably withhold renewals. If a renewal is
withheld and the granting authority takes over operation of the affected cable
system or awards it to another party, the granting authority must pay the
existing cable operator the "fair market value" of the system. The
Communications Act also established comprehensive renewal procedures requiring
that an incumbent franchisee's renewal application be evaluated on its own merit
and not as part of a comparative process with competing applications. In
connection with the franchise renewal process, many governmental authorities
require the cable operator make certain commitments, such as technological
upgrades to the system, which may require substantial capital expenditures.
There can be no assurance, however, that any particular franchise will be
renewed or that it can be renewed on commercially favorable terms. Our failure
to obtain renewals of the franchises, especially those in major metropolitan
areas where we have the most customers, would have a material adverse effect on
our business, results of operations and financial condition. See "Risk
Factors--Risks Associated with Regulation of the Cable

81
<PAGE> 86

Industry." The following table summarizes our systems' franchises by year of
expiration, and approximate number of basic customers as of December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE
NUMBER OF OF TOTAL TOTAL BASIC OF TOTAL
YEAR OF FRANCHISE EXPIRATION FRANCHISES FRANCHISES CUSTOMERS CUSTOMERS
- ---------------------------- ---------- ---------- ----------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Prior to December 31, 1999...... 128 11.0% 321,000 13.9%
2000 to 2002.................... 217 18.7% 504,000 21.7%
2003 to 2005.................... 239 20.6% 447,000 19.3%
2006 or after................... 577 49.7% 1,045,000 45.1%
Total...................... 1,161 100.0% 2,317,000 100.0%
</TABLE>

Under the 1996 Telecom Act, cable operators are not required to obtain
franchises in order to provide telecommunications services, and granting
authorities are prohibited from limiting, restricting or conditioning the
provision of such services. In addition, granting authorities may not require a
cable operator to provide telecommunications services or facilities, other than
institutional networks, as a condition of an initial franchise grant, a
franchise renewal, or a franchise transfer. The 1996 Telecom Act also limits
franchise fees to an operator's cable-related revenues and clarifies that they
do not apply to revenues that a cable operator derives from providing new
telecommunications services.

We believe our relations with the franchising authorities under which our
systems are operated are generally good. Substantially all of the material
franchises relating to our systems eligible for renewal have been renewed or
extended at or prior to their stated expiration dates.

COMPETITION

Cable television systems compete with other providers of television signals
and other sources of home entertainment. The competitive environment has been
significantly affected both by technological developments and regulatory changes
enacted in the 1996 Telecom Act which were designed to enhance competition in
the cable television and local telephone markets. See "Regulation and
Legislation."

To date, we believe that we have not lost a significant number of
customers, nor a significant amount of revenue, to our competitors' systems.
However, competition from these technologies may have a negative impact on our
cable television business in the future. As we expand our offerings to include
telecommunications services, we will be subject to competition from other
telecommunications providers. The telecommunications industry is highly
competitive and includes competitors with greater financial and personnel
resources, who have brand name recognition and long-standing relationships with
regulatory authorities. Moreover, mergers, joint ventures and alliances among
franchise, wireless or private cable television operators, RBOCs and others may
result in providers capable of offering cable television and telecommunications
services in direct competition with the Company. See "Risk
Factors -- Competition in the Cable Industry."

For example, the possibility of delivering video programming via the
Internet is only now developing. Although Internet "video streaming" poses new
potential competition to cable systems, the possibility of cable systems
themselves becoming providers of Internet (and telecommunications) services
represents a large potential growth area for the established cable television
industry. Advances in communications technology as well as changes in the
marketplace and the regulatory and legislative environments are constantly

82
<PAGE> 87

occurring. Thus, it is not possible to predict the effect that ongoing or future
developments might have on the cable television industry or our operations.

Key competitors today include:

- BROADCAST TELEVISION. Cable television has long competed with broadcast
television, which consists of television signals that the viewer is able to
receive without charge using a traditional "off-air" antenna. The extent of such
competition is dependent upon the quality and quantity of broadcast signals
available through "off-air" reception compared to the services provided by the
local cable system. Accordingly, cable operators in rural areas, where "off-air"
reception is more limited, generally achieve higher penetration rates than do
operators in most major metropolitan areas, where numerous, high quality
"off-air" signals are available. The 1996 Telecom Act directed the FCC to
establish, and the FCC has adopted, regulations and policies for the issuance of
licenses for digital television ("DTV") to incumbent television broadcast
licensees. DTV is expected to deliver high definition television pictures and
multiple digital-quality program streams, as well as advanced digital services
such as subscription video.

- DBS. DBS has emerged as significant competition to cable systems. The
DBS industry has grown rapidly over the last several years, and now serves
approximately 10 million subscribers nationwide. DBS service allows the
subscriber to receive video services directly via satellite using a relatively
small dish antenna. Moreover, video compression technology allows DBS providers
to offer more than 100 digital channels, thereby surpassing the typical cable
system. DBS providers offer most of the same programming as cable television,
but also offer certain sports packages not available through cable systems and a
wide array of pay-per-view movies. DBS currently faces technical and legal
obstacles to providing popular local broadcast signals, although at least one
DBS provider is now attempting to provide this programming in certain major
markets, and Congress and the FCC are considering proposals that would remove
existing legal obstacles. DirecTV, Inc. ("DirecTV"), United States Satellite
Broadcasting Corporation, Inc. ("USSB") and EchoStar Communications Corporation
currently offer DBS programming. In addition, there are several companies
licensed to operate a DBS system who have yet to begin service. PrimeStar, Inc.
("PrimeStar") offers a medium-powered fixed satellite service that shares many
of the attributes of DBS operators. Additionally, several DBS companies have
recently completed mergers which should strengthen their position, including the
combination of DirecTV, USSB and PrimeStar. DirecTV estimates that such
combination will result in its DBS business serving more than seven million
subscribers with more than 370 entertainment channels. Others may announce
intentions to enter the DBS market and may offer DBS services within our service
areas.

- TRADITIONAL OVERBUILDS. Cable television systems are operated under
non-exclusive franchises granted by local authorities. More than one cable
system may legally be built in the same area. Although still relatively
uncommon, it is possible that a franchising authority might grant a second
franchise to another cable operator and that franchise might contain terms and
conditions more favorable than those afforded us. Well financed businesses from
outside the cable industry (such as the public utilities) may over time become
competitors. There has been a recent increase in the number of cities that have
constructed their own cable systems, in a manner similar to city-provided
utility services. Although the total number of municipal overbuild cable systems
remains small, the potential profitability of a cable system is adversely
affected if the local subscriber base is divided among multiple cable systems.
Additionally, constructing a competing cable system is a capital intensive
process which involves a high degree of risk. We believe that in order

83
<PAGE> 88

to be successful, a competitor's overbuild would need to be able to serve the
homes and businesses in the overbuilt area on a more cost-effective basis than
us. Any such overbuild operation would require either significant access to
capital or access to facilities already in place that are capable of delivering
cable television programming.

We are aware of overbuild situations in six of our systems located in
Newnan, Columbus and West Point, Georgia; Barron, Wisconsin; and Lanett and
Valley, Alabama. Approximately 44,000 basic customers (approximately 1.9% of our
total basic customers) are passed by these overbuilds. Additionally, we have
been notified that franchises have been awarded, and present potential overbuild
situations, in four of our systems located in Southlake, Roanoke and Keller,
Texas and Willimantic, Connecticut. These potential overbuild areas service an
aggregate of approximately 45,000 basic customers or approximately 2% of our
total basic customers. In response to such overbuilds, these systems have been
designated priorities for the upgrade of cable plant and the launch of new and
enhanced services. We have upgraded each of these systems to at least 750 MHz
two-way HFC architecture, with the exceptions of our systems in Columbus,
Georgia, and Willimantic, Connecticut. Upgrades to at least 750 MHz two-way HFC
architecture with respect to these two systems are expected to be completed by
December 31, 2000 and December 31, 2001, respectively.

- TELEPHONE COMPANIES. Federal cross-ownership restrictions historically
limited entry by local telephone companies into the cable television business.
The 1996 Telecom Act modified this cross-ownership restriction, making it
possible for local exchange carriers ("LECs") who have considerable resources to
provide a wide variety of video services competitive with services offered by
cable systems. Several telephone companies have obtained or are seeking cable
television franchises from local governmental authorities and are constructing
cable systems. SNET PersonalVision, Inc. ("SNET") has a cable television
franchise to offer cable service in the entire state of Connecticut and has
begun offering cable television service in certain communities.
Cross-subsidization by LECs of video and telephony services poses a strategic
advantage over cable operators seeking to compete with LECs that provide video
services. In addition, LECs provide facilities for the transmission and
distribution of voice and data services (including Internet access) in
competition with our existing or potential interactive services ventures and
businesses, including Internet service, as well as data and other non-video
services. We cannot predict the likelihood of success of the broadband services
offered by our competitors or the impact on us of such competitive ventures. See
"Regulation and Legislation -- Telephone Company Entry Into Cable Television."
The entry of telephone companies as direct competitors in the video marketplace,
however, is likely to become more widespread and could adversely affect the
profitability and valuation of the systems.

- SMATV. Additional competition is posed by SMATV systems serving multiple
dwelling units ("MDUs") such as condominiums, apartment complexes, and private
residential communities. These private cable systems may enter into exclusive
agreements with such MDUs, which may preclude operators of franchise systems
from serving residents of such private complexes, although certain states
mandate that franchised cable operators have access to MDUs. Due to the
widespread availability of satellite earth stations, such private cable systems
can offer both improved reception of local television stations and many of the
same satellite-delivered program services which are offered by cable systems.
SMATV systems currently benefit from operating advantages not available to
franchised cable systems, including fewer regulatory burdens and no requirement
to service low density or economically depressed communities. It is possible
that, as a result of the expansion under the 1996 Telecom Act of the scope of
entities which are exempt

84
<PAGE> 89

from regulation as "cable systems," some SMATV systems previously regulated as
"cable systems" are now exempt from regulation under the Communications Act
(including regulation under the Cable Acts). Exemption from regulation may
provide a competitive advantage to certain of our current and potential
competitors.

- WIRELESS DISTRIBUTION. Cable television systems also compete with
wireless program distribution services such as MMDS. MMDS uses low-power
microwave frequencies to transmit television programming over-the-air to paying
customers. Wireless distribution services generally provide many of the
programming services provided by cable systems, and digital compression
technology is likely to increase significantly the channel capacity of their
systems. However, most MMDS operators continue to program in analog technology
due to the significant capital cost in upgrading to digital technology, combined
with a high disconnect ratio for this service. Analog MMDS is limited to
approximately 33 channels. Additionally, both analog and digital MMDS services
require unobstructed "line of sight" transmission paths. While no longer as
significant a competitor, analog MMDS has impacted our customer growth in
Riverside and Sacramento, California and Missoula, Montana. Digital MMDS is a
more significant competitor, presenting potential challenges to us in Los
Angeles, California and Atlanta, Georgia.

- OPEN-VIDEO SYSTEMS. The 1996 Telecom Act established the open video
system ("OVS") as a new legal framework for the delivery of video programming.
Under the statute and the FCC's rules, a LEC or other entrant (other than a
cable system operator) may distribute video programming to customers, without
the requirement to obtain a local franchise, although the OVS operator must
provide non-discriminatory access to unaffiliated programmers on a portion of
its channel capacity. The FCC has to date certified several different companies
to provide OVS in various parts of the United States. The Fifth Circuit Court of
Appeals, however, recently invalidated certain of the FCC's OVS rules, including
the FCC's rule preempting local franchise requirements. The Fifth Circuit
decision may be subject to further appeal.

- PUBLIC UTILITY HOLDING COMPANIES. The 1996 Telecom Act also authorizes
registered utility holding companies and their subsidiaries to provide video
programming services, notwithstanding the applicability of the Public Utility
Holding Company Act. Electric utilities have the potential to become significant
competitors in the video marketplace, as many of them already possess fiber
optic and other transmission lines in areas they serve. In the last year,
several utilities have announced, commenced, or moved forward with ventures
involving multichannel video programming distribution. See "Regulation and
Legislation."

PROPERTIES

Our principal physical assets consist of cable television plant and
equipment, including signal receiving, encoding and decoding devices, headend
reception facilities, distribution systems and customer drop equipment for each
of its cable television systems. Our cable television plant and related
equipment are generally attached to utility poles under pole rental agreements
with local public utilities and telephone companies, and in certain locations
are buried in underground ducts or trenches. The physical components of our
cable television systems require maintenance and periodic upgrading to keep pace
with technological advances. We own or lease real property for signal reception
sites and business offices in many of the communities served by its systems and
for its principal executive offices. We own most of our service vehicles.

85
<PAGE> 90

The Company owns the real property housing its regional data center in Town
& Country, Missouri, as well as the regional office for the Northeast Region in
Newtown, Connecticut and additional owned real estate located in Hickory, North
Carolina; Hammond, Louisiana; and West Sacramento and San Luis Obispo,
California. In addition, we lease space for our regional data center located in
Dallas, Texas and additional locations for business offices throughout our
operating regions. Our headend locations are generally located on owned or
leased parcels of land, and we generally own the towers on which our equipment
is located.

All of our properties and assets are subject to liens securing payment of
indebtedness under the existing credit facilities. We believe that our
properties are in good operating condition and are suitable and adequate for our
business operations.

EMPLOYEES

Neither Charter Holdings nor CCHC has any employees. As of December 31,
1998, the Company had approximately 4,700 full-time equivalent employees of
which 250 were represented by the International Brotherhood of Electrical
Workers. We believe we have an excellent relationship with our employees and
have never experienced a work stoppage.

INSURANCE

We have insurance to cover risks incurred in the ordinary course of
business, including general liability, property coverage, business interruption
and workers' compensation insurance in amounts typical of similar operators in
the cable industry and with reputable insurance providers. As is typical in the
cable industry, we do not insure our underground plant. We believe our insurance
coverage is adequate.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are involved from time to time in routine legal matters incidental to
our business. We believe that the resolution of such matters will not have a
material adverse impact on our financial position or results of operations.

86
<PAGE> 91

REGULATION AND LEGISLATION

The following summary of regulatory developments and legislation does not
purport to describe all present and proposed federal, state and local
legislation and regulations affecting the cable television industry. Other
existing federal, state and local legislation and regulations currently are the
subject of judicial proceedings, legislative hearings, and administrative
proposals which could change, in varying degrees, the manner in which this
industry operates. Neither the outcome of these proceedings, nor their impact
upon the cable industry or the Company can be predicted at this time.

The operation of a cable system is extensively regulated by the FCC, some
state governments and most local governments. The 1996 Telecom Act has altered
the regulatory structure governing the nation's communications providers. It
removes barriers to competition in both the cable television market and the
local telephone market. Among other things, it also reduces the scope of cable
rate regulation and encourages additional competition in the video programming
industry by allowing local telephone companies to provide video programming in
their own telephone service areas.

The 1996 Telecom Act requires the FCC to undertake a host of implementing
rulemakings. Moreover, Congress and the FCC have frequently revisited the
subject of cable regulation. Future legislative and regulatory changes could
adversely affect the Company's operations, and there have been calls in Congress
and at the FCC to maintain or even tighten cable regulation in the absence of
widespread effective competition.

CABLE RATE REGULATION. The 1992 Cable Act imposed an extensive rate
regulation regime on the cable television industry. Under that regime, all cable
systems are subject to rate regulation, unless they face "effective competition"
in their local franchise area. Federal law now defines "effective competition"
on a community-specific basis as requiring either: (1) low subscriber
penetration (less than 30%) by the incumbent cable operator; (2) appreciable
subscriber penetration (more than 15%) by competing multichannel video providers
("MVPs"); (3) a municipally-affiliated MVP offering service to 50% of the
community; or (4) a competing MVP affiliated with a local telephone company
offering service to the community.

Although the FCC has established the underlying regulatory scheme, local
government units (commonly referred to as local franchising authorities or
"LFAs") are primarily responsible for administering the regulation of the lowest
level of cable -- the basic service tier ("BST"), which typically contains local
broadcast stations and public, educational, and government ("PEG") access
channels. Before an LFA begins BST rate regulation, it must certify to the FCC
that it will follow applicable federal rules. Many LFAs have voluntarily
declined to exercise their authority to regulate BST rates. LFAs also have
primary responsibility for regulating cable equipment rates. Under federal law,
charges for various types of cable equipment must be unbundled from each other
and from monthly charges for programming services.

The FCC itself directly administers rate regulation of any cable
programming service tier ("CPST"), which typically contains satellite-delivered
programming. Under the 1996 Telecom Act, the FCC can regulate CPST rates only if
an LFA first receives at least two rate complaints from local subscribers and
then files a formal complaint with the FCC. When new CPST rate complaints are
filed, the FCC considers only whether the incremental increase is justified and
will not reduce the previously established CPST rate. We currently have 45 rate
complaints relating to approximately 400,000 subscribers pending at the FCC.
Significantly, the FCC's authority to regulate CPST rates expired on March 31,
1999. The FCC has taken the position that it will still adjudicate CPST

87
<PAGE> 92

complaints filed after this sunset date (but no later than 180 days after the
last CPST rate increase imposed prior to March 31, 1999), and will strictly
limit its review (and possible refund orders) to the time period predating the
sunset date.

Under the FCC's rate regulations, most cable systems were required to
reduce their BST and CPST rates in 1993 and 1994, and have since had their rate
increases governed by a complicated price cap scheme that allows for the
recovery of inflation and certain increased costs, as well as providing some
incentive for expanding channel carriage. The FCC has modified its rate
adjustment regulations to allow for annual rate increases and to minimize
previous problems associated with regulatory lag. Operators also have the
opportunity to bypass this "benchmark" regulatory scheme in favor of traditional
"cost-of-service" regulation in cases where the latter methodology appears
favorable. Premium cable services offered on a per-channel or per-program basis
remain unregulated, as do affirmatively marketed packages consisting entirely of
new programming product. However, federal law requires that the BST be offered
to all cable subscribers and limits the ability of operators to require purchase
of any CPST if a customer seeks to purchase premium services offered on a
per-channel or per-program basis, subject to a technology exception which
sunsets in 2002.

At December 31, 1998, LFAs covering approximately 42% of the systems'
subscribers were certified to regulate basic tier rates. The 1992 Cable Act
permits communities to certify and regulate rates at any time, so that it is
possible that additional localities served by the systems may choose to certify
and regulate rates in the future.

The FCC and Congress have provided various forms of rate relief for smaller
cable systems owned by smaller operators. If requisite eligibility criteria are
satisfied, a cable operator may be allowed to rely on a vastly simplified
cost-of-service rate justification and/or may be allowed to avoid regulation of
CPST rates entirely. Under FCC regulations, cable systems serving 15,000 or
fewer subscribers, which are owned by or affiliated with a cable company serving
in the aggregate no more than 400,0000 subscribers, can submit a simplified
cost-of-service filing under which the regulated rate (including equipment
charges) will be presumed reasonable if it equates to no more than $1.24 per
channel. Eligibility for this relief continues if the small cable system is
subsequently acquired by a larger cable operator, but is lost when and if the
individual system serves in excess of 15,000 subscribers. The 1996 Telecom Act
immediately deregulated the CPST rates of cable systems serving communities with
fewer than 50,000 subscribers, which are owned by or affiliated with entities
serving, in the aggregate, no more than one percent of the nation's cable
customers (approximately 617,000) and having no more than $250 million in annual
revenues.

As noted above, FCC regulation of CPST rates for all systems (regardless of
size) sunset pursuant to the 1996 Telecom Act on March 31, 1999. Certain
legislators, however, have called for new rate regulations if unregulated cost
rates increase dramatically. The 1996 Telecom Act also relaxes existing "uniform
rate" requirements by specifying that uniform rate requirements do not apply
where the operator faces "effective competition," and by exempting bulk
discounts to multiple dwelling units, although complaints about predatory
pricing still may be made to the FCC.

CABLE ENTRY INTO TELECOMMUNICATIONS. The 1996 Telecom Act provides that no
state or local laws or regulations may prohibit or have the effect of
prohibiting any entity from providing any interstate or intrastate
telecommunications service. States are authorized, however, to impose
"competitively neutral" requirements regarding universal service, public safety
and welfare, service quality, and consumer protection. State and local
governments also retain their authority to manage the public rights-of-way and
may require reasonable,

88
<PAGE> 93

competitively neutral compensation for management of the public rights-of-way
when cable operators provide telecommunications service. The favorable pole
attachment rates afforded cable operators under federal law can be gradually
increased by utility companies owning the poles (beginning in 2001) if the
operator provides telecommunications service, as well as cable service, over its
plant. The FCC recently clarified that a cable operator's favorable pole rates
are not endangered by the provision of Internet access.

Cable entry into telecommunications will be affected by the regulatory
landscape now being fashioned by the FCC and state regulators. One critical
component of the 1996 Telecom Act to facilitate the entry of new
telecommunications providers (including cable operators) is the interconnection
obligation imposed on all telecommunications carriers. In July 1997, the Eighth
Circuit Court of Appeals vacated certain aspects of the FCC's initial
interconnection order but most of that decision was reversed by the U.S. Supreme
Court in January 1999. The Supreme Court effectively upheld most of the FCC's
interconnection regulations.

INTERNET SERVICE. Although there is at present no significant federal
regulation of cable system delivery of Internet services, and the FCC recently
issued a report to Congress finding no immediate need to impose such regulation,
this situation may change as cable systems expand their broadband delivery of
Internet services. In particular, proposals have been advanced at the FCC and
Congress that would require cable operators to provide access to unaffiliated
Internet service providers and online service providers. Certain Internet
service providers also are attempting to use existing commercial leased access
provisions to gain access to cable system delivery. Finally, some local
franchising authorities are considering the imposition of mandatory Internet
access requirements as part of cable franchise renewals or transfers.

TELEPHONE COMPANY ENTRY INTO CABLE TELEVISION. The 1996 Telecom Act allows
telephone companies to compete directly with cable operators by repealing the
historic telephone company/cable cross-ownership ban. LECs, including the Bell
Operating Companies, can now compete with cable operators both inside and
outside their telephone service areas with certain regulatory safeguards.
Because of their resources, LECs could be formidable competitors to traditional
cable operators, and certain LECs have begun offering cable service. As
described above, we are now witnessing the beginning of LEC competition in
certain metropolitan areas.

Various LECs currently are seeking to provide video programming services
within their telephone service areas through a variety of distribution methods,
including both the deployment of broadband wire facilities and the use of
wireless (MMDS) transmission. In Connecticut, the Department of Public Utility
Control ("DPUC") granted SNET a franchise to serve the entire state of
Connecticut. SNET is operational, with approximately 21,000 cable subscribers in
several Connecticut communities, including one in which we provide cable
television service. Pursuant to the terms of SNET's franchise, its services must
pass all homes in Connecticut within eleven years.

Under the 1996 Telecom Act, a LEC (or any other cable competitor) providing
video programming to subscribers through broadband wire should be regulated as a
traditional cable operator (subject to local franchising and federal regulatory
requirements), unless the LEC elects to deploy its broadband plant as an OVS. To
qualify for favorable OVS status, the competitor must reserve two-thirds of the
system's activated channels for unaffiliated entities. The Fifth Circuit Court
of Appeals recently reversed certain of the FCC's OVS rules, including the FCC's
preemption of local franchising. That decision may be subject to further appeal.
It is unclear what effect this ruling will have on the entities pursuing OVS
operation.

89
<PAGE> 94

Although LECs and cable operators can now expand their offerings across
traditional service boundaries, the general prohibition remains on LEC buyouts
(i.e., any ownership interest exceeding 10 percent) of co-located cable systems,
cable operator buyouts of co-located LEC systems, and joint ventures between
cable operators and LECs in the same market. The 1996 Telecom Act provides a few
limited exceptions to this buyout prohibition, including a carefully
circumscribed "rural exemption." The 1996 Telecom Act also provides the FCC with
the limited authority to grant waivers of the buyout prohibition.

ELECTRIC UTILITY ENTRY INTO TELECOMMUNICATIONS/CABLE TELEVISION. The 1996
Telecom Act provides that registered utility holding companies and subsidiaries
may provide telecommunications services (including cable television)
notwithstanding the Public Utility Holding Company Act. Electric utilities must
establish separate subsidiaries, known as "exempt telecommunications companies"
and must apply to the FCC for operating authority. Like telephone companies,
electric utilities have substantial resources at their disposal, and could be
formidable competitors to traditional cable systems. Several such utilities have
been granted broad authority by the FCC to engage in activities which could
include the provision of video programming.

ADDITIONAL OWNERSHIP RESTRICTIONS. The 1996 Telecom Act eliminates
statutory restrictions on broadcast/cable cross-ownership (including broadcast
network/cable restrictions), but leaves in place existing FCC regulations
prohibiting local cross-ownership between co-located television stations and
cable systems.

Pursuant to the 1992 Cable Act, the FCC adopted rules precluding a cable
system from devoting more than 40% of its activated channel capacity to the
carriage of affiliated national video program services. Although the 1992 Cable
Act also precluded any cable operator from serving more than 30% of all U.S.
domestic cable subscribers, this provision has been stayed pending further
judicial review and FCC rulemaking.

MUST CARRY/RETRANSMISSION CONSENT. The 1992 Cable Act contains broadcast
signal carriage requirements that, among other things, allow local commercial
television broadcast stations to elect once every three years between requiring
a cable system to carry the station ("must carry") or negotiating for payments
for granting permission to the cable operator to carry the station
("retransmission consent"). Less popular stations typically elect "must carry,"
and more popular stations (such as those affiliated with a national network)
typically elect "retransmission consent." Must carry requests can dilute the
appeal of a cable system's programming offerings because a cable system with
limited channel capacity may be required to forego carriage of popular channels
in favor of less popular broadcast stations electing must carry. Retransmission
consent demands may require substantial payments or other concessions. Either
option has a potentially adverse effect on the Company's business. The burden
associated with "must carry" may increase substantially if broadcasters proceed
with planned conversion to digital transmission and the FCC determines that
cable systems must carry all analog and digital broadcasts in their entirety. A
rulemaking is now pending at the FCC regarding the imposition of dual digital
and analog must carry.

ACCESS CHANNELS. LFAs can include franchise provisions requiring cable
operators to set aside certain channels for public, educational and governmental
access programming. Federal law also requires cable systems to designate a
portion of their channel capacity (up to 15% in some cases) for commercial
leased access by unaffiliated third parties. The FCC has adopted rules
regulating the terms, conditions and maximum rates a cable operator may charge
for commercial leased access use. We believe that requests for commercial leased
access carriages have been relatively limited.

90
<PAGE> 95

ACCESS TO PROGRAMMING. To spur the development of independent cable
programmers and competition to incumbent cable operators, the 1992 Cable Act
imposed restrictions on the dealings between cable operators and cable
programmers. Of special significance from a competitive business posture, the
1992 Cable Act precludes video programmers affiliated with cable companies from
favoring their affiliated cable operators over competitors and requires such
programmers to sell their programming to other multichannel video distributors.
This provision limits the ability of vertically integrated cable programmers to
offer exclusive programming arrangements to cable companies. Recently, there has
been increased interest in further restricting the marketing practices of cable
programmers, including subjecting programmers who are not affiliated with cable
operators to all of the existing program access requirements, and subjecting
terrestrially-delivered programming to the program access requirements.

INSIDE WIRING; SUBSCRIBER ACCESS. In a 1997 Order, the FCC established
rules that require an incumbent cable operator upon expiration of an MDU service
contract to sell, abandon, or remove "home run" wiring that was installed by the
cable operator in a MDU building. These inside wiring rules are expected to
assist building owners in their attempts to replace existing cable operators
with new programming providers who are willing to pay the building owner a
higher fee, where such a fee is permissible. The FCC has also proposed
abrogating all exclusive MDU service agreements held by incumbent operators, but
allowing such contracts when held by new entrants. In another proceeding, the
FCC has preempted restrictions on the deployment of private antenna on rental
property within the exclusive use of a tenant (such as balconies and patios).
This FCC ruling may limit the extent to which we along with MDU owners may
enforce certain aspects of MDU agreements which otherwise prohibit, for example,
placement of DBS receiver antennae in MDU areas under the exclusive occupancy of
a renter.

OTHER FCC REGULATIONS. In addition to the FCC regulations noted above,
there are other FCC regulations covering such areas as equal employment
opportunity, subscriber privacy, programming practices (including, among other
things, syndicated program exclusivity, network program nonduplication, local
sports blackouts, indecent programming, lottery programming, political
programming, sponsorship identification, children's programming advertisements,
and closed captioning), registration of cable systems and facilities licensing,
maintenance of various records and public inspection files, aeronautical
frequency usage, lockbox availability, antenna structure notification, tower
marking and lighting, consumer protection and customer service standards,
technical standards, consumer electronics equipment compatibility and Emergency
Alert Systems. The FCC recently ruled that cable customers must be allowed to
purchase cable converters from third parties and established a multi-year
phase-in during which security functions (which would remain in the operator's
exclusive control) would be unbundled from basic converter functions (which
could then be satisfied by third party vendors). The FCC has the authority to
enforce its regulations through the imposition of substantial fines, the
issuance of cease and desist orders and/or the imposition of other
administrative sanctions, such as the revocation of FCC licenses needed to
operate certain transmission facilities used in connection with cable
operations.

COPYRIGHT. Cable television systems are subject to federal copyright
licensing covering carriage of television and radio broadcast signals. In
exchange for filing certain reports and contributing a percentage of their
revenues to a federal copyright royalty pool (that varies depending on the size
of the system, the number of distant broadcast television signals carried, and
the location of the cable system), cable operators can obtain blanket permission
to retransmit copyrighted material included in broadcast signals. The possible

91
<PAGE> 96

modification or elimination of this compulsory copyright license is the subject
of continuing legislative review and could adversely affect the Company's
ability to obtain desired broadcast programming. The Company cannot predict the
outcome of this legislative activity. Copyright clearances for nonbroadcast
programming services are arranged through private negotiations.

Cable operators distribute locally originated programming and advertising
that use music controlled by the two principal major music performing rights
organizations, the Association of Songwriters, Composers, Artists and Producers
("ASCAP") and Broadcast Music, Inc. ("BMI"). The cable industry and BMI have
reached a standard licensing agreement, and negotiations with ASCAP are ongoing.
Although the Company cannot predict the ultimate outcome of these industry
negotiations or the amount of any license fees it may be required to pay for
past and future use of ASCAP-controlled music, it does not believe such license
fees will be significant to the Company's business and operations.

STATE AND LOCAL REGULATION. Cable television systems generally are
operated pursuant to nonexclusive franchises granted by a municipality or other
state or local government entity in order to cross public rights-of-way. Federal
law now prohibits LFAs from granting exclusive franchises or from unreasonably
refusing to award additional franchises. Cable franchises generally are granted
for fixed terms and in many cases include monetary penalties for non-compliance
and may be terminable if the franchisee failed to comply with material
provisions.

The specific terms and conditions of franchises vary materially between
jurisdictions. Each franchise generally contains provisions governing cable
operations, service rates, franchising fees, system construction and maintenance
obligations, system channel capacity, design and technical performance, customer
service standards, and indemnification protections. A number of states (such as
Connecticut) subject cable systems to the jurisdiction of centralized state
governmental agencies, some of which impose regulation of a character similar to
that of a public utility. Although LFAs have considerable discretion in
establishing franchise terms, there are certain federal limitations. For
example, LFAs cannot insist on franchise fees exceeding 5% of the system's gross
cable-related revenues, cannot dictate the particular technology used by the
system, and cannot specify video programming other than identifying broad
categories of programming.

Federal law contains renewal procedures designed to protect incumbent
franchisees against arbitrary denials of renewal. Even if a franchise is
renewed, the local franchising authority may seek to impose new and more onerous
requirements such as significant upgrades in facilities and service or increased
franchise fees as a condition of renewal. Similarly, if a local franchising
authority's consent is required for the purchase or sale of a cable system or
franchise, such LFA may attempt to impose more burdensome or onerous franchise
requirements in connection with a request for consent. Historically, most
franchises have been renewed for and consents granted to cable operators that
have provided satisfactory services and have complied with the terms of their
franchise.

Under the 1996 Telecom Act, cable operators are not required to obtain
franchises for the provision of telecommunications services, and LFAs are
prohibited from limiting, restricting, or conditioning the provision of such
services. In addition, LFAs may not require a cable operator to provide any
telecommunications service or facilities, other than institutional networks
under certain circumstances, as a condition of an initial franchise grant, a
franchise renewal, or a franchise transfer. The 1996 Telecom Act also provides
that franchising fees are limited to an operator's cable-related revenues and do
not apply to revenues that a cable operator derives from providing new
telecommunications services.

92
<PAGE> 97

MANAGEMENT

Charter Holdings is a holding company with no operations. CCHC is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Charter Holdings that exists solely for the purpose
of serving as co-obligor of the Notes and has no operations. Neither Charter
Holdings nor CCHC has any employees. We are managed by CCI pursuant to a
management agreement between CCI and Charter Communications Operating Company,
LLC, covering all of our operating subsidiaries. See "Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions."

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the executive
officers and directors (the "Executive Officers") who are responsible for
providing significant services with respect to our management and operations.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS AGE POSITION
- -------------------------------- --- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Paul G. Allen............................. 44 Chairman of the Board of CCI
William D. Savoy.......................... 34 Director of Charter Holdings and CCI
Jerald L. Kent............................ 42 President, Chief Executive Officer and
Director of Charter Holdings, CCHC and
CCI
Barry L. Babcock.......................... 52 Vice Chairman of CCI
Howard L. Wood............................ 59 Vice Chairman of CCI
David G. Barford.......................... 40 Senior Vice President Operations of
CCI -- Western Division
Mary Pat Blake............................ 43 Senior Vice President -- Marketing and
Programming of CCI
Eric A. Freesmeier........................ 46 Senior Vice President -- Administration
of CCI
Thomas R. Jokerst......................... 49 Senior Vice President -- Advanced
Technology Development of CCI
Kent D. Kalkwarf.......................... 39 Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of Charter Holdings,
CCHC and CCI
Ralph G. Kelly............................ 42 Senior Vice President -- Treasurer of
Charter Holdings, CCHC and CCI
David L. McCall........................... 43 Senior Vice President Operations of
CCI -- Eastern Division
John C. Pietri............................ 49 Senior Vice President -- Engineering of
CCI
Steven A. Schumm.......................... 46 Executive Vice President, Assistant to
the President of Charter Holdings, CCHC
and CCI
Curtis S. Shaw............................ 50 Senior Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary of Charter Holdings, CCHC
and CCI
</TABLE>

The following sets forth certain biographical information with respect to
the individuals named in the chart above.

93
<PAGE> 98

PAUL G. ALLEN is the Chairman of the Board of Directors of CCI. Mr. Allen
has been a private investor for more than five years, with interests in a wide
variety of companies, many of which focus on multimedia digital communications
such as Interval Research Corporation, of which Mr. Allen is the controlling
shareholder and a director. In addition, Mr. Allen is the owner and the Chairman
of the Board of the Portland Trail Blazers of the National Basketball
Association, and is the owner and the Chairman of the Board of the Seattle
Seahawks of the National Football League. Mr. Allen currently serves as a
director of Microsoft Corporation and USA Networks, Inc. and also serves as a
director of various private corporations.

WILLIAM D. SAVOY is a director of Charter Holdings and CCI. Mr. Savoy is
also President of Vulcan Northwest Inc., managing the personal finances of Paul
G. Allen, and Vice President of Vulcan Ventures Inc., a venture capital fund
wholly owned by Mr. Allen, since 1990. From 1987 until November 1990, Mr. Savoy
was employed by Layered, Inc. and became its President in 1988. Mr. Savoy serves
on the Advisory Board of DreamWorks SKG and also serves as director of CNET,
Inc., Harbinger Corporation, Metricom, Inc., Telescan, Inc., Ticketmaster
Online -- CitySearch, U.S. Satellite Broadcasting Co., Inc., and USA Networks,
Inc. Mr. Savoy holds a B.S. in Computer Science, Accounting and Finance from
Atlantic Union College.

JERALD L. KENT is a co-founder of CCI, and President and Chief Executive
Officer and director of Charter Holdings, CCHC and CCI and has previously held
the position of Chief Financial Officer of CCI. Prior to co-founding CCI, Mr.
Kent was associated with Cencom Cable Associates, Inc. ("Cencom"), where he
served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Kent also
served Cencom as Senior Vice President of Finance from May 1987, Senior Vice
President of Acquisitions and Finance from July 1988, and Senior Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer from January 1989. Mr. Kent is a member of the Board
of Directors of HSAC and Cable Television Laboratories ("CableLabs"). Prior to
that time, Mr. Kent was employed by Arthur Andersen & Co. LLP, certified public
accountants, where he attained the position of tax manager. Mr. Kent, a
certified public accountant, received his undergraduate and M.B.A. degrees with
honors from Washington University (St. Louis).

BARRY L. BABCOCK is a co-founder of CCI and Vice Chairman of CCI and has
been involved in the cable industry since 1979. Prior to founding CCI in 1994,
Mr. Babcock was associated with Cencom, where he served as the Executive Vice
President from February 1986 to September 1991, and was named Chief Operating
Officer in May of 1986. Mr. Babcock was one of Cencom's founders and, prior to
the duties he assumed in early 1986, was responsible for all of Cencom's
in-house legal work, contracts and governmental relations. Mr. Babcock serves as
the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Community Telecommunications
Association. He also serves as a director of the National Cable Television
Association, Cable in the Classroom and Mercantile Bank -- St. Louis. Mr.
Babcock, an attorney, received his undergraduate and J.D. degrees from the
University of Oklahoma.

HOWARD L. WOOD is a co-founder of CCI and Vice Chairman of CCI. Prior to
founding CCI, Mr. Wood was associated with Cencom. Mr. Wood joined Cencom as
President, Chief Financial Officer and Director and assumed the additional
position of Chief Executive Officer effective January 1, 1989. Prior to that
time, Mr. Wood was a partner in Arthur Andersen LLP, certified public
accountants, where he served as Partner-in-Charge of the St. Louis Tax Division
from 1973 until joining Cencom. Mr. Wood is a certified public accountant and a
member of the American Institute of Certified Public

94
<PAGE> 99

Accountants. He also serves as a director of VanLiner Group, Inc., First State
Bank and Gaylord Entertainment Company. Mr. Wood also serves as Commissioner for
the Missouri Department of Conservation. He is also a past Chairman of the Board
and former director of the St. Louis College of Pharmacy. Mr. Wood graduated
with honors from Washington University (St. Louis) School of Business.

DAVID G. BARFORD is Senior Vice President Operations of CCI -- Western
Division, where he has primary responsibility for all cable operations in the
Central, Western, North Central and MetroPlex Regions. Prior to joining CCI, he
served as Vice President of Operations and New Business Development for Comcast
Cable, where he held various senior marketing and operating roles over an
eight-year period. Mr. Barford received a B.A. degree from California State
University, Fullerton and an M.B.A. from National University in La Jolla,
California.

MARY PAT BLAKE is Senior Vice President -- Marketing and Programming of CCI
and is responsible for all aspects of marketing, sales and programming and
advertising sales. Prior to joining Charter in August 1995, Ms. Blake was active
in the emerging business sector, and formed Blake Investments, Inc. in September
1993, which created, operated and sold a branded coffeehouse and bakery. From
September 1990 to August 1993, Ms. Blake served as Director -- Marketing for
Brown Shoe Company. Ms. Blake has 18 years of experience with senior management
responsibilities in marketing, sales, finance, systems, and general management
with companies such as The West Coast Group, Pepsico Inc.-Taco Bell Division,
General Mills, Inc. and ADP Network Services, Inc. Ms. Blake received a B.S.
degree from the University of Minnesota, and an M.B.A. degree from the Harvard
Business School.

ERIC A. FREESMEIER joined CCI as Senior Vice President -- Administration in
April 1998 and is responsible for human resources, public relations and
communications, corporate facilities and aviation. From 1986 until joining CCI,
he served in various executive management positions at Edison Brothers Stores,
Inc., a specialty retail company. His most recent position was Executive Vice
President -- Human Resources and Administration. From 1974 to 1986, Mr.
Freesmeier held management and executive positions with Montgomery Ward, a
national mass merchandise retailer, and its various subsidiaries. Mr. Freesmeier
holds Bachelor of Business degrees in marketing and industrial relations from
the University of Iowa and a Masters of Management degree in finance from
Northwestern University's Kellogg Graduate School of Management.

THOMAS R. JOKERST is Senior Vice President -- Advanced Technology
Development of CCI. Prior to his appointment to this position, Mr. Jokerst held
the position of Senior Vice President -- Engineering since December 1993. Prior
to joining Charter, from March 1991 to March 1993, Mr. Jokerst served as Vice
President -- Office of Science and Technology for CableLabs in Boulder,
Colorado. From June 1976 to March 1993, Mr. Jokerst was Director of Engineering
for the midwest region of Continental Cablevision. Mr. Jokerst participates in
professional activities with the NCTA, SCTE and CableLabs. Mr. Jokerst is a
graduate of Ranken Technical Institute in St. Louis with a degree in
Communications Electronics and Computer Technology and of Southern Illinois
University in Carbondale, Illinois with a degree in Electronics Technology.

KENT D. KALKWARF is Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
Charter Holdings CCHC and CCI. Prior to joining CCI, Mr. Kalkwarf was a senior
tax manager for Arthur Andersen, LLP, from 1982 to July 1995. Mr. Kalkwarf has
extensive experience in cable, real estate and international tax issues. Mr.
Kalkwarf has a B.S. degree from Illinois Wesleyan University and is a certified
public accountant.

95
<PAGE> 100

RALPH G. KELLY is Senior Vice President -- Treasurer of Charter Holdings,
CCHC and CCI. Mr. Kelly joined CCI in 1993 as Vice President -- Finance, a
position he held until early 1994 when he became Chief Financial Officer of
CableMaxx, Inc., a wireless cable television operator. Mr. Kelly returned to CCI
as Senior Vice President -- Treasurer in February 1996, and has responsibility
for treasury operations, investor relations and financial reporting. From 1984
to 1993, Mr. Kelly was associated with Cencom where he held the positions of
Controller from 1984 to 1989 and Treasurer from 1990 to 1993. Mr. Kelly is a
certified public accountant and was in the audit division of Arthur Andersen LLP
from 1979 to 1984. Mr. Kelly received his undergraduate degree in accounting
from the University of Missouri -- Columbia and his M.B.A. from Saint Louis
University.

DAVID L. MCCALL is Senior Vice President Operations of CCI -- Eastern
Division. Mr. McCall joined CCI in January 1995 as Regional Vice President
Operations and he has primary responsibility for all cable system operations
managed by CCI in the Southeast, Southern and Northeast Regions of the United
States. Prior to joining CCI, Mr. McCall was associated with Crown Cable and its
predecessor company, Cencom, from 1983 to 1994. As a Regional Manager of Cencom,
Mr. McCall's responsibilities included supervising all aspects of operations for
systems located in North Carolina, South Carolina and Georgia, consisting of
over 142,000 customers. From 1977 to 1982, Mr. McCall was System Manager of
Coaxial Cable Developers (known as Teleview Cablevision) in Simpsonville, South
Carolina. Mr. McCall has served as a director of the South Carolina Cable
Television Association for the past ten years.

JOHN C. PIETRI joined CCI in November 1998 as Senior Vice President --
Engineering. Prior to joining CCI, Mr. Pietri was with Marcus in Dallas, Texas
for eight years, most recently serving as Senior Vice President and Chief
Technical Officer. Prior to Marcus, Mr. Pietri served as Regional Technical
Operations Manager for West Marc Communications in Denver, Colorado, and before
that he served as Operations Manager with Minnesota Utility Contracting. Mr.
Pietri attended the University of Wisconsin-Oshkosh.

STEVEN A. SCHUMM is Executive Vice President, Assistant to the President of
Charter Holdings, CCHC and CCI. Mr. Schumm joined CCI in December 1998 and
currently directs the MIS Regulatory and Financial Controls Groups. Prior to
joining CCI, Mr. Schumm was managing partner of the St. Louis office of Ernst &
Young LLP. Mr. Schumm was with Ernst & Young LLP for 24 years and was a partner
of the firm for 14 of those years. Mr. Schumm held various management positions
with Ernst & Young LLP, including the Director of Tax Services for the
three-city area of St. Louis, Kansas City and Wichita and then National Director
of Industry Tax Services. He served as one of 10 members comprising the Firm's
National Tax Committee. Mr. Schumm earned a B.S. degree from St. Louis
University with a major in accounting.

CURTIS S. SHAW is Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of
Charter Holdings, CCHC and CCI and is responsible for all legal aspects of their
business, government relations and the duties of the corporate secretary. Mr.
Shaw joined CCI in February 1997. Prior to joining CCI, Mr. Shaw served as
corporate Counsel to NYNEX since 1988. From 1983 until 1988 Mr. Shaw served as
Associate General Counsel for Occidental Chemical Corporation, and, from 1986
until 1988, also as Vice President and General Counsel of its largest operating
division. Mr. Shaw has 25 years of experience as a corporate lawyer,
specializing in mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, public offerings,
financings, and federal securities and antitrust law. Mr. Shaw received a B.A.
with honors from Trinity College and a J.D. from Columbia University School of
Law.

96
<PAGE> 101

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

The directors of Charter Holdings and CCHC are not entitled to any
compensation for serving as a director, nor are they paid any fees for
attendance at any meeting of the Board of Directors. Directors may be reimbursed
for the actual reasonable costs incurred in connection with attendance at such
Board meetings.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

None of the Executive Officers listed above has ever received any
compensation from Charter Holdings or CCHC, nor do such individuals expect to
receive compensation from Charter Holdings or CCHC at any time in the future.
Such Executive Officers receive their compensation from CCI, except for Mr.
McCall, who is compensated by an operating subsidiary. CCI is entitled to
receive management fees from us for providing its management and consulting
services. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

OPTION PLAN

The Company has committed to adopt a plan (the "Plan") providing for the
grant of options to purchase up to an aggregate of 10% of the equity value of
the Company.

LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS' LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS

The limited liability company agreement of Charter Holdings (the "LLC
Agreement") and the certificate of incorporation of CCHC limit the liability of
directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware Corporation
law provides that a corporation may eliminate or limit the personal liability of
a director for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director,
except for liability for: (i) any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to
the corporation and its stockholders; (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith
or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii)
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions; or
(iv) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
benefit.

The LLC Agreement of Charter Holdings and the Bylaws of CCHC provide that
directors and officers shall be indemnified for acts or omissions performed or
omitted that are determined, in good faith, to be in the best interest of the
Company. No such indemnification is available for actions constituting bad
faith, willful misconduct or fraud.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling Charter Holdings
and CCHC pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the
opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore
unenforceable.

97
<PAGE> 102

PRINCIPAL EQUITY HOLDERS OF CHARTER HOLDINGS

The beneficial ownership of the equity of Charter Holdings is as set forth
in the table below. CCHC is a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Charter
Holdings.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE OF EQUITY
BENEFICIALLY OWNED
--------------------
<S> <C>
Paul G. Allen........................................ 96%
110 110th Street, N.E
Suite 500
Bellevue, WA 98004
Other Executive Officers and directors as a group.... 4%
</TABLE>

98
<PAGE> 103

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE CHARTER COMPANIES. Prior to March
18, 1999, pursuant to a series of management agreements with certain of the
Charter Companies (the "Previous Management Agreements"), CCI provided
management and consulting services to the Charter Companies. In exchange for
these services, CCI was entitled to receive management fees from 3% to 5% of the
gross revenues of all of the Charter Systems plus reimbursement of expenses.
However, our previous credit facilities limited such management fees to 3% of
gross revenues. The balance of management fees payable under the Previous
Management Agreements were accrued. Following the closing of the Credit
Facilities, the Previous Management Agreements were replaced by a new management
agreement (the "Existing Management Agreement").

The total management fees (including expenses) earned by CCI under the
Previous Management Agreements during the last three years were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEES ACCRUED TOTAL FEES
YEAR FEES PAID BUT DEFERRED EARNED
- ---- --------- ------------ ----------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1998............................... $17,073 $7,086 $24,159
1997............................... 14,772 5,518 20,290
1996............................... 11,792 3,651 15,443
</TABLE>

Deferred portions of certain management fees bore interest at the rate of
10% per annum.

THE EXISTING MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT. On February 23, 1999, CCI entered into
the Existing Management Agreement with Charter Communications Operating, LLC,
which was amended as of March 17, 1999. Upon the closing of the Credit
Facilities on March 18, 1999, the Previous Management Agreements terminated and
the Existing Management Agreement became operative. The Existing Management
Agreement provides for the payment of management fees to CCI equal to 3.5% of
gross revenues, payable quarterly. The payment of such fees is permitted under
the Credit Facilities. Management fees payable to CCI under the Existing
Management Agreement have been reduced to the extent management fees were
already paid to CCI under the Previous Management Agreements or the Management
Consulting Agreement with Marcus (described below).

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT RELATING TO THE MARCUS COMPANIES. On October 6, 1998,
Marcus entered into a Management Consulting Agreement with CCI pursuant to which
CCI agreed to provide certain management and consulting services to Marcus and
its subsidiaries, in exchange for a fee equal to 3% of the gross revenues of the
Marcus Systems plus reimbursement of expenses. Management fees expensed by
Marcus during the period from October 1998 to December 31, 1998 were
approximately $3.3 million, which were accrued and unpaid at December 31, 1998.
Upon the Marcus Combination and the closing of the Credit Facilities, this
agreement was terminated and the Marcus Companies now receive management and
consulting services under the Existing Management Agreement.

99
<PAGE> 104

EQUITY OWNERSHIP OF SERVICE AND PROGRAMMING PROVIDERS

Paul G. Allen or certain affiliates of Mr. Allen, including CCI, own equity
interests or warrants to purchase equity interests in various entities which
provide us with services or programming. Among these entities are HSA,
WorldGate, Wink, ZDTV and USA Networks, Inc.

DESCRIPTION OF THE CREDIT FACILITIES

On March 18, 1999, all of the then-existing senior indebtedness of the
Charter Companies and the Marcus Companies, consisting of seven separate credit
facilities, was refinanced with certain of the proceeds of the sale of the
Original Notes and with the proceeds of certain initial senior secured credit
facilities (the "Committed Credit Facilities"). The borrower under the Committed
Credit Facilities is Charter Communications Operating, LLC (the "Borrower"). The
Committed Credit Facilities were arranged by The Chase Manhattan Bank ("Chase"),
NationsBank, N.A. ("NationsBank"), Toronto Dominion (Texas), Inc. ("TD"), Fleet
Bank, N.A. and Credit Lyonnais New York Branch. The Committed Credit Facilities
are committed facilities for up to $2.75 billion on the date of closing (the
"Stage One Closing"). It is intended that within 30 to 60 days (but not later
than 120 days) after the Stage One Closing, the Committed Credit Facilities will
be increased (the "Stage Two Closing") by $1.35 billion with certain additional
senior secured credit facilities, the "Additional Credit Facilities" and
together with the Committed Credit Facilities, the "Credit Facilities". The
Credit Facilities have the benefit of a downstream guarantee from Charter
Holdings and upstream guarantees from the Charter Companies and the Marcus
Companies. The obligations under the Credit Facilities are secured by pledges of
inter-company obligations and the ownership interests of the Borrower in the
Charter Companies and the Marcus Companies, but are not secured by the other
assets of the Borrower, the Charter Companies or the Marcus Companies. The
guarantees are secured by pledges of inter-company obligations and the ownership
interests of Charter Holdings in the Borrower, but are not secured by the other
assets of Charter Holdings, or the Borrower.

The Committed Credit Facilities of $2.75 billion consist of (i) an eight
and one-half year reducing revolving loan in the amount of $556 million, which
was wholly undrawn as of the Stage One Closing, (ii) a Tranche A term loan in
the amount of $444 million, a "delayed-draw" term loan which was wholly undrawn
as of the Stage One Closing, and (iii) a Tranche B term loan in the amount of
$1.75 billion, which was fully drawn on the date of the Stage One Closing. It is
expected that by the earlier of July 15, 1999 or 90 days after the Stage Two
Closing, the Tranche A term loan will be fully drawn in up to three drawings.
The Tranche A term loan will be an eight and one-half year facility and the
Tranche B term loan is a nine year facility.

At the Stage Two Closing, which is expected to occur from 30 to 60 days
(but not later than 120 days) after the Stage One Closing, the amount of the
reducing revolving loan facility will, subject to receipt of commitments,
increase to $1.25 billion, the Tranche A term loan facility will, subject to
receipt of commitments, increase to $1.0 billion, and the Tranche B term loan
facility will, subject to receipt of commitments, increase to $1.85 billion, for
a total available credit of $4.1 billion, of which approximately $0.8 billion
will be undrawn. In addition, an uncommitted incremental term facility (the
"Incremental Term Facility") of up to $500 million will be permitted on terms
similar to those for the Tranche B term loan, but will be conditioned on receipt
of additional new commitments from lenders.

100
<PAGE> 105

The Credit Facilities contain terms and conditions typical of those for
very large cable operators and are more flexible in certain respects than those
contained in our previous credit facilities. The Credit Facilities provide for
the amortization of the principal amount of the Tranche A term loan facility and
the reduction of the revolving loan facility over a period of eight and one-half
years but beginning after the third anniversary of the Stage One Closing. The
amortization of the principal amount of the Tranche B term loan facility is
substantially "back-ended," with more than ninety percent of the principal
balance due in the year of maturity. Any subsequently issued Incremental Term
Facility will have amortization substantially similar to that of the Tranche B
term loan. Interest rates for the Credit Facilities (after an initial period in
which interest rate margins will be fixed) depend upon performance measured by a
"leverage ratio," that is, the ratio of indebtedness to annualized operating
cash flow (i.e., last quarter's operating cash flow before management fees,
multiplied by four). This leverage ratio is based on the indebtedness of the
Borrower, the Charter Companies and the Marcus Companies, exclusive of the
outstanding Notes and other indebtedness for money borrowed by Charter Holdings.
The Credit Facilities provide the Borrower with two interest rate options: a
base rate (generally, the "prime rate" of interest) option, and an interest rate
option based on London InterBank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"). The Credit Facilities
contain representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants,
information requirements, events of default and financial covenants (the
financial covenants being typically tested on a quarterly basis). These
financial covenants measure performance against standards set for leverage, debt
service coverage, and operating cash flow coverage of cash interest expense. The
Credit Facilities also contain a change of control provision, making it an event
of default (and permitting acceleration of the indebtedness) in the event that
either: (a) Paul G. Allen (including his estate, heirs and certain other related
entities) fails to maintain a 51% voting and economic interest in the Borrower,
provided that after the consummation of an initial public offering by Charter
Holdings or an affiliate thereof, the economic interest percentage shall be
reduced to 35%, or (b) a "Change of Control" occurs under the Indentures.

The various negative covenants place limitations on our ability and the
ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things, incur debt, pay dividends,
incur liens, make acquisitions, investments or asset sales, or enter into
transactions with affiliates. Distributions by the Borrower under the Credit
Facilities to Charter to pay interest on the Notes are generally permitted,
except during the existence of a default under the Credit Facilities. If the
Original Eight-Year Senior Notes and the Exchange Eight-Year Senior Notes are
not refinanced prior to six months before their maturity date the entire amount
outstanding of the Credit Facilities will become due and payable. This summary
is qualified in its entirety by reference to the credit agreement relating to
the Credit Facilities and the related documents.

101
<PAGE> 106

DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description
under the subheading "Certain Definitions." In this description, the word
"Company" refers only to Charter Holdings and not to any of its Subsidiaries and
the word "Issuers" means Charter Holdings and Charter Capital.

The Original Eight-Year Senior Notes were issued and the Exchange
Eight-Year Senior Notes will be issued under an indenture (the "Eight-Year
Senior Note Indenture") among the Issuers, Marcus Cable Operating, LLC ("Marcus
Cable"), Marcus Cable Holdings, LLC, as guarantor (the "Guarantor") and Harris
Trust and Savings Bank, as trustee (the "Trustee"), the Original Ten-Year Senior
Notes were issued and the Exchange Ten-Year Senior Notes will be issued under an
indenture (the "Ten-Year Senior Note Indenture") among the Issuers, the
Guarantor and the Trustee, and the Original Senior Discount Notes were issued
and the Exchange Senior Discount Notes will be issued under an indenture (the
"Senior Discount Indenture") among the Issuers, the Guarantor and the Trustee.
For convenience, the Original Eight-Year Senior Notes and the Exchange
Eight-Year Senior Notes are referred to as the "Eight-Year Senior Notes," the
Original Ten-Year Senior Notes and the Exchange Ten-Year Senior Notes are
referred to as the "Ten-Year Senior Notes," and the Original Senior Discount
Notes and the Exchange Senior Discount Notes are referred to as the "Senior
Discount Notes." The Eight-Year Senior Notes, the Ten-Year Senior Notes and the
Senior Discount Notes are referred to as the "Notes." The Original Eight-Year
Senior Notes, the Original Ten-Year Senior Notes and the Original Senior
Discount Notes were issued, and the Exchange Eight-Year Senior Notes, the
Exchange Ten-Year Senior Notes and the Exchange Senior Discount Notes will be
issued, each as a separate series and together do not have any class voting or
other rights. The Eight-Year Senior Note Indenture, the Ten-Year Senior Note
Indenture and the Senior Discount Indenture are referred to as the "Indentures."
The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indentures and those made
part of the Indentures by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended (the "Trust Indenture Act").

The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same in all material
respects to the form and terms of the Original Notes, except that the Exchange
Notes will have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and, therefore,
will not bear legends restricting the transfer thereof. The Original Notes have
not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and are subject to certain
transfer restrictions.

The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the
Indentures and the Registration Rights Agreements. It does not restate those
agreements in their entirety. We urge you to read the Indentures and the
Registration Rights Agreements because they, and not this description, define
your rights as holders of these Notes. Copies of the proposed form of Indentures
and Registration Rights Agreements are available as set forth below under
"Additional Information."

The Indentures provided that in the event the Marcus Combination closed
subsequent to the sale of the Original Notes, the Guarantor would (i) issue the
guarantee of the Issuers' obligations under the Notes, and (ii) issue the Mirror
Note in favor of Charter Holdings. The Mirror Note would be secured by the
Guarantor's pledge of all of the membership interests of Marcus Cable. Charter
Holdings would pledge the Mirror Note to the Trustee for the equal and ratable
benefit of the holders of the Notes. The Indentures further provided that upon
the closing of the Marcus Combination, the guarantee of the

102
<PAGE> 107

Guarantor would be terminated, the Mirror Note would be extinguished and the
pledges would be released, and the Guarantor would be merged with and into
Charter Holdings.

Upon the closing of the Marcus Combination and the merger of the Guarantor
with and into Charter Holdings both the Guarantee and the Mirror Note
automatically became, under the terms of the Indentures, ineffective.
Consequently, all references in the Indentures and the Notes to the Guarantor,
the Guarantee or the Mirror Note, and all matters related thereto, including,
without limitation, the pledges of the collateral are no longer applicable.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

The Notes:

- are general unsecured obligations of the Issuers;

- are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and
future secured Indebtedness of the Issuers to the extent of the value of
the assets securing such Indebtedness and to all liabilities (including
trade payables) of the Company's Subsidiaries (other than Charter
Capital);

- are equal in right of payment to all existing and future unsubordinated,
unsecured Indebtedness of the Issuers; and

- are senior in right of payment to any future subordinated Indebtedness of
the Issuers.

PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST OF NOTES

EIGHT-YEAR SENIOR NOTES

The Eight-Year Senior Note Indenture for the Eight-Year Senior Notes are
limited in aggregate principal amount to $600 million. The Issuers issued
Original Eight-Year Senior Notes, and will issue Exchange Eight-Year Senior
Notes, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The
Eight-Year Senior Notes will mature on April 1, 2007.

Interest on the Eight-Year Senior Notes will accrue at the rate of 8.250%
per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1,
commencing on October 1, 1999. The Issuers will make each interest payment to
the holders of record of these Eight-Year Senior Notes on the immediately
preceding March 15 and September 15.

Interest on the Eight-Year Senior Notes will accrue from the date of
original issuance of the Original Eight- Year Senior Notes or, if interest has
already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

TEN-YEAR SENIOR NOTES

The Ten-Year Senior Note Indenture for the Ten-Year Senior Notes are
limited in aggregate principal amount to $1.5 billion. The Issuers issued
Original Ten-Year Senior Notes, and will issue Exchange Ten-Year Senior Notes,
in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The Ten-Year Senior
Notes will mature on April 1, 2009.

Interest on the Ten-Year Senior Notes will accrue at the rate of 8.625% per
annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1,
commencing on October 1, 1999. The Issuers will make each interest payment to
the Holders of record of these Ten-Year Senior Notes on the immediately
preceding March 15 and September 15.

103
<PAGE> 108

Interest on the Ten-Year Senior Notes will accrue from the date of original
issuance of the Original Ten-Year Senior Notes or, if interest has already been
paid, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES

The Senior Discount Indenture for the Senior Discount Notes are limited in
aggregate principal amount at maturity to $1.475 billion. The issue price of
each Original Senior Discount Note was, and the issue price of each Exchange
Senior Discount Note will be, $613.94 per $1,000 principal amount at maturity,
representing a yield to maturity of 9.920% (calculated on a semi-annual bond
equivalent basis) calculated from March 17, 1999. The Issuers issued Original
Senior Discount Notes, and will issue Exchange Senior Discount Notes, in
denominations of $1,000 principal amount at maturity and integral multiples of
$1,000 principal amount at maturity. The Senior Discount Notes will mature on
April 1, 2011.

Cash interest on the Senior Discount Notes will not accrue prior to April
1, 2004. Thereafter, cash interest on these Notes will accrue at a rate of
9.920% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and
October 1, commencing on October 1, 2004. The Issuers will make each interest
payment to the holders of record of the Senior Discount Notes on the immediately
preceding March 15 and September 15. Interest will be computed on the basis of a
360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

For United States federal income tax purposes, holders of the Senior
Discount Notes will be required to include amounts in gross income in advance of
the receipt of the cash payments to which the income is attributable. See
"Certain Federal Tax Considerations."

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

EIGHT-YEAR SENIOR NOTES

The Eight-Year Senior Notes are not redeemable at the Issuers' option prior
to maturity.

TEN-YEAR SENIOR NOTES

At any time prior to April 1, 2002, the Issuers may, on any one or more
occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Ten-Year
Senior Notes issued under the Ten-Year Senior Note Indenture on a pro rata basis
(or nearly as pro rata as practicable), at a redemption price of 108.625% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption
date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that

(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Ten-Year Senior
Notes issued under the Ten-Year Senior Note Indenture remains outstanding
immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Ten-Year
Senior Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and

(2) the redemption must occur within 60 days of the date of the
closing of such Equity Offering.

Except pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the Ten-Year Senior Notes will
not be redeemable at the Issuers' option prior to April 1, 2004.

104
<PAGE> 109

On or after April 1, 2004, the Issuers may redeem all or a part of the
Ten-Year Senior Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days notice, at the
redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below
plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption
date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 1 of the
years indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR PERCENTAGE
- ---- ----------
<S> <C>
2004........................................................ 104.313%
2005........................................................ 102.875%
2006........................................................ 101.438%
2007 and thereafter......................................... 100.000%
</TABLE>

SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES

At any time prior to April 1, 2002, the Issuers may, on any one or more
occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the
Senior Discount Notes issued under the Senior Discount Indenture on a pro rata
basis (or nearly as pro rata as practicable), at a redemption price of 109.920%
of the Accreted Value thereof, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity
Offerings; provided that

(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of
Senior Discount Notes issued under the Senior Discount Indenture remains
outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding
Senior Discount Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and

(2) the redemption must occur within 60 days of the date of the
closing of such Equity Offering.

Except pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the Senior Discount Notes will
not be redeemable at the Issuers' option prior to April 1, 2004.

On or after April 1, 2004, the Issuers may redeem all or a part of these
Senior Discount Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days notice, at the
redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below
plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption
date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 1 of the
years indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR PERCENTAGE
- ---- ----------
<S> <C>
2004........................................................ 104.960%
2005........................................................ 103.307%
2006........................................................ 101.653%
2007 and thereafter......................................... 100.000%
</TABLE>

REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS

CHANGE OF CONTROL

If a Change of Control occurs, each holder of Notes will have the right to
require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an
integral multiple thereof) of that holder's Notes pursuant to a "Change of
Control Offer." In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuers will offer a "Change
of Control Payment" in cash equal to (x) with respect to the Eight-Year Senior
Notes and the Ten-Year Senior Notes, 101% of the aggregate principal amount of
such Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest

105
<PAGE> 110

thereon, if any, to the date of purchase and (y) with respect to the Senior
Discount Notes, 101% of the Accreted Value plus, for any Change of Control Offer
occurring after the Full Accretion Date, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on
the date of purchase. Within ten days following any Change of Control, the
Issuers will mail a notice to each holder describing the transaction or
transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase
Notes on a certain date (the "Change of Control Payment Date") specified in such
notice, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indentures and described in
such notice. The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under
the Exchange Act (or any successor rules) and any other securities laws and
regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in
connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent
lawful:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of
Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered;
and

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so
accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the aggregate
principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the
Issuers.

The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the
Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly
authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder
a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes
surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal
amount at maturity of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof.

The provisions described above that require the Issuers to make a Change of
Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable regardless of
whether or not any other provisions of the Indentures are applicable. Except as
described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indentures do not
contain provisions that permit the Holders of the Notes to require that the
Issuers repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover,
recapitalization or similar transaction.

The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a
Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the
manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth
in the Indentures applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers
and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of
Control Offer.

The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the sale,
lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of "all or substantially all"
of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. Although
there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase "substantially all,"
there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law.
Accordingly, the ability of a holder of Notes to require the Issuers to
repurchase such Notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition of less than all of the assets of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, another Person or group may be uncertain.

106
<PAGE> 111

ASSET SALES

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company receives
consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair
market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise
disposed of;

(2) such fair market value is determined by the Company's Board of
Directors and evidenced by a resolution of such Board of Directors set
forth in an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and

(3) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or
readily marketable securities.

For purposes of this provision, each of the following shall be deemed to be
cash:

(a) any liabilities (as shown on the Company's or such Restricted
Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet) of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by
their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee
of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability;

(b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company
or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted
by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, Cash Equivalents or
readily marketable securities within 60 days after receipt thereof (to the
extent of the cash, Cash Equivalents or readily marketable securities
received in that conversion); and

Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale,
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may apply such Net
Proceeds at its option:

(1) to repay debt under the Credit Facilities or any other
Indebtedness of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness
represented by a guarantee of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); or

(2) to invest in Productive Assets; provided that any Net Proceeds
which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has committed
to invest in Productive Assets within 365 days of the applicable Asset Sale
may be invested in Productive Assets within two years of such Asset Sale.

Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as
provided in the preceding paragraph will constitute Excess Proceeds. When the
aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Issuers will make
an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other
Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions requiring
offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase
the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness
that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds (which amount includes the
entire amount of the Net Proceeds). The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will
be payable in cash and equal to (x) with respect to the Eight-Year Senior Notes
and the Ten-Year Senior Notes, 100% of principal amount plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any,

107
<PAGE> 112

to the date of purchase, and (y) with respect to the Senior Discount Notes, 100%
of the Accreted Value thereof plus, after the Full Accretion Date, accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. If any Excess Proceeds remain
after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such Excess
Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indentures. If the
aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness
tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the
applicable Trustee shall select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness
to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer,
the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

SELECTION AND NOTICE

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the
applicable Trustee will select Notes for redemption as follows:

(1) if the Notes are listed, in compliance with the requirements of
the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed;
or

(2) if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by
such method as the applicable Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.

No Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption
shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before
the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered
address. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that
relates to that Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to
be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of
the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon
cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the
date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to
accrue on, or the Accreted Value ceases to increase on, as the case may be,
Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

CERTAIN COVENANTS

Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants contained in the
Indentures. During any period of time that (a) either the Eight-Year Senior
Notes, the Ten-Year Senior Notes or the Senior Discount Notes have Investment
Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (b) no Default or Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing under the applicable Indenture, the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the provisions of such
Indenture applicable to them described under "-- Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Preferred Stock," "-- Restricted Payments," "-- Asset Sales,"
"-- Sale and Leaseback Transactions," "-- Dividend and Other Payment
Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries," "-- Transactions with Affiliates,"
"-- Investments" and clause (4) of the first paragraph of "-- Merger,
Consolidation and Sale of Assets" (collectively, the "Suspended Covenants"). In
the event that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to
the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the preceding
sentence and, subsequently, one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its
ratings or downgrades the ratings assigned to the applicable Notes below the
required Investment Grade Ratings or a Default or Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, then the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter
again be subject to the Suspended Covenants and compliance with the Suspended
Covenants with respect to the Restricted Payments made after the time of such
withdrawal, downgrade,
108
<PAGE> 113

Default or Event of Default will be calculated in accordance with the terms of
the covenant described below under "-- Restricted Payments" as though such
covenant had been in effect during the entire period of time from the Issue
Date.

RESTRICTED PAYMENTS

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or
distribution on account of the Company's or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries' Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment
in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the
Company's or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries' Equity Interests in their
capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or, in the case of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company;

(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value
(including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or
consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or
any direct or indirect parent of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company (other than, in the case of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, any such Equity Interests owned by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); or

(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem,
defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is
subordinated to the Notes(other than the Notes), except a payment of
interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof (all such payments and
other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (3) above being collectively
referred to as "Restricted Payments"), unless, at the time of and after
giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and

(5) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and
after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had
been made at the beginning of the applicable quarter period, have been
permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
the Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant
described below under the caption "-- Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Preferred Stock"; and

(6) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all
other Restricted Payments made by the Company and each of its Restricted
Subsidiaries after the date of the Indentures (excluding Restricted
Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8) of the
next succeeding paragraph), shall not exceed, at the date of determination,
the sum of:

(a) an amount equal to 100% of combined Consolidated EBITDA of the
Company since the date of the Indentures to the end of the Company's
most recently ended full fiscal quarter for which internal financial
statements are available, taken as a single accounting period, less the
product of 1.2 times the combined Consolidated Interest Expense of the
Company since the date of the Indentures to the end of the Company's
most recently ended full fiscal quarter
109
<PAGE> 114

for which internal financial statements are available, taken as a single
accounting period, plus

(b) an amount equal to 100% of Capital Stock Sale Proceeds less any
such Capital Stock Sale Proceeds used in connection with (i) an
Investment made pursuant to clause (6) of the definition of "Permitted
Investments" or (ii) the incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to clause
(10) of "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,"
plus

So long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused
thereby, the preceding provisions will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of
declaration thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment would have
complied with the provisions of the Indentures;

(2) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other
acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Company in exchange
for, or out of the net proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other
than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company
(other than Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net
cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase,
retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from clause
(3)(b) of the preceding paragraph;

(3) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of
subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness;

(4) regardless of whether a Default then exists, the payment of any
dividend or distribution to the extent necessary to permit direct or
indirect beneficial owners of shares of Capital Stock of the Company to pay
federal, state or local income tax liabilities that would arise solely from
income of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case
may be, for the relevant taxable period and attributable to them solely as
a result of the Company (and any intermediate entity through which the
holder owns such shares) or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries being a
limited liability company, partnership or similar entity for federal income
tax purposes;

(5) regardless of whether a Default then exists, the payment of any
dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its
common Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

(6) the payment of any dividend on the Company Preferred Stock or the
redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of the Company
Preferred Stock in an amount not in excess of its aggregate liquidation
value;

(7) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for
value of any Equity Interests of the Company held by any member of the
Company's management pursuant to any management equity subscription
agreement or stock option agreement in effect as of the date of the
Indentures; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such
repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not
exceed $10 million in any fiscal year of the Company; and

110
<PAGE> 115

(8) payment of fees in connection with any acquisition, merger or
similar transaction in an amount that does not exceed an amount equal to
1.25% of the transaction value of such acquisition, merger or similar
transaction.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair
market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities
proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any
assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant shall be
determined by the Board of Directors of the Company whose resolution with
respect thereto shall be delivered to the applicable Trustee. Such Board of
Directors' determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an
accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if the
fair market value exceeds $100 million. Not later than the date of making any
Restricted Payment, the Company shall deliver to the applicable Trustee an
Officers' Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and
setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this "Restricted
Payments" covenant were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion
or appraisal required by the Indentures.

INVESTMENTS

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(1) make any Restricted Investment; or

(2) allow any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to become an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, unless, in each case:

(1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and

(2) the Company would, at the time of, and after giving effect to,
such Restricted Investment or such designation of a Restricted Subsidiary
as an unrestricted Subsidiary, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00
of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio test set forth in
the first paragraph of the covenant described below under the caption
"-- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock."

An Unrestricted Subsidiary may be redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary
if such redesignation would not cause a Default.

INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to:

directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or
otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise,
with respect to (collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness (including
Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and
will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of
preferred stock unless the Leverage Ratio would have been not greater than
8.75 to 1.0 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma
application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional
Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock had been issued,
as the case may be, at the beginning of the most recently ended fiscal
quarter.

111
<PAGE> 116

So long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would be
caused thereby, the first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the
incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively,
"Permitted Debt"):

(1) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities; provided that the aggregate
principal amount of all Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries outstanding under the Credit Facilities, after giving effect
to such incurrence, does not exceed an amount equal to $3.5 billion less
the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the case of an Asset Sale since the
date of the Indentures to repay Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities,
pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption "-- Asset
Sales";

(2) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Existing Indebtedness (other than the Credit Facilities);

(3) the incurrence on the Issue Date by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by the Notes;

(4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations,
mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred
for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost
of construction or improvement (including, without limitation, the cost of
design, development, construction, acquisition, transportation,
installation, improvement, and migration) of Productive Assets of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal
amount not to exceed $75 million at any time outstanding;

(5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the
net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace, in whole or
in part, Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was
permitted by the Indentures to be incurred under the first paragraph of
this covenant or clauses (2) or (3) of this paragraph;

(6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and
any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, that this clause
does not permit Indebtedness between the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, as creditor or debtor, as the case may be, unless otherwise
permitted by the Indentures; provided, further, that:

(a) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such
Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full
in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes; and

(b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests
that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than
the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary thereof, and (ii)
any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is
not either the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary thereof,
shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such
Indebtedness by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as
the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);

(7) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of
fixing or hedging interest rate

112
<PAGE> 117

risk with respect to any floating rate Indebtedness that is permitted by
the terms of the Indentures to be outstanding;

(8) the guarantee by the Company of Indebtedness of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, that was permitted to be incurred by
another provision of this covenant;

(9) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount
at any time outstanding, not to exceed $300 million;

(10) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount
at any time outstanding, not to exceed 200% of the net cash proceeds
received by the Company from the sale of its Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) after the date of the Indentures to the extent such net
cash proceeds have not been applied to make Restricted Payments or to
effect other transactions pursuant to the covenant described above under
the subheading "-- Restricted Payments" or to make Permitted Investments
pursuant to clause (6) of the definition thereof;

(11) the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the
write up of Indebtedness in accordance with purchase accounting.

For purposes of determining compliance with this "Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock" covenant, in the event that an
item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the
categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (12) above, or is
entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the
Company will be permitted to classify and from time to time to reclassify such
item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence in any manner that complies
with this covenant. For avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a
single agreement, instrument, program, facility or line of credit may be
classified as Indebtedness arising in part under one of the clauses listed
above, and in part under any one or more of the clauses listed above, to the
extent that such Indebtedness satisfies the criteria for such clauses.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company consummate a Subordinated Debt Financing or a
Preferred Stock Financing. A "Subordinated Debt Financing" or a "Preferred Stock
Financing", as the case may be, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company shall mean a public offering or private placement (whether pursuant to
Rule 144A under the Securities Act or otherwise) of Subordinated Notes or
preferred stock (whether or not such preferred stock constitutes Disqualified
Stock), as the case may be, of such Restricted Subsidiary to one or more
purchasers (other than to one or more Affiliates of the Company). "Subordinated
Notes" with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall mean
Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary that is contractually subordinated in
right of payment to any other Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary
(including, without limitation, Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities). The
foregoing limitation shall not apply to (i) any Indebtedness or preferred stock
of any Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or became
a Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Indebtedness or preferred stock
was not incurred or issued in connection with, or in contemplation of, such
Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, the Company and (ii)
any Indebtedness or preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in
connection with, and as part of the consideration for, an acquisition, whether
by stock purchase, asset sale,

113
<PAGE> 118

merger or otherwise, in each case involving such Restricted Subsidiary, which
Indebtedness or preferred stock is issued to the seller or sellers of such stock
or assets; provided that such Restricted Subsidiary is not obligated to register
such Indebtedness or preferred stock under the Securities Act or obligated to
provide information pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

LIENS

The Company will not, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or
suffer to exist any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness, Attributable Debt or
trade payables on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted
Liens.

DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING SUBSIDIARIES

The Company will not, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or
become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock
to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to
any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay
any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries.

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or
restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) Existing Indebtedness as in effect on the date of the Indentures
(including, without limitation, the Credit Facilities) and any amendments,
modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings,
replacements or refinancings thereof; provided that such amendments,
modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings,
replacements or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole,
with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those
contained in such Existing Indebtedness, as in effect on the date of the
Indentures;

(2) the Indentures and the Notes;

(3) applicable law;

(4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person
acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect
at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was
incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which
encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the
properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property
or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of
Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of the
Indentures to be incurred;

(5) customary non-assignment provisions in leases entered into in the
ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices;

114
<PAGE> 119

(6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary
course of business that impose restrictions on the property so acquired of
the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph;

(7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company that restricts distributions by such Restricted
Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

(8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions
contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those
contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(9) Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred
pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described above under the
caption "-- Liens" that limit the right of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to dispose of the assets subject to such Lien;

(10) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of
assets or property in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements
entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(11) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by
customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(12) restrictions contained in the terms of Indebtedness permitted to
be incurred under the covenant "-- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance
of Preferred Stock"; provided that such restrictions are no more
restrictive than the terms contained in the Credit Facilities as in effect
on the Issue Date; and

(13) restrictions that are not materially more restrictive than
customary provisions in comparable financings and the management of the
Company determines that such restrictions will not materially impair the
Company's ability to make payments as required under the Notes.

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR SALE OF ASSETS

Neither of the Issuers may, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or
merge with or into another Person (whether or not such Issuer is the surviving
corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all
or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related
transactions, to another Person; unless:

(1) either: (a) such Issuer, is the surviving corporation; or (b) the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other
than such Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance
or other disposition shall have been made is a Person organized or existing
under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of
Columbia (provided that if the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger with either Issuer is a limited liability company
or other Person other than a corporation, a corporate co-issuer shall also
be an obligor with respect to the Notes);

(2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger
(if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all
the obligations of the Company under the Notes, in the case of the Company,
and the Indentures pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the
applicable Trustee;

115
<PAGE> 120

(3) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default
exists; and

(4) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) will, on the date of
such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related
financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period, either (A) be permitted to incur at least
$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio test set
forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the
caption "-- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock" or
(B) have a Leverage Ratio immediately after giving effect to such
consolidation or merger no greater than the Leverage Ratio immediately
prior to such consolidation or merger.

In addition, the Company may not, directly or indirectly, lease all or
substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related
transactions, to any other Person. This "Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of
Assets" covenant will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition of assets between or among the Company and any of its Wholly
Owned Subsidiaries.

TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or
assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract,
agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit
of, any Affiliate (each, an "Affiliate Transaction"), unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable
to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would
have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(2) the Company delivers to the applicable Trustee:

(a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related
Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of
$15.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set
forth in an Officers' Certificate certifying that such Affiliate
Transaction complies with this covenant and that such Affiliate
Transaction has been approved by a majority of the members of the Board
of Directors; and

(b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related
Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of
$50.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Holders of such
Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an
accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and,
therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

(1) existing employment agreement entered into by the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries and any employment agreement entered into by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
business and consistent with the past practice of the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted
Subsidiaries;

116
<PAGE> 121

(3) payment of reasonable directors fees to Persons who are not
otherwise Affiliates of the Company, and customary indemnification and
insurance arrangements in favor of directors, regardless of affiliation
with the Company, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(4) payment of management fees pursuant to management agreements
either (A) existing on the Issue Date or (B) entered into after the Issue
Date, to the extent that such management agreements provide for percentage
fees no higher than the percentage fees existing under the management
agreements existing on the Issue Date;

(5) Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of the
Indentures described above under the caption "-- Restricted Payments"; and

(6) Permitted Investments.

SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided that
the Company may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if:

(1) the Company could have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount
equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback
transaction under the Leverage Ratio test in the first paragraph of the
covenant described above under the caption "-- Incurrence of Additional
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock" and (b) incurred a Lien to
secure such Indebtedness pursuant to the covenant described above under the
caption "-- Liens"; and

(2) the transfer of assets in that sale and leaseback transaction is
permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in
compliance with, the covenant described above under the caption "-- Asset
Sales."

The foregoing restrictions do not apply to a sale and leaseback transaction
if the lease is for a period, including renewal rights, of not in excess of
three years.

LIMITATIONS ON ISSUANCES OF GUARANTEES OF INDEBTEDNESS

The Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or
indirectly, to Guarantee or pledge any assets to secure the payment of any other
Indebtedness of the Company, except in respect of the Credit Facilities (the
"Guaranteed Indebtedness") unless (i) such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture providing for the
Guarantee (a "Subsidiary Guarantee") of the payment of the Notes by such
Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) until one year after all the Notes have been paid
in full in cash, such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner
whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of
reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company
or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as a result of any payment by
such Restricted Subsidiary under its Subsidiary Guarantee; provided that this
paragraph shall not be applicable to any Guarantee or any Restricted Subsidiary
that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not
Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a
Restricted Subsidiary. If the Guaranteed Indebtedness is subordinated to the
Notes, then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed Indebtedness shall be subordinated
to the Subsidiary Guarantee at least to the extent that the Guaranteed
Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes.

117
<PAGE> 122

PAYMENTS FOR CONSENT

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the
benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or
amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indentures or the Notes
unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all holders of
the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in
the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

REPORTS

Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any Notes are
outstanding, the Company will furnish to the holders of Notes, within the time
periods specified in the Commission's rules and regulations:

(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be
required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and
10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on
the annual financial statements by the Company's certified independent
accountants; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the
Commission on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.

If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted
Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by
the preceding paragraph shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either
on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and
results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, the Company will
file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and
(2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods
specified in the Commission's rules and regulations (unless the Commission will
not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities
analysts and prospective investors upon request.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

Each of the following is an Event of Default:

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the
Notes;

(2) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if
any, on the Notes;

(3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to
comply with the provisions described under the captions "-- Change of
Control" or "-- Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets";

(4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, for
30 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the
Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by holders of at least 25% of the
aggregate principal

118
<PAGE> 123

amount of the Notes outstanding to comply with any of their other covenants
or agreements in the Indentures;

(5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which
there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries(or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now
exists, or is created after the date of the Indentures, if that default:

(a) is caused by a failure to pay at final stated maturity the
principal amount on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the
grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default
(a "Payment Default"); or

(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its
express maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such
Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such
Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the
maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $100.0 million or
more;

(6) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
pay final judgments which are non-appealable aggregating in excess of
$100.0 million (net of applicable insurance which has not been denied in
writing by the insurer), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed
for a period of 60 days; and

(7) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the
Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries.

In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes
will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any
other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the applicable Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately.

Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indentures or the Notes except as
provided in the Indentures. Subject to certain limitations, holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the
applicable Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The applicable Trustee
may withhold from holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event
of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of
principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their
interest.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding by notice to the applicable Trustee may on behalf of the holders of
all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its
consequences under the Indentures except a continuing Default or Event of
Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes.

The Company will be required to deliver to the applicable Trustee annually
a statement regarding compliance with the Indentures. Upon becoming aware of any
Default or Event of Default, the Company will be required to deliver to the
applicable Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

119
<PAGE> 124

NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, MEMBERS AND
STOCKHOLDERS

No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member or stockholder of the
Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company
under the Notes, the Indentures, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by
reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting
a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release will be
part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be
effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its
obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes ("Legal
Defeasance") except for:

(1) the rights of holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in
respect of the Accreted Value or principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred
to below;

(2) the Company's obligations with respect to the Notes concerning
issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost
or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and
money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the
applicable Trustee, and the Company's obligations in connection therewith;
and

(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indentures.

In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have
the obligations of the Company released with respect to certain covenants that
are described in the Indentures ("Covenant Defeasance") and thereafter any
omission to comply with those covenants shall not constitute a Default or Event
of Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs,
certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy, receivership,
rehabilitation and insolvency events) described under "Events of Default" will
no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the applicable Trustee,
in trust, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, cash in U.S.
dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in
such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally
recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the stated
maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the
Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to
a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered
to the applicable Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to
the applicable Trustee confirming that (a) the Company has received from,
or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or
(b) since the date of the Indentures, there has been a change in the
applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and
based thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the holders of
the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal

120
<PAGE> 125

income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be
subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and
at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had
not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have
delivered to the applicable Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably
acceptable to the applicable Trustee confirming that the holders of the
outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal
income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be
subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and
at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance
had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing either: (a) on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or
Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to
such deposit); or (b) or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or
insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the
91st day after the date of deposit;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a
breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material
agreement or instrument (other than the Indentures) to which the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound;

(6) the Company must have delivered to the applicable Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that after the 91st day assuming no
intervening bankruptcy, that no holder is an insider of the Company
following the deposit and that such deposit would not be deemed by a court
of competent jurisdiction a transfer for the benefit of either Co-Issuer in
its capacity as such, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of
any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws
affecting creditors' rights generally;

(7) the Company must deliver to the applicable Trustee an Officers'
Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the
intent of preferring the holders of Notes over the other creditors of the
Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding
creditors of the Company or others; and

(8) the Company must deliver to the applicable Trustee an Officers'
Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions
precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have
been complied with.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause
(2) above with respect to a Legal Defeasance need not be delivered if all Notes
not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due
and payable or (ii) will become due and payable on the maturity date within one
year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of
redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers.

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indentures or
the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of at
least a majority in principal amount, in the case of the Eight-Year Senior Notes
and Ten-Year Senior Notes, and aggregate principal amount at maturity, in the
case of the Senior Discount Notes, of the Notes of such series then outstanding
(including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase
of, or tender offer or exchange
121
<PAGE> 126

offer for, Notes), and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of
the Indentures or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the holders of a
majority in principal amount, in the case of the Eight-Year Senior Notes and the
Ten-Year Senior Notes, and aggregate principal amount at maturity, in the case
of the Senior Discount Notes, of the Notes of such series then outstanding
(including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase
of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).

Without the consent of each holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not
(with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose holders must consent to
an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note
or alter the payment provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes
(other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the
caption "-- Repurchase at the Option of holders");

(3) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on
any Note;

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of
or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of
acceleration of the Notes by the holders of at least a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default
that resulted from such acceleration);

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the
Notes;

(6) make any change in the provisions of the Indentures relating to
waivers of past Defaults or the rights of holders of Notes to receive
payments of Accreted Value or principal of, or premium, if any, or interest
on the Notes;

(7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a
payment required by one of the covenants described above under the caption
"-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders");

(8) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any holder of Notes,
the Company and the applicable Trustee may amend or supplement the Indentures or
the Notes:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
certificated Notes;

(3) to provide for the assumption of the Company's obligations to
holders of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or
substantially all of the Company's assets;

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or
benefits to the holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the
legal rights under the Indentures of any such holder; or

(5) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect
or maintain the qualification of the Indentures under the Trust Indenture
Act or otherwise as necessary to comply with applicable law.

122
<PAGE> 127

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEES

If the Trustees become a creditor of the Company, the Indentures limit
their right to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on
certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise.
The Trustees will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it
acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90
days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue or resign.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustees, subject to
certain exceptions. The Indentures provide that in case an Event of Default
shall occur and be continuing, the Trustees will be required, in the exercise of
its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own
affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustees will be under no obligation to
exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indentures at the request of any
holder of Notes, unless such holder shall have offered to the Trustees security
and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Anyone who receives this Prospectus may obtain a copy of the Indentures and
the Registration Rights Agreements without charge by writing to Charter
Communications, Inc., 12444 Powerscourt Drive, Suite 100, St. Louis, Missouri
63131, Attention: Corporate Secretary.

BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM

Notes offered and sold to "qualified institutional buyers" initially will
be represented by Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons
(collectively, the "U.S. Global Notes"). Notes offered and sold in offshore
transactions in reliance on Regulation S initially will be represented by Notes
in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the
"Regulation S Global Notes" and, together with the U.S. Global Notes, the
"Global Notes"). The Global Notes will be deposited upon issuance with the
Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), in New York, New
York, and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in each case for credit
to an account of a direct or indirect participant in DTC as described below.
Until the expiration of the "40-day restricted period" within the meaning of
Rule 903(c)(3) of Regulation S (such period, the "Restricted Period"),
beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes may be held only through
the Euroclear System ("Euroclear") and Cedel, S.A. ("Cedel") (as indirect
participants in DTC), unless transferred to a person that takes delivery through
a U.S. Global Note in accordance with the certification requirements described
below. Beneficial interests in the U.S. Global Notes may not be exchanged for
beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes at any time except in the
limited circumstances described below. See "-- Exchanges Between Regulation S
Notes and U.S. Notes."

Except as set forth below, the Global Notes may be transferred, in whole
and not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its
nominee. Beneficial interests in the Global Notes may not be exchanged for Notes
in certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below. See
"-- Exchange of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes." Except in the limited
circumstances described below, owners of beneficial interests in the Global
Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Certificated Notes
(as defined below). In addition, transfers of beneficial interests in the

123
<PAGE> 128

Global Notes will be subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC and
its direct or indirect participants (including, if applicable, those of
Euroclear and Cedel), which may change from time to time.

Initially, the Trustee will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Notes
may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the
Registrar.

DEPOSITORY PROCEDURES

The following description of the operations and procedures of DTC,
Euroclear and Cedel are provided solely as a matter of convenience. These
operations and procedures are solely within the control of the respective
settlement systems and are subject to changes by them from time to time. The
Company takes no responsibility for these operations and procedures and urges
investors to contact the system or their participants directly to discuss these
matters.

DTC has advised the Company that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company
created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively,
the "Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of
transactions in those securities between Participants through electronic
book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Participants include
securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations
and certain other organizations. Access to DTC's system is also available to
other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear
through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly
or indirectly (collectively, the "Indirect Participants"). Persons who are not
Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only
through the Participants or the Indirect Participants. The ownership interests
in, and transfers of ownership interests in, each security held by or on behalf
of DTC are recorded on the records of the Participants and Indirect
Participants.

DTC has also advised the Company that, pursuant to procedures established
by it, (i) upon deposit of the Global Notes, DTC will credit the accounts of
Participants designated by the Initial Purchaser with portions of the principal
amount of the Global Notes and (ii) ownership of such interests in the Global
Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership thereof will be effected
only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to the Participants) or by
the Participants and the Indirect Participants (with respect to other owners of
beneficial interest in the Global Notes).

Investors in the U.S. Global Notes may hold their interests therein
directly through DTC, if they are Participants in such system, or indirectly
through organizations (including Euroclear and Cedel) which are Participants in
such system. Investors in the Regulation S Global Notes must initially hold
their interests therein through Euroclear or Cedel, if they are participants in
such systems, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in such
systems. After the expiration of the Restricted Period (but not earlier),
investors may also hold interests in the Regulation S Global Notes through
Participants in the DTC system other than Euroclear and Cedel. Euroclear and
Cedel will hold interests in the Regulation S Global Notes on behalf of their
participants through customers' securities accounts in their respective names on
the books of their respective depositories, which are Morgan Guaranty Trust
Company of New York, Brussels office, as operator of Euroclear, and Citibank,
N.A., as operator of Cedel. All interests in a Global Note, including those held
through Euroclear or Cedel, may be subject to the procedures and requirements of
DTC. Those interests held through Euroclear or Cedel may also be subject to the
procedures and requirements of such systems. The laws of some states require
that certain

124
<PAGE> 129

persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own.
Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a Global Note to
such persons will be limited to that extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf
of Participants, which in turn act on behalf of Indirect Participants and
certain banks, the ability of a person having beneficial interests in a Global
Note to pledge such interests to persons or entities that do not participate in
the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests, may be
affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such interests.

EXCEPT AS DESCRIBED BELOW, OWNERS OF INTEREST IN THE GLOBAL NOTES WILL NOT
HAVE NOTES REGISTERED IN THEIR NAMES, WILL NOT RECEIVE PHYSICAL DELIVERY OF
NOTES IN CERTIFICATED FORM AND WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED THE REGISTERED OWNERS OR
"HOLDERS" THEREOF UNDER THE INDENTURES FOR ANY PURPOSE.

Payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on a
Global Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to DTC
in its capacity as the registered Holder under the Indentures. Under the terms
of the Indentures, the Company and the Trustee will treat the persons in whose
names the Notes, including the Global Notes, are registered as the owners
thereof for the purpose of receiving such payments and for any and all other
purposes whatsoever. Consequently, neither the Company, the Trustee nor any
agent of the Company or the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or
liability for (i) any aspect of DTC's records or any Participant's or Indirect
Participant's records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial
ownership interest in the Global Notes, or for maintaining, supervising or
reviewing any of DTC's records or any Participant's or Indirect Participant's
records relating to the beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes or
(ii) any other matter relating to the actions and practices of DTC or any of its
Participants or Indirect Participants. DTC has advised the Issuers that its
current practice, upon receipt of any payment in respect of securities such as
the Notes (including principal and interest), is to credit the accounts of the
relevant Participants with the payment on the payment date, in amounts
proportionate to their respective holdings in the principal amount of beneficial
interest in the relevant security as shown on the records of DTC unless DTC has
reason to believe it will not receive payment on such payment date. Payments by
the Participants and the Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of Notes
will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be
the responsibility of the Participants or the Indirect Participants and will not
be the responsibility of DTC, the Trustee or the Issuers. Neither the Issuers
nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of its Participants
in identifying the beneficial owners of the Notes, and the Issuers and the
Trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on
instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.

Except for trades involving only Euroclear and Cedel participants, interest
in the Global Notes are expected to be eligible to trade in DTC's Same-Day Funds
Settlement System and secondary market trading activity in such interests will,
therefore, settle in immediately available funds, subject in all cases to the
rules and procedures of DTC and its Participants. See "-- Same-Day Settlement
and Payment."

Subject to the transfer restrictions set forth under "Notice to Investors,"
transfers between Participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTC's
procedures, and will be settled in same-day funds, and transfers between
participants in Euroclear and Cedel will be effected in the ordinary way in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

125
<PAGE> 130

Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the
Notes described herein, cross-market transfers between the Participants in DTC,
on the one hand, and Euroclear or Cedel participants, on the other hand, will be
effected through DTC in accordance with DTC's rules on behalf of Euroclear or
Cedel, as the case may be, by its respective depositary; however, such
cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or
Cedel, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such system in accordance with
the rules and procedures and within the established deadlines (Brussels time) of
such system. Euroclear or Cedel, as the case may be, will, if the transaction
meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its respective
depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering
or receiving interests in the relevant Global Note in DTC, and making or
receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds
settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear participants and Cedel participants may
not deliver instructions directly to the depositories for Euroclear or Cedel.

DTC has advised the Issuers that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a holder of Notes only at the direction of one or more Participants to
whose account DTC has credited the interests in the Global Notes and only in
respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes as to
which such Participant or Participants has or have given such direction.
However, if there is an Event of Default under the Notes, DTC reserves the right
to exchange the Global Notes for legended Notes in certificated form, and to
distribute such Notes to its Participants.

Although DTC, Euroclear and Cedel have agreed to the foregoing procedures
to facilitate transfers of interests in the Regulation S Global Notes and in the
U.S. Global Notes among Participants in DTC, Euroclear and Cedel, they are under
no obligation to perform or to continue to perform such procedures, and such
procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither the Company nor the Trustee
nor any of their respective agents will have any responsibility for the
performance by DTC, Euroclear or Cedel or their respective participants or
indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and
procedures governing their operations.

EXCHANGE OF BOOK-ENTRY NOTES FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES

A Global Note is exchangeable for definitive Notes in registered
certificated form ("Certificated Notes") if (i) DTC (x) notifies the Company
that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes
and the Company thereupon fails to appoint a successor depositary or (y) has
ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) the
Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause
the issuance of the Certificated Notes or (iii) there shall have occurred and be
continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In addition,
beneficial interests in a Global Note may be exchanged for Certificated Notes
upon request but only upon prior written notice given to the Trustee by or on
behalf of DTC in accordance with the Indentures. In all cases, Certificated
Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein
will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations,
requested by or on behalf of the depositary (in accordance with its customary
procedures) and will bear the applicable restrictive legend referred to in
"Notice to Investors," unless the Company determines otherwise in compliance
with applicable law.

126
<PAGE> 131

EXCHANGE OF CERTIFICATED NOTES FOR BOOK-ENTRY NOTES

Notes issued in certificated form may not be exchanged for beneficial
interests in any Global Note unless the transferor first delivers to the Trustee
a written certificate (in the form provided in the Indentures) to the effect
that such transfer will comply with the appropriate transfer restrictions
applicable to such Notes. See "Notice to Investors."

EXCHANGES BETWEEN REGULATION S NOTES AND U.S. NOTES

Transfers involving an exchange of a beneficial interest in the Regulation
S Global Note for a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or vice versa
will be effected in DTC by means of an instruction originated by the Trustee
through the DTC Deposit/ Withdraw at Custodian system. Accordingly, in
connection with any such transfer, appropriate adjustments will be made to
reflect a decrease in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note and a
corresponding increase in the principal amount of the U.S. Global Note or vice
versa, as applicable. Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is
transferred to a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the
other Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global
Note and will become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will
thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures
applicable to beneficial interest in such other Global Note for so long as it
remains such an interest. The policies and practices of DTC may prohibit
transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note prior to the
expiration of the Restricted Period.

SAME-DAY SETTLEMENT AND PAYMENT

Payments in respect of the Notes represented by the Global Notes (including
principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Global Note holder.
With respect to Notes in certificated form, the Issuers will make all payments
of principal, premium, if any, and interest, by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to the accounts specified by the holders thereof or, if no such
account is specified, by mailing a check to each such holder's registered
address.

Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or
Cedel participant purchasing an interest in a Global Note from a Participant in
DTC will be credited, and any such crediting will be reported to the relevant
Euroclear or Cedel participant, during the securities settlement processing day
(which must be a business day for Euroclear and Cedel) immediately following the
settlement date of DTC. DTC has advised the Company that cash received in
Euroclear or Cedel as a result of sales of interests in a Global Note by or
through a Euroclear or Cedel participant to a Participant in DTC will be
received with value on the settlement date of DTC but will be available in the
relevant Euroclear or Cedel cash account only as of the business day for
Euroclear or Cedel following DTC's settlement date.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indentures. Reference
is made to the Indentures for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as
any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

127
<PAGE> 132

"ACCRETED VALUE" is defined to mean, for any Specific Date, the amount
calculated pursuant to (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) for each $1,000 of principal
amount at maturity of the Senior Discount Notes:

(i) if the Specified Date occurs on one or more of the following dates
(each a "Semi-Annual Accrual Date"), the Accreted Value will equal the
amount set forth below for such Semi-Annual Accrual Date:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEMI-ANNUAL
ACCRUAL DATE ACCRETED VALUE
- ------------ --------------
<S> <C>
Issue Date....................................... $ 613.94
October 1, 1999.................................. 646.88
April 1, 2000.................................... 678.96
October 1, 2000.................................. 712.64
April 1, 2001.................................... 747.99
October 1, 2001.................................. 785.09
April 1, 2002.................................... 824.03
October 1, 2002.................................. 864.90
April 1, 2003.................................... 907.80
October 1, 2003.................................. 952.82
April 1, 2004.................................... $1,000.00
</TABLE>

(ii) if the Specified Date occurs before the first Semi-Annual Accrual
Date, the Accreted Value will equal the sum of (a) $613.94 and (b) an
amount equal to the product of (1) the Accreted Value for the first
Semi-Annual Accrual Date less $613.94 multiplied by (2) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of days from the Issue Date of the Notes
to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and
the denominator of which is the number of days elapsed from the issue date
of the Notes to the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, using a 360-day year of
twelve 30-day months;

(iii) if the Specified Date occurs between two Semi-Annual Accrual
Dates, the Accreted Value will equal the sum of (a) the Accreted Value for
the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such Specified Date and
(b) an amount equal to the product of (1) the Accreted Value for the
immediately following Semi-Annual Accrual Date less the Accreted Value for
the immediately preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date multiplied by (2) a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the immediately
preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day
year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is 180; or

(iv) if the Specified Date occurs after the last Semi-Annual Accrual
Date, the Accreted Value will equal $1,000.

"ACQUIRED DEBT" means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other
Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified
Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or
in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a
Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

128
<PAGE> 133

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by
such specified Person.

"AFFILIATE" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control,"
as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or
indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or
policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the
Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control. For purposes of this
definition, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control
with" shall have correlative meanings.

"ASSET ACQUISITION" means (a) an Investment by the Company or any of the
Company's Restricted Subsidiaries, in any other Person pursuant to which such
Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any of the
Company's Restricted Subsidiaries, or shall be merged with or into the Company
or any of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries, or (b) the acquisition by the
Company or any of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries, of the assets of any
Person which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person,
any division or line of business of such Person or any other properties or
assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business.

"ASSET SALE" means:

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or
rights, other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business
consistent with past practices; provided that the sale, conveyance or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will be governed by the
provisions of the Indentures described above under the caption "-- Change
of Control" and/or the provisions described above under the caption
"-- Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets" and not by the provisions of
the Asset Sale covenant; and

(2) the issuance of Equity Interests by any of the Company's
Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of the
Company's Restricted Subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to
be Asset Sales:

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that: (a)
involves assets having a fair market value of less than $100 million; or
(b) results in net proceeds to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
of less than $100 million;

(2) a transfer of assets (i) between or among the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to another Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(4) a Restricted Payment that is permitted by the covenant described
above under the caption "-- Restricted Payments" and a Restricted
Investment that is permitted by the covenant described above under the
caption "-- Investments"; and

129
<PAGE> 134

(5) the incurrence of Permitted Liens and the disposition of assets
related to such Permitted Liens by the secured party pursuant to a
foreclosure.

"ATTRIBUTABLE DEBT" in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means,
at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee
for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such
sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has
been extended or may, at the option of the lessee, be extended. Such present
value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest
implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.

"BENEFICIAL OWNER" has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and
Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial
ownership of any particular "person" (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3)
of the Exchange Act), such "person" shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership
of all securities that such "person" has the right to acquire, whether such
right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a
subsequent condition.

"CABLE RELATED BUSINESS" means the business of owning cable television
systems and businesses ancillary, complementary and related thereto.

"CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATION" means, at the time any determination thereof is
to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would
at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with
GAAP.

"CAPITAL STOCK" means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all
shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however
designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company,
partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest (other than any debt obligation) or
participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the
profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

"CAPITAL STOCK SALE PROCEEDS" means the aggregate net cash proceeds
(including the fair market value of the non-cash proceeds, as determined by an
independent appraisal firm) received by the Company since the date of the
Indentures (x) as a contribution to the common equity capital or from the issue
or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or
(y) from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or
convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been
converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity
Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the
Company).

"CASH EQUIVALENTS" means:

(1) United States dollars;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by
the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof
(provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in
support thereof) having maturities of not more than twelve months from the
date of acquisition;

130
<PAGE> 135

(3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with
maturities of twelve months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers'
acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank
deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having combined
capital and surplus in excess of $500 million and a Thompson Bank Watch
Rating at the time of acquisition of "B" or better;

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for
underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above
entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications
specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper having a rating of at least "P-1" from Moody's or
at least "A-1" from S&P and in each case maturing within twelve months
after the date of acquisition;

(6) corporate debt obligations maturing within twelve months after the
date of acquisition thereof, rated at the time of acquisition at least
"Aaa" or "P-1" by Moody's or "AAA" or "A-1" by S&P;

(7) auction-rate preferred stocks of any corporation maturing not
later than 45 days after the date of acquisition thereof, rated at the time
of acquisition at least "Aaa" by Moody's or "AAA" by S&P;

(8) securities issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the
United States, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof,
maturing not later than six months after the date of acquisition thereof,
rated at the time of acquisition at least "A" by Moody's or S&P; and

(9) money market or mutual funds at least 90% of the assets of which
constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through
(8) of this definition.

"CHANGE OF CONTROL" means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by
way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related
transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and
its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any "person" (as such term is used
in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than the Principal or a
Related Party of the Principal;

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution
of the Company;

(3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without
limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any
"person" (as defined above), other than the Principal and Related Parties
and any entity formed for the purpose of owning Capital Stock of the
Company, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than
35% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather
than number of shares, unless the Principal or a Related Party Beneficially
Owns, directly or indirectly a greater percentage of Voting Stock of the
Company, measured by voting power rather than the number of shares, than
such person;

(4) after the Company's initial public offering, the first day on
which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company
are not Continuing Directors; or

(5) the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person,
or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in
any such event

131
<PAGE> 136

pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of
the Company is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other
property, other than any such transaction where the Voting Stock of the
Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into
or exchanged for Voting Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the
surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding
shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person
immediately after giving effect to such issuance.

"CHARTER CAPITAL" means Charter Communications Holdings Capital
Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

"CHARTER HOLDINGS" means Charter Communications Holdings, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company.

"COMPANY PREFERRED STOCK" means the 10% cumulative convertible redeemable
preferred stock of the Company with an aggregate liquidation value of $25
million.

"CONSOLIDATED EBITDA" means with respect to any Person, for any period, the
net income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period plus,
to the extent such amount was deducted in calculating such net income:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense;

(2) income taxes;

(3) depreciation expense;

(4) amortization expense;

(5) all other non-cash items, extraordinary items, nonrecurring and
unusual items and the cumulative effects of changes in accounting
principles reducing such net income, less all non-cash items, extraordinary
items, nonrecurring and unusual items and cumulative effects of changes in
accounting principles increasing such net income, all as determined on a
consolidated basis for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
conformity with GAAP;

(6) amounts actually paid during such period pursuant to a deferred
compensation plan; and

(7) for purposes of the covenant "-- Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Preferred Stock" only, Management Fees;

provided that Consolidated EBITDA shall not include:

(x) the net income (or net loss) of any Person that is not a
Restricted Subsidiary ("Other Person"), except (I) with respect to net
income, to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions
actually paid to such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by
such Other Person during such period and (II) with respect to net
losses, to the extent of the amount of investments made by such Person
or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person in such Other Person during
such period;

(y) solely for the purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted
Payments that may be made pursuant to clause (3) of the covenant
described under the subheading "Certain Covenants -- Restricted
Payments" (and in such case, except to the extent includable pursuant to
clause (x) above), the net income (or net loss) of any Other Person
accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is
merged into or consolidated with such Person or any Restricted

132
<PAGE> 137

Subsidiaries or all or substantially all of the property and assets of
such Other Person are acquired by such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; and

(z) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that
the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such
Restricted Subsidiary of such net income is not at the time permitted by
the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument,
judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation
applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary (other than any agreement or
instrument evidencing Indebtedness or Preferred Stock outstanding on the
date of the Indenture or incurred or issued thereafter in compliance
with the covenant described under the caption "Certain Covenants --
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock"; provided
that the terms of any such agreement restricting the declaration and
payment of dividends or similar distributions apply only in the event of
a default with respect to a financial covenant or a covenant relating to
payment (beyond any applicable period of grace) contained in such
agreement or instrument and provided such terms are determined by such
Person to be customary in comparable financings and such restrictions
are determined by the Company not to materially affect the Company's
ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes when due).

"CONSOLIDATED INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to any Person as of any
date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) the total amount of outstanding Indebtedness of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus

(2) the total amount of Indebtedness of any other Person, that has
been Guaranteed by the referent Person or one or more of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, plus

(3) the aggregate liquidation value of all Disqualified Stock of such
Person and all preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person,
in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

"CONSOLIDATED INTEREST EXPENSE" means, with respect to any Person for any
period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued
(including, without limitation, amortization or original issue discount,
non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment
obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital
Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges
incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers' acceptance financings,
and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations); and

(2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period, and

(3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is
guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured
by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon);

excluding, however, any amount of such interest of any Restricted Subsidiary if
the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded in the calculation of
Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (z) of the definition thereof (but only
in the same proportion
133
<PAGE> 138

as the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded from the calculation
of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (z) of the definition thereof), in
each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

"CONTINUING DIRECTORS" means, as of any date of determination, any member
of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the
Indentures; or

(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors
with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were
members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election or whose
election or appointment was previously so approved.

"CREDIT FACILITIES" means, with respect to the Company, and/or its
Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities or commercial paper
facilities, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders providing for
revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the
sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to
borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each
case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced
in whole or in part from time to time.

"DEFAULT" means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the
giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

"DISPOSITION" means, with respect to any Person, any merger, consolidation
or other business combination involving such Person (whether or not such Person
is the Surviving Person) or the sale, assignment, or transfer, lease conveyance
or other disposition of all or substantially all of such Person's assets or
Capital Stock.

"DISQUALIFIED STOCK" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the
terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is
exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the
happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a
sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder
thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the
date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any
Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the
holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital
Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not
constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that
the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such
provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the covenant
described above under the caption "-- Certain Covenants -- Restricted Payments."

"EQUITY INTERESTS" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other
rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

"EQUITY OFFERING" means any private or underwritten public offering of
Qualified Capital Stock of the Company which the gross proceeds to the Company
are at least $25 million.

"EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the date of the Indentures, until such
amounts are repaid.

134
<PAGE> 139

"FULL ACCRETION DATE" means April 1, 2004, the first date on which the
Accreted Value of the Senior Discount Notes has accreted to an amount equal to
the principal amount at maturity of the Senior Discount Notes.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such
other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession, which are in effect on the Issue Date.

"GUARANTEE" or "GUARANTEE" means a guarantee other than by endorsement of
negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct
or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of
assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect
thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness, measured as the lesser of the
aggregate outstanding amount of the Indebtedness so guaranteed and the face
amount of the guarantee.

"HEDGING OBLIGATIONS" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of
such Person under:

(1) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and
interest rate collar agreements;

(2) interest rate option agreements, foreign currency exchange
agreements, foreign currency swap agreements; and

(3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person
against fluctuations in interest and currency exchange rates.

"INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to any specified Person, any
indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1) in respect of borrowed money;

(2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or
letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(3) in respect of banker's acceptances;

(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations;

(5) in respect of the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase
price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued
expense or trade payable; or

(6) representing the notional amount of any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit
and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the
specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term
"Indebtedness" includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any
asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by
the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee
by such Person of any indebtedness of any other Person.

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be:

(1) the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued
with original issue discount; and

135
<PAGE> 140

(2) the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon
that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

"INVESTMENTS" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or
indirect loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations),
advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar
advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business),
purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity
Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be
classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

"INVESTMENT GRADE RATING" means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or
the equivalent) by Moody's and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P.

"ISSUE DATE" means the date on which the Notes are initially issued.

"LEVERAGE RATIO" means, as of any date, the ratio of:

(1) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Company on such date to

(2) the aggregate amount of combined Consolidated EBITDA for the
Company for the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal
financial statements are available multiplied by four (the "Reference
Period").

In addition to the foregoing, for purposes of this definition,
"Consolidated EBITDA" shall be calculated on a pro forma basis after giving
effect to

(1) the issuance of the Notes;

(2) the incurrence of the Indebtedness or the issuance of the
Disqualified Stock or other Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (and
the application of the proceeds therefrom) giving rise to the need to make
such calculation and any incurrence or issuance (and the application of the
proceeds therefrom) or repayment of other Indebtedness or Disqualified
Stock or other Preferred Stock or a Restricted Subsidiary, other than the
incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness for ordinary working capital
purposes, at any time subsequent to the beginning of the Reference Period
and on or prior to the date of determination, as if such incurrence (and
the application of the proceeds thereof), or the repayment, as the case may
be, occurred on the first day of the Reference Period;

(3) any Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions (including, without
limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such
calculation as a result of such Person or one of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (including any person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as
a result of such Asset Acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise
becoming liable for or issuing Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock) made on or subsequent to the first day of the Reference
Period and on or prior to the date of determination, as if such
Disposition, Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence, assumption or
liability for any such Indebtedness Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
and also including any Consolidated EBITDA associated with such Asset
Acquisition, including any cost savings adjustments in compliance with
Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission) had occurred on the first day
of the Reference Period.

"LIEN" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge,
charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset,
whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law,
including any conditional sale or other title

136
<PAGE> 141

retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other
agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement
to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent
statutes) of any jurisdiction.

"MANAGEMENT FEES" means the fee payable to Charter Communications, Inc.
pursuant to the management agreement between Charter Communications, Inc. and
Charter Communications Operating LLC, as such agreement exists on the Issue
Date, including any amendment or replacement thereof, provided that any such
amendment or replacement is not more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes
in any material respect from such management agreement existing on the Issue
Date.

"MARCUS COMBINATION" means the consolidation or merger of the Guarantor
with and into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

"MOODY'S" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the
rating agency business thereof.

"NET PROCEEDS" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including,
without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any
non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs
relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting
and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses
incurred as a result thereof or taxes paid or payable as a result thereof
(including amounts distributable in respect of owners', partners' or members'
tax liabilities resulting from such sale), in each case after taking into
account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements
and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness.

"NON-RECOURSE DEBT" means Indebtedness:

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any
undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness),
(b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c)
constitutes the lender;

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the
holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted
Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of
any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or
cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated
maturity; and

(3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they
will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries.

"OBLIGATIONS" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

"PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" means:

(1) any Investment by the Company in a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, or any Investment by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in the
Company;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

137
<PAGE> 142

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or
into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is
liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash
consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in
compliance with the covenant described above under the caption
"-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders -- Asset Sales";

(5) Investment made out of the net cash proceeds of the issue and sale
(other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company to the extent that such net cash
proceeds have not been applied to make a Restricted Payment or to effect
other transactions pursuant to the covenant described above under the
subheading "-- Restricted Payments" or to the extent such net cash proceeds
have not been used to incur Indebtedness pursuant to clause (10) of the
covenant described above under the subheading "-- Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock";

(6) Investments in Productive Assets having an aggregate fair market
value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without
giving effect to subsequent changes is value), when taken together with all
other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) since the Issue Date,
not to exceed $150 million; provided that either the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, after giving effect to such Investments, will own
at least 20% of the Voting Stock of such Person;

(7) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market
value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without
giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all
other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) since the date of the
Indentures, not to exceed $50 million;

(8) Investments in customers and suppliers in the ordinary course of
business which either (A) generate accounts receivable or (B) are accepted
in settlement of bona fide disputes; and

(9) the Company's investment in Marcus Cable Holdings, LLC, as
outstanding on the Issue Date.

"PERMITTED LIENS" means:

(1) Liens on the assets of the Company securing Indebtedness and other
Obligations under clause (1) of the covenant "-- Incurrence of Indebtedness
and Issuance of Preferred Stock";

(2) Liens in favor of the Company and Liens on the assets of any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in favor of any other Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company;

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is
merged with or into or consolidated with the Company; provided that such
Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or
consolidation and do not

138
<PAGE> 143

extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or
consolidated with the Company;

(4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by
the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the
contemplation of such acquisition;

(5) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety
or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature
incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(6) purchase money mortgages or other purchase money liens (including
without limitation any Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the
Company upon any fixed or capital assets acquired after the Issue Date or
purchase money mortgages (including without limitation Capitalized Lease
Obligations) on any such assets, whether or not assumed, existing at the
time of acquisition of such assets, whether or not assumed, so long as (i)
such mortgage or lien does not extend to or cover any of the assets of the
Company, except the asset so developed, constructed, or acquired, and
directly related assets such as enhancements and modifications thereto,
substitutions, replacements, proceeds (including insurance proceeds),
products, rents and profits thereof, and (ii) such mortgage or lien secures
the obligation to pay the purchase price of such asset, interest thereon
and other charges, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the
cost of design, development, construction, acquisition, transportation,
installation, improvement, and migration) and incurred in connection
therewith (or the obligation under such Capitalized Lease Obligation) only;

(7) Liens existing on the date of the Indentures (other than in
connection with the Credit Facilities);

(8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims
that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded;
provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be
required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

(9) statutory and common law Liens of landlords and carriers,
warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen or other similar
Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and with respect to
amounts not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate
legal proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for
which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be
required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made;

(10) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of
business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance
and other types of social security;

(11) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of
tenders, bids, leases, statutory or regulatory obligation, bankers'
acceptance, surety and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and
return-of-money bonds and other obligations of a similar nature incurred in
the ordinary course of business (exclusive of obligations for the payment
of borrowed money);

(12) easements, rights-of-way, municipal and zoning ordinances and
similar charges, encumbrances, title defects or other irregularities that
do not materially

139
<PAGE> 144

interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries;

(13) Liens of franchisors or other regulatory bodies arising in the
ordinary course of business;

(14) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing
statements regarding leases or other Uniform Commercial Code financing
statements for precautionary purposes relating to arrangements not
constituting Indebtedness;

(15) Liens arising from the rendering of a final judgment or order
against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that does not
give rise to an Event of Default;

(16) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters
of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such
letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof;

(17) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits,
and other Liens that are within the general parameters customary in the
industry and incurred in the ordinary course of business, in each case,
securing Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations and forward contracts,
options, future contracts, future options or similar agreements or
arrangements designed solely to protect the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates, currencies or
the price of commodities;

(18) Liens consisting of any interest or title of licensor in the
property subject to a license;

(19) Liens on the Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(20) Liens arising from sales or other transfers of accounts
receivable which are past due or otherwise doubtful of collection in the
ordinary course of business;

(21) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company,
with respect to obligations which in the aggregate do not exceed $50
million at any one time outstanding;

(22) Liens in favor of the Trustee arising under the provisions in the
Indentures under the subheading "-- Compensation and Indemnity"; and

(23) Liens in favor of the Trustee for its benefit and the benefit of
holders of the Notes, as their respective interests appear.

"PERMITTED REFINANCING INDEBTEDNESS" means any Indebtedness of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, issued in exchange for, or the net
proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or
refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that unless permitted otherwise
by the Indentures, no Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries may be issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of are used to
extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund Indebtedness of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, further, that:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of
(or accreted value, if applicable), plus accrued interest and premium, if
any, on, the Indebtedness so

140
<PAGE> 145

extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus the
amount of reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith);

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date
later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to
Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of,
the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded;

(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced,
defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the
final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the
Notes on terms at least as favorable to the holders of Notes as those
contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended,
refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and

(4) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being
extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

"PRINCIPAL" means Paul G. Allen.

"PRODUCTIVE ASSETS" means assets (including assets of a referent Person
owned directly or indirectly through ownership of Capital Stock) of a kind used
or useful in the Cable Related Business.

"QUALIFIED CAPITAL STOCK" means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified
Stock.

"RATING AGENCIES" means Moody's and S&P.

"REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENTS" means the Exchange and Registration Rights
Agreements dated as of the Issue Date among the Issuers and the Initial
Purchasers with respect to the Notes.

"RELATED PARTY" means:

(1) the spouse or an immediate family member, estate or heir of the
Principal; or

(2) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the
beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially
holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of the
Principal and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately
preceding clause (1).

"RESTRICTED INVESTMENT" means an Investment other than a Permitted
Investment.

"RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent
Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

"S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Service, a division of the
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business
thereof.

"SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARY" means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
which is a "Significant Subsidiary" as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X
under the Securities Act.

"STATED MATURITY" means, with respect to any installment of interest or
principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of
interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing
such Indebtedness on the Issue Date,

141
<PAGE> 146

or, if none, the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall
not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such
interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment
thereof.

"SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which at
least 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled
(without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the
election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or
controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the
other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof) and, in the
case of any such entity of which 50% of the total voting power of shares of
Capital Stock is so owned or controlled by such Person or one or more of
the other Subsidiaries of such Person, such Person and its Subsidiaries
also has the right to control the management of such entity pursuant to
contract or otherwise; and

(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing
general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or
(b) the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

"UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary of the Company that is
designated by the Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a
Board Resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

(2) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or
understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or
understanding are no less favorable to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who
are not Affiliates of the Company unless such terms constitute Investments
permitted by the covenant described above under the heading
"-- Investments";

(3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to
subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve
such Person's financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any
specified levels of operating results;

(4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided
credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; and

(5) has at least one director on its board of directors that is not a
director or executive officer of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or has at least one executive officer that is not a director
or executive officer of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a
certified copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an
Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the
preceding conditions and was permitted by the covenant described above under the
caption "Certain Covenants -- Investments." If, at any time, any Unrestricted
Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for
purposes of the Indentures and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be
deemed to be
142
<PAGE> 147

incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such
Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under the covenant
described under the caption "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Preferred Stock," the Company shall be in default of such covenant. The Board of
Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary
to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation shall be deemed to
be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of
any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such
designation shall only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under
the covenant described under the caption "Certain Covenants -- Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock," calculated on a pro forma basis
as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter
reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence
following such designation.

"VOTING STOCK" of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such
Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of
directors of such Person.

"WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE TO MATURITY" means, when applied to any Indebtedness
at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of
each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other
required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in
respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest
one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such
payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

"WHOLLY OWNED RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" of any Person means a Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other
ownership interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at
the time be owned by such Person and/or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries of such Person.

CERTAIN FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following summary describes certain United States federal income tax
consequences of the Exchange Offer to a holder of Original Notes that is an
individual citizen or resident of the United States or a United States
corporation that purchased the Original Notes pursuant to their original issue
(a "U.S. Holder"). Except where noted, the summary deals only with Original
Notes or Exchange Notes held as capital assets within the meaning of section
1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") by U.S.
Holders, and does not deal with special situations, such as those of
broker-dealers, tax-exempt organizations, individual retirement accounts and
other tax deferred accounts, financial institutions, insurance companies, or
persons holding Notes as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or a
straddle. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the
Code and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date
hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked, or modified, possibly
with retroactive effect, so as to result in United States federal income tax
consequences different from those discussed below. In addition, except as
otherwise indicated, the following does not consider the effect of any
applicable foreign, state, local or other tax laws or estate or gift tax
considerations.

143
<PAGE> 148

As used herein, a "United States person" is (1) a citizen or resident of
the U.S., (2) a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in
or under the laws of the U.S. or any political subdivision thereof, (3) an
estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless
of its source, (4) a trust if (A) a United States court is able to exercise
primary supervision over the administration of the trust and (B) one or more
United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of
the trust, (5) a certain type of trust in existence on August 20, 1996, which
was treated as a United States person under the Code in effect immediately prior
to such date and which has made a valid election to be treated as a United
States person under the Code and (6) any person otherwise subject to U.S.
federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of its worldwide taxable
income. A "U.S. Holder" is a beneficial owner of a Note who is a United States
person. A "Non-U.S. Holder" is a beneficial owner of a Note that is not a U.S.
Holder.

THIS SECTION DOES NOT PURPORT TO DEAL WITH ALL ASPECTS OF FEDERAL INCOME
TAXATION THAT MAY BE RELEVANT TO AN INVESTOR'S DECISION TO EXCHANGE ORIGINAL
NOTES FOR EXCHANGE NOTES.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE ADVISED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH
REGARD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE TAX CONSIDERATIONS DISCUSSED BELOW TO THEIR
PARTICULAR SITUATIONS, AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN
OR OTHER TAX LAWS, OR SUBSEQUENT REVISIONS THEREOF.

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

We believe that the exchange of Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange
Offer will be treated as a continuation of the corresponding Original Notes
because the terms of the Exchange Notes are not materially different from the
terms of the Original Notes, and accordingly (i) such exchange will not
constitute a taxable event to a U.S. Holder, (ii) no gain or loss will be
realized by a U.S. Holder upon receipt of an Exchange Note, (iii) the holding
period of the Exchange Note will include the holding period of the Original Note
exchanged therefor and (iv) the adjusted tax basis of the Exchange Note will be
the same as the adjusted tax basis of the Original Notes exchange. The filing of
a shelf Registration State should not result in a taxable exchange to the
Company or any holder of a Note.

UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION OF U.S. HOLDERS

PAYMENTS OF INTEREST ON THE EXCHANGE EIGHT-YEAR SENIOR NOTES, THE ORIGINAL
EIGHT-YEAR SENIOR NOTES, THE EXCHANGE TEN-YEAR SENIOR NOTES
AND THE ORIGINAL TEN-YEAR SENIOR NOTES.

Interest on an Exchange Eight-Year Senior Note, an Original Eight-Year
Senior Note an Exchange Ten-Year Senior Note and an Original Ten-Year Senior
Note, as the case may be, will be taxable to a U.S. Holder as ordinary income
from domestic sources at the time it is paid or accrued in accordance with the
U.S. Holder's regular method of accounting for tax purposes.

ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT ON THE EXCHANGE SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES AND THE ORIGINAL
SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES

Because the Exchange Senior Discount Notes and the Original Senior Discount
Notes will be issued at an issue price which is substantially less than their
stated principal

144
<PAGE> 149

amount at maturity, and because interest on the Exchange Senior Discount Notes
and the Original Senior Discount Notes will not be payable until October 1,
2004, such Notes will be deemed to have been issued with original issue discount
("OID") and each U.S. Holder will be required to include in income in each year,
in advance of receipt of cash payments on such Exchange Senior Discount Notes
and Original Senior Discount Notes to which such income is attributable, OID
income as described below.

The amount of OID with respect to the Exchange Senior Discount Notes and
the Original Senior Discount Notes will be equal to the excess of (1) the Note's
"stated redemption price at maturity" over (2) its "issue price." The issue
price of the Exchange Senior Discount Notes and the Original Senior Discount
Notes will be equal to the price to the public (not including any sales to a
bond house, broker or similar person or organization acting in the capacity of
an underwriter, placement agent or wholesaler) at which a substantial amount of
the Exchange Senior Discount Notes and the Original Senior Discount Notes is
initially sold for money. The stated redemption price at maturity of an Exchange
Senior Discount Note and an Original Senior Discount Note is the total of all
payments provided by the Exchange Senior Discount Notes and the Original Senior
Discount Notes, including stated interest payments.

A U.S. Holder of an Exchange Senior Discount Note or an Original Senior
Discount Note is required to include in gross income for U.S. federal income tax
purposes an amount equal to the sum of the "daily portions" of such OID for all
days during the taxable year on which the holder holds the Exchange Senior
Discount Note or the Original Senior Discount Note. The daily portions of OID
required to be included in such holder's gross income in a taxable year will be
determined on a constant yield basis by allocating to each day during the
taxable year on which the holder holds the Exchange Senior Discount Note or the
Original Senior Discount Note a pro rata portion of the OID on such Exchange
Senior Discount Note or Original Senior Discount Note which is attributable to
the "accrual period" in which such day is included. Accrual periods with respect
to an Exchange Senior Discount Note or an Original Senior Discount Note may be
of any length and may vary in length over the term of the Exchange Senior
Discount Note or the Original Senior Discount Note as long as (1) no accrual
period is longer than one year and (2) each scheduled payment of interest or
principal on the Exchange Senior Discount Note or the Original Senior Discount
Note occurs on either the first or final day of an accrual period. The amount of
OID attributable to each accrual period will be equal to the product of (1) the
"adjusted issue price" at the beginning of such accrual period and (2) the
"yield to maturity" of the instrument stated in a manner appropriately taking
into account the length of the accrual period. The yield to maturity is the
discount rate that, when used in computing the present value of all payments to
be made under the Exchange Senior Discount Notes or the Original Senior Discount
Notes, produces an amount equal to the issue price of the Exchange Senior
Discount Notes or Senior Discount Notes. The adjusted issue price of an Exchange
Senior Discount Note or an Original Senior Discount Note at the beginning of an
accrual period is generally defined as the issue price of such Note plus the
aggregate amount of OID that accrued in all prior accrual periods, less any cash
payments made on the Exchange Senior Discount Note and the Original Senior
Discount Note. Accordingly, a U.S. Holder of an Exchange Senior Discount Note
and an Original Senior Discount Note will be required to include OID thereon in
gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes in advance of the receipt of
cash attributable to such income. The amount of OID allocable to an initial
short accrual period may be computed using any reasonable method if all other
accrual periods, other than a final short accrual period, are of equal length.
The amount of OID allocable to the final accrual period at

145
<PAGE> 150

maturity of an Exchange Senior Discount Note and an Original Senior Discount
Note is the difference between (A) the amount payable at the maturity of such
Note and (B) such Note's adjusted issue price as of the beginning of the final
accrual period.

Payments on the Exchange Senior Discount Notes or the Original Senior
Discount Notes (including principal and stated interest payments) are not
separately included in a U.S. Holder's income, but rather are treated first as
payments of accrued OID to the extent of such accrued OID and the excess as
payments of principal, which reduce the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the
Exchange Senior Discount Notes or the Original Senior Discount Notes.

EFFECT OF MANDATORY AND OPTIONAL REDEMPTION ON OID

In the event of a Change of Control, we will be required to offer to redeem
all of the Notes, at redemption prices specified elsewhere herein. In the event
that we receive net proceeds from one or more equity offerings, we may, at our
option, use all or a portion of such net proceeds to redeem in the aggregate up
to 35% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Exchange Ten-Year
Senior Notes and the Original Ten-Year Senior Notes and up to 35% of the
aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Exchange Senior Discount Notes and
the Original Senior Discount Notes at redemption prices specified elsewhere
herein, provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity
of the Exchange Ten-Year Senior Notes, the Original Ten-Year Senior Notes, the
Exchange Senior Discount Notes and the Original Senior Discount Notes,
respectively, remains outstanding after each such redemption. Computation of the
yield and maturity of the Notes is not affected by such redemption rights and
obligations if, based on all the facts and circumstances as of the issue date,
the stated payment schedule of the Notes (that does not reflect the Change of
Control event or Equity Offering event) is significantly more likely than not to
occur. We have determined that, based on all of the facts and circumstances as
of the issue date, it is significantly more likely than not that the Notes will
be paid according to their stated schedule.

We may redeem the Exchange Ten-Year Senior Notes, the Original Ten-Year
Senior Notes, the Exchange Senior Discount Notes and the Original Senior
Discount Notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after April 1, 2004, at
redemption prices specified elsewhere herein plus accrued and unpaid stated
interest, if any, on the Notes so redeemed but excluding the date of redemption.
The United States Treasury Regulations contain rules for determining the
"maturity date" and the stated redemption price at maturity of an instrument
that may be redeemed prior to its stated maturity date at the option of the
issuer. Under United States Treasury Regulations, solely for the purposes of the
accrual of OID, it is assumed that an issuer will exercise any option to redeem
a debt instrument if such exercise would lower the yield to maturity of the debt
instrument. We believe that we will not be presumed to redeem the Notes prior to
their stated maturity under these rules because the exercise of such options
would not lower the yield to maturity of the Notes.

U.S. Holders may wish to consult their own tax advisors regarding the
treatment of such contingencies.

SALE, EXCHANGE OR RETIREMENT OF THE NOTES

Upon the sale, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition of a Note,
the holder will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference
between (1) the amount of cash and the fair market value of other property
received in exchange therefor (other than amounts attributable to accrued but
unpaid interest on the Exchange Eight-Year Senior

146
<PAGE> 151

Notes, the Original Eight-Year Senior Notes, the Exchange Ten-Year Senior Notes
and the Original Ten-Year Senior Notes) and (2) the holder's adjusted tax basis
in such Note. A holder's adjusted tax basis in a Note will equal the purchase
price paid by such holder for the Note increased in the case of an Exchange
Senior Discount Note or an Original Senior Discount Note by any OID previously
included in income by such holder with respect to such Note and decreased in the
case of an Exchange Senior Discount Note or an Original Senior Discount Note by
any payments received thereon.

Gain or loss realized on the sale, exchange, retirement or other taxable
disposition of a Note will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital
gain or loss if at the time of sale, exchange, retirement, or other taxable
disposition, the Note has been held for more than 12 months. The maximum rate of
tax on long-term capital gains with respect to Notes held by an individual is
20%. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

MARKET DISCOUNT

A holder receives a "market discount" when it (1) purchases an Exchange
Eight-Year Senior Note, an Original Eight-Year Senior Note, an Exchange Ten-Year
Senior Note or an Original Ten-Year Senior Note for an amount below the issue
price, or (2) purchases an Exchange Senior Discount Note or an Original Senior
Discount Note for an amount below the adjusted issue price on the date of
purchase (as determined in accordance with the OID rules above.) Under the
market discount rules, a U.S. Holder will be required to treat any partial
principal payment on, or any gain on the sale, exchange, retirement or other
disposition of, a Note as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount
which has not previously been included in income and is treated as having
accrued on such Note at the time of such payment or disposition. In addition,
the U.S. Holder may be required to defer, until the maturity of the Note or its
earlier disposition in a taxable transaction, the deduction of a portion of the
interest expense on any indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry
such Notes.

Any market discount will be considered to accrue ratably during the period
from the date of acquisition to the maturity date of the Note, unless the U.S.
Holder elects to accrue such discount on a constant interest rate method. A U.S.
Holder may elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues
(on either a ratable or constant interest rate method), in which case the
holder's basis in the Note will be increased to reflect the amount of income
recognized and the rules described above regarding deferral of interest
deductions will not apply. This election to include market discount in income
currently, once made, applies to all market discount obligations acquired on or
after the first taxable year to which the election applies and may not be
revoked without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS").

AMORTIZABLE BOND PREMIUM; ACQUISITION PREMIUM

A U.S. Holder that (1) purchases an Exchange Eight-Year Senior Note, an
Original Eight-Year Senior Note, an Exchange Ten-Year Senior Note or an Original
Ten-Year Senior Note for an amount in excess of the principal amount, or (2)
purchases an Exchange Senior Discount Note or an Original Senior Discount Note
for an amount in excess of the stated redemption price will be considered to
have purchased such Note with "amortizable bond premium." A U.S. Holder
generally may elect to amortize the premium over the remaining term of the Note
on a constant yield method as applied with respect to each accrual period of the
Note, and allocated ratably to each day within an accrual period

147
<PAGE> 152

in a manner substantially similar to the method of calculating daily portions of
OID, as described above. However, because the Notes may be optionally redeemed
for an amount that is in excess of their principal amount, special rules apply
that could result in a deferral of the amortization of bond premium until later
in the term of the Note. The amount amortized in any year will be treated as a
reduction of the U.S. Holder's interest income (including OID income) from the
Note. Bond premium on a Note held by a U.S. Holder that does not make such an
election will decrease the gain or increase the loss otherwise recognized upon
disposition of the Note. The election to amortize premium on a constant yield
method, once made, applies to all debt obligations held or subsequently acquired
by the electing U.S. Holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year
to which the election applies and may not be revoked without the consent of the
IRS.

A U.S. Holder that purchases an Exchange Senior Discount Note or an
Original Senior Discount Note for an amount that is greater than the adjusted
issue price of the Exchange Senior Discount Note or the Original Senior Discount
Note on the date of purchase (as determined in accordance with the OID rules,
above) will be considered to have purchased such Exchange Senior Discount Note
or Original Senior Discount Note, at an "acquisition premium." A holder of an
Exchange Senior Discount Note or an Original Senior Discount Note that is
purchased at an acquisition premium may reduce the amount of the OID otherwise
includible in income with respect to the Exchange Senior Discount Note or the
Original Senior Discount Note by the "acquisition premium fraction." The
acquisition premium fraction is that fraction the numerator of which is the
excess of the holder's adjusted tax basis in the Exchange Senior Discount Note
or the Original Senior Discount Note immediately after its acquisition over the
adjusted issue price of such Note and the denominator of which is the excess of
the sum of all amounts payable on such Note after the purchase date over the
adjusted issue price of such Note. Alternatively, a holder of an Exchange Senior
Discount Note or an Original Senior Discount Note that is purchased at an
acquisition premium may elect to compute the OID accrual on the Exchange Senior
Discount Note or the Original Senior Discount Note by treating the purchase as a
purchase of the Exchange Senior Discount Note or the Original Senior Discount
Note at original issuance (treating the purchase price as the issue price) and
applying the OID rules thereto using a constant yield method.

UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION OF NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The payment to a Non-U.S. Holder of interest (including the amount of any
payment that is attributable to OID that accrued while such Non-U.S. Holder held
the Note) on a Note will not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant
to the "portfolio interest exception," provided that (1) the Non-U.S. Holder
does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the capital or profits
interest in Charter and is not a controlled foreign corporation that is related
to Charter within the meaning of the Code and (2) either (A) the beneficial
owner of the Notes certifies to Charter or their agent, under penalties of
perjury, that it is not a U.S. Holder and provides its name and address on U.S.
Treasury Form W-8 (or a suitable substitute form) or (B) a securities clearing
organization, bank or other financial institution that holds the Notes on behalf
of such Non-U.S. Holder in the ordinary course of its trade or business (a
"financial institution") certifies under penalties of perjury that such a Form
W-8 (or suitable substitute form) has been received from the beneficial owner by
it or by a financial institution between it and the beneficial owner and
furnishes the payor with a copy thereof. Recently adopted Treasury Regulations
that will be effective January 1, 2000 (the "Withholding Regulations") provide
alternative methods for satisfying the certification requirement described in
(2) above. The

148
<PAGE> 153

Withholding Regulations will generally require, in the case of Notes held by a
foreign partnership, that the certificate described in (2) above be provided by
the partners rather than by the foreign partnership, and that the partnership
provide certain information including a U.S. tax identification number.

If a Non-U.S. Holder cannot satisfy the requirements of the portfolio
interest exception described above, payments of interest (including the amount
of any payment that is attributable to OID that accrued while such Non-U.S.
Holder held the Note) made to such Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to a 30%
withholding tax, unless the beneficial owner of the Note provides us or our
paying agent, as the case may be, with a properly executed (1) Internal Revenue
Service Form 1001 (or successor form) claiming an exemption from or reduction in
the rate of withholding under the benefit of a tax treaty or (2) Internal
Revenue Service Form 4224 (or successor form) stating that interest paid on the
Note is not subject to withholding tax because it is effectively connected with
the beneficial owner's conduct of a trade or business in the United States.

If a Non-U.S. Holder of a Note is engaged in a trade or business in the
United States and interest on the Note is effectively connected with the conduct
of such trade or business, such Non-U.S. Holder, although exempt from U.S.
federal withholding tax (provided the Non-U.S. Holder files the appropriate
certification with us or our U.S. agent) will be subject to U.S. federal income
tax on such interest (including OID) in the same manner as if it were a U.S.
Holder. In addition, if such Non-U.S. Holder is a foreign corporation, it may be
subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected
earnings and profits (subject to adjustment) for that taxable year unless it
qualifies for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty.

Any capital gain realized on the sale, redemption, retirement or other
taxable disposition of a Note by a person other than a U.S. Holder generally
will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax provided (1) such gain is not
effectively connected with the conduct by such holder of a trade or business in
the United States, (2) in the case of gains derived by an individual, such
individual is not present in the United States for 183 days or more in the
taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met and (3) the
Non-U.S. Holder is not subject to tax pursuant to the provisions of U.S. federal
income tax law applicable to certain expatriates.

FEDERAL ESTATE TAX

Subject to applicable estate tax treaty provisions, Notes held by an
individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States for federal
estate tax purposes at the time of his or her death will not be subject to U.S.
federal estate tax if the interest on the Notes qualifies for the portfolio
interest exemption from U.S. federal income tax under the rules described above.

INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING

Backup withholding and information reporting requirements may apply to
certain payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest (and accruals of
OID) on a Note, and to the proceeds of the sale or redemption of a Note before
maturity. We, our agent, a broker, the Trustee or the paying agent, as the case
may be, will be required to withhold from any payment that is subject to backup
withholding a tax equal to 31% of such payment if a U.S. Holder fails to furnish
his taxpayer identification number, certify that such number is correct, certify
that such holder is not subject to backup withholding or otherwise comply with
the applicable backup withholding rules. Certain U.S. Holders,

149
<PAGE> 154

including all corporations, are not subject to backup withholding and
information reporting requirements.

Non-U.S. Holders other than corporations may be subject to backup
withholding and information reporting requirements. However, backup withholding
and information reporting requirements do not apply to payments of portfolio
interest (including OID) made by us or a paying agent to Non-U.S. Holders if the
certification described above under "-- United States Federal Income Taxation of
Non-U.S. Holders" is received, provided that the payor does not have actual
knowledge that the holder is a U.S. Holder. If any payments of principal and
interest are made to the beneficial owner of a Note by or through the foreign
office of a foreign custodian, foreign nominee or other foreign agent of such
beneficial owner, or if the foreign office of a foreign "broker" (as defined in
the applicable Treasury Regulations) pays the proceeds of the sale, redemption
or other disposition of Note or a coupon to the seller thereof, backup
withholding and information reporting requirements will not apply. Information
reporting requirements (but not backup withholding) will apply, however, to a
payment by a foreign office of a broker that is a U.S. person or is a foreign
person that derives 50% of more of its gross income for certain periods from the
conduct of a trade or business in the United States, or that is a "controlled
foreign corporation" (generally, a foreign corporation controlled by certain
U.S. shareholders) with respect to the United States unless the broker has
documentary evidence in its records that the holder is a Non-U.S. Holder and
certain other conditions are met or the holder otherwise establishes an
exemption. Payment by a U.S. office of a broker is subject to both backup
withholding at a rate of 31% and information reporting unless the holder
certifies under penalties of perjury that it is a Non-U.S. Holder or otherwise
establishes an exemption.

In October 1997, Treasury regulations were issued which alter the foregoing
rules in certain respects and which generally will apply to any payments in
respect of a Note or proceeds from the sale of a Note that are made after
December 31, 1999. Among other things, such regulations expand the number of
foreign intermediaries that are potentially subject to information reporting and
address certain documentary evidence requirements relating to exemption from the
backup withholding requirements. Holders of the Notes should consult their tax
advisers concerning the possible application of such regulations to any payments
made on or with respect to the Notes.

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a
holder of the Notes will be allowed as a refund or a credit against such
holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required
information is furnished to the IRS.

Charter must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder any
interest that is subject to withholding, or that is exempt from U.S. withholding
tax pursuant to a tax treaty, or interest that is exempt from U.S. tax under the
portfolio interest exception. Copies of these information returns may also be
made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax
authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides.

150
<PAGE> 155

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

A broker-dealer that is the holder of Original Notes that were acquired for
the account of such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading
activities (other than Original Notes acquired directly from the Issuers or any
affiliate of the Issuers) may exchange such Original Notes for Exchange Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer; provided, that each broker-dealer that receives
Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes, where such
Original Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus
in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. This Prospectus, as it may
be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in
connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Original
Notes where such Original Notes were acquired as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that for a period
of 180 days after consummation of the Exchange Offers or such time as any
broker-dealer no longer owns any registrable securities, it will make this
Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, available to
any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. All dealers
effecting transactions in the Exchange Notes may be required to deliver a
prospectus.

The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Notes
by broker-dealers or any other holder of Exchange Notes. Exchange Notes received
by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be
sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter
market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the
Exchange Notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices
prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market
prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers
or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of
commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of
any such Exchange Notes. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Notes that were
received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker
or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Notes may be
deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any
profit on any such resale of Exchange Notes and any commissions or concessions
received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under
the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that
it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be
deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities
Act.

For a period of 180 days after consummation of the Exchange Offer or such
time as any broker-dealer no longer owns any registrable securities, the Issuers
will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or
supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents
in the Letter of Transmittal. The Issuers have agreed to pay all expenses
incident to the Exchange Offer and to the Issuers' performance of, or compliance
with, the Registration Rights Agreements (other than commissions or concessions
of any brokers or dealers) and will indemnify the holders of the Notes
(including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act.

LEGAL MATTERS

The legality of the Notes offered hereby and certain other matters will be
passed upon for us by Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP, New York, New York
and by Irell & Manella LLP, Los Angeles, California.

151
<PAGE> 156

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES:
Report of Independent Public Accountants.................. F-5
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1998........ F-6
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Period from
December 24, 1998, Through December 31, 1998........... F-7
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Period from
December 24, 1998, Through December 31, 1998........... F-8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................ F-9
Report of Independent Public Accountants.................. F-23
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1997........ F-24
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Period From
January 1, 1998, Through December 23, 1998 and for the
Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996................. F-25
Consolidated Statements of Shareholder's Investment for
the Period From January 1, 1998 Through December 23,
1998 and for the Years Ended December 31, 1997 and
1996................................................... F-26
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Period From
January 1, 1998, Through December 23, 1998 and for the
Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996................. F-27
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................ F-28
MARCUS CABLE COMPANY, L.L.C. AND SUBSIDIARIES:
Independent Auditors' Report.............................. F-37
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1997........ F-38
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Periods From
April 23 to December 23, 1998 and January 1 to April
22, 1998 and for the Years in the Two-Year Period Ended
December 31, 1997...................................... F-39
Consolidated Statements of Partners' Capital (Deficit) for
the Period From January 1, 1998 to April 22, 1998 and
for Each of the Years in the Two-Year Period Ended
December 31, 1997...................................... F-40
Consolidated Statement of Members' Equity from April 23,
1998 to December 31, 1998.............................. F-41
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Period from
April 23, 1998 to December 23, 1998, From January 1,
1998 to April 22, 1998 and for the Years Ended December
31, 1997 and 1996...................................... F-42
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................ F-43
CCA GROUP:
Report of Independent Public Accountants.................. F-55
Combined Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1997............ F-56
Combined Statements of Operations for the Period From
January 1, 1998, Through December 23, 1998 and for the
Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996................. F-57
Combined Statements of Shareholders' Deficit for the
Period From January 1, 1998, Through December 23, 1998
and for the Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996..... F-58
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Period From
January 1, 1998, Through December 23, 1998 and for the
Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996................. F-59
Notes to Combined Financial Statements.................... F-60
</TABLE>

F-1
<PAGE> 157

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
CHARTERCOMM HOLDINGS, L.P.:
Report of Independent Public Accountants.................. F-75
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1997........ F-76
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Period From
January 1, 1998 Through December 23, 1998 and for the
Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996................. F-77
Consolidated Statements of Partner's Capital for the
Period From January 1, 1998 Through December 23, 1998
and for the Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996..... F-78
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Period From
January 1, 1998 Through December 23, 1998 and for the
Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996................. F-79
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................ F-80
GREATER MEDIA CABLEVISION SYSTEMS:
Report of Independent Public Accountants.................. F-93
Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998
(unaudited), September 30, 1998 and 1997............... F-94
Combined Statements of Income for the Three Months Ended
December 31, 1998 and 1997 (unaudited) and for the
Years Ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996.......... F-95
Combined Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the Three
Months Ended December 31, 1998 (unaudited) and for the
Years Ended September 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998.......... F-96
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months
Ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 (unaudited) and for
the Years Ended September 30, 1998, 1997
and 1996............................................... F-97
Notes to Combined Financial Statements.................... F-98
RENAISSANCE MEDIA GROUP LLC:
Report of Independent Auditors............................ F-104
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1998........ F-105
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Year Ended
December 31, 1998...................................... F-106
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Members' Equity for
the Year Ended December 31, 1998....................... F-107
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Year Ended
December 31, 1998...................................... F-108
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year
Ended December 31, 1998................................ F-109
PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE, LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS:
Report of Independent Auditors............................ F-119
Combined Balance Sheet as of April 8, 1998................ F-120
Combined Statement of Operations for the Period from
January 1, 1998 through April 8, 1998.................. F-121
Combined Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the Period
from January 1, 1998 through April 8, 1998............. F-122
Combined Statement of Cash Flows for the Period from
January 1, 1998 through April 8, 1998.................. F-123
Notes to Combined Financial Statements.................... F-124
Report of Independent Auditors............................ F-131
Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and
1997................................................... F-132
Combined Statements of Operations for the Years Ended
December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997....................... F-133
Combined Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the Years
Ended December 31, 1996 and 1997....................... F-134
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
1995, 1996 and 1997.................................... F-135
Notes to Combined Financial Statements.................... F-136
</TABLE>

F-2
<PAGE> 158

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
HELICON PARTNERS I, L.P. AND AFFILIATES:
Independent Auditors' Report.............................. F-144
Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and
1998................................................... F-145
Combined Statements of Operations for Each of the Years in
the Three-Year Period Ended December 31, 1998.......... F-146
Combined Statements of Changes in Partners' Deficit for
Each of the Years in the Three-Year Period Ended
December 31, 1998...................................... F-147
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for Each of the Years in
the Three-Year Period Ended December 31, 1998.......... F-148
Notes to Combined Financial Statements.................... F-149
INTERMEDIA CABLE SYSTEMS (comprised of components of
InterMedia Partners and InterMedia Capital Partners IV,
L.P.):
Report of Independent Accountants......................... F-163
Combined Balance Sheets at December 31, 1998 and 1997..... F-164
Combined Statements of Operations for the Years Ended
December 31, 1998 and 1997............................. F-165
Combined Statement of Changes in Equity for the Years
Ended December 31, 1998 and 1997....................... F-166
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
December 31, 1998 and 1997............................. F-167
Notes to Combined Financial Statements.................... F-168
RIFKIN CABLE INCOME PARTNERS L.P.:
Report of Independent Accountants......................... F-181
Balance Sheet at December 31, 1997 and 1998............... F-182
Statement of Operations for Each of the Three Years in the
Period Ended December 31, 1998......................... F-183
Statement of Partners' Equity (Deficit) for Each of the
Three Years in the Period Ended December 31, 1998...... F-184
Statement of Cash Flows for Each of the Three Years in the
Period Ended December 31, 1998......................... F-185
Notes to Financial Statements............................. F-186
RIFKIN ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.L.L.P.:
Report of Independent Accountants......................... F-190
Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 1998 and
1997................................................... F-191
Consolidated Statement of Operations for Each of the Three
Years in the Period Ended December 31, 1998............ F-192
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for Each of the Three
Years in the Period Ended December 31, 1998............ F-193
Consolidated Statement of Partners' Capital (Deficit) for
Each of the Three Years in the Period Ended December
31, 1998............................................... F-194
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................ F-195
</TABLE>

F-3
<PAGE> 159

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
INDIANA CABLE ASSOCIATES, LTD.:
Report of Independent Auditors............................ F-209
Balance sheet as December 31, 1997 and 1998............... F-210
Statement of Operations for the Years Ended December 31,
1996, 1997 and 1998.................................... F-211
Statement of Partners' Deficit for the Years Ended
December 31, 1996, 1997
and 1998............................................... F-212
Statement of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31,
1996, 1997 and 1998.................................... F-213
Notes to Financial Statements............................. F-214
R/N SOUTH FLORIDA CABLE MANAGEMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP:
Report of Independent Auditors............................ F-219
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1997 and
1998................................................... F-220
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Years Ended
December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998....................... F-221
Consolidated Statement of Partners' Equity (Deficit) for
the Years Ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998....... F-222
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998....................... F-223
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................ F-224
SONIC COMMUNICATIONS CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS:
Report of Independent Public Accountants.................. F-228
Statement of Operations and Changes in Net Assets for the
Period from April 1, 1998, through May 20, 1998........ F-229
Statement of Cash Flows for the Period from April 1, 1998,
through May 20, 1998................................... F-230
Notes to Financial Statements............................. F-231
LONG BEACH ACQUISITION CORP.:
Report of Independent Public Accountants.................. F-234
Statement of Operations for the Period from April 1, 1997,
through May 23, 1997................................... F-235
Statement of Stockholder's Equity for the Period from
April 1, 1997, through May 23, 1997.................... F-236
Statement of Cash Flows for the Period from April 1, 1997,
through May 23, 1997................................... F-237
Notes to Financial Statements............................. F-238
</TABLE>

F-4
<PAGE> 160

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Charter Communications Holdings, LLC:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Charter
Communications Holdings, LLC and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998, and the
related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the period from
December 24, 1998, through December 31, 1998. We did not audit the balance sheet
of Marcus Cable Company, L.L.C. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998, that
is included in the consolidated balance sheet of Charter Communications
Holdings, LLC and subsidiaries and reflects total assets of 40% of the
consolidated totals. This balance sheet was audited by other auditors whose
report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the
amounts included for Marcus Cable Company, L.L.C. and subsidiaries, is based
solely on the report of the other auditors. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit and the report of other auditors provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, based on our audit and the report of other auditors, the
financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of Charter Communications Holdings, LLC and subsidiaries
as of December 31, 1998, and the results of their operations and their cash
flows for the period from December 24, 1998, through December 31, 1998, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

St. Louis, Missouri,
February 5, 1999 (except with respect to the
matters discussed in Notes 1 and 12,
as to which the date is April 19, 1999)

F-5
<PAGE> 161

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1998
-----------------
<S> <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents................................. $ 10,386
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
accounts of $3,528..................................... 31,163
Prepaid expenses and other................................ 8,613
----------
Total current assets................................... 50,162
----------
INVESTMENT IN CABLE TELEVISION PROPERTIES:
Property, plant and equipment............................. 1,473,727
Franchises, net of accumulated amortization of $112,122... 5,705,420
----------
7,179,147
----------
OTHER ASSETS................................................ 6,347
----------
$7,235,656
==========
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Current maturities of long-term debt...................... $ 87,950
Accounts payable and accrued expenses..................... 199,831
Payable to related party.................................. 20,000
Payables to manager of cable television systems -- related
party.................................................. 7,675
----------
Total current liabilities.............................. 315,456
----------
LONG-TERM DEBT.............................................. 3,435,251
----------
DEFERRED MANAGEMENT FEES -- RELATED PARTY................... 15,561
----------
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES................................. 40,097
----------
MEMBERS' EQUITY -- 100 UNITS ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING......... 3,429,291
----------
$7,235,656
==========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated statement.

F-6
<PAGE> 162

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD FROM
DECEMBER 24,
1998, THROUGH
DECEMBER 31,
1998
-------------
<S> <C>
REVENUES.................................................... $23,450
-------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Operating costs........................................... 9,957
General and administrative................................ 2,722
Depreciation and amortization............................. 13,811
Corporate expense charges -- related party................ 766
-------
27,256
-------
Loss from operations................................... (3,806)
-------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
Interest income........................................... 133
Interest expense.......................................... (5,051)
-------
(4,918)
-------
Net loss.................................................... $(8,724)
=======
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated statement.

F-7
<PAGE> 163

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD FROM
DECEMBER 24,
1998, THROUGH
DECEMBER 31,
1998
--------------
<S> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss.................................................. $ (8,724)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by
operating activities --
Depreciation and amortization.......................... 13,811
Changes in assets and liabilities --
Receivables, net..................................... (8,753)
Prepaid expenses and other........................... (587)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses................ 4,961
Payables to manager of cable television systems...... 473
Other operating activities........................... 2,021
----------
Net cash provided by operating activities......... 3,202
----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property, plant and equipment................ (13,672)
----------
Net cash used in investing activities............. (13,672)
----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Borrowings of long-term debt.............................. 15,620
----------
Net cash provided by financing activities......... 15,620
----------
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS................... 5,150
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period.............. 5,236
----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period.................... $ 10,386
==========
CASH PAID FOR INTEREST...................................... $ 6,155
==========
NONCASH TRANSACTION -- Transfer of cable television
operating subsidiaries from the parent company (see Note
1)........................................................ $3,438,015
==========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated statement.

F-8
<PAGE> 164

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Charter Communications Holdings, LLC (Charter Holdings), a Delaware limited
liability company, was formed in February 1999 as a wholly owned subsidiary of
Charter Communications, Inc. (Charter). Charter, through its wholly owned cable
television operating subsidiary, Charter Communications Properties, LLC (CCP),
commenced operations with the acquisition of a cable television system on
September 30, 1995.

Effective December 23, 1998, through a series of transactions, Paul G.
Allen acquired approximately 94% of Charter for an aggregate purchase price, net
of debt assumed, of $2.2 billion (the "Paul Allen Transaction"). In conjunction
with the Paul Allen Transaction, Charter acquired controlling interests in
CharterComm Holdings, LLC (CharterComm Holdings) and CCA Group (comprised of CCA
Holdings Corp., CCT Holdings Corp. and Charter Communications Long Beach Corp.),
all cable television operating companies. Charter previously managed and owned
minority interests in these companies. In February 1999, Charter transferred all
of its cable television operating subsidiaries to a subsidiary of Charter
Holdings, Charter Communications Operating, LLC (Charter Operating).

As a result of the change in ownership of CCP, CharterComm Holdings and CCA
Group, Charter Holdings has applied push down accounting in the preparation of
the consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the Company increased its
members' equity by $2.3 billion to reflect the amounts paid by Paul G. Allen and
Charter. The purchase price was allocated to assets acquired and liabilities
assumed based on their relative fair values. The excess of the purchase price
over the amounts assigned to net tangible assets was $3.6 billion and is
included in franchises. The allocation of the purchase price is based, in part,
on preliminary information which is subject to adjustment upon obtaining
complete valuation information. However, no significant adjustments are
anticipated.

On April 7, 1999, the cable television operating subsidiaries of Marcus
Cable Company, L.L.C. (Marcus) were transferred to Charter Operating. As a
result of the Marcus transfer, Charter Holdings is owned 54% by Charter and 46%
by companies controlled by Paul G. Allen. The transfer was accounted for as a
reorganization of entities under common control similar to a pooling of
interests since Paul G. Allen and a company controlled by Paul G. Allen
purchased substantially all of the outstanding partnership interests in Marcus
in April 1998, and purchased the remaining interest in Marcus on April 7, 1999.

The consolidated financial statements of Charter Holdings include the
accounts of CCP, the accounts of CharterComm Holdings and CCA Group and their
subsidiaries since December 23, 1998 (date acquired by Charter), and the
accounts of Marcus since December 23, 1998 (date Paul G. Allen controlled both
Charter and Marcus), and are collectively referred to as the "Company" herein.
All subsidiaries are wholly owned. All material intercompany transactions and
balances have been eliminated. The Company derives its primary source of
revenues by providing various levels of cable television

F-9
<PAGE> 165
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

programming and services to residential and business customers. As of December
31, 1998, the Company provided cable television services to customers in 22
states in the U.S.

The consolidated financial statements of Charter Holdings for periods prior
to December 24, 1998, are not presented herein since, as a result of the Paul
Allen Transaction and the application of push down accounting, the financial
information as of December 31, 1998, and for the period from December 24, 1998,
through December 31, 1998, is presented on a different cost basis than the
financial information as of December 31, 1997, and for the periods prior to
December 24, 1998. Such information is not comparable.

The accompanying financial statements have been retroactively restated to
include the accounts of Marcus beginning December 24, 1998, using historical
carrying amounts. Previously reported revenues and net loss of the Company,
excluding Marcus, was $13,713 and $4,432, respectively, for the period from
December 24, 1998, through December 31, 1998. Revenues and net loss of Marcus
for the period from December 24, 1998 through December 31, 1998, included in the
accompanying financial statements, was $9,737 and $4,292, respectively.
Previously reported members' equity of the Company, excluding Marcus, was $2.1
billion as of December 31, 1998.

CASH EQUIVALENTS

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original
maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 1998,
cash equivalents consist primarily of repurchase agreements. These investments
are carried at cost that approximates market value.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost, including all direct and
certain indirect costs associated with the construction of cable television
transmission and distribution facilities, and the cost of new customer
installations. The costs of disconnecting a customer are charged to expense in
the period incurred. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to
expense as incurred, and equipment replacement and betterments are capitalized.

Depreciation is provided on the straight-line basis over the estimated
useful lives of the related assets as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Cable distribution systems................................ 3-15 years
Buildings and leasehold improvements...................... 5-15 years
Vehicles and equipment.................................... 3-5 years
</TABLE>

FRANCHISES

Costs incurred in obtaining and renewing cable franchises are deferred and
amortized over the lives of the franchises. Costs relating to unsuccessful
franchise applications are charged to expense when it is determined that the
efforts to obtain the franchise will not be successful. Franchise rights
acquired through the purchase of cable television systems represent the excess
of the cost of properties acquired over the amounts assigned to net

F-10
<PAGE> 166
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

tangible assets at the date of acquisition and are amortized using the
straight-line method over periods up to 15 years.

IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS

If facts and circumstances suggest that a long-lived asset may be impaired,
the carrying value is reviewed. If a review indicates that the carrying value of
such asset is not recoverable based on projected undiscounted cash flows related
to the asset over its remaining life, the carrying value of such asset is
reduced to its estimated fair value.

REVENUES

Cable television revenues from basic and premium services are recognized
when the related services are provided.

Installation revenues are recognized to the extent of direct selling costs
incurred. The remainder, if any, is deferred and amortized to income over the
estimated average period that customers are expected to remain connected to the
cable television system. As of December 31, 1998, no installation revenue has
been deferred, as direct selling costs have exceeded installation revenue.

Fees collected from programmers to guarantee carriage are deferred and
amortized to income over the life of the contracts. Local governmental
authorities impose franchise fees on the Company ranging up to a federally
mandated maximum of 5.0% of gross revenues. On a monthly basis, such fees are
collected from the Company's customers and are periodically remitted to local
franchises. Franchise fees collected and paid are reported as revenues.

INTEREST RATE HEDGE AGREEMENTS

The Company manages fluctuations in interest rates by using interest rate
hedge agreements, as required by certain debt agreements. Interest rate swaps,
caps and collars are accounted for as hedges of debt obligations, and
accordingly, the net settlement amounts are recorded as adjustments to interest
expense in the period incurred. Premiums paid for interest rate caps are
deferred, included in other assets, and are amortized over the original term of
the interest rate agreement as an adjustment to interest expense.

The Company's interest rate swap agreements require the Company to pay a
fixed rate and receive a floating rate thereby creating fixed rate debt.
Interest rate caps and collars are entered into by the Company to reduce the
impact of rising interest rates on floating rate debt.

The Company's participation in interest rate hedging transactions involves
instruments that have a close correlation with its debt, thereby managing its
risk. Interest rate hedge agreements have been designed for hedging purposes and
are not held or issued for speculative purposes.

INCOME TAXES

Income taxes are the responsibility of the individual members or partners
and are not provided for in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
In addition, certain

F-11
<PAGE> 167
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

subsidiaries are corporations subject to income taxes but have no operations
and, therefore, no material income tax liabilities or assets.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

2. PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED):

In addition to the acquisitions by Charter of CharterComm Holdings and CCA
Group, the Company acquired cable television systems for an aggregate purchase
price, net of cash acquired, of $291,800 and $342,100 in 1998 and 1997,
respectively, and completed the sale of certain cable television systems for an
aggregate sales price of $405,000 in 1998, all prior to December 24, 1998. The
Company also refinanced substantially all of its long-term debt in March 1999
(see Note 12).

Unaudited pro forma operating results as though the acquisitions and
refinancing discussed above, including the Paul Allen Transaction and the
combination with Marcus, had occurred on January 1, 1997, with adjustments to
give effect to amortization of franchises, interest expense and certain other
adjustments are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31
-----------------------
1998 1997
---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Revenues....................................... $1,059,882 $ 971,924
Loss from operations........................... (143,557) (185,051)
Net loss....................................... (664,009) (695,648)
</TABLE>

Unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as though the refinancing
discussed above had occurred on December 31, 1998, is as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Total assets............................................... $8,463,413
Total debt................................................. 4,750,495
Members' equity............................................ 3,409,807
</TABLE>

The unaudited pro forma financial information has been presented for
comparative purposes and does not purport to be indicative of the results of
operations or financial position of the Company had these transactions been
completed as of the assumed date or which may be obtained in the future.

F-12
<PAGE> 168
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

3. MEMBERS' EQUITY:

For the period from December 24, 1998, through December 31, 1998, members'
equity consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Balance, December 24, 1998................................. $3,438,015
Net loss................................................... (8,724)
----------
Balance, December 31, 1998................................. $3,429,291
==========
</TABLE>

4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following at December 31,
1998:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Cable distribution systems................................. $1,439,182
Land, buildings and leasehold improvements................. 41,321
Vehicles and equipment..................................... 61,237
----------
1,541,740
Less -- Accumulated depreciation........................... (68,013)
----------
$1,473,727
==========
</TABLE>

For the period from December 24, 1998, through December 31, 1998,
depreciation expense was $5,029.

5. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES:

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following at December
31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Accrued interest............................................ $ 34,561
Franchise fees.............................................. 21,441
Programming costs........................................... 21,395
Capital expenditures........................................ 17,343
Accrued income taxes........................................ 15,205
Accounts payable............................................ 7,439
Other accrued liabilities................................... 82,447
--------
$199,831
========
</TABLE>

F-13
<PAGE> 169
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

6. LONG-TERM DEBT:

Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Charter:
Credit Agreements (including CCP, CCA Group and
CharterComm Holdings)................................. $1,726,500
Senior Secured Discount Debentures....................... 109,152
11 1/4% Senior Notes..................................... 125,000
Marcus:
Senior Credit Facility................................... 808,000
13 1/2% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes............... 383,236
14 1/4% Senior Discount Notes............................ 241,183
----------
3,393,071
Current maturities....................................... (87,950)
Unamortized net premium.................................. 130,130
----------
$3,435,251
==========
</TABLE>

CCP CREDIT AGREEMENT

CCP maintains a credit agreement (the "CCP Credit Agreement"), which
provides for two term loan facilities, one with the principal amount of $60,000
that matures on June 30, 2006, and the other with the principal amount of
$80,000 that matures on June 30, 2007. The CCP Credit Agreement also provides
for a $90,000 revolving credit facility with a maturity date of June 30, 2006.
Amounts under the CCP Credit Agreement bear interest at the LIBOR Rate or Base
Rate, as defined, plus a margin up to 2.88%. The variable interest rates ranged
from 7.44% to 8.19% at December 31, 1998.

CC-I, CC-II COMBINED CREDIT AGREEMENT

Charter Communications, LLC and Charter Communications II, LLC,
subsidiaries of CharterComm Holdings, maintains a combined credit agreement (the
"Combined Credit Agreement"), which provides for two term loan facilities, one
with the principal amount of $200,000 that matures on June 30, 2007, and the
other with the principal amount of $150,000 that matures on December 31, 2007.
The Combined Credit Agreement also provides for a $290,000 revolving credit
facility, with a maturity date of June 30, 2007. Amounts under the Combined
Credit Agreement bear interest at the LIBOR Rate or Base Rate, as defined, plus
a margin up to 2.0%. The variable interest rates ranged from 6.69% to 7.31% at
December 31, 1998. A quarterly commitment fee of between 0.25% and 0.375% per
annum is payable on the unborrowed balance of the revolving credit facility.

CHARTERCOMM HOLDINGS -- SENIOR SECURED DISCOUNT DEBENTURES

CharterComm Holdings issued $146,820 of Senior Secured Discount Debentures
(the "Debentures") for proceeds of $75,000. The Debentures are effectively
subordinated to the claims and creditors of CharterComm Holdings' subsidiaries,
including the lenders under

F-14
<PAGE> 170
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

the Combined Credit Agreement. The Debentures are redeemable at the Company's
option at amounts decreasing from 107% to 100% of principal, plus accrued and
unpaid interest to the redemption date, beginning on March 15, 2001. The issuer
is required to make an offer to purchase all of the Debentures, at a purchase
price equal to 101% of the principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid
interest, upon a Change in Control, as defined in the Debentures Indenture. No
interest is payable on the Debentures prior to March 15, 2001. Thereafter,
interest on the Debentures is payable semiannually in arrears beginning
September 15, 2001, until maturity on March 15, 2007.

CHARTERCOMM HOLDINGS -- 11 1/4% SENIOR NOTES

CharterComm Holdings issued $125,000 aggregate principal amount of 11 1/4%
Senior Notes (the "11 1/4% Notes"). The Notes are effectively subordinated to
the claims of creditors of CharterComm Holdings' subsidiaries, including the
lenders under the Combined Credit Agreements. The 11 1/4% Notes are redeemable
at the Company's option at amounts decreasing from 106% to 100% of principal,
plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, beginning on March
15, 2001. The issuer is required to make an offer to purchase all of the 11 1/4%
Notes, at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount, together with
accrued and unpaid interest, upon a Change in Control, as defined in the 11 1/4%
Notes indenture. Interest is payable semiannually on March 15 and September 15
until maturity on March 15, 2006.

As of December 24, 1998, the Debentures and 11 1/4% Notes were recorded at
their estimated fair values resulting in an increase in the carrying values of
the debt and an unamortized net premium as of December 31, 1998. The premium
will be amortized to interest expense over the estimated remaining lives of the
debt using the interest method.

CCE-I CREDIT AGREEMENT

Charter Communications Entertainment I LLC, a subsidiary of CCA Group,
maintains a credit agreement (the "CCE-I Credit Agreement"), which provides for
a $280,000 term loan that matures on September 30, 2006, and $85,000 fund loan
that matures on March 31, 2007, and a $175,000 revolving credit facility with a
maturity date of September 30, 2006. Amounts under the CCE-I Credit Agreement
bear interest at either the LIBOR Rate or Base Rate, as defined, plus a margin
up to 2.75%. The variable interest rates ranged from 6.88% to 8.06% at December
31, 1998. A quarterly commitment fee of between 0.375% and 0.5% per annum is
payable on the unborrowed balance of the revolving credit facility.

CCE-II COMBINED CREDIT AGREEMENT

Charter Communications Entertainment II, LLC and Long Beach LLC,
subsidiaries of CCA Group, maintain a credit agreement (the "CCE-II Combined
Credit Agreement"), which provides for two term loan facilities, one with the
principal amount of $100,000 that matures on March 31, 2005, and the other with
the principal amount of $90,000 that matures on March 31, 2006. The CCE-II
Combined Credit Agreement also provides for a $185,000 revolving credit
facility, with a maturity date of March 31, 2005. Amounts under the CCE-II
Combined Credit Agreement bear interest at either the LIBOR Rate or Base Rate,
as defined, plus a margin up to 2.5%. The variable rates

F-15
<PAGE> 171
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

ranged from 6.56% to 7.59% at December 31, 1998. A quarterly commitment fee of
between 0.25% and 0.375% per annum is payable on the unborrowed balance of the
revolving credit facility.

CCE CREDIT AGREEMENT

Charter Communications Entertainment, LLC, a subsidiary of CCA Group,
maintains a credit agreement (the "CCE Credit Agreement") which provides for a
term loan facility with the principal amount of $130,000 that matures on
September 30, 2007. Amounts under the CCE Credit Agreement bear interest at the
LIBOR Rate or Base Rate, as defined, plus a margin up to 3.25%. The variable
interest rate at December 31, 1998, was 8.62%.

CCE-II HOLDINGS CREDIT AGREEMENT

CCE-II Holdings, LLC, a subsidiary of CCA Group, entered into a credit
agreement (the "CCE-II Holdings Credit Agreement"), which provides for a term
loan facility with the principal amount of $95,000 that matures on September 30,
2006. Amounts under the CCE-II Holdings Credit Agreement bear interest at either
the LIBOR Rate or Base Rate, as defined, plus a margin up to 3.25%. The variable
rate at December 31, 1998, was 8.56%.

MARCUS -- SENIOR CREDIT FACILITY

Marcus maintains a senior credit facility (the "Senior Credit Facility"),
which provides for two term loan facilities, one with a principal amount of
$490,000 that matures on December 31, 2002 (Tranche A) and the other with a
principal amount of $300,000 that matures on April 30, 2004 (Tranche B). The
Senior Credit Facility provides for scheduled amortization of the two term loan
facilities which began in September 1997. The Senior Credit Facility also
provides for a $360,000 revolving credit facility ("Revolving Credit Facility"),
with a maturity date of December 31, 2002. Amounts outstanding under the Senior
Credit Facility bear interest at either the (i) Eurodollar rate, (ii) prime rate
or (iii) CD base rate or Federal Funds rate, plus a margin up to 2.25%, which is
subject to certain quarterly adjustments based on the ratio of the issuer's
total debt to annualized operating cash flow, as defined. The variable interest
rates ranged from 6.23% to 7.75% at December 31, 1998. A quarterly commitment
fee ranging from 0.250% to 0.375% per annum is payable on the unused commitment
under the Senior Credit Facility.

MARCUS -- 13 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED DISCOUNT NOTES

Marcus issued $413,461 face amount of 13 1/2% Senior Subordinated Discount
Notes due August 1, 2004 (the "13 1/2% Notes") for net proceeds of $215,000. The
13 1/2% Notes are unsecured, are guaranteed by Marcus and are redeemable, at the
option of Marcus, at amounts decreasing from 105% to 100% of par beginning on
August 1, 1999. No interest is payable on the 13 1/2% Notes until February 1,
2000. Thereafter, interest is payable semiannually until maturity. The discount
on the 13 1/2% Notes is being accreted using the effective interest method. The
unamortized discount was $30,225 at December 31, 1998.

F-16
<PAGE> 172
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

MARCUS -- 14 1/4% SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES

Marcus issued $299,228 of 14 1/4% Senior Discount Notes due December 15,
2005 (the "14 1/4% Notes") for net proceeds of $150,003. The 14 1/4% Notes are
unsecured and are redeemable at the option of Marcus at amounts decreasing from
107% to 100% of par beginning on June 15, 2000. No interest is payable until
December 15, 2000. Thereafter, interest is payable semiannually until maturity.
The discount on the 14 1/4% Notes is being accreted using the effective interest
method. The unamortized discount was $53,545 at December 31, 1998.

The debt agreements require the Company and/or its subsidiaries to comply
with various financial and other covenants, including the maintenance of certain
operating and financial ratios. These debt instruments also contain substantial
limitations on, or prohibitions of, distributions, additional indebtedness,
liens, asset sales and certain other items.

Based upon outstanding indebtedness at December 31, 1998, and the
amortization of term and fund loans, and scheduled reductions in available
borrowings of the revolving credit facilities, aggregate future principal
payments on the total borrowings under all debt agreements at December 31, 1998,
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR AMOUNT
- ---- ----------
<S> <C>
1999....................................................... $ 87,950
2000....................................................... 110,245
2001....................................................... 148,950
2002....................................................... 393,838
2003....................................................... 295,833
Thereafter................................................. 2,482,193
----------
$3,519,009
==========
</TABLE>

F-17
<PAGE> 173
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

7. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

A summary of debt and the related interest rate hedge agreements at
December 31, 1998, is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CARRYING NOTIONAL FAIR
DEBT VALUE AMOUNT VALUE
- ---- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Charter:
Charter Credit Agreements (including
CCP, CCA Group and CharterComm
Holdings)........................... $1,726,500 $ -- $1,726,500
Senior Secured Discount Debentures..... 138,102 -- 138,102
11 1/4% Senior Notes................... 137,604 -- 137,604
Marcus:
Senior Credit Facility................. 808,000 -- 808,000
13 1/2% Senior Subordinated Discount
Notes............................... 425,812 -- 418,629
14 1/4% Senior Discount Notes.......... 287,183 -- 279,992
INTEREST RATE HEDGE AGREEMENTS
Swaps.................................... (22,092) 1,505,000 (28,977)
Caps..................................... -- 15,000 --
Collars.................................. (4,174) 310,000 (4,174)
</TABLE>

As the long-term debt under the credit agreements bears interest at current
market rates, their carrying amount approximates market value at December 31,
1998. The fair values of the 11 1/4% Notes, the Debentures, the 13 1/2% Notes
and the 14 1/2% Notes are based on quoted market prices.

The weighted average interest pay rate for the Company's interest rate swap
agreements was 7.1% at December 31, 1998. The weighted average interest rate for
the Company's interest rate cap agreements was 8.45% at December 31, 1998. The
weighted average interest rates for the Company's interest rate collar
agreements were 8.63% and 7.31% for the cap and floor components, respectively,
at December 31, 1998.

The notional amounts of interest rate hedge agreements do not represent
amounts exchanged by the parties and, thus, are not a measure of the Company's
exposure through its use of interest rate hedge agreements. The amounts
exchanged are determined by reference to the notional amount and the other terms
of the contracts.

The fair value of interest rate hedge agreements generally reflects the
estimated amounts that the Company would receive or pay (excluding accrued
interest) to terminate the contracts on the reporting date, thereby taking into
account the current unrealized gains or losses of open contracts. Dealer
quotations are available for the Company's interest rate hedge agreements.

Management believes that the sellers of the interest rate hedge agreements
will be able to meet their obligations under the agreements. In addition, some
of the interest rate

F-18
<PAGE> 174
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

hedge agreements are with certain of the participating banks under the Company's
credit facilities, thereby reducing the exposure to credit loss. The Company has
policies regarding the financial stability and credit standing of major
counterparties. Nonperformance by the counterparties is not anticipated nor
would it have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial
position or results of operations.

8. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

Charter provides management services to the Company including centralized
customer billing services, data processing and related support, benefits
administration and coordination of insurance coverage and self-insurance
programs for medical, dental and workers' compensation claims. Actual costs of
certain services are charged directly to the Company and are included in
operating costs. Such costs totaled $128 for the period from December 24, 1998,
through December 31, 1998. All other costs incurred by Charter on behalf of the
Company are recorded as expenses in the accompanying consolidated financial
statements and are included in corporate expense charges -- related party.

The Company is charged a management fee based on percentages of revenues or
a flat fee plus additional fees based on percentages of operating cash flows, as
stipulated in the management agreements between Charter and the operating
subsidiaries. To the extent management fees charged to the Company are
greater(less) than the corporate expenses incurred by Charter, the Company will
record distributions to(capital contributions from) Charter. For the period from
December 24, 1998, through December 31, 1998, the management fee charged to the
Company approximated the corporate expenses incurred by Charter on behalf of the
Company. As of December 31, 1998, management fees currently payable of $7,675
are included in payables to manager of cable television systems-related party.
Beginning in 1999, the management fee will be based on 3.5% of revenues as
permitted by the new debt agreements of the Company (see Note 12).

The payable to related party represents the reimbursement of costs incurred
by Paul G. Allen in connection with the acquisition of Marcus by Paul G. Allen.

9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

LEASES

The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under noncancelable
operating leases. Leases and rental costs charged to expense for the period from
December 24, 1998, through December 31, 1998, were $144. Future minimum lease
payments are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1999........................................................ $5,898
2000........................................................ 4,070
2001........................................................ 3,298
2002........................................................ 1,305
2003........................................................ 705
Thereafter.................................................. 3,395
</TABLE>

The Company also rents utility poles in its operations. Generally, pole
rentals are cancelable on short notice, but the Company anticipates that such
rentals will recur. Rent

F-19
<PAGE> 175
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

expense incurred for pole rental attachments for the period from December 24,
1998, through December 31, 1998, was $226.

LITIGATION

The Company is a party to lawsuits that arose in the ordinary course of
conducting its business. In the opinion of management, after consulting with
legal counsel, the outcome of these lawsuits will not have a material adverse
effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of
operations.

REGULATION IN THE CABLE TELEVISION INDUSTRY

The cable television industry is subject to extensive regulation at the
federal, local and, in some instances, state levels. The Cable Communications
Policy Act of 1984 (the "1984 Cable Act"), the Cable Television Consumer
Protection and Competition Act of 1992 (the "1992 Cable Act" and together with
the 1984 Cable Act, the "Cable Acts"), and the Telecommunications Act of 1996
(the "1996 Telecom Act"), establish a national policy to guide the development
and regulation of cable television systems. The Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) has principal responsibility for implementing the policies of
the Cable Acts. Many aspects of such regulation are currently the subject of
judicial proceedings and administrative or legislative proposals. Legislation
and regulations continue to change, and the Company cannot predict the impact of
future developments on the cable television industry.

The 1992 Cable Act and the FCC's rules implementing that act generally have
increased the administrative and operational expenses of cable television
systems and have resulted in additional regulatory oversight by the FCC and
local or state franchise authorities. The Cable Acts and the corresponding FCC
regulations have established rate regulations.

The 1992 Cable Act permits certified local franchising authorities to order
refunds of basic service tier rates paid in the previous twelve-month period
determined to be in excess of the maximum permitted rates. As of December 31,
1998, the amount refunded by the Company has been insignificant. The Company may
be required to refund additional amounts in the future.

The Company believes that it has complied in all material respects with the
provisions of the 1992 Cable Act, including the rate setting provisions
promulgated by the FCC. However, in jurisdictions that have chosen not to
certify, refunds covering the previous twelve-month period may be ordered upon
certification if the Company is unable to justify its basic rates. The Company
is unable to estimate at this time the amount of refunds, if any, that may be
payable by the Company in the event certain of its rates are successfully
challenged by franchising authorities or found to be unreasonable by the FCC.
The Company does not believe that the amount of any such refunds would have a
material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or results of
operations of the Company.

F-20
<PAGE> 176
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(CPST). The FCC is currently developing permanent regulations to implement the
rate deregulation provisions of the 1996 Telecom Act. The Company cannot predict
the ultimate effect of the 1996 Telecom Act on the Company's consolidated
financial position or results of operations.

The FCC may further restrict the ability of cable television operators to
implement rate increases or the United States Congress may enact legislation
that could delay or suspend the scheduled March 1999 termination of CPST rate
regulation. This continued rate regulation, if adopted, could limit the rates
charged by the Company.

A number of states subject cable television systems to the jurisdiction of
centralized state governmental agencies, some of which impose regulation of a
character similar to that of a public utility. State governmental agencies are
required to follow FCC rules when prescribing rate regulation, and thus, state
regulation of cable television rates is not allowed to be more restrictive than
the federal or local regulation. The Company is subject to state regulation in
Connecticut.

10. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:

The Company's employees may participate in 401(k) plans (the "401(k)
Plans"). Employees that qualify for participation can contribute up to 15% of
their salary, on a before tax basis, subject to a maximum contribution limit as
determined by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company made contributions to
the 401(k) Plans totaling $30 for the period from December 24, 1998, through
December 31, 1998.

11. ACCOUNTING STANDARD NOT YET IMPLEMENTED:

In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board adopted SFAS No.
133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No.
133 establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that every
derivative instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded in
other contracts) be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or
liability measured at its fair value and that changes in the derivative's fair
value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting
criteria are met. Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative's
gains and losses to offset related results on the hedged item in the income
statement, and requires that a company must formally document, designate and
assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting. SFAS No.
133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999. The Company has
not yet quantified the impacts of adopting SFAS No. 133 on its consolidated
financial statements nor has it determined the timing or method of its adoption
of SFAS No. 133. However, SFAS No. 133 could increase volatility in earnings
(loss).

12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

Through April 19, 1999, the Company has entered into definitive agreements
to purchase eight cable television companies, including a swap of cable
television systems, for approximately $4.6 billion. The acquisitions are
expected to close during 1999.

In March 1999, concurrent with the issuance of $600.0 million 8.250% Senior
Notes due 2007, $1.5 billion 8.625% Senior Notes due 2009 and $1.475 billion
9.920% Senior

F-21
<PAGE> 177
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Discount Notes due 2011 (collectively, the "CCH Notes"), the Company
extinguished substantially all long-term debt, excluding borrowings of the
Company under its credit agreements, and refinanced substantially all existing
credit agreements at various subsidiaries with a new credit agreement (the "CCO
Credit Agreement") entered into by Charter Operating. The CCO Credit Agreement
provides for two term facilities, one with a principal amount of $1.0 billion
that matures September 2008 (Term A), and the other with the principal amount of
$1.85 billion that matures on March 2009 (Term B). The CCO Credit Agreement also
provides for a $1.25 billion revolving credit facility with a maturity date of
September 2008. Amounts under the CCO Credit Agreement bear interest at the Base
Rate or the Eurodollar rate, as defined, plus a margin up to 2.75%. A quarterly
commitment fee of between 0.25% and 0.375% per annum is payable on the
unborrowed balance of Term A and the revolving credit facility. On March 17,
1999, the Company borrowed $1.75 billion under Term B and invested the excess
cash of $1.0 billion in short-term investments.

Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corporation (CCHC) is a co-issuer
of the CCH Notes. CCHC is a wholly owned finance subsidiary of Charter Holdings
with no independent assets or operations.

F-22
<PAGE> 178

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Charter Communications Holdings, LLC:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Charter
Communications Holdings, LLC and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997, and the
related consolidated statements of operations, shareholder's investment and cash
flows for the period from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, and for
the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996. These consolidated financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Charter Communications
Holdings, LLC and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the period from January 1, 1998, through
December 23, 1998, and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

St. Louis, Missouri,
February 5, 1999 (except with respect to
the matters discussed in Note 1, as to
which the date is April 7, 1999)

F-23
<PAGE> 179

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1997
------------
<S> <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents................................. $ 626
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
accounts of $52........................................ 579
Prepaid expenses and other................................ 32
-------
Total current assets................................... 1,237
-------
INVESTMENT IN CABLE TELEVISION PROPERTIES:
Property, plant and equipment............................. 25,530
Franchises, net of accumulated amortization of $3,829..... 28,195
-------
53,725
-------
OTHER ASSETS................................................ 849
-------
$55,811
=======
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S INVESTMENT
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses..................... $ 3,082
Payables to manager of cable television systems -- related
party.................................................. 114
-------
Total current liabilities.............................. 3,196
-------
LONG-TERM DEBT.............................................. 41,500
-------
NOTE PAYABLE TO RELATED PARTY, including accrued interest... 13,090
-------
SHAREHOLDER'S INVESTMENT:
Common stock, $.01 par value, 100 shares authorized, one
issued and outstanding................................. --
Paid-in capital........................................... 5,900
Accumulated deficit....................................... (7,875)
-------
Total shareholder's investment......................... (1,975)
-------
$55,811
=======
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

F-24
<PAGE> 180

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1, YEAR ENDED
1998, THROUGH DECEMBER 31
DECEMBER 23, ------------------
1998 1997 1996
------------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES....................................... $ 49,731 $18,867 $14,881
-------- ------- -------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Operating costs.............................. 18,751 9,157 5,888
General and administrative................... 7,201 2,610 2,235
Depreciation and amortization................ 16,864 6,103 4,593
Corporate expense allocation -- related
party..................................... 6,176 566 446
-------- ------- -------
48,992 18,436 13,162
-------- ------- -------
Income from operations.................... 739 431 1,719
-------- ------- -------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
Interest income.............................. 44 41 20
Interest expense............................. (17,277) (5,120) (4,415)
Other, net................................... (728) 25 (47)
-------- ------- -------
(17,961) (5,054) (4,442)
-------- ------- -------
Net loss.................................. $(17,222) $(4,623) $(2,723)
======== ======= =======
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

F-25
<PAGE> 181

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDER'S INVESTMENT
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON PAID-IN ACCUMULATED
STOCK CAPITAL DEFICIT TOTAL
------ ------- ----------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE, December 31, 1995........ $-- $ 1,500 $ (529) $ 971
Capital contributions........... -- 4,400 -- 4,400
Net loss........................ -- -- (2,723) (2,723)
-- ------- -------- --------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996........ -- 5,900 (3,252) 2,648
Net loss........................ -- -- (4,623) (4,623)
-- ------- -------- --------
BALANCE, December 31, 1997........ -- 5,900 (7,875) (1,975)
Capital contributions........... -- 10,800 -- 10,800
Net loss........................ -- -- (17,222) (17,222)
-- ------- -------- --------
BALANCE, December 23, 1998........ $-- $16,700 $(25,097) $ (8,397)
== ======= ======== ========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

F-26
<PAGE> 182

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1, YEAR ENDED
1998, THROUGH DECEMBER 31
DECEMBER 23, -------------------
1998 1997 1996
------------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss........................................... $ (17,222) $(4,623) $ (2,723)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
provided by operating activities --
Depreciation and amortization.................... 16,864 6,103 4,593
Loss on sale of cable television system.......... -- 1,363 --
Amortization of debt issuance costs, debt
discount and interest rate cap agreements...... 267 123 --
(Gain) loss on disposal of property, plant and
equipment...................................... (14) 130 --
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects
from acquisitions --
Receivables, net............................... 10 (227) 6
Prepaid expenses and other..................... (125) 18 312
Accounts payable and accrued expenses.......... 16,927 894 3,615
Payables to manager of cable television
systems..................................... 5,288 (153) 160
Other operating activities..................... 569 -- --
--------- ------- --------
Net cash provided by operating activities...... 22,564 3,628 5,963
--------- ------- --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property, plant and equipment......... (15,364) (7,880) (5,894)
Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired.... (167,484) -- (34,069)
Proceeds from sale of cable television system...... -- 12,528 --
Other investing activities......................... (486) -- 64
--------- ------- --------
Net cash provided by (used in) investing
activities.................................. (183,334) 4,648 (39,899)
--------- ------- --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Borrowings of long-term debt....................... 217,500 5,100 31,375
Repayments of long-term debt....................... (60,200) (13,375) (1,000)
Capital contributions.............................. 7,000 -- 4,400
Payment of debt issuance costs..................... (3,487) (12) (638)
--------- ------- --------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
activities.................................. 160,813 (8,287) 34,137
--------- ------- --------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS........................................ 43 (11) 201
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period....... 626 637 436
--------- ------- --------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period............. $ 669 $ 626 $ 637
========= ======= ========
CASH PAID FOR INTEREST............................... $ 7,679 $ 3,303 $ 2,798
========= ======= ========
</TABLE>

F-27
<PAGE> 183

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Effective December 23, 1998, through a series of transactions, Paul G.
Allen acquired approximately 94% of Charter for an aggregate purchase price, net
of debt assumed, of $2.2 billion (the "Paul Allen Transaction"). In conjunction
with the Paul Allen Transaction, Charter acquired controlling interests in
CharterComm Holdings, LLC (CharterComm Holdings) and CCA Group (comprised of CCA
Holdings Corp., CCT Holdings Corp. and Charter Communications Long Beach Corp.),
all cable television operating companies. In February 1999, Charter transferred
all of its cable television operating subsidiaries to a subsidiary of Charter
Holdings, Charter Communications Operating, LLC (Charter Operating).

On April 7, 1999, the cable television operating subsidiaries of Marcus
Cable Company, L.L.C. (Marcus) were transferred to Charter Operating. The
transfer was accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control
similar to a pooling of interests, since Paul G. Allen and a company controlled
by Paul G. Allen purchased substantially all of the outstanding partnership
interests in Marcus in April 1998, and purchased the remaining interests in
Marcus on April 7, 1999.

The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of CCP,
Charter's wholly owned cable operating subsidiary, representing the financial
statements of Charter Holdings and subsidiaries (the Company) for all periods
presented. The accounts of CharterComm Holdings and CCA Group are not included
since these companies were not owned and controlled by Charter prior to December
23, 1998. The accounts of Marcus are not included since both Charter and Marcus
were not owned and controlled by the same party prior to December 23, 1998.

As a result of the change in ownership of CCP, CharterComm Holdings and CCA
Group, Charter Holdings has applied push down accounting in the preparation of
the consolidated financial statements effective December 23, 1998. Accordingly,
the financial statements of Charter Holdings for periods ended on or before
December 23, 1998, are presented on a different cost basis than the financial
statements for the periods after December 23, 1998 (not presented herein), and
are not comparable.

CASH EQUIVALENTS

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original
maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 1997,
cash equivalents consist primarily of repurchase agreements. These investments
are carried at cost that approximates market value.

F-28
<PAGE> 184
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Depreciation is provided on the straight-line basis over the estimated
useful lives of the related assets as follows:

In 1997, the Company shortened the estimated useful lives of certain
property, plant and equipment for depreciation purposes. As a result, additional
depreciation of $550 was recorded during 1997.

FRANCHISES

IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS

REVENUES

Cable television revenues from basic and premium services are recognized
when the related services are provided.

Installation revenues are recognized to the extent of direct selling costs
incurred. The remainder, if any, is deferred and amortized to income over the
estimated average period that customers are expected to remain connected to the
cable television system. As of December 31, 1997, no installation revenue has
been deferred, as direct selling costs have exceeded installation revenue.

F-29
<PAGE> 185
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

On a monthly basis, such fees are collected from the Company's customers and are
periodically remitted to local franchises. Franchise fees collected and paid are
reported as revenues.

INTEREST RATE HEDGE AGREEMENTS

INCOME TAXES

The Company files a consolidated income tax return with Charter. Income
taxes are allocated to the Company in accordance with the tax-sharing agreement
between the Company and Charter.

USE OF ESTIMATES

2. ACQUISITIONS:

In 1998, the Company acquired cable television systems for an aggregate
purchase price, net of cash acquired, of $228,400, comprising $167,500 in cash
and $60,900 in a note payable to Seller. The excess of cost of properties
acquired over the amounts assigned to net tangible assets at the date of
acquisition was $207,600 and is included in franchises.

In 1996, the Company acquired cable television systems for an aggregate
purchase price, net of cash acquired, of $34,100. The excess of the cost of
properties acquired over the amounts assigned to net tangible assets at the date
of acquisition was $24,300 and is included in franchises.

The above acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting, and accordingly, results of operations of the acquired assets have
been included in the

F-30
<PAGE> 186
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

financial statements from the dates of acquisition. The purchase prices were
allocated to tangible and intangible assets based on estimated fair values at
the acquisition dates.

Unaudited pro forma operating results as though the acquisition discussed
above, excluding the Paul Allen Transaction, had occurred on January 1, 1997,
with adjustments to give effect to amortization of franchises, interest expense
and certain other adjustments are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1, 1998,
THROUGH YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 23, 1998 1997
----------------- ----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
Revenues.......................................... $ 67,007 $ 63,909
Loss from operations.............................. (7,097) (7,382)
Net loss.......................................... (24,058) (26,099)
</TABLE>

The unaudited pro forma information has been presented for comparative
purposes and does not purport to be indicative of the results of operations had
these transactions been completed as of the assumed date or which may be
obtained in the future.

3. SALE OF FT. HOOD SYSTEM:

In February 1997, the Company sold the net assets of the Ft. Hood system,
which served customers in Texas, for an aggregate sales price of approximately
$12,500. The sale of the Ft. Hood system resulted in a loss of $1,363, which is
included in operating costs in the accompanying statement of operations for the
year ended December 31, 1997.

4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following at December 31,
1997:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Cable distribution systems.................................. $29,061
Land, buildings and leasehold improvements.................. 447
Vehicles and equipment...................................... 1,744
-------
31,252
Less- Accumulated depreciation.............................. (5,722)
-------
$25,530
=======
</TABLE>

For the period from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, and for the
years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, depreciation expense was $6,249, $3,898
and $2,371, respectively.

F-31
<PAGE> 187
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

5. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES:

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following at December
31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Accrued interest............................................ $ 292
Capital expenditures........................................ 562
Franchise fees.............................................. 426
Programming costs........................................... 398
Accounts payable............................................ 298
Other....................................................... 1,012
------
$2,988
======
</TABLE>

6. LONG-TERM DEBT:

The Company maintained a revolving credit agreement (the "Old Credit
Agreement") with a consortium of banks for borrowings up to $47,500, of which
$41,500 was outstanding at December 31, 1997. In 1997, the Credit Agreement was
amended to reflect the impact of the sale of a cable television system. The debt
bears interest, at the Company's option, at rates based on the prime rate of the
Bank of Montreal (the agent bank), or LIBOR, plus the applicable margin based
upon the Company's leverage ratio at the time of the borrowings. The variable
interest rates ranged from 7.44% to 7.63% at December 31, 1997.

In May 1998, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the "CCP Credit
Agreement"), which provides for two term loan facilities, one with the principal
amount of $60,000 that matures on June 30, 2006, and the other with the
principal amount of $80,000 that matures on June 30, 2007. The CCP Credit
Agreement also provides for a $90,000 revolving credit facility with a maturity
date of June 30, 2006. Amounts under the CCP Credit Agreement bear interest at
the LIBOR Rate or Base Rate, as defined, plus a margin of up to 2.88%.

Commencing March 31, 1999, and at the end of each quarter thereafter,
available borrowings under the revolving credit facility shall be reduced on an
annual basis by 3.5% in 1999, 7.0% in 2000, 9.0% in 2001, 10.5% in 2002 and
16.5% in 2003. Commencing March 31, 2000, and at the end of each quarter
thereafter, available borrowings under the term loan shall be reduced on an
annual basis by 6.0% in 2000, 8.0% in 2001, 11.0% in 2002 and 16.5% in 2003.
Commencing March 31, 2000, and at the end of each quarter thereafter, available
borrowings under the other term loan shall be reduced on an annual basis by 1.0%
in 2000, 1.0% in 2001, 1.0% in 2002 and 1.0% in 2003.

7. NOTE PAYABLE TO RELATED PARTY:

As of December 31, 1997, the Company holds a promissory note payable to CCT
Holdings Corp., a company managed by Charter and acquired by Charter effective
December 23, 1998. The promissory note bears interest at the rates paid by CCT
Holdings Corp. on a note payable to a third party. Principal and interest are
due on September 29, 2005.

F-32
<PAGE> 188
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

8. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

A summary of debt and the related interest rate hedge agreements at
December 31, 1997, is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CARRYING NOTIONAL FAIR
VALUE AMOUNT VALUE
-------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Debt
CCP Credit Agreement............................. $41,500 $ -- $41,500
Interest Rate Hedge Agreements
Caps............................................. -- 15,000 --
Collars.......................................... -- 20,000 (74)
</TABLE>

As the long-term debt under the credit agreements bears interest at current
market rates, its carrying amount approximates market value at December 31,
1997.

Management believes that the sellers of the interest rate hedge agreements
will be able to meet their obligations under the agreements. The Company has
policies regarding the financial stability and credit standing of major
counterparties. Nonperformance by the counterparties is not anticipated nor
would it have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or
results of operations.

9. INCOME TAXES:

At December 31, 1997, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of
$9,594, which if not used to reduce taxable income in future periods, expire in
the years 2010 through 2012. As of December 31, 1997, the Company's deferred
income tax assets were offset by valuation allowances and deferred income tax
liabilities resulting primarily from differences in accounting for depreciation
and amortization.

10. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

Charter provides management services to the Company including centralized
customer billing services, data processing and related support, benefits
administration and coordination of insurance coverage and self-insurance
programs for medical, dental and workers' compensation claims. Actual costs of
certain services are charged directly to the Company and are included in
operating costs. Such costs totaled $437, $220 and $131, respectively for the
period from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, and the years ended

F-33
<PAGE> 189
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

December 31, 1997 and 1996. All other costs incurred by Charter on behalf of the
Company are expensed in the accompanying financial statements and are included
in corporate expense allocations -- related party. The cost of these services is
allocated based on the number of basic customers. Management considers this
allocation to be reasonable for the operations of the Company.

The Company is charged a management fee based on percentages of revenues as
stipulated in the management agreement between Charter and the Company. For the
period from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, and the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1996, the management fee charged to the Company
approximated the corporate expenses incurred by Charter on behalf of the
Company. Management fees currently payable of $114 are included in payables to
manager of cable television systems -- related party as of December 31, 1997.

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

LEASES

The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under noncancelable
operating leases. Leases and rental costs charged to expense for the period from
January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, and for the years ended December 31,
1997 and 1996, were $278, $130 and $91, respectively.

The Company also rents utility poles in its operations. Generally, pole
rentals are cancelable on short notice, but the Company anticipates that such
rentals will recur. Rent expense incurred for pole rental attachments for the
period from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, and for the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1996, was $421, $271 and $174, respectively.

LITIGATION

REGULATION IN THE CABLE TELEVISION INDUSTRY

F-34
<PAGE> 190
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The 1992 Cable Act permits certified local franchising authorities to order
refunds of basic service tier rates paid in the previous twelve-month period
determined to be in excess of the maximum permitted rates. As of December 31,
1998, the amount refunded by the Company has been insignificant. The Company may
be required to refund additional amounts in the future.

The Company believes that it has complied in all material respects with the
provisions of the 1992 Cable Act, including the rate setting provisions
promulgated by the FCC. However, in jurisdictions that have chosen not to
certify, refunds covering the previous twelve-month period may be ordered upon
certification if the Company is unable to justify its basic rates. The Company
is unable to estimate at this time the amount of refunds, if any, that may be
payable by the Company in the event certain of its rates are successfully
challenged by franchising authorities or found to be unreasonable by the FCC.
The Company does not believe that the amount of any such refunds would have a
material adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations of
the Company.

The 1996 Telecom Act, among other things, immediately deregulated the rates
for certain small cable operators and in certain limited circumstances rates on
the basic service tier, and as of March 31, 1999, deregulates rates on the cable
programming service tier (CPST). The FCC is currently developing permanent
regulations to implement the rate deregulation provisions of the 1996 Telecom
Act. The Company cannot predict the ultimate effect of the 1996 Telecom Act on
the Company's financial position or results of operations.

12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:

401(K) PLAN

F-35
<PAGE> 191
CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

$74, $29 and $22 for the period from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998,
and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

APPRECIATION RIGHTS PLAN

Certain employees of Charter participate in the 1995 Charter
Communications, Inc. Appreciation Rights Plan (the "Plan"). As a result of the
acquisition of Charter by Paul G. Allen, the Plan will be terminated and all
amounts will be paid by Charter in 1999. The cost of this plan was allocated to
the Company based on the number of basic customers. Management considers this
allocation to be reasonable for the operations of the Company. For the period
January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, the Company expensed $3,800,
included in corporate expense allocation, for the cost of this plan.

13. ACCOUNTING STANDARD NOT YET IMPLEMENTED:

In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board adopted SFAS No.
133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No.
133 establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that every
derivative instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded in
other contracts) be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or
liability measured at its fair value and that changes in the derivative's fair
value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting
criteria are met. Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative's
gains and losses to offset related results on the hedged item in the income
statement, and requires that a company must formally document, designate and
assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting. SFAS No.
133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999. The Company has
not yet quantified the impacts of adopting SFAS No. 133 on its consolidated
financial statements nor has it determined the timing or method of its adoption
of SFAS No. 133. However, SFAS No. 133 could increase volatility in earnings
(loss).

F-36
<PAGE> 192

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Members
Marcus Cable Company, L.L.C.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Marcus
Cable Company, L.L.C. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 (which
December 31, 1998 balance sheet is not presented separately herein) and the
related consolidated statements of operations, members' equity and cash flows
for the period from April 23, 1998 to December 23, 1998 and the consolidated
statements of operations, partners' capital (deficit), and cash flows for the
period from January 1, 1998 to April 22, 1998 and for each of the years in the
two-year period ended December 31, 1997. These consolidated financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our
audits.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Marcus Cable
Company, L.L.C. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods from April 23,
1998 to December 23, 1998 and from January 1, 1998 to April 22, 1998 and for
each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements,
substantially all of Marcus Cable Company, L.L.C. was acquired by Vulcan Cable,
Inc. and Paul G. Allen as of April 22, 1998 in a business combination accounted
for as a purchase. As a result of the application of purchase accounting, the
consolidated financial statements of Marcus Cable Company, L.L.C. and
subsidiaries for the period from April 23, 1998 to December 23, 1998 are
presented on a different cost basis than those for periods prior to April 23,
1998, and accordingly, are not directly comparable.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Dallas, Texas
February 19, 1999
(except for the tenth paragraph of Note 1
which is as of April 7, 1999)

F-37
<PAGE> 193

MARCUS CABLE COMPANY, L.L.C. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 31, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREDECESSOR (NOTE 1)
--------------------
1997
----
<S> <C>
ASSETS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents................................. $ 1,607
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $1,800 in 1998
and $1,904 in 1997..................................... 23,935
Prepaid expenses and other................................ 2,105
----------
Total current assets.............................. 27,647
Investment in cable television systems:
Property, plant and equipment............................. 706,626
Franchises................................................ 972,440
Noncompetition agreements................................. 6,770
Other assets................................................ 36,985
----------
$1,750,468
==========
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current liabilities:
Current maturities of long-term debt...................... $ 67,499
Accrued liabilities....................................... 68,754
----------
Total current liabilities......................... 136,253
Long-term debt.............................................. 1,531,927
Other long-term liabilities................................. 2,261
Partners' capital........................................... 80,027
----------
$1,750,468
==========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-38
<PAGE> 194

MARCUS CABLE COMPANY, L.L.C. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREDECESSOR (NOTE 1)
SUCCESSOR (NOTE 1) -----------------------------------------------
-------------------- YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
PERIOD FROM APRIL 23 PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 -----------------------
TO DECEMBER 23, 1998 TO APRIL 22, 1998 1997 1996
-------------------- --------------------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Cable services.......... $ 332,139 $ 157,389 $ 473,701 $ 432,172
Management fees --
related party........ 181 374 5,614 2,335
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Total
revenues...... 332,320 157,763 479,315 434,507
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Operating expenses:
Selling, service and
system management.... 129,435 60,501 176,515 157,197
General and
administrative....... 51,912 24,245 72,351 73,017
Transaction and
severance costs...... 16,034 114,167 -- --
Management fees --
related party........ 3,048 -- -- --
Depreciation and
amortization......... 174,968 64,669 188,471 166,429
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Total operating
expenses...... 375,397 263,582 437,337 396,643
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Operating income
(loss)........ (43,077) (105,819) 41,978 37,864
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Other (income) expense:
Interest expense........ 93,103 49,905 151,207 144,376
Gain on sale of
assets............... -- (43,662) -- (6,442)
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Total other
expense....... 93,103 6,243 151,207 137,934
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Loss before
extraordinary
item.......... (136,180) (112,062) (109,229) (100,070)
Extraordinary item -- gain
on early retirement of
debt.................... (2,384) -- -- --
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Net loss........ $(133,796) $(112,062) $(109,229) $(100,070)
========= ========= ========= =========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-39
<PAGE> 195

MARCUS CABLE COMPANY, L.L.C. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS' CAPITAL (DEFICIT)
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREDECESSOR (NOTE 1)
----------------------------------
CLASS B
GENERAL LIMITED
PARTNERS PARTNERS TOTAL
-------- -------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31, 1995.................... $(21,396) $ 310,722 $ 289,326
Net loss...................................... (200) (99,870) (100,070)
-------- --------- ---------
Balance at December 31, 1996.................... (21,596) 210,852 189,256
Net loss...................................... (218) (109,011) (109,229)
-------- --------- ---------
Balance at December 31, 1997.................... (21,814) 101,841 80,027
Net loss -- January 1, 1998 to April 22,
1998....................................... (224) (111,838) (112,062)
-------- --------- ---------
Balance at April 22, 1998....................... $(22,038) $ (9,997) $ (32,035)
======== ========= =========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-40
<PAGE> 196

MARCUS CABLE COMPANY, L.L.C. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF MEMBERS' EQUITY
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUCCESSOR (NOTE 1)
----------------------------------------
MARCUS
CABLE
PROPERTIES, VULCAN
L.L.C. CABLE, INC. TOTAL
----------- ----------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Initial capitalization (note 3)................ $53,200 $1,346,800 $1,400,000
Capital contribution (note 3).................. -- 20,000 20,000
Net loss -- April 23, 1998 to December 23,
1998......................................... (5,084) (128,712) (133,796)
------- ---------- ----------
Balance at December 23, 1998................... $48,116 $1,238,088 $1,286,204
======= ========== ==========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-41
<PAGE> 197

MARCUS CABLE COMPANY, L.L.C. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUCCESSOR (NOTE 1) PREDECESSOR (NOTE 1)
-------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
PERIOD FROM APRIL 23 PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 --------------------------
TO DECEMBER 23, 1998 TO APRIL 22, 1998 1997 1996
-------------------- --------------------- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss.................................. $(133,796) $(112,062) $(109,229) $(100,070)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
cash provided by operating activities:
Extraordinary item -- gain on early
retirement of debt.................... (2,384) -- -- --
Gain on sale of assets.................. -- (43,662) -- (6,442)
Depreciation and amortization........... 174,969 64,669 188,471 166,429
Non cash interest expense............... 52,942 24,819 72,657 63,278
Amortization of carrying value
premium............................... (11,043) -- -- --
Changes in assets and liabilities, net
of working capital adjustments for
acquisitions:
Accounts receivable, net.............. 6,550 1,330 (6,439) (70)
Prepaid expenses and other............ (1,356) (1,855) 95 (574)
Other assets.......................... -- (16) (385) (502)
Payables to related party............. 3,048 -- -- --
Accrued liabilities................... (1,504) 90,804 9,132 (3,063)
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Net cash provided by operating
activities:...................... 87,426 24,027 154,302 118,986
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisition of cable systems.............. -- (57,500) (53,812) (10,272)
Proceeds from sale of assets, net of cash
acquired and selling costs.............. 340,568 64,564 -- 20,638
Additions to property, plant and
equipment............................... (158,388) (65,715) (197,275) (110,639)
Other..................................... (648) (42) -- --
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Net cash provided by (used in)
investing activities:............ 181,532 (58,693) (251,087) (100,273)
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings under Senior Credit Facility... 158,750 59,000 226,000 65,000
Repayments under Senior Credit Facility... (343,250) (16,250) (131,250) (95,000)
Repayments of notes and debentures........ (109,344) -- -- --
Payment of debt issuance costs............ -- (99) (1,725) --
Cash contributed by member................ 20,000 -- -- --
Payments on other long-term liabilities... (550) (321) (667) (88)
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Net cash provided by (used in)
financing activities............. (274,394) 42,330 92,358 (30,088)
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents... (5,436) 7,664 (4,427) (11,375)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning
of the period............................. 9,271 1,607 6,034 17,409
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the
period.................................... $ 3,835 $ 9,271 $ 1,607 $ 6,034
========= ========= ========= =========
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow
information:
Interest paid............................. $ 52,631 $ 28,517 $ 81,155 $ 83,473
========= ========= ========= =========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-42
<PAGE> 198

MARCUS CABLE COMPANY, L.L.C. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

(1) ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Marcus Cable Company, L.L.C. ("MCCLLC") and subsidiaries (collectively, the
"Company") is a Delaware limited liability company, formerly Marcus Cable
Company, L.P. ("MCCLP"). MCCLP was formed as a Delaware limited partnership and
was converted to a Delaware limited liability company on June 9, 1998 (note 3).
The Company derives its primary source of revenues by providing various levels
of cable television programming and services to residential and business
customers. The Company's operations are conducted through Marcus Cable Operating
Company, L.L.C. ("MCOC"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company
has operated its cable television systems primarily in Texas, Wisconsin,
Indiana, California and Alabama.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
MCCLLC and its subsidiary limited liability companies and corporations. All
significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation.

On April 23, 1998, Vulcan Cable, Inc. and Paul G. Allen (collectively
referred to as "Vulcan") acquired all of the outstanding limited partnership
interests and substantially all of the general partner interest in MCCLP. Under
the terms of the purchase agreement, the owner of the remaining 0.6% general
partner interest (the "Minority Interest") in the Company can cause Vulcan to
purchase the 0.6% general partner interest under certain conditions, or Vulcan
can cause the Minority Interest to sell its interest to Vulcan under certain
conditions, at a fair value of not less than $8,000.

As a result of this acquisition (the "Vulcan Acquisition"), the Company has
applied purchase accounting in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated
financial statements. Accordingly, MCCLP adjusted its equity as of April 23,
1998 to reflect the amount paid in the Vulcan Acquisition and has allocated that
amount to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their relative fair
values. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of MCCLP's tangible
and separately identifiable intangible assets less liabilities was allocated as
franchises. The allocation of the purchase price is based, in part, on
preliminary information which is subject to adjustment upon completion of
certain appraisal and valuation information.

The total transaction was valued at $3,243,475 and was allocated as
follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Franchises............................. $2,492,375
Property, plant and equipment.......... 735,832
Noncompetition agreements.............. 6,343
Other assets........................... 8,925
----------
$3,243,475
==========
</TABLE>

The transaction was initially funded through cash payments of $1,392,000
from Vulcan and the assumption of $1,809,621 in net liabilities. In addition,
Vulcan incurred direct costs of the acquisition (principally financial advisory,
legal and accounting fees) of $20,000, which will be reimbursed by the Company.
In addition, the Company recorded the fair value of the Minority Interest of
$8,000 in equity and $13,854 in direct transaction costs.

In connection with the Vulcan Acquisition, the Company incurred transaction
costs of approximately $114,167, comprised of $90,167 paid to employees of the
Company in

F-43
<PAGE> 199
MARCUS CABLE COMPANY, L.L.C. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

settlement of specially designated Class B units in MCCLP ("EUnit") granted in
past periods by the general partner of MCCLP, and $24,000 of transaction fees
paid to certain equity partners for investment banking services. These
transaction costs have been included in the accompanying consolidated statement
of operations for the period from January 1, 1998 to April 22, 1998.

As a result of the Vulcan Acquisition and the application of purchase
accounting, financial information in the accompanying consolidated financial
statements and notes thereto for the period from April 23, 1998 to December 23,
1998 (the "Successor Period") are presented on a different cost basis than the
financial information as of December 31, 1997 and for the period from January 1,
1998 to April 22, 1998 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 (the
"Predecessor Period"), and therefore, such information is not comparable.

Effective December 23, 1998, through a series of transactions, Paul G.
Allen acquired approximately 94% of Charter Communications, Inc. ("Charter").

In March 1999, Charter transferred all of its cable television operating
subsidiaries to a subsidiary, Charter Communications Holdings, LLC (Charter
Holdings) in connection with the issuance of Senior Notes and Senior Discount
Notes totaling $3.6 billion. These operating subsidiaries were then transferred
to Charter Communications Operating, LLC ("Charter Operating"). On April 7,
1999, the cable operations of the Company were transferred to Charter Operating
subsequent to the purchase by Paul G. Allen of the Minority Interest. The
transfer was accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control
similar to a pooling of interests. For periods subsequent to December 23, 1998
(the date Paul G. Allen controlled both Charter and the Company), the accounts
of the Company will be included in the consolidated financial statements of
Charter Holdings at historical carrying amounts.

As a result of the combination of the Company and Charter, the Company
recognized severance and stay-on bonus compensation of $16,034, which is
included in Transaction and Severance Costs in the accompanying statement of
operations for the period from April 22, 1998 to December 23, 1998. As of
December 23, 1998, 35 employees and officers of the Company had been terminated
and $13,634 had been paid under severance and bonus arrangements. By March 31,
1999, an additional 50 employees will be terminated. The remaining balance of
$2,400 is to be paid by April 30, 1999 and an additional $400 in stay-on bonuses
will be recorded as compensation in 1999 as the related services are provided.

(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(a) CASH EQUIVALENTS

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original
maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 1997,
cash equivalents consist of certificates of deposit and money market funds.
These investments are carried at cost which approximates market value.

(b) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

F-44
<PAGE> 200
MARCUS CABLE COMPANY, L.L.C. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

a customer are charged to expense in the period incurred. Expenditures for
maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred and equipment
replacements and betterments are capitalized.

Depreciation is provided by the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the related assets as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Cable distribution systems............. 3-10 years
Buildings and leasehold improvements... 5-15 years
Vehicles and equipment................. 3-5 years
</TABLE>

Costs incurred in obtaining and renewing cable franchises are deferred and
amortized over the estimated lives of the franchises. Costs relating to
unsuccessful franchise applications are charged to expense when it is determined
that the efforts to obtain the franchise will not be successful. Franchise
rights acquired through the purchase of cable television systems, including the
Vulcan Acquisition, represent the excess of the cost of properties acquired over
the amounts assigned to net tangible and identifiable intangible assets at date
of acquisition and are amortized using the straight-line method over a period of
15 years. Accumulated amortization was $264,600 at December 31, 1997.

The historical cost of $37,274 and the related accumulated amortization of
$9,959 for the going concern value of acquired cable television systems as of
December 31, 1997 has been reflected in the caption "Franchises" in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheet. This asset was amortized in the
Predecessor Period using the straight-line method over a period of up to 15
years.

(d) NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENTS

Noncompetition agreements are amortized using the straight-line method over
the term of the respective agreements. Accumulated amortization was $19,144 at
December 31, 1997.

(e) OTHER ASSETS

Debt issuance costs were amortized to interest expense over the term of the
related debt. Debt issuance costs associated with debt outstanding at the Vulcan
Acquisition date were eliminated in connection with pushdown accounting.

(f) IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS

(g) REVENUES

Cable television revenues from basic and premium services are recognized
when the related services are provided.

F-45
<PAGE> 201
MARCUS CABLE COMPANY, L.L.C. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

December 31, 1997, no installation revenue has been deferred, as direct selling
costs exceeded installation revenue.

Management fee revenues are recognized concurrently with the recognition of
revenues by the managed cable television system, or as a specified monthly
amount as stipulated in the management agreement. Incentive management fee
revenue is recognized upon performance of specified actions as stipulated in the
management agreement.

(h) INCOME TAXES

Income taxes are the responsibility of the individual members and are not
provided for in the accompanying financial statements. The Company's subsidiary
corporations are subject to federal income tax but have had no operations and
therefore, no taxable income since inception.

(i) INTEREST RATE HEDGE AGREEMENTS

The Company manages fluctuations in interest rates by using interest rate
hedge agreements, as required by certain of its debt agreements. Interest rate
swaps and caps are accounted for as hedges of debt obligations, and accordingly,
the net settlement amounts are recorded as adjustments to interest expense in
the period incurred.

The Company's interest rate swap agreements require the Company to pay a
fixed rate and receive a floating rate thereby creating thereby creating fixed
rate debt. Interest rate caps are entered into by the Company to reduce the
impact of rising interest rates on floating rate debt.

(j) USE OF ESTIMATES

(k) ACCOUNTING STANDARD NOT IMPLEMENTED

In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Boards adopted Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 133, Accounting for Derivative
Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities. SFAS No. 133 establishes
accounting and reporting standards requiring that every derivative instrument
(including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) be
recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its
fair value and that changes in the derivative's fair value be recognized
currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Special
accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative's gains and losses to
offset related results on the hedged item in the income statement, and requires
that a company must formally document, designate and assess the effectiveness of
transactions that receive hedge accounting. SFAS No. 133 is effective for fiscal
years beginning after June 15, 1999.

F-46
<PAGE> 202
MARCUS CABLE COMPANY, L.L.C. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The Company has not yet quantified the impacts of adopting SFAS No. 133 on its
consolidated financial statements nor has it determined the timing or method of
its adoption of SFAS No. 133. However, SFAS No. 133 could increase volatility of
earnings (loss).

(3) CAPITAL STRUCTURE

PARTNERS' CAPITAL

(a) CLASSES OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

The MCCLP partnership agreement (the "Partnership Agreement") provided for
Class B Units and Convertible Preference Units. Class B Units consisted of
General Partner Units ("GP Units") and Limited Partner Units ("LP Units"). To
the extent that GP Units had the right to vote, GP Units voted as Class B Units
together with Class B LP Units. Voting rights of Class B LP Units were limited
to items specified under the Partnership Agreement. Prior to the dissolution of
the Partnership on June 9, 1998, there were 18,848.19 GP Units and 294,937.67
Class B LP Units outstanding.

The Partnership Agreement also provided for the issuance of a class of
Convertible Preference Units. These units were entitled to a general
distribution preference over the Class B LP Units and were convertible into
Class B LP Units. The Convertible Preference Units could vote together with
Class B Units as a single class, and the voting percentage of each Convertible
Preference Unit, at a given time, was based on the number of Class B LP Units
into which such Convertible Preference Unit is then convertible. MCCLP had
issued 7,500 Convertible Preference Units with a distribution preference and
conversion price of two thousand dollars per unit.

The Partnership Agreement permitted the General Partner, at its sole
discretion, to issue up to 31,517 Employee Units (classified as Class B Units)
to key individuals providing services to the Company. Employee Units were not
entitled to distributions until such time as all units have received certain
distributions as calculated under provisions of the Partnership Agreement
("subordinated thresholds"). At December 31, 1997 28,033.20 Employee Units were
outstanding with a subordinated threshold ranging from $1,600 to $1,750 per unit
(per unit amounts in whole numbers). In connection with the Vulcan Acquisition,
the amount paid to EUnit holders of $90,167 was recognized as Transaction and
Severance Costs in the period from January 1, 1998 to April 22, 1998.

(b) ALLOCATION OF INCOME AND LOSS TO PARTNERS

MCCLP incurred losses from inception. Losses were allocated as follows:

(1) First, among the partners whose capital accounts exceed their
unreturned capital contributions in proportion to such excesses until each such
partner's capital account equals its unreturned capital contribution; and

(2) Next, to the holders of Class B Units in accordance with their
unreturned capital contribution percentages.

The General Partner was allocated a minimum of 0.2% to 1% of income or loss
at all times, depending on the level of capital contributions made by the
partners.

F-47
<PAGE> 203
MARCUS CABLE COMPANY, L.L.C. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

MEMBERS' EQUITY

Upon completion of the Vulcan Acquisition, Vulcan collectively owned 99.4%
of MCCLP through direct ownership of all LP Units and through 80% ownership of
Marcus Cable Properties, Inc. ("MCPI"), the general partner of Marcus Cable
Properties, L.P. ("MCPLP"), the general partner of MCCLP. The Minority Interest
owned the voting common stock, or the remaining 20% of MCPI. In connection with
the Vulcan Acquisition, historical partners' capital at April 22, 1998 was
eliminated and the Successor entity was initially recapitalized at $1,400,000
(see note 1). In July 1998, Vulcan contributed $20,000 in cash to the Company
relating to certain employee severance arrangements.

On June 9, 1998, MCCLP was converted into a Delaware limited liability
company with two members: Vulcan Cable, Inc., with 96.2% ownership, and Marcus
Cable Properties, L.L.C. ("MCPLLC") (formerly MCPLP), with 3.8% ownership.
Vulcan Cable, Inc. owns approximately 25.6% and MCPI owns approximately 74.4% of
MCPLLC, with Vulcan's interest in MCPI unchanged. As there was no change in
ownership interests, the historical partners' capital balances at June 9, 1998
were transferred to and became the initial equity of MCCLLC, and thus the
accompanying statement of members' equity from April 22, 1998 to December 23,
1998 has been presented as if the conversion of MCCLP into MCCLLC occurred on
April 23, 1998.

As of December 23, 1998, MCCLLC has 100 issued and outstanding membership
units. Income and losses of MCCLLC are allocated to the members in accordance
with their ownership interests. Members are not personally liable for
obligations of MCCLLC.

(4) ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS

In 1998, the Company acquired cable television systems in the Birmingham,
Alabama area for a purchase price of $57,500. The excess of the cost of
properties acquired over the amounts assigned to net tangible assets and
noncompetition agreements as of the date of acquisition was approximately
$44,603 and is included in franchises.

Additionally, in 1998, the Company completed the sale of certain cable
television systems for an aggregate sales price of $405,132, resulting in a gain
of $43,662. No gains or losses were recognized on the sale of the cable
television systems divested after the Vulcan Acquisition as such amounts are
considered to be an adjustment of the purchase price allocation as these systems
were designated as assets to be sold at the date of the Vulcan Acquisition.

In 1997, the Company acquired cable television systems in the Dallas-Ft.
Worth, Texas area for a purchase price of $35,263. The excess of the cost of
properties acquired over the amounts assigned to net tangible assets as of the
date of acquisition was $15,098 and is included in franchises.

Additionally, in July 1997, the Company completed an exchange of cable
television systems in Indiana and Wisconsin. According to the terms of the trade
agreement, in addition to the contribution of its systems, the Company paid
$18,549.

In 1996, the Company acquired cable television systems in three separate
transactions for an aggregate purchase price of $10,272. The excess of the cost
of properties acquired over the amounts assigned to net tangible assets as of
the date of acquisition was $4,861 and is included in franchises.

F-48
<PAGE> 204
MARCUS CABLE COMPANY, L.L.C. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Additionally, in 1996, the Company completed the sale of cable television
systems in Washington, D.C. for a sale price of $20,638. The sale resulted in a
gain of $6,442.

The above acquisitions, which were completed during the Predecessor Period,
were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly,
results of operations of the acquired assets have been included in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements from the dates of acquisition.
The purchase prices were allocated to tangible and intangible assets based on
estimated fair market values at the dates of acquisition. The cable system trade
discussed above was accounted for as a nonmonetary exchange and, accordingly,
the additional cash contribution was allocated to tangible and intangible assets
based on recorded amounts of the nonmonetary assets relinquished.

Unaudited pro forma operating results as though 1998 and 1997 acquisitions
and divestitures discussed above, including the Vulcan Acquisition, had occurred
on January 1, 1997, with adjustments to give effect to amortization of
franchises, interest expense and certain other adjustments is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1 TO YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 23, DECEMBER 31,
1998 1997
------------ ------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
Revenues................................. $444,738 $ 421,665
Operating loss........................... (51,303) (56,042)
Net loss................................. (187,342) (190,776)
</TABLE>

(5) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following at December 31,
1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(PREDECESSOR)
-------------
<S> <C>
Cable distribution systems............................ $878,721
Vehicles and other.................................... 37,943
Land and buildings.................................... 17,271
--------
933,935
Accumulated depreciation.............................. (227,309)
--------
$706,626
========
</TABLE>

Depreciation expense for the periods from January 1, 1998 to April 22, 1998
and from April 23, 1998 to December 23, 1998 and for the years ended December
31, 1997 and 1996 was $35,929, $70,538, $96,220, and $72,281, respectively.

(6) OTHER ASSETS

Other assets consist of the following at December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(PREDECESSOR)
-------------
<S> <C>
Debt issuance costs................................... $45,225
Other................................................. 1,090
-------
46,315
Accumulated amortization.............................. (9,330)
-------
$36,985
=======
</TABLE>

F-49
<PAGE> 205
MARCUS CABLE COMPANY, L.L.C. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(7) ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities consist of the following at December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(PREDECESSOR)
-------------
<S> <C>
Accrued operating liabilities......................... $27,923
Accrued programming costs............................. 9,704
Accrued franchise fees................................ 10,131
Accrued property taxes................................ 5,125
Accrued interest...................................... 7,949
Other accrued liabilities............................. 7,922
-------
$68,754
=======
</TABLE>

(8) LONG-TERM DEBT

The Company has outstanding the following borrowings on long-term debt
arrangements at December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(PREDECESSOR)
-------------
<S> <C>
Senior Credit Facility................................ $ 949,750
13 1/2% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes............ 336,304
14 1/4% Senior Discount Notes......................... 213,372
11 7/8% Senior Debentures............................. 100,000
----------
1,599,426
Less current maturities............................... 67,499
----------
$1,531,927
==========
</TABLE>

In conjunction with the Vulcan Acquisition and in accordance with purchase
accounting, the Company recorded its outstanding debt at its fair value. As a
result, the Company recognized a carrying value premium (fair market value of
outstanding debt less historical carrying amount) of $108,292 as of the date of
the Vulcan Acquisition. The carrying value premium is being amortized to
interest expense over the estimated remaining lives of the related indebtedness
using the effective interest method.

The Company, through MCOC, maintains a senior credit facility ("Senior
Credit Facility"), which provides for two term loan facilities, one with a
principal amount of $490,000 that matures on December 31, 2002 ("Tranche A") and
the other with a principal amount of $300,000 million that matures on April 30,
2004 ("Tranche B"). The Senior Credit Facility provides for scheduled
amortization of the two term loan facilities which began in September 1997. The
Senior Credit Facility also provides for a $360,000 revolving credit facility
("Revolving Credit Facility"), with a maturity date of December 31, 2002.
Amounts outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility bear interest at either
the: i) Eurodollar rate, ii) prime rate, or iii) CD base rate or Federal Funds
rate, plus a margin of up to 2.25%, which is subject to certain quarterly
adjustments based on the ratio of MCOC's total debt to annualized operating cash
flow, as defined. The variable interest rates ranged from 6.23% to 7.75% and
5.97% to 8.00% at December 23, 1998, and December 31, 1997, respectively. A
quarterly commitment fee ranging from 0.250% to 0.375% per annum is payable on
the unused commitment under the Senior Credit Facility.

On October 16, 1998, the Company entered into an agreement to amend its
Senior Credit Facility. The amendment provides for, among other items, a
reduction in the permitted leverage and cash flow ratios, a reduction in the
interest rate charge under the Senior Credit Facility and a change in the
restriction related to the use of cash proceeds from asset sales to allow such
proceeds to be used to redeem the 11 7/8% Senior Debentures.

F-50
<PAGE> 206
MARCUS CABLE COMPANY, L.L.C. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

In 1995, the Company issued $299,228 of 14 1/4% Senior Discount Notes due
December 15, 2005 (the "14 1/4% Notes") for net proceeds of $150,003. The
14 1/4% Notes are unsecured and rank pari passu to the 11 7/8% Debentures
(defined below). The 14 1/4% Notes are redeemable at the option of MCCLLC at
amounts decreasing from 107% to 100% of par beginning on June 15, 2000. No
interest is payable until December 15, 2000. Thereafter interest is payable
semi-annually until maturity. The discount on the 14 1/4% Notes is being
accreted using the effective interest method. The unamortized discount was
$85,856 at December 31, 1997.

In 1994, the Company, through MCOC, issued $413,461 face amount of 13 1/2%
Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due August 1, 2004 (the "13 1/2% Notes") for
net proceeds of $215,000. The 13 1/2% Notes are unsecured, are guaranteed by
MCCLLC and are redeemable, at the option of MCOC, at amounts decreasing from
105% to 100% of par beginning on August 1, 1999. No interest is payable on the
13 1/2% Notes until February 1, 2000. Thereafter, interest is payable
semi-annually until maturity. The discount on the 13 1/2% Notes is being
accreted using the effective interest method. The unamortized discount was
$77,157 at December 31, 1997.

In 1993, the Company issued $100,000 principal amount of 11 7/8% Senior
Debentures due October 1, 2005 (the "11 7/8% Debentures"). The 11 7/8%
Debentures were unsecured and were redeemable at the option of the Company on or
after October 1, 1998 at amounts decreasing from 105.9% to 100% of par at
October 1, 2002, plus accrued interest, to the date of redemption. Interest on
the 11 7/8% Debentures was payable semi-annually each April 1 and October 1
until maturity.

On July 1, 1998, $4,500 face amount of the 14 1/4% Notes and $500 face
amount of the 11 7/8% Notes were tendered for gross tender payments of $3,472
and $520 respectively. The payments resulted in a gain on the retirement of the
debt of $753. On December 11, 1998, the 11 7/8% Notes were redeemed for a gross
payment of $107,668, including accrued interest. The redemption resulted in a
gain on the retirement of the debt of $1,631.

The 14 1/4% Notes, 13 1/2% Notes, 11 7/8% Debentures and Senior Credit
Facility are all unsecured and require the Company and/or its subsidiaries to
comply with various financial and other covenants, including the maintenance of
certain operating and financial ratios. These debt instruments also contain
substantial limitations on, or prohibitions of, distributions, additional
indebtedness, liens, asset sales and certain other items.

(9) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The carrying and fair values of the Company's significant financial
instruments as of December 31, 1997 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(PREDECESSOR)
-------------------
CARRYING FAIR
VALUE VALUE
-------- -----
<S> <C> <C>
Senior Credit Facility...................................... $949,750 $949,750
13 1/2% Notes............................................... 336,304 381,418
14 1/4% Notes............................................... 213,372 258,084
11 7/8% Debentures.......................................... 100,000 108,500
</TABLE>

The carrying amount of the Senior Credit Facility approximates fair value
as the outstanding borrowings bear interest at market rates. The fair values of
the 14 1/4% Notes, 13 1/2% Notes, and 11 7/8% Debentures, are based on quoted
market prices. The Company had interest rate swap agreements covering a notional
amount of $500,000 at December 31, 1997.

F-51
<PAGE> 207
MARCUS CABLE COMPANY, L.L.C. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The weighted average interest pay rate for the interest rate swap
agreements was 5.7% at December 31, 1997. Certain of these agreements allow for
optional extension by the counterparty or for automatic extension in the event
that one month LIBOR exceeds a stipulated rate on any monthly reset date.
Approximately $100,000 notional amount included in the $500,000 notional amount
described above is also modified by an interest rate cap agreement which resets
monthly.

The notional amounts of the interest rate hedge agreements do not represent
amounts exchanged by the parties and, thus, are not a measure of the Company's
exposure through its use of interest rate hedge agreements. The amounts
exchanged are determined by reference to the notional amount and the other terms
of the contracts.

The fair values of the interest rate hedge agreements generally reflect the
estimated amounts that the Company would receive or (pay) (excluding accrued
interest) to terminate the contracts on the reporting date, thereby taking into
account the current unrealized gains or losses of open contracts. Dealer
quotations are available for the Company's interest rate hedge agreements.

Management believes that the sellers of the interest rate hedge agreements
will be able to meet their obligations under the agreements. In addition, some
of the interest rate hedge agreements are with certain of the participating
banks under the Company's Senior Credit Facility thereby reducing the exposure
to credit loss. The Company has policies regarding the financial stability and
credit standing of the major counterparties. Nonperformance by the
counterparties is not anticipated nor would it have a material adverse effect on
the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

(10) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company and Charter entered into a management agreement on October 6,
1998 whereby Charter began to manage the day-to-day operations of the Company.
In consideration for the management consulting services provided by Charter,
Marcus pays Charter an annual fee equal to 3% of the gross revenues of the cable
system operations, plus expenses. From October 6, 1998 to December 23, 1998,
management fees under this agreement were $3,048.

Prior to the consummation of the Vulcan Acquisition, affiliates of Goldman
Sachs owned limited partnership interests in MCCLP. Maryland Cable Partners,
L.P. ("Maryland Cable"), which was controlled by an affiliate of Goldman Sachs,
owned the Maryland Cable systems. MCOC managed the Maryland Cable systems under
the Maryland Cable Agreement. Pursuant to such agreement, MCOC earned a
management fee equal to 4.7% of the revenues of Maryland Cable.

Effective January 31, 1997, Maryland Cable was sold to a third party.
Pursuant to the Maryland Cable Agreement, MCOC recognized incentive management
fees of $5,069 during the twelve months ended December 31, 1997 in conjunction
with the sale. Although MCOC is no longer involved in the active management of
the Maryland Cable systems, MCOC has entered into an agreement with Maryland
Cable to oversee the activities, if any, of Maryland Cable through the
liquidation of the partnership. Pursuant to such agreement, MCOC earns a nominal
monthly fee. During the periods from January 1, 1998 to April 22, 1998 and from
April 23, 1998 to December 23, 1998, MCOC earned total management fees of $374
and $181, respectively. Including the incentive management fees noted above,
during the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, MCOC earned total management
fees of $5,614 and $2,335, respectively.
F-52
<PAGE> 208
MARCUS CABLE COMPANY, L.L.C. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(11) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

The Company sponsors a 401(k) plan for its employees whereby employees that
qualify for participation under the plan can contribute up to 15% of their
salary, on a before tax basis, subject to a maximum contribution limit as
determined by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company matches participant
contributions up to a maximum of 2% of a participant's salary. For the periods
from January 1, 1998 to April 22, 1998 and from April 23, 1998 to December 23,
1998, and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, the Company made
contributions to the plan of $329, $536, $761 and $480, respectively.

(12) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

LEASES

The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under noncancelable
operating leases. Lease and rental costs charged to expense for the periods from
January 1, 1998 to April 22, 1998 and from April 23, 1998 to December 23, 1998,
and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 were $1,098, $2,222, $3,230,
and $2,767, respectively. The Company also rents utility poles in its
operations. Generally, pole rentals are cancelable on short notice, but the
Company anticipates that such rentals will recur. Rent expense for pole
attachments for the periods from January 1, 1998 to April 22, 1998 and from
April 23, 1998 to December 23, 1998 and for the years ended December 31, 1997
and 1996 were $1,372 , $2,620, $4,314, and $4,008, respectively.

REGULATION IN THE CABLE TELEVISION INDUSTRY

The 1992 Cable Act permits certified local franchising authorities to order
refunds of basic service tier rates paid in the previous twelve-month period
determined to be in excess of the maximum permitted rates. As of December 23,
1998, the amount returned by the Company has been insignificant. The Company may
be required to refund additional amounts in the future.

F-53
<PAGE> 209
MARCUS CABLE COMPANY, L.L.C. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

twelve-month period may be ordered upon certification if the Company is unable
to justify its basic rates. The Company is unable to estimate at this time the
amount of refunds, if any, that may be payable by the Company in the event
certain of its rates are successfully challenged by franchising authorities or
found to be unreasonable by the FCC. The Company does not believe that the
amount of any such refunds would have a material adverse effect on the financial
position or results of operations of the Company.

LITIGATION

In Alabama, Indiana, Texas and Wisconsin, customers have filed punitive
class action lawsuits on behalf of all person residing in those respective
states who are or were potential customers of the Company's cable television
service, and who have been charged a processing fee for delinquent payment of
their cable bill. The actions challenge the legality of the processing fee and
seek declaratory judgment, injunctive relief and unspecified damages. In Alabama
and Wisconsin, the Company has entered into joint speculation and case
management orders with attorneys for plaintiffs. A Motion to Dismiss is pending
in Indiana. The Company intends to vigorously defend the actions. At this stage
of the actions, the Company is not able to project the expenses of defending the
actions or the potential outcome of the actions, including the impact on the
consolidated financial position or results of operations.

The Company is also party to lawsuits which are generally incidental to its
business. In the opinion of management, after consulting with legal counsel, the
outcome of these lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

(13) SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED)

In March 1999, concurrent with the issuance of Senior Notes and Senior
Discount Notes, the combined company (Charter and the Company, see note 1)
extinguished all long-term debt, excluding borrowings of Charter and the Company
under their respective credit agreements, and refinanced all existing credit
agreements at various subsidiaries of the Company and Charter with a new credit
agreement entered into by a wholly owned subsidiary of the combined company.

F-54
<PAGE> 210

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To CCA Group:

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet of CCA Holdings
Corp., CCT Holdings Corp. and Charter Communications Long Beach, Inc.
(collectively CCA Group) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997, and the
related combined statements of operations, shareholders' deficit and cash flows
for the period from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, and for the
years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996. These combined financial statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the combined financial position of CCA Group and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997, and the combined results of their
operations and their cash flows for the period from January 1, 1998, through
December 23, 1998, and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

St. Louis, Missouri,
February 5, 1999

F-55
<PAGE> 211

CCA GROUP

COMBINED BALANCE SHEET -- DECEMBER 31, 1997
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents................................. $ 4,501
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
accounts of $926....................................... 9,407
Prepaid expenses and other................................ 1,988
Deferred income tax asset................................. 5,915
----------
Total current assets.............................. 21,811
----------
RECEIVABLE FROM RELATED PARTY, including accrued interest... 13,090
----------
INVESTMENT IN CABLE TELEVISION PROPERTIES:
Property, plant and equipment............................. 352,860
Franchises, net of accumulated amortization of $132,871... 806,451
----------
1,159,311
----------
OTHER ASSETS................................................ 13,731
----------
$1,207,943
==========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Current maturities of long-term debt...................... $ 25,625
Accounts payable and accrued expenses..................... 48,554
Payables to manager of cable television systems -- related
party.................................................. 1,975
----------
Total current liabilities......................... 76,154
----------
DEFERRED REVENUE............................................ 1,882
----------
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES....................................... 117,278
----------
LONG-TERM DEBT, less current maturities..................... 758,795
----------
DEFERRED MANAGEMENT FEES.................................... 4,291
----------
NOTES PAYABLE, including accrued interest................... 348,202
----------
SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT:
Common stock.............................................. 1
Additional paid-in capital................................ 128,499
Accumulated deficit....................................... (227,159)
----------
Total shareholders' deficit....................... (98,659)
----------
$1,207,943
==========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined statements.
F-56
<PAGE> 212

CCA GROUP

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined statements.
F-57
<PAGE> 213

CCA GROUP

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ADDITIONAL
COMMON PAID-IN ACCUMULATED
STOCK CAPITAL DEFICIT TOTAL
------ ---------- ----------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE, December 31, 1995........... $ 1 $ 99,999 $ (51,064) $ 48,936
Net loss........................... -- -- (83,073) (83,073)
--- -------- --------- ---------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996........... 1 99,999 (134,137) (34,137)
Capital contributions.............. -- 28,500 -- 28,500
Net loss........................... -- -- (93,022) (93,022)
--- -------- --------- ---------
BALANCE, December 31, 1997........... 1 128,499 (227,159) (98,659)
Capital contributions.............. -- 5,684 -- 5,684
Net loss........................... -- -- (102,950) (102,950)
--- -------- --------- ---------
BALANCE, December 23, 1998........... $ 1 $134,183 $(330,109) $(195,925)
=== ======== ========= =========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined statements.
F-58
<PAGE> 214

CCA GROUP

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1,
1998, YEAR ENDED
THROUGH DECEMBER 31
DECEMBER 23, ---------------------
1998 1997 1996
------------ ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss.............................................. $(102,950) $(93,022) $ (83,073)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided
by operating activities --
Depreciation and amortization...................... 136,689 116,080 96,547
Amortization of debt issuance costs and non cash
interest cost.................................... 44,701 49,107 39,927
(Gain) loss on sale of property, plant and
equipment........................................ 511 (156) 1,257
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects
from acquisitions --
Accounts receivable, net......................... 4,779 222 (1,393)
Prepaid expenses and other....................... 243 (175) 216
Accounts payable and accrued expenses............ 3,849 8,797 3,855
Payables to manager of cable television systems,
including deferred management fees............ 3,485 784 448
Deferred revenue................................. 1,336 559 (236)
Other operating activities....................... 5,583 (3,207) 1,372
--------- -------- ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities........ 98,226 78,989 58,920
--------- -------- ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property, plant and equipment............ (95,060) (82,551) (56,073)
Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired....... -- (147,187) (122,017)
Other investing activities............................ (2,898) (1,296) 54
--------- -------- ---------
Net cash used in investing activities.............. (97,958) (231,034) (178,036)
--------- -------- ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Borrowings of long-term debt.......................... 300,400 162,000 127,000
Repayments of long-term debt.......................... (64,120) (39,580) (13,100)
Payments of debt issuance costs....................... (8,442) (3,360) (3,126)
Repayments under notes payable........................ (230,994) -- --
Capital contributions................................. -- 28,500 --
--------- -------- ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
activities....................................... (3,156) 147,560 110,774
--------- -------- ---------
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS............... (2,888) (4,485) (8,342)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period.......... 4,501 8,986 17,328
--------- -------- ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period................ $ 1,613 $ 4,501 $ 8,986
========= ======== =========
CASH PAID FOR INTEREST.................................. $ 179,781 $ 49,687 $ 51,434
========= ======== =========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined statements.

F-59
<PAGE> 215

CCA GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

CCA Group consists of CCA Holdings Corp. (CCA Holdings), CCT Holdings Corp.
(CCT Holdings) and Charter Communications Long Beach, Inc. (CC-LB), all Delaware
corporations (collectively referred to as "CCA Group" or the "Company") and
their subsidiaries. The combined financial statements of each of these companies
have been combined by virtue of their common ownership and management. All
material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

CCA Holdings commenced operations in January 1995 in connection with
consummation of the Crown Transaction (as defined below). The accompanying
financial statements include the accounts of CCA Holdings; its wholly-owned
subsidiary, CCA Acquisition Corp. (CAC); CAC's wholly-owned subsidiary, Cencom
Cable Entertainment, Inc. (CCE); and Charter Communications Entertainment I,
L.P. (CCE-I), which is controlled by CAC through its general partnership
interest. Through December 23, 1998, CCA Holdings was approximately 85% owned by
Kelso Investment Associates V, L.P., an investment fund, together with an
affiliate (collectively referred to as "Kelso" herein) and certain other
individuals and approximately 15% by Charter Communications, Inc. (Charter),
manager of CCE-I's cable television systems.

CCT Holdings was formed on January 6, 1995. CCT Holdings commenced
operations in September 1995 in connection with consummation of the Gaylord
Transaction (as defined below). The accompanying financial statements include
the accounts of CCT Holdings and Charter Communications Entertainment II, L.P.
(CCE-II), which is controlled by CCT Holdings through its general partnership
interest. Through December 23, 1998, CCT Holdings was owned approximately 85% by
Kelso and certain other individuals and approximately 15% by Charter, manager of
CCE-II's cable television systems.

In January 1995, CAC completed the acquisition of certain cable television
systems from Crown Media, Inc. (Crown), a subsidiary of Hallmark Cards,
Incorporated (Hallmark) (the "Crown Transaction"). On September 29, 1995, CAC
and CCT Holdings entered into an Asset Exchange Agreement whereby CAC exchanged
a 1% undivided interest in all of its assets for a 1.22% undivided interest in
certain assets to be acquired by CCT Holdings from an affiliate of Gaylord
Entertainment Company, Inc. (Gaylord). Effective September 30, 1995, CCT
Holdings acquired certain cable television systems from Gaylord (the "Gaylord
Transaction"). Upon execution of the Asset Purchase Agreement, CAC and CCT
Holdings entered into a series of agreements to contribute the assets acquired
under the Crown Transaction to CCE-I and certain assets acquired in the Gaylord
acquisition to CCE-II. Collectively, CCA Holdings and CCT Holdings own 100% of
CCE-I and CCE-II.

CC-LB was acquired by Kelso and Charter in May 1997. The accompanying
financial statements include the accounts of CC-LB and its wholly owned
subsidiary, Long Beach Acquisition Corp. (LBAC) from the date of acquisition.
Through December 23, 1998, CC-LB was owned approximately 85% by Kelso and
certain other individuals and approximately 15% by Charter, manager of LBAC's
cable television systems.

F-60
<PAGE> 216
CCA GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Effective December 23, 1998, Paul G. Allen acquired 94% of Charter through
a series of transactions. In conjunction with Mr. Allen's acquisition, Charter
acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of CCA Holdings, CCT Holdings and CC-LB
on December 23, 1998.

In 1998, CCE-I provided cable television service to customers in
Connecticut, Illinois, Massachusetts, Missouri and New Hampshire, CCE-II
provided cable television service to customers in California and LBAC provided
cable television service to customers in Long Beach, California, and certain
surrounding areas.

CASH EQUIVALENTS

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost, including all direct and
certain indirect costs associated with the construction of cable television
transmission and distribution facilities, and the cost of new customer
installation. The costs of disconnecting a residence are charged to expense in
the period incurred. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to
expense as incurred, and equipment replacement costs and betterments are
capitalized.

Depreciation is provided on the straight-line basis over the estimated
useful lives of the related assets as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Cable distribution systems........................... 3-15 years
Buildings and leasehold improvements................. 5-15 years
Vehicles and equipment............................... 3-5 years
</TABLE>

In 1997, the Company shortened the estimated useful lives of certain property,
plant and equipment for depreciation purposes. As a result, additional
depreciation of $8,123 was recorded during 1997.

FRANCHISES

OTHER ASSETS

Debt issuance costs are amortized to interest expense over the term of the
related debt. The interest rate cap costs are being amortized over the terms of
the agreement, which approximates three years.

F-61
<PAGE> 217
CCA GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

INCOME TAXES

Income taxes are recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes."

USE OF ESTIMATES

2. ACQUISITIONS:

In 1997, CC-LB acquired the stock of LBAC for an aggregate purchase price,
net of cash acquired, of $147,200. In connection with the completion of this
acquisition, LBAC recorded $55,900 of deferred income tax liabilities resulting
from differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of certain assets
acquired. The excess of the cost of properties acquired over the amounts
assigned to net tangible assets at the date of acquisition was $190,200 and is
included in franchises.

In 1996, the Company acquired cable television systems in three separate
transactions for an aggregate purchase price, net of cash acquired, of $122,000.
The excess of the cost of properties acquired over the amounts assigned to net
tangible assets at the dates of acquisition was $100,200 and is included in
franchises.

The above acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting, and accordingly, results of operations of the acquired assets have
been included in the financial statements from the dates of the acquisitions.

Unaudited pro forma operating results for the 1997 acquisitions as though
the acquisitions had been made on January 1, 1997, with pro forma adjustments to
give effect to amortization of franchises, interest expense and certain other
adjustments as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
1997
(UNAUDITED)
-------------
<S> <C>
Revenues............................................ $303,797
Income from operations.............................. 14,108
Net loss............................................ (94,853)
</TABLE>

3. RECEIVABLE FROM RELATED PARTY:

In connection with the transfer of certain assets acquired in the Gaylord
Transaction to Charter Communications Properties, Inc. (CCP), Charter
Communications Properties Holding Corp. (CCP Holdings), the parent of CCP and a
wholly owned subsidiary of Charter, entered into a $9,447 promissory note with
CCT Holdings. The promissory note

F-62
<PAGE> 218
CCA GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

bears interest at the rates paid by CCT Holdings on the Gaylord Seller Note.
Principal and interest are due on September 29, 2005. Interest income has been
accrued based on an average rate of interest over the life of the Gaylord Seller
Note, which approximates 15.4% and totaled $1,899 for the period from January 1,
1998, through December 23, 1998, and $1,806 and $1,547 for the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. As of December 31, 1997, interest
receivable totaled $3,643.

4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following at December 31,
1997:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Cable distribution systems............................ $ 426,241
Land, buildings and leasehold improvements............ 15,443
Vehicles and equipment................................ 24,375
---------
466,059
Less -- Accumulated depreciation...................... (113,199)
---------
$ 352,860
=========
</TABLE>

Depreciation expense for the period from January 1, 1998, through December
23, 1998, and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, was $72,914,
$59,599 and $39,575, respectively.

5. OTHER ASSETS:

Other assets consists of the following at December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Debt issuance costs..................................... $13,416
Note receivable......................................... 2,100
Other................................................... 1,342
-------
16,858
Less -- Accumulated amortization........................ (3,127)
-------
$13,731
=======
</TABLE>

6. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES:

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following at December
31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Accrued interest........................................ $ 8,389
Franchise fees.......................................... 6,434
Programming expenses.................................... 5,855
Accounts payable........................................ 4,734
Public education and governmental costs................. 4,059
Salaries and related benefits........................... 3,977
Capital expenditures.................................... 3,629
Other................................................... 11,477
-------
$48,554
=======
</TABLE>

F-63
<PAGE> 219
CCA GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

7. LONG-TERM DEBT:

Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
CCE-I:
Term loans............................................. $274,120
Fund loans............................................. 85,000
Revolving credit facility.............................. 103,800
--------
462,920
--------
CCE-II:
Term loans............................................. 105,000
Revolving credit facility.............................. 123,500
--------
228,500
--------
LBAC:
Term loans............................................. 85,000
Revolving credit facility.............................. 8,000
--------
93,000
--------
Total debt..................................... 784,420
Less -- Current maturities............................... (25,625)
--------
Total long-term debt........................... $758,795
========
</TABLE>

CCE-I CREDIT AGREEMENT

CCE-I maintains a credit agreement (the "CCE-I Credit Agreement"), which
provides for a $280,000 term loan that matures on September 30, 2006, an $85,000
fund loan that matures on March 31, 2007, and a $175,000 revolving credit
facility with a maturity date of September 30, 2006. Amounts under the CCE-I
Credit Agreement bear interest at either the LIBOR Rate or Base Rate, as
defined, plus a margin of up to 2.75%. The variable interest rate ranged from
6.88% to 8.06% at December 23, 1998, and from 7.63% to 8.50% and 7.63% to 8.38%
at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

Commencing June 30, 2002, and at the end of each calendar quarter
thereafter, available borrowings under the revolving credit facility and the
term loan shall be reduced on an annual basis by 12.0% in 2002 and 15.0% in
2003. Commencing June 30, 2002, and at the end of each calendar quarter
thereafter, the available borrowings for the fund loan shall be reduced on an
annual basis by 0.75% in 2002 and 1.0% in 2003. A quarterly commitment fee of
between 0.375% and 0.5% per annum is payable on the unborrowed balance of the
revolving credit facility.

COMBINED CREDIT AGREEMENT

CCE-II and LBAC maintain a credit agreement (the "Combined Credit
Agreement") which provides for two term loan facilities, one with the principal
amount of $100,000 that matures on March 31, 2005, and the other with the
principal amount of $90,000 that matures on March 31, 2006. The Combined Credit
Agreement also provides for a $185,000 revolving credit facility, with a
maturity date of March 31, 2005. Amounts under the Combined Credit Agreement
bear interest at either the LIBOR Rate or Base

F-64
<PAGE> 220
CCA GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Rate, as defined, plus a margin of up to 2.5%. The variable interest rate ranged
from 6.56% to 7.59% at December 23, 1998, and from 7.50% to 8.38% at December
31, 1997, respectively.

Commencing March 31, 2001, and at the end of each quarter thereafter,
available borrowings under the revolving credit facility and one term loan shall
be reduced on an annual basis by 5.0% in 2001, 15.0% in 2002 and 18.0% in 2003.
Commencing in December 31, 1999, and at the end of each quarter thereafter,
available borrowings under the other term loan shall be reduced on annual basis
by 0.5% in 1999, 0.8% in 2000, 1.0% in 2001, 1.0% in 2002 and 1.0% in 2003. A
quarterly commitment fee of between 0.25% and 0.375% per annum, based upon the
intercompany indebtedness of the Company, is payable on the unborrowed balance
of the revolving credit facility.

CCE CREDIT AGREEMENT

In October 1998, Charter Communications Entertainment, L.P. (CCE L.P.), a
98% direct and indirect owner of CCE-I and CCE-II and indirectly owned
subsidiary of the Company, entered into a credit agreement (the "CCE L.P. Credit
Agreement") which provides for a term loan facility with the principal amount of
$130,000 that matures on September 30, 2007. Amounts under the CCE L.P. Credit
Agreement bear interest at the LIBOR Rate or Base Rate, as defined, plus a
margin of up to 3.25%. The variable interest rate at December 23, 1998, was
8.62%.

Commencing June 30, 2002, and the end of each calendar quarter thereafter,
the available borrowings for the term loan shall be reduced on an annual basis
by 0.75% in 2002 and 1.0% in 2003.

CCE-II HOLDINGS CREDIT AGREEMENT

CCE-II Holdings, LLC (CCE-II Holdings), a wholly owned subsidiary of CCE
L.P. and the parent of CCE-II, entered into a credit agreement (the "CCE-II
Holdings Credit Agreement") in November 1998, which provides for a term loan
facility with the principal amount of $95,000 that matures on September 30,
2006. Amounts under the CCE-II Holdings Credit Agreement bear interest at either
the LIBOR Rate or Base Rate, as defined, plus a margin of up to 3.25%. The
variable rate at December 23, 1998, was 8.56%.

Commencing June 30, 2002, and at the end of each quarter thereafter,
available borrowings under the revolving credit facility and one term loan shall
be reduced on an annual basis by 0.5% in 2002 and 1.0% in 2003.

The credit agreements require the Company to comply with various financial
and nonfinancial covenants, including the maintenance of annualized operating
cash flow to fixed charge ratio, as defined, not to exceed 1.0 to 1.0. These
debt instruments also contain substantial limitations on, or prohibitions of,
distributions, additional indebtedness, liens asset sales and certain other
items.

F-65
<PAGE> 221
CCA GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

8. NOTES PAYABLE:

Notes payable consists of the following at December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
HC Crown Note............................................ $ 82,000
Accrued interest on HC Crown Note........................ 36,919
Gaylord Seller Note...................................... 165,688
Accrued interest on Gaylord Seller Note.................. 63,595
--------
Total.......................................... $348,202
========
</TABLE>

In connection with the Crown Transaction, the Company entered into an
$82,000 senior subordinated loan agreement with a subsidiary of Hallmark, HC
Crown Corp., and pursuant to such loan agreement issued a senior subordinated
note (the "HC Crown Note"). The HC Crown Note was an unsecured obligation. The
HC Crown Note was limited in aggregate principal amount to $82,000 and has a
stated maturity date of December 31, 1999 (the "Stated Maturity Date"). Interest
has been accrued at 13% per annum, compounded semiannually, payable upon
maturity. In October 1998, the Crown Note and accrued interest was paid in full.

In connection with the Gaylord Transaction, CCT Holdings entered into a
$165,700 subordinated loan agreement with Gaylord (the "Gaylord Seller Note").
Interest expense has been accrued based on an average rate of interest over the
life of the Gaylord Seller Note, which approximated 15.4%.

In connection with the Gaylord Transaction, CCT Holdings, CCE L.P. and
Gaylord entered into a contingent payment agreement (the "Contingent
Agreement"). The Contingent Agreement indicates CCE L.P. will pay Gaylord 15% of
any amount distributed to CCT Holdings in excess of the total of the Gaylord
Seller Note, Crown Seller Note and $450,000. In conjunction with the Paul G.
Allen acquisition of Charter and the Company, Gaylord was paid an additional
$132,000 pursuant to the Contingent Agreement and the Gaylord Seller Note was
paid in full.

9. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

A summary of debt and the related interest rate hedge agreements at
December 31, 1997, is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997
--------------------------------
CARRYING NOTIONAL FAIR
VALUE AMOUNT VALUE
-------- -------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
DEBT
Debt under credit agreements...................... $784,420 $ -- $784,420
HC Crown Note (including accrued interest)........ 118,919 -- 118,587
Gaylord Seller Note (including accrued
interest)....................................... 229,283 -- 214,074
INTEREST RATE HEDGE AGREEMENTS
Swaps............................................. -- 405,000 (1,214)
Caps.............................................. -- 120,000 --
Collars........................................... -- 190,000 (437)
</TABLE>

F-66
<PAGE> 222
CCA GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

As the long-term debt under the credit agreements bear interest at current
market rates, their carrying amount approximates fair market value at December
31, 1997. Fair value of the HC Crown Note is based upon trading activity at
December 31, 1997. Fair value of the Gaylord Seller Note is based on current
redemption value.

The weighted average interest pay rate for the Company's interest rate swap
agreements was 7.82% at December 31, 1997. The weighted average interest rate
for the Company's interest rate cap agreements was 8.49% at December 31, 1997.
The weighted average interest rates for the Company's interest rate collar
agreements were 9.04% and 7.57% for the cap and floor components, respectively,
at December 31, 1997.

Management believes that the sellers of the interest rate hedge agreements
will be able to meet their obligations under the agreements. In addition, some
of the interest rate hedge agreements are with certain of the participating
banks under the Company's Senior Credit Facility thereby reducing the exposure
to credit loss. The Company has policies regarding the financial stability and
credit standing of major counterparties. Nonperformance by the counterparties is
not anticipated nor would it have a material adverse effect on the results of
operations or the financial position of the Company.

F-67
<PAGE> 223
CCA GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

10. COMMON STOCK:

The Company's common stock consist of the following at December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
CCA Holdings:
Common stock -- Class A, voting, $.01 par value, 100,000
shares authorized; 75,515 shares issued and
outstanding............................................ $ 1
Common stock -- Class B, voting, $.01 par value, 20,000
shares authorized; 4,300 shares issued and
outstanding............................................ --
Common stock -- Class C, nonvoting, $.01 par value, 5,000
shares authorized; 185 shares issued and outstanding... --
---
1
---
CCT Holdings:
Common stock -- Class A, voting, $.01 par value, 20,000
shares authorized; 16,726 shares issued and
outstanding............................................ --
Common stock -- Class B, voting, $.01 par value, 4,000
shares authorized; 3,000 shares issued and
outstanding............................................ --
Common stock -- Class C, nonvoting, $.01 par value, 1,000
shares authorized; 275 shares issued and outstanding... --
---
CC-LB:
Common stock -- Class A, voting, $.01 par value, 31,000
shares authorized, 27,850 shares issued and
outstanding............................................ --
Common stock -- Class B, voting, $.01 par value, 2,000
shares authorized, 1,500 shares issued and
outstanding............................................ --
Common stock -- Class C, nonvoting, $.01 par value, 2,000
shares authorized, 650 shares issued and outstanding... --
---
Total common stock................................ $ 1
===
</TABLE>

CCA HOLDINGS

The Class A Voting Common Stock (CCA Class A Common Stock) and Class C
Nonvoting Common Stock (CCA Class C Common Stock) have certain preferential
rights upon liquidation of CCA Holdings. In the event of liquidation,
dissolution or "winding up" of CCA Holdings, holders of CCA Class A and Class C
Common Stock are entitled to a preference of $1,000 per share. After such amount
is paid, holders of Class B Voting Common Stock (CCA Class B Common Stock) are
entitled to receive $1,000 per share. Thereafter, Class A and Class C
shareholders shall ratably receive the remaining proceeds.

If upon liquidation, dissolution or "winding up" the assets of CCA Holdings
are insufficient to permit payment to Class A and Class C shareholders for their
full preferential amounts, all assets of CCA Holdings shall then be distributed
ratably to Class A and Class C shareholders. Furthermore, if the proceeds from
liquidation are inadequate to pay Class B shareholders their full preferential
amounts, the proceeds are to be distributed on a pro rata basis to Class B
shareholders.

Upon the occurrence of any Conversion Event (as defined within the Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) Class C shareholders may convert any
or all of their outstanding shares into the same number of Class A shares.
Furthermore, CCA Holdings

F-68
<PAGE> 224
CCA GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

may automatically convert outstanding Class C shares into the same number of
Class A shares.

CCA Holdings is restricted from making cash dividends on its common stock
until the balance outstanding under the HC Crown Note is repaid.

Charter and Kelso entered into a Stockholders' Agreement providing for
certain restrictions on the transfer, sale or purchase of CCA Holdings' common
stock.

CCT HOLDINGS

The Class A Voting Common Stock (CCT Class A Common Stock) and Class C
Nonvoting Common Stock (CCT Class C Common Stock) have certain preferential
rights upon liquidation of CCT Holdings. In the event of liquidation,
dissolution or "winding up" of CCT Holdings, holders of CCT Class A Common Stock
and Class C Common Stock are entitled to a preference of $1,000 per share. After
such amount is paid, holders of Class B Voting Common Stock (CCT Class B Common
Stock) are entitled to receive $1,000 per share. Thereafter, Class A and Class C
shareholders shall ratably receive the remaining proceeds.

If upon liquidation, dissolution or "winding up" the assets of CCT Holdings
are insufficient to permit payment to Class A Common Stock and Class C
shareholders for their full preferential amount, all assets of the Company shall
then be distributed ratably to Class A and Class C shareholders. Furthermore, if
the proceeds from liquidation are inadequate to pay Class B shareholders their
full preferential amount, the proceeds are to be distributed on a pro rata basis
to Class B shareholders.

Upon the occurrence of any Conversion Event (as defined within the Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), Class C shareholders may convert any
or all of their outstanding shares into the same number of Class A shares.
Furthermore, CCT Holdings may automatically convert outstanding Class C shares
into the same number of Class A shares.

CCT Holdings is restricted from making cash dividends on its common stock
until the balance outstanding under the note payable to seller is repaid.

Charter and Kelso entered into a Stockholders' Agreement providing for
certain restrictions on the transfer, sale or purchase of CCT Holdings' common
stock.

CC-LB

The Class A Voting Common Stock (CC-LB Class A Common Stock) and Class C
Nonvoting Common Stock (CC-LB Class C Common Stock) have certain preferential
rights upon liquidation of CC-LB. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or
"winding up" of CC-LB, holders of CC-LB Class A Common Stock and Class C Common
Stock are entitled to a preference of $1,000 per share. After such amount is
paid, holders of Class B Voting Common Stock (CC-LB Class B Common Stock) are
entitled to receive $1,000 per share. Thereafter, Class A, Class B and Class C
shareholders shall ratably receive the remaining proceeds.

If upon liquidation, dissolution or "winding up" the assets of CC-LB are
insufficient to permit payment to Class A and Class C shareholders for their
full preferential amount,

F-69
<PAGE> 225
CCA GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

all assets of the Company shall then be distributed ratably to Class A and Class
C shareholders. Furthermore, if the proceeds from liquidation are inadequate to
pay Class B shareholders their full preferential amount, the proceeds are to be
distributed on a pro rata basis to Class B shareholders.

CC-LB Class C Common Stock may be converted into CC-LB Class A Common Stock
upon the transfer of CC-LB Class C Common Stock to a person not affiliated with
the seller. Furthermore, CC-LB may automatically convert outstanding Class C
shares into the same number of Class A shares.

11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

Charter provides management services to the Company under the terms of a
contract which provides for annual base fees equal to $9,277 and $9,485 for the
period from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, and for the year ended
December 31, 1997, respectively, plus an additional fee equal to 30% of the
excess, if any, of operating cash flow (as defined in the management agreement)
over the projected operating cash flow. Payment of the additional fee is
deferred due to restrictions provided within the Company's credit agreements.
Deferred management fees bear interest at 8.0% per annum. The additional fees
for the periods from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, and the years
ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, totaled $2,160, $1,990 and $1,255,
respectively. In addition, the Company receives financial advisory services from
an affiliate of Kelso, under terms of a contract which provides for fees equal
to $1,064 and $1,113 per annum as of January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998,
and December 31, 1997, respectively. Management and financial advisory service
fees currently payable of $2,281 are included in payables to manager of cable
television systems -- related party at December 31, 1997.

The Company pays certain acquisition advisory fees to an affiliate of Kelso
and Charter, which typically equal approximately 1% of the total purchase price
paid for cable television systems acquired. Total acquisition fees paid to the
affiliate of Kelso for the period from January 1, 1998, through December 23,
1998, were $-0-. Total acquisition fees paid to the affiliate of Kelso in 1997
and 1996 were $-0- and $1,400, respectively. Total acquisition fees paid to
Charter for the period from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, were
$-0-. Total acquisition fees paid to Charter in 1997 and 1996 were $-0- and
$1,400, respectively.

The Company and all entities managed by Charter collectively utilize a
combination of insurance coverage and self-insurance programs for medical,
dental and workers' compensation claims. The Company is allocated charges
monthly based upon its total number of employees, historical claims and medical
cost trend rates. Management considers this allocation to be reasonable for the
operations of the Company. For the period from January 1, 1998, through December
23, 1998, the Company expensed $1,950 relating to insurance allocations. During
1997 and 1996, the Company expensed $1,689 and $2,065, respectively, relating to
insurance allocations.

Beginning in 1996, the Company and other entities managed by Charter
employed the services of Charter's National Data Center (the "National Data
Center"). The National Data Center performs certain customer billing services
and provides computer network, hardware and software support to the Company and
other affiliated entities. The cost of these services is allocated based on the
number of customers. Management considers this

F-70
<PAGE> 226
CCA GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

allocation to be reasonable for the operations of the Company. For the period
from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, the Company expensed $843
relating to these services. During 1997 and 1996, the Company expensed $723 and
$466 relating to these services, respectively.

CCE-I maintains a regional office. The regional office performs certain
operational services on behalf of CCE-I and other affiliated entities. The cost
of these services is allocated to CCE-I and affiliated entities based on their
number of customers. Management considers this allocation to be reasonable for
the operations of CCE-I. From the period January 1, 1998, through December 23,
1998, the Company expensed $1,926 relating to these services. During 1997 and
1996, CCE-I expensed $861 and $799, respectively, relating to these services.

12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

LEASES

The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under noncancelable
operating leases. Lease and rental costs charged to expense for the period from
January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, was $2,222. Rent expense incurred
under these leases during 1997 and 1996 was $1,956 and $1,704, respectively.

The Company also rents utility poles in its operations. Generally, pole
rentals are cancelable on short notice, but the Company anticipates that such
rentals will recur. Rent expensed incurred for pole attachments for the period
from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, was $2,430. Rent expense
incurred for pole attachments during 1997 and 1996 was $2,601 and $2,330,
respectively.

LITIGATION

13. REGULATION IN THE CABLE TELEVISION INDUSTRY:

The 1992 Cable Act and the FCC's rules implementing that act generally have
increased the administrative and operational expenses of cable television
systems and have

F-71
<PAGE> 227
CCA GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

resulted in additional regulatory oversight by the FCC and local or state
franchise authorities. The Cable Acts and the corresponding FCC regulations have
established rate regulations.

The 1992 Cable Act permits certified local franchising authorities to order
refunds of basic service tier rates paid in the previous twelve-month period
determined to be in excess of the maximum permitted rates. As of December 23,
1998, the amount refunded by the Company has been insignificant. The Company may
be required to refund additional amounts in the future.

The Company believes that it has complied in all material respects with the
provisions of the 1992 Cable Act, including the rate setting provisions
promulgated by the FCC. However, in jurisdictions that have chosen not to
certify, refunds covering the previous twelve-month period may be ordered upon
certification if the Company is unable to justify its basic rates. The Company
is unable to estimate at this time the amount of refunds, if any, that may be
payable by the Company in the event certain of its rates are successfully
challenged by franchising authorities or found to be unreasonable by the FCC.
The Company does not believe that the amount of any such refunds would have a
material adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations of
the Company.

14. INCOME TAXES:

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future
tax consequence attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted
tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are
expected to be recovered or settled. Deferred income tax expense or benefit is
the result of changes in the liability or asset recorded for deferred taxes. A
valuation allowance must be established for any portion of a deferred tax asset
for which it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized.

F-72
<PAGE> 228
CCA GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

For the period from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, and the
years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, no current provision (benefit) for
income taxes was recorded. The effective income tax rate is less than the
federal rate of 35% primarily due to providing a valuation allowance on deferred
income tax assets.

Deferred taxes are comprised of the following at December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Deferred income tax assets:
Accounts receivable................................... $ 252
Other assets.......................................... 7,607
Accrued expenses...................................... 4,740
Deferred revenue...................................... 624
Deferred management fees.............................. 1,654
Tax loss carryforwards................................ 80,681
Tax credit carryforward............................... 1,360
Valuation allowance................................... (40,795)
---------
Total deferred income tax assets.............. 56,123
---------
Deferred income tax liabilities:
Property, plant and equipment......................... (38,555)
Franchise costs....................................... (117,524)
Other................................................. (11,407)
---------
Total deferred income tax liabilities......... (167,486)
---------
Net deferred income tax liability............. $(111,363)
=========
</TABLE>

At December 31, 1997, the Company had net operating loss (NOL)
carryforwards for regular income tax purposes aggregating $204,400, which expire
in various years from 1999 through 2012. Utilization of the NOLs carryforwards
is subject to certain limitations.

15. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:

The Company's employees may participate in the Charter Communications, Inc.
401(k) Plan (the "401(k) Plan"). Employees that qualify for participation can
contribute up to 15% of their salary, on a before tax basis, subject to a
maximum contribution limit as determined by the Internal Revenue Service. The
Company contributes an amount equal to 50% of the first 5% of contributions by
each employee. For the period from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998,
the Company contributed $585 to the 401(k) plan. During 1997 and 1996, the
Company contributed approximately $499 and $435 to the 401(k) Plan,
respectively.

Certain employees of the Company are participants in the 1996 Charter
Communications/Kelso Group Appreciation Rights Plan (the "Plan"). The Plan
covers certain key employees and consultants within the group of companies and
partnerships controlled by affiliates of Kelso and managed by Charter. As a
result of the acquisition of Charter and the Company, the Plan will be
terminated and all amounts will be paid by Charter in 1999. For the period from
January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, the Company recorded $5,684 of
expense, included in management fees, and a contribution from Charter related to
the Appreciation Rights Plan.

F-73
<PAGE> 229
CCA GROUP

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

16. ACCOUNTING STANDARD NOT YET IMPLEMENTED:

In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board adopted SFAS No.
133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No.
133 establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that every
derivative instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded in
other contracts) be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or
liability measured at its fair value and that changes in the derivative's fair
value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting
criteria are met. Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative's
gains and losses to offset related results on the hedged item in the income
statement, and requires that a company must formally document, designate and
assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting. SFAS No.
133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999. The Company has
not yet quantified the impacts of adopting SFAS No. 133 on its consolidated
financial statements nor has it determined the timing or method of its adoption
of SFAS No. 133. However, SFAS No. 133 could increase volatility in earnings
(loss).

F-74
<PAGE> 230

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To CharterComm Holdings, L.P.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of CharterComm
Holdings, L.P. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, partners' capital and cash flows for the
period from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, and for the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1996. These consolidated financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of CharterComm Holdings, L.P.
and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997, and the results of their operations
and their cash flows for the period from January 1, 1998, through December 23,
1998, and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

St. Louis, Missouri,
February 5, 1999

F-75
<PAGE> 231

CHARTERCOMM HOLDINGS, L.P.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET -- DECEMBER 31, 1997
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

ASSETS

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents................................. $ 2,742
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
accounts of $330....................................... 3,158
Prepaid expenses and other................................ 342
--------
Total current assets.............................. 6,242
--------
INVESTMENT IN CABLE TELEVISION PROPERTIES:
Property, plant and equipment............................. 235,808
Franchises, net of accumulated amortization of $119,968... 480,201
--------
716,009
--------
OTHER ASSETS................................................ 16,176
--------
$738,427
========
</TABLE>

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Current maturities of long-term debt...................... $ 5,375
Accounts payable and accrued expenses..................... 30,507
Payables to manager of cable television systems -- related
party.................................................. 1,120
--------
Total current liabilities......................... 37,002
--------
DEFERRED REVENUE............................................ 1,719
--------
LONG-TERM DEBT, less current maturities..................... 666,662
--------
DEFERRED MANAGEMENT FEES.................................... 7,805
--------
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES....................................... 5,111
--------
REDEEMABLE PREFERRED LIMITED UNITS -- 577.81 units,
issued and outstanding.................................... 20,128
--------
PARTNERS' CAPITAL:
General Partner........................................... --
Common Limited Partners -- 220.24 units issued and
outstanding............................................ --
--------
Total partners' capital........................... --
--------
$738,427
========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

F-76
<PAGE> 232

CHARTERCOMM HOLDINGS, L.P.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1,
1998, YEAR ENDED
THROUGH DECEMBER 31
DECEMBER 23, --------------------
1998 1997 1996
------------ ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES........................................ $196,801 $175,591 $120,280
-------- -------- --------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Operating costs............................... 83,745 75,728 50,970
General and administrative.................... 14,586 12,607 9,327
Depreciation and amortization................. 86,741 76,535 53,133
Management fees -- related party.............. 14,780 8,779 6,014
-------- -------- --------
199,852 173,649 119,444
-------- -------- --------
Income (loss) from operations.............. (3,051) 1,942 836
-------- -------- --------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
Interest income............................... 211 182 233
Interest expense.............................. (66,121) (61,498) (41,021)
Other, net.................................... (1,895) 17 (468)
-------- -------- --------
(67,805) (61,299) (41,256)
-------- -------- --------
Loss before extraordinary item............. (70,856) (59,357) (40,420)
EXTRAORDINARY ITEM -- Loss on early retirement
of debt....................................... (6,264) -- --
-------- -------- --------
Net loss................................... (77,120) (59,357) (40,420)
REDEMPTION PREFERENCE ALLOCATION:
Special Limited Partner units................. -- -- (829)
Redeemable Preferred Limited units............ -- -- (4,081)
NET LOSS ALLOCATED TO REDEEMABLE PREFERRED
LIMITED UNITS................................. 20,128 2,553 4,063
-------- -------- --------
Net loss applicable to partners' capital
accounts................................. $(56,992) $(56,804) $(41,267)
======== ======== ========
NET LOSS ALLOCATION TO PARTNERS' CAPITAL
ACCOUNTS:
General Partner............................... $(56,992) $(21,708) $(38,391)
Common Limited Partners....................... -- (35,096) (2,876)
-------- -------- --------
$(56,992) $(56,804) $(41,267)
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

F-77
<PAGE> 233

CHARTERCOMM HOLDINGS, L.P.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS' CAPITAL
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON
GENERAL LIMITED
PARTNER PARTNERS TOTAL
------- -------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE, December 31, 1995........................ $ 29,396 $ 2,202 $ 31,598
Capital contributions........................... 30,703 2,300 33,003
Allocation of net loss.......................... (38,391) (2,876) (41,267)
-------- -------- --------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996........................ 21,708 1,626 23,334
Capital contributions........................... -- 33,470 33,470
Allocation of net loss.......................... (21,708) (35,096) (56,804)
-------- -------- --------
BALANCE, December 31, 1997........................ -- -- --
Capital contributions........................... 4,920 -- 4,920
Allocation of net loss.......................... (56,992) -- (56,992)
-------- -------- --------
BALANCE, December 23, 1998........................ $(52,072) $ -- $(52,072)
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

F-78
<PAGE> 234

CHARTERCOMM HOLDINGS, L.P.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1,
1998,
THROUGH YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
DECEMBER 23, -----------------------
1998 1997 1996
------------ ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss........................................ $ (77,120) $ (59,357) $ (40,420)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
provided by operating activities --
Extraordinary item -- Loss on early
retirement of debt......................... 6,264 -- --
Depreciation and amortization................ 86,741 76,535 53,133
Amortization of debt issuance costs, debt
discount and interest rate cap
agreements................................. 14,563 14,212 9,564
Loss on disposal of property, plant and
equipment.................................. 1,714 203 367
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of
effects from acquisition --
Accounts receivable, net................... 2,000 369 (303)
Prepaid expenses and other................. (203) 943 245
Accounts payable and accrued expenses...... (1,970) 3,988 9,911
Payables to manager of cable television
systems, including deferred management
fees.................................... 9,456 3,207 3,479
Deferred revenue........................... 770 (82) 452
Other operating activities................. 5,378 -- --
--------- --------- ---------
Net cash provided by operating
activities.............................. 47,593 40,018 36,428
--------- --------- ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property, plant and equipment...... (85,044) (72,178) (48,324)
Payments for acquisitions, net of cash
acquired..................................... (5,900) (159,563) (145,366)
Other investing activities...................... 5,280 1,577 (2,089)
--------- --------- ---------
Net cash used in investing activities........ (85,664) (230,164) (195,779)
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Borrowings of long-term debt.................... 547,400 231,250 260,576
Repayments of long-term debt.................... (505,300) (67,930) (34,401)
Partners' capital contributions................. -- 29,800 --
Payment of debt issuance costs.................. (3,651) (3,593) (11,732)
Payment of Special Limited Partnership units.... -- -- (43,243)
Repayments of note payable -- related party..... -- -- (15,000)
Payments for interest rate cap agreements....... -- -- (35)
--------- --------- ---------
Net cash provided by financing activities.... 38,449 189,527 156,165
--------- --------- ---------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS..................................... 378 (619) (3,186)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period.... 2,742 3,361 6,547
--------- --------- ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period.......... $ 3,120 $ 2,742 $ 3,361
========= ========= =========
CASH PAID FOR INTEREST............................ $ 61,559 $ 42,538 $ 28,860
========= ========= =========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

F-79
<PAGE> 235

CHARTERCOMM HOLDINGS, L.P.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

CharterComm Holdings, L.P. (CharterComm Holdings) was formed in March 1996
with the contributions of Charter Communications Southeast Holdings, L.P.
(Southeast Holdings), Charter Communications, L.P. (CC-I) and Charter
Communications II, L.P. (CC-II). This contribution was accounted for as a
reorganization under common control and, accordingly, the consolidated financial
statements and notes have been restated to include the results and financial
position of Southeast Holdings, CC-I and CC-II.

Through December 23, 1998, CharterComm Holdings was owned 75.3% by
affiliates of Charterhouse Group International, Inc., a privately owned
investment firm (collectively referred to herein as "Charterhouse"), indirectly
owned 5.7% by Charter Communications, Inc. (Charter), manager of the
Partnership's (as defined below) cable television systems, and owned 19.0%
primarily by other institutional investors.

Effective December 23, 1998, Paul G. Allen acquired 94% of Charter through
a series of transactions. In conjunction with Mr. Allen's acquisition, Charter
acquired 100% of the outstanding partnership interests in CharterComm Holdings
on December 23, 1998.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
CharterComm Holdings and its subsidiaries collectively referred to as the
"Partnership" herein. All significant intercompany balances and transactions
have been eliminated in consolidation.

In 1998, the Partnership through its subsidiaries provided cable television
service to customers in Alabama, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, North Carolina,
South Carolina and Tennessee.

CASH EQUIVALENTS

The Partnership considers all highly liquid investments with original
maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 1997,
cash equivalents consist primarily of repurchase agreements. These investments
are carried at cost that approximates market value.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost, including all direct and
certain indirect costs associated with the construction of cable television
transmission and distribution facilities, and the cost of new customer
installation. The costs of disconnecting a customer are charged to expense in
the period incurred. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to
expense as incurred, and equipment replacement and betterments are capitalized.

F-80
<PAGE> 236
CHARTERCOMM HOLDINGS, L.P.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Depreciation is provided on the straight-line basis over the estimated
useful lives of the related assets as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Cable distribution systems............................. 3-15 years
Buildings and leasehold improvements................... 5-15 years
Vehicles and equipment................................. 3-5 years
</TABLE>

In 1997, the Partnership shortened the estimated useful lives of certain
property, plant and equipment for depreciation purposes. As a result, an
additional $4,775 of depreciation was recorded during 1997.

FRANCHISES

OTHER ASSETS

Debt issuance costs are being amortized to interest expense over the term
of the related debt. The interest rate cap costs are being amortized over the
terms of the agreement, which approximates three years.

IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS

REVENUES

Cable television revenues from basic and premium services are recognized
when the related services are provided.

Installation revenues are recognized to the extent of direct selling costs
incurred. The remainder, if any, is deferred and amortized to income over the
estimated average period that customers are expected to remain connected to the
cable television system. As of December 31, 1997, no installation revenue has
been deferred, as direct selling costs exceeded installation revenue.

Fees collected from programmers to guarantee carriage are deferred and
amortized to income over the life of the contracts. Local governmental
authorities impose franchise fees on the Partnership ranging up to a federally
mandated maximum of 5.0% of gross revenues. On a monthly basis, such fees are
collected from the Partnership's customers and

F-81
<PAGE> 237
CHARTERCOMM HOLDINGS, L.P.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

are periodically remitted to local franchises. Franchise fees collected and paid
are reported as revenue.

INTEREST RATE HEDGE AGREEMENTS

The Partnership manages fluctuations in interest rates by using interest
rate hedge agreements, as required by certain debt agreements. Interest rate
swaps, caps and collars are accounted for as hedges of debt obligations, and
accordingly, the net settlement amounts are recorded as adjustments to interest
expense in the period incurred. Premiums paid for interest rate caps are
deferred, included in other assets, and are amortized over the original term of
the interest rate agreement as an adjustment to interest expense.

The Partnership's interest rate swap agreements require the Partnership to
pay a fixed rate and receive a floating rate thereby creating fixed rate debt.
Interest rate caps and collars are entered into by the Partnership to reduce the
impact of rising interest rates on floating rate debt.

The Partnership's participation in interest rate hedging transactions
involves instruments that have a close correlation with its debt, thereby
managing its risk. Interest rate hedge agreements have been designed for hedging
purposes and are not held or issued for speculative purposes.

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

Other, net includes gain and loss on disposition of property, plant and
equipment, and other miscellaneous items, all of which are not directly related
to the Partnership's primary line of business. In 1996, the Partnership recorded
$367 of nonoperating losses for its portion of insurance deductibles pertaining
to damage caused by hurricanes to certain cable television systems.

INCOME TAXES

Income taxes are the responsibility of the partners and are not provided
for in the accompanying financial statements except for Peachtree Cable TV, Inc.
(Peachtree), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary, which is a C corporation and
for which taxes are presented in accordance with SFAS No. 109.

USE OF ESTIMATES

2. ACQUISITIONS:

In 1998, the Partnership acquired cable television systems in one
transaction for a purchase price net of cash acquired, of $5,900. The excess
cost of properties acquired over

F-82
<PAGE> 238
CHARTERCOMM HOLDINGS, L.P.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

the amounts assigned to net tangible assets at the date of acquisition was
$5,000 and is included in franchises.

In 1997, the Partnership acquired cable television systems in three
separate transactions for an aggregate purchase price, net of cash acquired, of
$159,600. The excess of the cost of properties acquired over the amounts
assigned to net tangible assets at the date of acquisition was $126,400 and is
included in franchises.

In 1996, the Partnership acquired cable television systems in three
separate transactions for an aggregate purchase price, net of cash acquired, of
$145,400. The excess of the cost of properties acquired over the amounts
assigned to net tangible assets at the date of acquisition was $118,200 and is
included in franchises.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
1997
------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C>
Revenues............................................... $182,770
Income from operations................................. 2,608
Net loss............................................... (61,389)
</TABLE>

The unaudited pro forma information does not purport to be indicative of
the results of operations had these transactions been completed as of the
assumed date or which may be obtained in the future.

3. DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS:

For financial reporting purposes, redemption preference allocations,
profits and losses are allocated to partners in accordance with the liquidation
provision of the applicable partnership agreement.

As stated in the Partnership Agreement, the Partnership may make
distributions to the partners out of all available funds at such times and in
such amounts as the General Partner may determine in its sole discretion.

4. REDEEMABLE PREFERRED LIMITED UNITS:

As of December 31, 1995, certain Redeemable Preferred Limited Partner units
of CC-I and CC-II were outstanding. During 1996, the Partnership issued certain
Redeemable Preferred Limited Partner units of CharterComm Holdings.

The Preferred Limited Partners' preference return has been reflected as an
addition to the Redeemable Preferred Limited Partner units, and the decrease has
been allocated to

F-83
<PAGE> 239
CHARTERCOMM HOLDINGS, L.P.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

the General Partner and Common Limited Partner consistent with the liquidation
and distribution provisions in the partnership agreements.

At December 23, 1998, the balance related to the CharterComm Holdings
Preferred Limited Partner units was as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Contribution, March 1996................................. $ 20,052
1996 redemption preference allocation.................. 2,629
Allocation of net loss................................. --
--------
Balance, December 31, 1996............................... 22,681
1997 redemption preference allocation.................. --
Allocation of net loss................................. (2,553)
--------
Balance, December 31, 1997............................... 20,128
1998 redemption preference allocation.................. --
Allocation of net loss................................. (20,128)
--------
Balance, December 23, 1998............................... $ --
========
</TABLE>

The 1998 and 1997 redemption preference allocations of $4,617 and $4,020,
respectively, have not been reflected in the Preferred Limited Partners' capital
accounts since the General Partner and Common Limited Partners' capital accounts
have been reduced to $-0-.

5. SPECIAL LIMITED PARTNER UNITS (CC-I):

Prior to March 28, 1996, certain Special Limited Partner units of CC-I were
outstanding. CC-I's profits were allocated to the Special Limited Partners until
allocated profits equaled the unrecovered preference amount (preference amounts
range from 6% to 17.5% of the unrecovered initial cost of the partnership units
and unrecovered preference amounts per annum). When there was no profit to
allocate, the preference return was reflected as a decrease in Partners'
Capital.

In accordance with a purchase agreement and through the use of a capital
contribution from Charter Communications Southeast, L.P. (Southeast), a wholly
owned subsidiary of Southeast Holdings, resulting from the proceeds of the Notes
(see Note 9), CC-I paid the Special Limited Partners $43,243 as full
consideration for their partnership interests on March 28, 1996.

6. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following at December 31,
1997:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Cable distribution systems............................... $274,837
Land, buildings and leasehold improvements............... 5,439
Vehicles and equipment................................... 14,669
--------
294,945
Less -- Accumulated depreciation......................... (59,137)
--------
$235,808
========
</TABLE>

F-84
<PAGE> 240
CHARTERCOMM HOLDINGS, L.P.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Depreciation expense for the period from January 1, 1998, through December
23, 1998, and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, was $44,307,
$33,634 and $16,997, respectively.

7. OTHER ASSETS:

Other assets consist of the following at December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Debt issuance costs....................................... $18,385
Other assets.............................................. 3,549
-------
21,934
Less -- Accumulated amortization.......................... (5,758)
-------
$16,176
=======
</TABLE>

As a result of the payment and termination of the CC-I Credit Agreement and
CC-II Credit Agreement (see Note 9), debt issuance costs of $6,264 were written
off as an extraordinary loss on early retirement of debt for the period from
January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998.

8. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES:

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following at December
31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Accrued interest.......................................... $ 9,804
Franchise fees............................................ 3,524
Programming costs......................................... 3,391
Accounts payable.......................................... 2,479
Capital expenditures...................................... 2,099
Salaries and related benefits............................. 2,079
Other..................................................... 7,131
-------
$30,507
=======
</TABLE>

9. LONG-TERM DEBT:

Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Senior Secured Discount Debentures....................... $146,820
11 1/4% Senior Notes..................................... 125,000
Credit Agreements:
CC-I................................................... 112,200
CC-II.................................................. 339,500
--------
723,520
Less:
Current maturities..................................... (5,375)
Unamortized discount................................... (51,483)
--------
$666,662
========
</TABLE>

F-85
<PAGE> 241
CHARTERCOMM HOLDINGS, L.P.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

SENIOR SECURED DISCOUNT DEBENTURES

On March 28, 1996, Southeast Holdings and CharterComm Holdings Capital
Corporation (Holdings Capital), a wholly owned subsidiary of Southeast Holdings
(collectively the "Debentures Issuers"), issued $146,820 of Senior Secured
Discount Debentures (the "Debentures") for proceeds of $75,000. Proceeds from
the Debentures were used to pay fees and expenses related to the issuance of the
Debentures and the balance of $72,400 was a capital contribution to Southeast.
The Debentures are secured by all of Southeast Holdings' ownership interest in
Southeast and rank pari passu in right and priority of payment to all other
existing and future indebtedness of the Debentures Issuers. The Debentures are
effectively subordinated to the claims of creditors of Southeast Holdings'
subsidiaries, including the Combined Credit Agreement (as defined herein). The
Debentures are redeemable at the Debentures Issuers' option at amounts
decreasing from 107% to 100% of principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest to
the redemption date, beginning on March 15, 2001. The Debentures Issuers are
required to make an offer to purchase all of the Debentures, at a purchase price
equal to 101% of the principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid
interest, upon a Change in Control, as defined in the Debentures Indenture. No
interest is payable on the Debentures prior to March 15, 2001. Thereafter,
interest on the Debentures is payable semiannually in arrears beginning
September 15, 2001, until maturity on March 15, 2007. The discount on the
Debentures is being accreted using the effective interest method at an interest
rate of 14% from the date of issuance to March 15, 2001.

11 1/4% SENIOR NOTES

Southeast and CharterComm Capital Corporation (Southeast Capital), a wholly
owned subsidiary of Southeast (collectively the "Notes Issuers"), issued
$125,000 aggregate principal amount of 11 1/4% Senior Notes (the "Notes"). The
Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Notes Issuers and rank pari passu
in right and priority of payment to all other existing and future indebtedness
of the Notes Issuers. The Notes are effectively subordinated to the claims of
creditors of Southeast's subsidiaries, including the lenders under the Combined
Credit Agreement. The Notes are redeemable at the Notes Issuers' option at
amounts decreasing from 105.625% to 100% of principal, plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the date of redemption, beginning on March 15, 2001. The Notes
Issuers are required to make an offer to purchase all of the Notes, at a
purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount, together with accrued and
unpaid interest, upon a Change in Control, as defined in the Notes Indenture.
Interest is payable semiannually on March 15 and September 15 until maturity on
March 15, 2006.

Southeast and Southeast Holdings are holding companies with no significant
assets other than their direct and indirect investments in CC-I and CC-II.
Southeast Capital and Holdings Capital were formed solely for the purpose of
serving as co-issuers and have no operations. Accordingly, the Notes Issuers and
Debentures Issuers must rely upon distributions from CC-I and CC-II to generate
funds necessary to meet their obligations, including the payment of principal
and interest on the Notes and Debentures.

F-86
<PAGE> 242
CHARTERCOMM HOLDINGS, L.P.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

COMBINED CREDIT AGREEMENT

In June 1998, CC-I and CC-II (the "Borrowers") replaced their existing
credit agreements and entered into a combined credit agreement (the "Combined
Credit Agreement"), which provides for two term loan facilities, one with the
principal amount of $200,000 that matures on June 30, 2007, and the other with
the principal amount of $150,000 that matures on December 31, 2007. The Combined
Credit Agreement also provides for a $290,000 revolving credit facility, with a
maturity date of June 30, 2007. Amounts under the Combined Credit Agreement bear
interest at the LIBOR Rate or Base Rate, as defined, plus a margin of up to
2.0%. The variable interest rates ranged from 6.69% to 7.31% at December 23,
1998.

Commencing March 31, 2002, and at the end of each calendar quarter
thereafter, the available borrowings for the revolving credit facility and the
$200,000 term loan shall be reduced on an annual basis by 11.0% in 2002 and
14.6% in 2003. Commencing March 31, 2002, and at the end of each calendar
quarter thereafter, the available borrowings for the $150,000 term loan shall be
reduced on an annual basis by 1.0% in 2002 and 1.0% in 2003. A quarterly
commitment fee of between 0.25% and 0.375% per annum is payable on the
unborrowed balance of the revolving credit facility.

The Debentures, Notes and Combined Credit Agreement require the Partnership
to comply with various financial and nonfinancial covenants including the
maintenance of a ratio of debt to annualized operating cash flow, as defined,
not to exceed 5.25 to 1 at December 23, 1998. These debt instruments also
contain substantial limitations on, or prohibitions of, distributions,
additional indebtedness, liens, asset sales and certain other items.

CC-I CREDIT AGREEMENT

CC-I maintained a credit agreement (the "CC-I Credit Agreement") with a
consortium of banks for borrowings up to $127,200, consisting of a revolving
line of credit of $63,600 and a term loan of $63,600. Interest accrued, at
CC-I's option, at rates based upon the Base Rate, as defined in the CC-I Credit
Agreement, LIBOR, or prevailing bid rates of certificates of deposit plus the
applicable margin based upon CC-I's leverage ratio at the time of the
borrowings. The variable interest rates ranged from 7.75% to 8.00% and 7.44% to
7.50% at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

In June 1998, the CC-I Credit Agreement was repaid and terminated in
conjunction with the establishment of the Combined Credit Agreement.

CC-II CREDIT AGREEMENT

CC-II maintained a credit agreement (the "CC-II Credit Agreement") with a
consortium of banks for borrowings up to $390,000, consisting of a revolving
credit facility of $215,000, and two term loans totaling $175,000. Interest
accrued, at CC-II's option, at rates based upon the Base Rate, as defined in the
CC-II Credit Agreement, LIBOR, or prevailing bid rates of certificates of
deposit plus the applicable margin based upon CC-II's leverage ratio at the time
of the borrowings. The variable interest rates ranged from 7.63% to 8.25% and
7.25% to 8.125% at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

In June 1998, the CC-II Credit Agreement was repaid and terminated in
conjunction with the establishment of the Combined Credit Agreement.

F-87
<PAGE> 243
CHARTERCOMM HOLDINGS, L.P.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

10. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

A summary of debt and the related interest rate hedge agreements at
December 31, 1997, is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CARRYING NOTIONAL FAIR
VALUE AMOUNT VALUE
-------- -------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
DEBT
Senior Secured Discount Debentures........ $ 95,337 $ -- $115,254
11 1/4% Senior Notes...................... 125,000 -- 136,875
CC-I Credit Agreement..................... 112,200 -- 112,200
CC-II Credit Agreement.................... 339,500 -- 339,500

INTEREST RATE HEDGE AGREEMENTS
CC-I:
Swaps................................... -- 100,000 (797)
CC-II:
Swaps................................... -- 170,000 (1,030)
Caps.................................... -- 70,000 --
Collars................................. -- 55,000 (166)
</TABLE>

As the CC-I and CC-II Credit Agreements bear interest at current market
rates, their carrying amounts approximate fair market values at December 31,
1997. The fair value of the Notes and the Debentures is based on current
redemption value.

The weighted average interest pay rate for CC-I interest rate swap
agreements was 8.07% at December 31, 1997.

The weighted average interest pay rate for CC-II interest rate swap
agreements was 8.03% at December 31, 1997. The weighted average interest rate
for CC-II interest cap agreements was 8.48% at December 31, 1997. The weighted
average interest rates for CC-II interest rate collar agreements were 9.01% and
7.61% for the cap and floor components, respectively, at December 31, 1997.

The notional amounts of interest rate hedge agreements do not represent
amounts exchanged by the parties and, thus, are not a measure of the
Partnership's exposure through its use of interest rate hedge agreements. The
amounts exchanged are determined by reference to the notional amount and the
other terms of the contracts.

The fair value of interest rate hedge agreements generally reflects the
estimated amounts that the Partnership would receive or pay (excluding accrued
interest) to terminate the contracts on the reporting date, thereby taking into
account the current unrealized gains or losses of open contracts. Dealer
quotations are available for the Partnership's interest rate hedge agreements.

Management believes that the sellers of the interest rate hedge agreements
will be able to meet their obligations under the agreements. In addition, some
of the interest rate hedge agreements are with certain of the participating
banks under the Partnership's credit facilities thereby reducing the exposure to
credit loss. The Partnership has policies regarding the financial stability and
credit standing of major counterparties. Nonperformance by the counterparties is
not anticipated nor would it have a material adverse effect on the results of
operations or the financial position of the Partnership.

F-88
<PAGE> 244
CHARTERCOMM HOLDINGS, L.P.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

11. INCOME TAXES:

The book value of the Partnership's net assets (excluding Peachtree)
exceeds its tax reporting basis by $2,919 as of December 31, 1997.

As of December 31, 1997, temporary differences and carryforwards that gave
rise to deferred income tax assets and liabilities for Peachtree are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Deferred income tax assets:
Accounts receivable..................................... $ 4
Accrued expenses........................................ 29
Deferred management fees................................ 111
Deferred revenue........................................ 24
Tax loss carryforwards.................................. 294
Tax credit carryforwards................................ 361
-------
Total deferred income tax assets................ 823
-------
Deferred income tax liabilities:
Property, plant and equipment........................... (1,372)
Franchises and other assets............................. (4,562)
-------
Total deferred income tax liabilities........... (5,934)
-------
Net deferred income tax liability............... $(5,111)
=======
</TABLE>

12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

Charter provides management services to the Partnership under the terms of
contracts which provide for fees equal to 5% of the Partnership's gross service
revenues. The debt agreements prohibit payment of a portion of such management
fees (40% for both CC-I and CC-II) until repayment in full of the outstanding
indebtedness. The remaining 60% of management fees, are paid quarterly through
December 31, 1998. Thereafter, the entire fee may be deferred if a multiple of
EBITDA, as defined, does not exceed outstanding indebtedness of CC-I and CC-II.
In addition, payments due on the Notes and Debentures shall be paid before any
deferred management fees are paid. Expenses recognized under the contracts for
the period from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, were $9,860.
Expenses recognized under the contracts during 1997 and 1996 were $8,779 and
$6,014, respectively. Management fees currently payable of $1,432 are included
in payables to manager of cable television systems -- related party at December
31, 1997.

The Partnership and all entities managed by Charter collectively utilize a
combination of insurance coverage and self-insurance programs for medical,
dental and workers' compensation claims. The Partnership is allocated charges
monthly based upon its total number of employees, historical claims and medical
cost trend rates. Management considers this allocation to be reasonable for the
operations of the Partnership. For the period from January 1, 1998, through
December 23, 1998, the Partnership expensed $1,831 relating to insurance
allocations. During 1997 and 1996, the Partnership expensed $1,524 and $1,136,
respectively, relating to insurance allocations.

F-89
<PAGE> 245
CHARTERCOMM HOLDINGS, L.P.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The Partnership employs the services of Charter's National Data Center (the
"National Data Center"). The National Data Center performs certain customer
billing services and provides computer network, hardware and software support
for the Partnership and other entities managed by Charter. The cost of these
services is allocated based on the number of basic customers. Management
considers this allocation to be reasonable for the operations of the
Partnership. For the period from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, the
Partnership expensed $685 relating to these services. During 1997 and 1996, the
Partnership expensed $606 and $345, respectively, relating to these services.

CC-I, CC-II and other entities managed by Charter maintain regional
offices. The regional offices perform certain operational services. The cost of
these services is allocated based on number of basic customers. Management
considers this allocation to be reasonable for the operations of the
Partnership. For the period from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, the
Partnership expensed $3,009 relating to these services. During 1997 and 1996,
the Partnership expensed $1,992 and $1,294, respectively, relating to these
services.

The Partnership pays certain acquisition advisory fees to Charter and
Charterhouse for cable television systems acquired. Total acquisition fees paid
to Charter for the period from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, were
$-0-. Total acquisition fees paid to Charter in 1997 and 1996 were $982 and
$1,738, respectively. Total acquisition fees paid to Charterhouse for the period
from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, were $-0-. Total acquisition
fees paid to Charterhouse in 1997 and 1996 were $982 and $1,738, respectively.

During 1997, the ownership of CharterComm Holdings changed as a result of
CharterComm Holdings receiving a $25,000 cash contribution from an institutional
investor, a $3,000 cash contribution from Charterhouse and a $2,000 cash
contribution from Charter, as well as the transfer of assets and liabilities of
a cable television system through a series of transactions initiated by Charter
and Charterhouse. Costs of $200 were incurred in connection with the cash
contributions. These contributions were contributed to Southeast Holdings which,
in turn, contributed them to Southeast.

13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

LEASES

The Partnership leases certain facilities and equipment under noncancelable
operating leases. Lease and rental costs charged to expense for the period from
January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, was $642. Rent expense incurred
under leases during 1997 and 1996 was $615 and $522, respectively.

The Partnership also rents utility poles in its operations. Generally, pole
rentals are cancelable on short notice, but the Partnership anticipates that
such rentals will recur. Rent expense incurred for pole rental attachments for
the period from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998, was $3,261. Rent
expense incurred for pole attachments during 1997 and 1996 was $2,930 and
$2,092, respectively.

F-90
<PAGE> 246
CHARTERCOMM HOLDINGS, L.P.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

LITIGATION

The Partnership is a party to lawsuits that arose in the ordinary course of
conducting its business. In the opinion of management, after consulting with
legal counsel, the outcome of these lawsuits will not have a material adverse
effect on the Partnership's consolidated financial position or results of
operations.

REGULATION IN THE CABLE TELEVISION INDUSTRY

The 1992 Cable Act permits certified local franchising authorities to order
refunds of basic service tier rates paid in the previous twelve-month period
determined to be in excess of the maximum permitted rates. As of December 23,
1998, the amount returned by the Company has been insignificant. The Company may
be required to refund additional amounts in the future.

The Company believes that it has complied in all material respects with the
provisions of the 1992 Cable Act, including the rate setting provisions
promulgated by the FCC. However, in jurisdictions that have chosen not to
certify, refunds covering the previous twelve-month period may be ordered upon
certification if the Company is unable to justify its basic rates. The Company
is unable to estimate at this time the amount of refunds, if any, that may be
payable by the Company in the event certain of its rates are successfully
challenged by franchising authorities or found to be unreasonable by the FCC.
The Company does not believe that the amount of any such refunds would have a
material adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations of
the Company.

F-91
<PAGE> 247
CHARTERCOMM HOLDINGS, L.P.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

ultimate effect of the 1996 Telecom Act on the Company's financial position or
results of operations.

14. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:

The Partnership's employees may participate in Charter Communications, Inc.
401(k) Plan (the "401(k) Plan"). Employees that qualify for participation can
contribute up to 15% of their salary, on a before tax basis, subject to a
maximum contribution limit as determined by the Internal Revenue Service. The
Partnership contributes an amount equal to 50% of the first 5% of contributions
by each employee. For the period from January 1, 1998, through December 23,
1998, the Partnership contributed $305. During 1997 and 1996, the Partnership
contributed $262 and $149, respectively.

Certain Partnership employees participate in the 1996 Charter
Communications/Charterhouse Group Appreciation Rights Plan (the "Appreciation
Rights Plan"). The Appreciation Rights Plan covers certain key employees and
consultants within the group of companies and partnerships controlled by
Charterhouse and managed by Charter. As a result of the acquisition of Charter
and the Partnership, the Plan will be terminated and all amounts will be paid by
Charter in 1999. For the period from January 1, 1998, through December 23, 1998,
the Partnership recorded $4,920 of expense, included in management fees, and a
contribution from Charter related to the Appreciation Rights Plan.

15. ACCOUNTING STANDARD NOT YET IMPLEMENTED:

In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board adopted SFAS No.
133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No.
133 establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that every
derivative instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded in
other contracts) be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or
liability measured at its fair value and that changes in the derivative's fair
value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting
criteria are met. Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative's
gains and losses to offset related results on the hedged item in the income
statement, and requires that a company must formally document, designate and
assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting. SFAS No.
133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999. The Partnership
has not yet quantified the impacts of adopting SFAS No. 133 on its consolidated
financial statements nor has it determined the timing or method of its adoption
of SFAS No. 133. However, SFAS No. 133 could increase volatility in earnings
(loss).

F-92
<PAGE> 248

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Greater Media, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Greater Media
Cablevision Systems (see Note 1) (collectively, the "Combined Systems") included
in Greater Media, Inc., as of September 30, 1998 and 1997, and the related
combined statements of income, changes in net assets, and cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended September 30, 1998. These combined financial
statements are the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits.

In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of the
Combined Systems, as of September 30, 1998 and 1997, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
September 30, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Roseland, New Jersey
March 2, 1999

F-93
<PAGE> 249

GREATER MEDIA CABLEVISION SYSTEMS (SEE NOTE 1)

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEPTEMBER 30,
DECEMBER 31, ------------------
1998 1998 1997
------------ ---- ----
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents....................... $ 3,815 $ 4,080 $ 3,680
Accounts receivable (less allowance for doubtful
accounts of $308 (unaudited), $244 and
$337)........................................ 3,154 2,755 2,739
Prepaid expenses and other current assets....... 1,921 2,746 1,949
------- ------- -------
Total current assets.................... 8,890 9,581 8,368
Property and equipment, net....................... 57,055 54,468 41,971
Intangible assets, net............................ 2,671 2,690 1,647
Other assets...................................... 77 77 103
------- ------- -------
Total assets............................ $68,693 $66,816 $52,089
======= ======= =======
LIABILITIES AND NET ASSETS
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses........... $ 7,091 $ 7,125 $ 5,299
Customers' prepayments and deferred installation
revenue...................................... 1,918 1,910 1,815
------- ------- -------
Total current liabilities............... 9,009 9,035 7,114
Other long-term liabilities....................... 3,632 3,650 3,920
Net assets........................................ 56,052 54,131 41,055
------- ------- -------
Total liabilities and net assets........ $68,693 $66,816 $52,089
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined balance
sheets.
F-94
<PAGE> 250

GREATER MEDIA CABLEVISION SYSTEMS (SEE NOTE 1)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
ENDED
DECEMBER 31, YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
----------------- ---------------------------
1998 1997 1998 1997 1996
---- ---- ---- ---- ----
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
NET REVENUES....................... $20,121 $18,613 $77,127 $73,436 $66,816
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Operating expenses............... 8,566 7,626 32,665 31,115 29,460
General and administrative....... 2,916 2,511 10,869 11,211 10,321
Corporate charges................ 1,024 939 3,888 3,696 3,365
Depreciation and amortization.... 2,203 1,774 8,183 7,368 7,353
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
14,709 12,850 55,605 53,390 50,499
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Income from operations........ 5,412 5,763 21,522 20,046 16,317
OTHER EXPENSES:
Interest expense, net.............. (140) (109) (504) (307) (764)
Other.............................. 33 (6) (532) (957) (366)
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION IN LIEU OF
INCOME TAXES..................... 5,305 5,648 20,486 18,782 15,187
Provision in lieu of income taxes
(Note 6)......................... 2,111 2,163 8,008 7,964 5,987
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net income......................... $ 3,194 $ 3,485 $12,478 $10,818 $ 9,200
======= ======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined statements.
F-95
<PAGE> 251

GREATER MEDIA CABLEVISION SYSTEMS (SEE NOTE 1)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TOTAL
-----
<S> <C>
Balance, September 30, 1995................................. $ 42,185
Net income................................................ 9,200
Provision in lieu of income taxes......................... 5,987
Net payments to affiliates................................ (17,038)
--------
Balance, September 30, 1996................................. 40,334
Net income................................................ 10,818
Provision in lieu of income taxes......................... 7,964
Net payments to affiliates................................ (18,061)
--------
Balance, September 30, 1997................................. 41,055
Net income................................................ 12,478
Provision in lieu of income taxes......................... 8,008
Net payments to affiliates................................ (7,410)
--------
Balance, September 30, 1998................................. 54,131
Net income (unaudited).................................... 3,194
Provision in lieu of income taxes (unaudited)............. 2,111
Net payments to affiliates (unaudited).................... (3,384)
--------
Balance, December 31, 1998 (unaudited)...................... $ 56,052
========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined statements.
F-96
<PAGE> 252

GREATER MEDIA CABLEVISION SYSTEMS (SEE NOTE 1)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
ENDED
DECEMBER 31, YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
------------------------- ----------------------------
1998 1997 1998 1997 1996
---- ---- ---- ---- ----
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net income......................... $ 3,194 $ 3,485 $12,478 $10,818 $ 9,200
Adjustments to reconcile net income
to net cash provided by operating
activities:
Provision in lieu of income
taxes......................... 2,111 2,163 8,008 7,964 5,987
Depreciation and amortization.... 2,203 1,774 8,183 7,368 7,353
Loss on sale of fixed assets..... -- 300 715 274
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, prepaid
expenses and other assets..... 426 (1,609) (813) (1,115) (498)
Other assets..................... -- (3) 24 (30) (11)
Accounts payable and accrued
expenses...................... (34) 38 1,825 (440) (1,900)
Customers' prepayments and
deferred installation
revenue....................... 8 4 96 367 94
Customers' deposits and deferred
revenue....................... (18) (4) (270) (69) 466
------- ------- ------- ------- --------

Net cash provided by operating
activities....................... 7,890 5,848 29,831 25,578 20,965
------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Cash flow from investing
activities:
Capital expenditures............... (4,771) (4,433) (21,049) (7,587) (5,122)
Proceeds from disposition of
property and equipment........... -- -- 72 -- 128
Purchase of licenses............... -- -- (1,044) (99) --
------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Net cash used in investing
activities....................... (4,771) (4,433) (22,021) (7,686) (4,994)
------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Cash flow from financing
activities:

Net payments to affiliates......... (3,384) 1,570 (7,410) (18,061) (17,038)
------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash.... (265) 2,985 400 (169) (1,067)
Cash and cash equivalents,
beginning of year................ 4,080 3,680 3,680 3,849 4,916
------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of
year............................. $ 3,815 $ 6,665 $ 4,080 $ 3,680 $ 3,849
======= ======= ======= ======= ========
Supplemental disclosure of cash
flow information:
Non-affiliate interest paid
during the year............... $ 48 $ 65 $ 296 $ 155 $ 447
======= ======= ======= ======= ========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined statements.
F-97
<PAGE> 253

GREATER MEDIA CABLEVISION SYSTEMS

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(IN THOUSANDS)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

ORGANIZATION, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND OPERATIONS

Greater Media Cablevision Systems is the owner and operator of the
following Massachusetts-based cable television systems: Auburn, Boylston,
Chicopee, Dudley, East Longmeadow, Easthampton, Grafton, Hampden, Holden,
Leicester, Ludlow, Millbury, Northborough, Northbridge, Oxford, Paxton,
Southampton, Southborough, Southbridge, Spencer, Sturbridge, Upton, Webster,
West Boylston, West Brookfield, Westborough, Wilbraham and Worcester ("the
Combined Systems"). The Combined Systems are wholly-owned by Greater Media
Cablevision, Inc. ("the Company"). The combined financial statements do not
include the accounts of Greater Philadelphia Cablevision, Inc. or Greater
Philadelphia Cablevision Limited Partnership (the "Philadelphia System"), which
are also wholly-owned by the Company. The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary
of Greater Media, Inc. ("the Parent"). In February, 1999 the Parent and the
Company entered into an agreement ("Sales Agreement") to sell the net assets of
the Company including the Combined Systems but excluding the Philadelphia
Systems to Charter Communications Holdings, LLC.

Significant intercompany accounts and transactions between the Combined
Systems have been eliminated in the combined financial statements. Significant
accounts and transactions with the Parent and other affiliates are disclosed as
related party transactions (See Note 7).

The Combined Systems primarily provide cable television services to
subscribers in central and western Massachusetts.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original
maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Maintenance and repair costs are expensed when incurred. For financial
reporting purposes, depreciation is provided on the straight-line method based
on the following estimated useful lives:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASSIFICATION YEARS
-------------- -----
<S> <C>
Land improvements........................................ 20
Buildings................................................ 15-40
Furniture, fixtures and equipment........................ 3-15
Trunk and distribution systems........................... 7-12
</TABLE>

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consist primarily of goodwill amortized over forty years
and costs incurred in obtaining and renewing cable franchises which are
amortized over the life of the respective franchise agreements.

F-98
<PAGE> 254
GREATER MEDIA CABLEVISION SYSTEMS

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

REVENUES

Cable revenues from basic and premium services are recognized when the
related services are provided.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.

QUARTERLY RESULTS

The financial statements included herein as of December 31, 1998 and for
the three months ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 have been prepared by the
Company without audit. In the opinion of management, all adjustments have been
made which are of a normal recurring nature necessary to present fairly the
Combined Systems' financial position as of December 31, 1998 and the results of
operations, changes in net assets and cash flows for the three months ended
December 31, 1998 and 1997. Certain information and footnote disclosures have
been condensed or omitted for these periods. The results for interim periods are
not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.

2. PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepaid and other current assets consist of the following at September 30:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Franchise grant.................................. $1,445 $ 604
Corporate business tax........................... 1,015 882
Other............................................ 286 463
------ ------
Prepaid expenses and other current assets........ $2,746 $1,949
====== ======
</TABLE>

3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following at September 30:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Land and land improvements................... $ 1,229 $ 1,134
Buildings.................................... 4,521 4,521
Furniture, fixtures and equipment............ 5,503 4,822
Trunk and distribution systems............... 109,253 97,042
Construction in progress..................... 9,026 4,450
-------- --------
129,532 111,969
Accumulated depreciation..................... 75,064 69,998
-------- --------
Property and equipment, net.................. $ 54,468 $ 41,971
======== ========
</TABLE>

F-99
<PAGE> 255
GREATER MEDIA CABLEVISION SYSTEMS

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Depreciation expense for the years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996
was $8,081, $7,337, and $7,314, respectively. Construction in progress results
primarily from costs to upgrade the systems to fiber optic technologies in the
areas served by the Combined Systems.

4. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consist of the following at September 30:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Franchise agreements............................. $3,230 $2,883
Customer lists................................... 1,751 1,751
Organization expenses............................ 146 146
Goodwill......................................... 2,260 1,510
Covenant not to compete.......................... 40 40
------ ------
7,427 6,330
Accumulated amortization......................... 4,737 4,683
------ ------
Intangible assets, net........................... $2,690 $1,647
====== ======
</TABLE>

Amortization expense for the years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996
was $102, $31 and $39, respectively.

5. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following at September
30:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Accounts payable................................. $4,733 $3,544
Rate refund liability............................ 923 481
Programming expenses............................. 586 557
Other............................................ 883 717
------ ------
$7,125 $5,299
====== ======
</TABLE>

6. INCOME TAXES

The Combined Systems are included in the consolidated federal income tax
return of the Parent. However, the Parent is responsible for tax payments
applicable to the Combined Systems. The combined financial statements reflect a
provision in lieu of income taxes as if the combined systems were filing on a
separate company basis. Accordingly, the Combined Systems have included the
provision in lieu of income taxes as a component of net assets for all periods
presented.

The provision in lieu of income taxes approximates the amount of tax
computed using U.S. statutory rates, after reflecting state income tax expense
of $2,053, $1,924 and $1,486, for 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

F-100
<PAGE> 256
GREATER MEDIA CABLEVISION SYSTEMS

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

As the Sales Agreement represents a sale of assets, Charter Communications
Holdings, LLC will have new tax basis in the Combined Systems' assets and
liabilities acquired.

7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company and each of its subsidiaries are guarantors of the Parent
Company's debt.

The combined statements include the charge for certain corporate expenses
incurred by the Parent on behalf of the Combined Systems. Such charges amounted
to $3,888, $3,696, and $3,365 for the three years ended September 30, 1998, 1997
and 1996. Management believes that these costs are reasonable and reflect costs
of doing business that the Combined Systems would have incurred on a stand-alone
basis.

The Combined Systems charge an affiliate interest on certain balances,
aggregating $15,000 per year, at an annual rate of 12%. Interest income on such
balances amounted to $1,800 for each of the three years in the period ended
September 30, 1998. In addition, the Combined Systems are required to pay the
Parent interest on certain balances, at an annual rate of 12%. Interest expense
on such balances amounted to $2,340 for each of these years in the period ended
September 30, 1998, all which were due during the periods presented. The amounts
described above and certain non-interest bearing amounts due affiliates are
included in Net Assets in the Combined Systems balance sheet. As a result of the
Sales Agreement, such amounts will be assumed by the Parent. The interest income
and expense have been netted in the accompanying statement of operations.

8. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

401(k) PLAN

The Combined Systems' employees participate in the Greater Media, Inc.
401(k) Plan (the "401(k) Plan"). Employees that qualify for participation can
contribute up to 12% of their salary, on a before tax basis, subject to a
maximum contribution limit as determined by the Internal Revenue Service. The
Parent contributes an amount equal to 50% of the participant's contribution,
limited to the lessor of 3% of the participant's compensation or $1 per year.

The Combined Systems expense relating to the 401(k) Plan was $140, $127,
and $96 in 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively.

PENSION

Employees of the Combined Systems participate in a pension plan sponsored
by the Parent. The Combined Systems allocable share of the pension expense
amounted to $105, $204 and $217 during the years ended September 30, 1998, 1997
and 1996, respectively. As a result of the Sales Agreement, the Combined
Systems' employees will be fully vested with respect to their plan benefits,
although no additional benefits will accrue to such employees in the future. In
addition, the Parent will be responsible for the allocable pension liability
($838 at September 30, 1998) and will continue to administer the plan on behalf
of the Combined Systems' employees after the sale is consummated.

F-101
<PAGE> 257
GREATER MEDIA CABLEVISION SYSTEMS

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

LEASES

The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under noncancellable
operating leases. Leases and rental costs charged to expense for the years ended
September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, was $2,124, $2,133 and $1,636, respectively.
Rent expense incurred under leases for the years ended September 30, 1998, 1997
and 1996, was $678, $665 and $660, respectively. Future minimum lease payments
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1999........................................ $ 690
2000........................................ 618
2001........................................ 524
2002........................................ 402
2003........................................ 396
Thereafter.................................. 3,267
</TABLE>

The Company also rents utility poles in its operations. Generally, pole
rentals are cancelable on short notice, but the Company anticipates that such
rentals will recur. Rent expense incurred for pole rental attachments for the
years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, was $1,008, $840 and $578,
respectively.

LITIGATION

The Company is party to lawsuits that arise in the ordinary course of
conducting its business. In the opinion of management, after consulting with
legal counsel, the outcome of these lawsuits will not have a material adverse
effect on the Company's combined financial position or results of operations.

REGULATION IN THE CABLE TELEVISION INDUSTRY

F-102
<PAGE> 258
GREATER MEDIA CABLEVISION SYSTEMS

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The Combined Systems believe that they have complied in all material
respects with the provisions of the 1992 Cable Act, including the rate setting
provisions promulgated by the FCC. However, in jurisdictions that have chosen
not to certify, refunds covering the previous twelve-month period may be ordered
upon certification if a company is unable to justify its basic rates. The
Combined Systems are unable to estimate at this time the amount of refunds, if
any, that may be payable by the Combined Systems in the event certain of its
rates are successfully challenged by franchising authorities or found to be
unreasonable by the FCC. The Combined Systems do not believe that the amount of
any such refunds would have a material adverse effect on their financial
position or results of operations.

The 1996 Telecom Act, among other things, immediately deregulated the rates
for certain small cable operators and in certain limited circumstances rates on
the basic service tier, and as of March 31, 1999, deregulates rates on the cable
programming service tier (CPST). The FCC is currently developing permanent
regulations to implement the rate deregulation provisions of the 1996 Telecom
Act. The Combined Systems cannot predict the ultimate effect of the 1996 Telecom
Act on their financial position or results of operations.

A number of states subject cable television systems to the jurisdiction of
centralized state governmental agencies, some of which impose regulation of a
character similar to that of a public utility. State governmental agencies are
required to follow FCC rules when prescribing rate regulation, and thus, state
regulation of cable television rates is not allowed to be more restrictive than
the federal or local regulation. The Combined Systems are subject to state
regulation in Massachusetts.

F-103
<PAGE> 259

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors of
Renaissance Media Group LLC

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Renaissance
Media Group LLC as of December 31, 1998 and the related consolidated statements
of operations, changes in members' equity, and cash flows for the year ended
December 31, 1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Renaissance
Media Group LLC at December 31, 1998, and the consolidated results of its
operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York
February 22, 1999
except for Note 11, as to which
the date is February 24, 1999

F-104
<PAGE> 260

RENAISSANCE MEDIA GROUP LLC
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents................................... $ 8,482
Accounts receivable -- trade (less allowance for doubtful
accounts of $92).......................................... 726
Accounts receivable -- other................................ 584
Prepaid expenses and other assets........................... 340
Escrow deposit.............................................. 150
Investment in cable television systems:
Property, plant and equipment............................. 71,246
Less: Accumulated depreciation............................ (7,294)
--------
63,952
--------
Cable television franchises............................... 236,489
Less: Accumulated amortization............................ (11,473)
--------
225,016
--------
Intangible assets......................................... 17,559
Less: Accumulated amortization............................ (1,059)
--------
16,500
--------
Total investment in cable television systems......... 305,468
--------
Total assets...................................... $315,750
========

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' EQUITY

Accounts payable............................................ $ 2,042
Accrued expenses(a)......................................... 6,670
Subscriber advance payments and deposits.................... 608
Deferred marketing support.................................. 800
Advances from Holdings...................................... 135
Debt........................................................ 209,874
--------
Total Liabilities................................. 220,129
--------

Members' Equity:
Paid in capital............................................. 108,600
Accumulated deficit......................................... (12,979)
--------
Total members' equity................................ 95,621
--------
Total liabilities and members' equity............. $315,750
========
</TABLE>

- ---------------
(a) includes accrued costs from transactions with affiliated companies of $921.

See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-105
<PAGE> 261

RENAISSANCE MEDIA GROUP LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
REVENUES.................................................... $ 41,524
--------
COSTS & EXPENSES
Service Costs(a).......................................... 13,326
Selling, General & Administrative......................... 7,711
Depreciation & Amortization............................... 19,107
--------
Operating Income....................................... 1,380
Interest Income........................................ 158
Interest (Expense) (b)................................. (14,358)
--------
(Loss) Before Provision for Taxes...................... (12,820)
Provision for Taxes.................................... 135
--------
Net (Loss)............................................. $(12,955)
========
</TABLE>

- ---------------
(a) includes costs from transactions with affiliated companies of $7,523.

(b) includes $676 of amortization of deferred financing costs.

See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-106
<PAGE> 262

RENAISSANCE MEDIA GROUP LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS' EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAID TOTAL
IN ACCUMULATED MEMBER'S
CAPITAL (DEFICIT) EQUITY
------- ----------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Contributed Members' Equity -- Renaissance Media
Holdings LLC and Renaissance Media LLC......... $ 15,000 $ (24) $14,976
Additional capital contributions................. 93,600 -- 93,600
Net (Loss)....................................... -- (12,955) (12,955)
-------- -------- -------
Balance December 31, 1998........................ $108,600 $(12,979) $95,621
======== ======== =======
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-107
<PAGE> 263

RENAISSANCE MEDIA GROUP LLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net (loss).................................................. $(12,955)
Adjustments to non-cash and non-operating items:
Depreciation and amortization............................. 19,107
Accretion on Senior Discount Notes........................ 7,363
Other non-cash charges.................................... 730
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable -- trade, net...................... (726)
Accounts receivable -- other........................... (584)
Prepaid expenses and other assets...................... (338)
Accounts payable....................................... 2,031
Accrued expenses....................................... 6,660
Subscriber advance payments and deposits............... 608
Deferred marketing support............................. 800
--------
Net cash provided by operating activities................... 22,696
--------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchased cable television systems:
Property, plant and equipment.......................... (65,580)
Cable television franchises............................ (235,412)
Cash paid in excess of identifiable assets............. (8,608)
Escrow deposit............................................ (150)
Capital expenditures...................................... (5,683)
Cable television franchises............................... (1,077)
Other intangible assets................................... (526)
--------
Net cash (used in) investing activities..................... (317,036)
--------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Debt acquisition costs.................................... (8,323)
Principal repayments on bank debt......................... (7,500)
Advances from Holdings.................................... 33
Proceeds from bank debt................................... 110,000
Proceeds from 10% Senior Discount Notes................... 100,012
Capital contributions..................................... 108,600
--------
Net cash provided by financing activities................... 302,822
--------
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS................... 8,482
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT DECEMBER 31, 1997.............. --
--------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT DECEMBER 31, 1998.............. $ 8,482
========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES:
INTEREST PAID............................................. $ 4,639
========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-108
<PAGE> 264

RENAISSANCE MEDIA GROUP LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Renaissance Media Group LLC ("Group") was formed on March 13, 1998 by
Renaissance Media Holdings LLC ("Holdings"). Holdings is owned by Morgan Stanley
Capital Partners III, L.P. ("MSCP III"), Morgan Stanley Capital Investors, L.P.
("MSCI"), MSCP III 892 Investors, L.P. ("MSCP Investors" and, collectively, with
its affiliates, MSCP III and MSCI and their respective affiliates, the "Morgan
Stanley Entities"), Time Warner and the Management Investors. On March 20, 1998,
Holdings contributed to Group its membership interests in two wholly-owned
subsidiaries; Renaissance Media (Louisiana) LLC ("Louisiana") and Renaissance
Media (Tennessee) LLC ("Tennessee"), which were formed on January 7, 1998.
Louisiana and Tennessee acquired a 76% interest and 24% interest, respectively,
in Renaissance Media LLC ("Media") from Morgan Stanley Capital Partners III,
Inc. ("MSCP"), on February 13, 1998 through an acquisition of entities under
common control accounted for as if it were a pooling of interests. As a result,
Media became a subsidiary of Group and Holdings. Group and its aforementioned
subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the "Company". On April 9, 1998,
the Company acquired (the "Acquisition") six cable television systems (the
"Systems") from TWI Cable, Inc. ("TWI Cable"), a subsidiary of Time Warner Inc.
("Time Warner"). See Note 3. Prior to this Acquisition, the Company had no
operations other than start-up related activities.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

During fiscal 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")
issued Statement No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities" ("FAS 133").

FAS 133 provides a comprehensive and consistent standard for the
recognition and measurement of derivatives and hedging activities. The Company
will adopt FAS 133 as of January 1, 2000. The impact of the adoption on the
Company's consolidated financial statements is not expected to be material.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts
of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Significant intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

A significant portion of the customer base is concentrated within the local
geographical area of each of the individual cable television systems. The
Company generally extends credit to customers and the ultimate collection of
accounts receivable could be affected by the local economy. Management performs
continuous credit evaluations of its customers and may require cash in advance
or other special arrangements from certain customers. Management does not
believe that there is any significant credit risk which could have a material
effect on the Company's financial condition.

F-109
<PAGE> 265
RENAISSANCE MEDIA GROUP LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

REVENUE AND COSTS

Subscriber fees are recorded as revenue in the period the related services
are provided and advertising revenues are recognized in the period the related
advertisements are exhibited. Rights to exhibit programming are purchased from
various cable networks. The costs of such rights are generally expensed as the
related services are made available to subscribers.

ADVERTISING COSTS

Advertising costs are expensed upon the first exhibition of the related
advertisements. Advertising expense amounted to $491 in 1998.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and investments in short-term,
highly liquid securities, which have maturities when purchased of three months
or less.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at purchased and capitalized
cost. Capitalized internal costs principally, consist of employee costs and
interest on funds borrowed during construction. Capitalized labor, materials and
associated overhead amounted to approximately $1,429 in 1998. Replacements,
renewals and improvements to installed cable plant are capitalized. Maintenance
and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation expense for the
year ended December 31, 1998 amounted to $7,314. Property, plant and equipment
is depreciated using the straight-line method over the following estimated
service lives:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Buildings and leasehold improvements........................ 5 - 30 years
Cable systems, equipment and subscriber devices............. 5 - 30 years
Transportation equipment.................................... 3 - 5 years
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment.................... 5 - 10 years
</TABLE>

Property, plant and equipment at December 31, 1998 consisted of:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Land...................................................... $ 432
Buildings and leasehold improvements...................... 1,347
Cable systems, equipment and subscriber devices........... 62,740
Transportation equipment.................................. 2,181
Furniture, Fixtures and office equipment.................. 904
Construction in progress.................................. 3,642
-------
71,246
Less: accumulated depreciation.............................. (7,294)
-------
Total............................................. $63,952
=======
</TABLE>

F-110
<PAGE> 266
RENAISSANCE MEDIA GROUP LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

CABLE TELEVISION FRANCHISES AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Cable television franchise costs include the assigned fair value, at the
date of acquisition, of the franchises from purchased cable television systems.
Intangible assets include goodwill, deferred financing and other intangible
assets. Cable television franchises and intangible assets are amortized using
the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Cable television franchises................................. 15 years
Goodwill.................................................... 25 years
Deferred financing and other intangible assets.............. 2 - 10 years
</TABLE>

Intangible assets at December 31, 1998 consisted of:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Goodwill.................................................... $ 8,608
Deferred Financing Costs.................................... 8,323
Other intangible assets..................................... 628
-------
17,559
Less: accumulated amortization.............................. (1,059)
-------
Total............................................. $16,500
=======
</TABLE>

The Company periodically reviews the carrying value of its long-lived
assets, including property, plant and equipment, cable television franchises and
intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying value may not be recoverable. To the extent the estimated future cash
inflows attributable to the asset, less estimated future cash outflows, is less
than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized to the extent that
the carrying value of such asset is greater than its fair value.

ESTIMATES USED IN FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

3. ACQUISITIONS

TWI CABLE

On April 9, 1998, the Company acquired six cable television systems from
TWI Cable. The systems are clustered in southern Louisiana, western Mississippi
and western Tennessee. This Acquisition represented the first acquisition by the
Company. The purchase price for the systems was $309,500 which was paid as
follows: TWI Cable received $300,000 in cash, inclusive of an escrow deposit of
$15,000, and a $9,500 (9,500 units) equity interest in Renaissance Media
Holdings LLC, the parent company of Group. In addition to the purchase price,
the Company incurred approximately $1,385 in transaction costs, exclusive of
financing costs.

F-111
<PAGE> 267
RENAISSANCE MEDIA GROUP LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

The Acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method and,
accordingly, results of operations are reported from the date of the Acquisition
(April 9, 1998). The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value
of the tangible assets acquired has been allocated to cable television
franchises and goodwill in the amount of $235,387 and $8,608, respectively.

DEFFNER CABLE

On August 31, 1998, the Company acquired the assets of Deffner Cable, a
cable television company located in Gadsden, Tennessee. The purchase price was
$100 and was accounted for using the purchase method. The allocation of the
purchase price is subject to change, although management does not believe that
any material adjustment to such allocation is expected.

BAYOU VISION, INC.

On February 3, 1999, Media acquired the cable television assets of Bayou
Vision, Inc. and Gulf South Cable, Inc. serving approximately 1,950 subscribers
in the Villages of Estherwood, Morse and Mermentau and Acadia and Livingston
Parish, Louisiana. The cash purchase price was approximately $2,700 and was paid
out of available Company funds.

Unaudited Pro Forma summarized results of operations for the Company for
the year ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, assuming the Acquisition, Notes (as
hereinafter defined) offering and Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined) had
been consummated on January 1, 1998 and 1997, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
----------------------
1997 1998
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Revenues............................................. $ 50,987 $ 56,745
Expenses............................................. 53,022 55,210
-------- --------
Operating (loss) income.............................. (2,035) 1,535
Interest expense and other expenses.................. (19,740) (19,699)
-------- --------
Net (Loss)........................................... $(21,775) $(18,164)
======== ========
</TABLE>

4. DEBT

As of December 31, 1998, debt consisted of:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
10.00% Senior Discount Notes at Accreted Value(a)........... $107,374
Credit Agreement(b)......................................... 102,500
--------
$209,874
========
</TABLE>

(a) On April 9, 1998, in connection with the Acquisition described in Note
3, the Company issued $163,175 principal amount at maturity, $100,012 initial
accreted value, of 10.00% senior discount notes due 2008 ("Notes"). The Notes
pay no interest until April 15, 2003. From and after April 15, 2003 the Notes
will bear interest, payable semi-

F-112
<PAGE> 268
RENAISSANCE MEDIA GROUP LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

annually in cash, at a rate of 10% per annum on April 15 and October 15 of each
year, commencing October 15, 2003. The Notes are due on April 15, 2008.

(b) On April 9, 1998, Renaissance Media entered into a credit agreement
among Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated as Placement Agent, Morgan Stanley
Senior Funding Inc., as Syndication Agent, the Lenders, CIBC Inc., as
Documentation Agent and Bankers Trust Company as Administrative Agent (the
"Credit Agreement"). The aggregate commitments under the Credit Agreement total
$150,000, consisting of a $40,000 revolver, $60,000 Tranche A Term Loans and
$50,000 Tranche B Term Loans (collectively the "Term Loans"). The revolving
credit and term loans are collateralized by a first lien position on all present
and future assets and the member's interest of Media, Louisiana and Tennessee.
The Credit Agreement provides for interest at varying rates based upon various
borrowing options and the attainment of certain financial ratios and for
commitment fees of 1/2% on the unused portion of the revolver. The effective
interest rate, including commitment fees and amortization of related deferred
financing costs and the interest-rate cap, for the year ended December 31, 1998
was 8.82%.

On April 9, 1998, $110,000 was borrowed under the Credit Agreement's
Tranche A and B Term Loans. On June 23, 1998, $7,500 was repaid resulting in
$102,500 of outstanding Tranche A and B Term Loans as of December 31, 1998.

As of December 31, 1998, the Company had unrestricted use of the $40,000
revolver. No borrowings had been made by the Company under the revolver through
that date.

Annual maturities of borrowings under the Credit Agreement for the years
ending December 31 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1999........................................................ $ 776
2000........................................................ 1,035
2001........................................................ 2,701
2002........................................................ 9,506
2003........................................................ 11,590
2004........................................................ 11,590
Thereafter.................................................. 65,302
--------
102,500
Less: Current portion....................................... (776)
--------
$101,724
========
</TABLE>

The Credit Agreement and the Indenture pursuant to which the Notes were
issued contain restrictive covenants on the Company and subsidiaries regarding
additional indebtedness, investment guarantees, loans, acquisitions, dividends
and merger or sale of the subsidiaries and require the maintenance of certain
financial ratios.

Total interest cost incurred for the year ended December 31, 1998,
including commitment fees and amortization of deferred financing and
interest-rate cap costs was $14,358, net of capitalized interest of $42.

F-113
<PAGE> 269
RENAISSANCE MEDIA GROUP LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

5. INTEREST RATE-CAP AGREEMENT

The Company purchases interest-rate cap agreements that are designed to
limit its exposure to increasing interest rates and are designated to its
floating rate debt. The strike price of these agreements exceeds the current
market levels at the time they are entered into. The interest rate indices
specified by the agreements have been and are expected to be highly correlated
with the interest rates the Company incurs on its floating rate debt. Payments
to be received as a result of the specified interest rate index exceeding the
strike price are accrued in other assets and are recognized as a reduction of
interest expense (the accrual accounting method). The cost of these agreements
is included in other assets and amortized to interest expense ratably during the
life of the agreement. Upon termination of an interest-rate cap agreement, any
gain is deferred in other liabilities and amortized over the remaining term of
the original contractual life of the agreement as a reduction of interest
expense.

On December 1, 1997, the Company purchased an interest-rate cap agreement
from Morgan Stanley Capital Services Inc. The carrying value as of December 31,
1998 was $47. The fair value of the interest-rate cap, which is based upon the
estimated amount that the Company would receive or pay to terminate the cap
agreement as of December 31, 1998, taking into consideration current interest
rates and the credit worthiness of the counterparties, approximates its carrying
value.

The following table summarizes the interest-rate cap agreement:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NOTIONAL INITIAL
PRINCIPAL EFFECTIVE TERMINATION CONTRACT FIXED RATE
AMOUNT TERM DATE DATE COST (PAY RATE)
- --------- ---- --------- ----------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$100,000 2 years 12/1/97 12/1/99 $100 7.25%
</TABLE>

6. TAXES

For the year ended December 31, 1998, the provision for income taxes has
been calculated on a separate company basis. The components of the provision for
income taxes are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1998
-----------------
<S> <C>
Federal:
Current.................................................. $ --
Deferred................................................. --
State:
Current.................................................. 135
Deferred................................................. --
----
Provision for income taxes............................ $135
====
</TABLE>

The Company's current state tax liability results from its obligation to
pay franchise tax in Tennessee and Mississippi and tax on capital in New York.

F-114
<PAGE> 270
RENAISSANCE MEDIA GROUP LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

The Company has a net operating loss ("NOL") carryforward for income tax
purposes which is available to offset future taxable income. This NOL totals
approximately $14,900 and expires in the year 2018. The Company has established
a valuation allowance to offset the entire potential future tax benefit of the
NOL carryforward and, therefore, has recognized no deferred tax asset with
respect to the NOL.

Louisiana and Tennessee have elected to be treated as corporations for
federal income tax purposes and have not recorded any tax benefit for their
losses as the realization of theses losses by reducing future taxable income in
the carry forward period is uncertain at this time.

7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

(a) TRANSACTIONS WITH MORGAN STANLEY ENTITIES

In connection with the Acquisition, Media entered into the Credit Agreement
with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
acted as the Placement Agent for the Notes. In connection with these services
the Morgan Stanley Entities received customary fees and expense reimbursement.

(b) TRANSACTIONS WITH TIME WARNER AND RELATED PARTIES

In connection with the Acquisition, Media entered into an agreement with
Time Warner, pursuant to which Time Warner manages the Company's programming in
exchange for providing the Company access to certain Time Warner programming
arrangements.

Prior to the consummation of the Acquisition described in Note 3, Media
paid fees in 1998 to six senior executives of the Company who are investors in
the Company (the "Management Investors") for services rendered prior to their
employment by Media relating to the Acquisition and the Credit Agreement. These
fees totaled $287 and were recorded as transaction and financing costs.

(d) DUE TO MANAGEMENT INVESTORS

Prior to the formation of the Company, the Management Investors advanced
$1,000 to Holdings, which was used primarily for working capital purposes. Upon
formation of the Company, Holdings contributed certain assets and liabilities to
Group and the $1,000 advance from the Management Investors was recorded as paid
in capital.

(e) TRANSACTIONS WITH BOARD MEMBER

The Company has utilized the law firm of one of its board members for legal
services for the Acquisition, financing agreements and various ongoing legal
matters. These fees totaled approximately $1,348 for the year ended December 31,
1998.

F-115
<PAGE> 271
RENAISSANCE MEDIA GROUP LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

8. ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses as of December 31, 1998 consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Accrued programming costs................................... $1,986
Accrued interest............................................ 1,671
Accrued franchise fees...................................... 1,022
Accrued legal and professional fees,........................ 254
Accrued salaries, wages and benefits........................ 570
Accrued property and sales tax.............................. 637
Other accrued expenses...................................... 530
------
$6,670
======
</TABLE>

9. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

Effective April 9, 1998, the Company began sponsoring a defined
contribution plan which covers substantially all employees (the "Plan"). The
Plan provides for contributions from eligible employees up to 15% of their
compensation. The Company's contribution to the Plan is limited to 50% of each
eligible employee's contribution up to 10% of his or her compensation. The
Company has the right in any year to set the amount of the Company's
contribution percentage. Company matching contributions to the Plan for the year
ended December 31, 1998 were approximately $97. All participant contributions
and earnings are fully vested upon contribution and company contributions and
earnings vest 20% per year of employment with the Company, becoming fully vested
after five years.

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

(a) LEASES

The Company had rental expense under various lease and rental agreements
primarily for offices, tower sites and warehouses of approximately $125 in 1998.
In addition, the Company rents utility poles in its operations generally under
short term arrangements, but the Company expects these arrangements to recur.
Total rent expense for utility poles was approximately $620 in 1998. Future
minimum annual rental payments under noncancellable leases are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1999...................................... $162
2000...................................... 38
2001...................................... 24
2002...................................... 20
2003 and thereafter....................... 66
----
Total................................ $310
====
</TABLE>

(b) EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

Media has entered into employment agreements with six senior executives who
are also investors in Holdings. Under the conditions of five of the agreements
the employment term is five years, expiring in April 2003 and requires Media to
continue salary payments

F-116
<PAGE> 272
RENAISSANCE MEDIA GROUP LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

(including any bonus) through the term if the executive's employment is
terminated by Media without cause, as defined in the employment agreement.
Media's obligations under the employment agreements may be reduced in certain
situations based on actual operating performance relative to the business plan,
death or disability or by actions of the other senior executives.

The employment agreement for one senior executive has a term of one year
and may be renewed annually. This agreement has been renewed through April 8,
2000.

In exchange for certain flexibility in establishing cable rate pricing
structures for regulated services that went into effect on January 1, 1996, Time
Warner agreed with the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") to invest in
certain upgrades to its cable infrastructure (consisting primarily of materials
and labor in connection with the plant upgrades up to 750 MHz) by 1999
(approximately $23 million). This agreement with the FCC has been assumed by the
Company as part of the Acquisition.

11. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On February 23, 1999, Holdings entered into an agreement with Charter
Communications, LLC and Charter Communications, Inc., to sell 100% of its
members' equity in the Company for approximately $459,000, subject to certain
closing conditions. This transaction is expected to close during the third
quarter of 1999.

12. YEAR 2000 ISSUES (UNAUDITED)

The Company relies on computer systems, related software applications and
other control devices in operating and monitoring all major aspects of its
business, including, but not limited to, its financial systems (such as general
ledger, accounts payable, payroll and fixed asset modules), subscriber billing
systems, internal networks and telecommunications equipment. The Company also
relies, directly and indirectly, on the external systems of various independent
business enterprises, such as its suppliers and financial organizations, for the
accurate exchange of data.

The Company continues to assess the likely impact of Year 2000 issues on
its business operations, including its material information technology ("IT")
and non-IT applications. These material applications include all billing and
subscriber information systems, general ledger software, payroll systems,
accounting software, phone switches and certain headend applications, all of
which are third party supported.

The Company believes it has identified all systems that may be affected by
Year 2000 Issues. Concurrent with the identification phase, the Company is
securing compliance determinations relative to all identified systems. For those
systems that the Company believes are material, compliance programs have been
received or such systems have been certified by independent parities as Year
2000 compliant. For those material systems that are subject to compliance
programs, the Company expects to receive Year 2000 certifications from
independent parties by the second quarter 1999. Determinations of Year

F-117
<PAGE> 273
RENAISSANCE MEDIA GROUP LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1998
(ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

2000 compliance requirements for less mission critical systems are in progress
and are expected to be completed in the second quarter of 1999.

With respect to third parties with which the Company has a material
relationship, the Company believes its most significant relationships are with
financial institutions, who receive subscriber monthly payments and maintain
Company bank accounts, and subscriber billing and management systems providers.
We have received compliance programs which if executed as planned should provide
a high degree of assurance that all Year 2000 issues will be addressed by mid
1999.

The Company has not incurred any material Year 2000 costs to date, and
excluding the need for contingency plans, does not expect to incur any material
Year 2000 costs in the future because most of its applications are maintained by
third parties who have borne Year 2000 compliance costs.

The Company cannot be certain that it or third parties supporting its
systems have resolved or will resolve all Year 2000 issues in a timely manner.
Failure by the Company or any such third party to successfully address the
relevant Year 2000 issues could result in disruptions of the Company's business
and the incurrence of significant expenses by the Company. Additionally, the
Company could be affected by any disruption to third parties with which the
Company does business if such third parties have not successfully addressed
their Year 2000 issues.

Failure to resolve Year 2000 issues could result in improper billing to the
Company's subscribers which could have a major impact on the recording of
revenue and the collection of cash as well as create significant customer
dissatisfaction. In addition, failure on the part of the financial institutions
with which the Company relies on for its cash collection and management services
could also have a significant impact on collections, results of operations and
the liquidity of the Company.

The Company has not yet finalized contingency plans necessary to handle the
most likely worst case scenarios. Before concluding as to possible contingency
plans, the Company must determine whether the material service providers
contemplate having such plans in place. In the event that contingency plans from
material service providers are not in place or are deemed inadequate, management
expects to have such plans in place by the third quarter of 1999.

F-118
<PAGE> 274

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors of
TWI Cable, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet of the Picayune MS,
Lafourche LA, St. Tammany LA, St. Landry LA, Pointe Coupee LA, and Jackson TN
cable television systems, (collectively, the "Combined Systems") included in TWI
Cable, Inc. ("TWI Cable"), as of April 8, 1998, and the related combined
statements of operations, changes in net assets and cash flows for the period
from January 1, 1998 through April 8, 1998. These combined financial statements
are the responsibility of the Combined Systems' management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our
audit.

In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of the
Combined Systems, included in TWI Cable, at April 8, 1998, and the combined
results of their operations and their cash flows for the period from January 1,
1998 through April 8, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York
February 22, 1999

F-119
<PAGE> 275

PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
(INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)

COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
APRIL 8, 1998
-------------
<S> <C>
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents................................... $ 7
Receivables, less allowance of $116......................... 576
Prepaid expenses and other assets........................... 438
Property, plant and equipment, net.......................... 35,992
Cable television franchises, net............................ 195,907
Goodwill and other intangibles, net......................... 50,023
--------
Total assets...................................... $282,943
========
LIABILITIES AND NET ASSETS
Accounts payable............................................ $ 63
Accrued programming expenses................................ 978
Accrued franchise fees...................................... 616
Subscriber advance payments and deposits.................... 593
Deferred income taxes....................................... 61,792
Other liabilities........................................... 747
--------
Total liabilities................................. 64,789
Total net assets.................................. 218,154
--------
Total liabilities and net assets.................. $282,943
========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-120
<PAGE> 276

PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
(INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)

COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE
PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1, 1998
THROUGH
APRIL 8, 1998
---------------
<S> <C>
REVENUES.................................................... $15,221
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Operating and programming................................... 3,603
Selling, general and administrative......................... 4,134
Depreciation and amortization............................... 5,031
(Gain) on disposal of fixed assets.......................... (96)
-------
Total costs and expenses.......................... 12,672
-------
Operating income............................................ 2,549
Provision for income taxes.................................. 1,191
-------
Net income.................................................. $ 1,358
=======
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-121
<PAGE> 277

PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
(INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)

COMBINED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Balance at December 31, 1997................................ $224,546
Repayment of advances from Parent......................... (17,408)
Advances from Parent...................................... 9,658
Net income................................................ 1,358
--------
Balance at April 8, 1998.................................... $218,154
========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-122
<PAGE> 278

PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
(INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)

COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE
PERIOD FROM
JANUARY 1, 1998
THROUGH
APRIL 8, 1998
---------------
<S> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income.................................................. $ 1,358
Adjustments for noncash and nonoperating items:
Income tax expense........................................ 1,191
Depreciation and amortization............................. 5,031
(Gain) on disposal of fixed assets........................ (96)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Receivables, prepaids and other assets................. 289
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other
liabilities........................................... (770)
Other balance sheet changes............................ (4)
--------
Net cash provided by operations............................. 6,999
--------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures........................................ (613)
--------
Net cash used in investing activities....................... (613)
--------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net repayment of advances from Parent....................... (7,750)
--------
Net cash (used in) financing activities..................... (7,750)
INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS....................... (1,364)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD............ 1,371
--------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD.................. $ 7
========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-123
<PAGE> 279

PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
(INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

The cable television systems operating in the metropolitan areas of
Picayune, Mississippi; Lafourche, Louisiana; St. Tammany, Louisiana; St. Landry,
Louisiana; Pointe Coupee, Louisiana; and Jackson, Tennessee (the "Combined
Systems") are principally engaged in the cable television business under
non-exclusive franchise agreements, which expire at various times beginning in
1999. The Combined Systems' operations consist primarily of selling video
programming which is distributed to subscribers for a monthly fee through a
network of coaxial and fiber-optic cables.

Prior to January 4, 1996, the Combined Systems were included in certain
subsidiaries of Cablevision Industries Corporation ("CVI"). On January 4, 1996,
CVI merged into a wholly owned subsidiary of Time Warner Inc. (the "CVI
Merger"). On October 1, 1996, Time Warner Inc. ("Time Warner") completed a
reorganization amongst certain of its wholly owned cable television subsidiaries
whereby CVI was renamed TWI Cable Inc. ("TWI Cable").

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

TWI Cable has sold the Combined Systems to Renaissance Media Holdings LLC
("Renaissance") pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement with Renaissance, dated
November 14, 1997 (see Note 8). Accordingly, the accompanying combined financial
statements of the Combined Systems reflect the "carved out" historical financial
position, results of operations, cash flows and changes in net assets of the
operations of the Combined Systems as if they had been operating as a separate
company. Effective as of January 1, 1996, the Combined Systems' financial
statements reflect the new basis of accounting arising from Time Warner's merger
with CVI. Based on Time Warner's allocation of the purchase price, the assets
and liabilities of the Combined Systems were revalued resulting in goodwill
allocated to the Combined Systems of approximately $52,971,000, which is being
amortized over its estimated life of 40 years. In addition, approximately
$220,981,000 was allocated to cable television franchises and other intangible
assets, which is being amortized over periods up to 20 years.

The combined statements have been adjusted to include the allocation of
certain corporate expenses incurred by Time Warner Cable and/or TWI Cable on the
Combined Systems' behalf, based upon the number of Combined System subscribers
managed by Time Warner Cable and the ratio of Combined System subscribers to
total TWI Cable subscribers, respectively. These allocations reflect all costs
of doing business that the Combined Systems would have incurred on a stand alone
basis as disclosed in Note 3. Management believes that these allocations are
reasonable.

BASIS OF COMBINATION

F-124
<PAGE> 280
PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
(INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Systems have been eliminated. Significant accounts and transactions with Time
Warner and its affiliates are disclosed as related party transactions (see Note
3).

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of combined financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the combined financial
statements and footnotes thereto. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

A significant portion of the customer base is concentrated within the local
geographical area of each of the individual cable television systems. The
Combined Systems generally extend credit to customers and the ultimate
collection of accounts receivable could be affected by the local economy.
Management performs continuous credit evaluations of its customers and may
require cash in advance or other special arrangements from certain customers.
Management does not believe that there is any significant credit risk which
could have a material effect on the financial condition of the Combined Systems.

REVENUE AND COSTS

FRANCHISE FEES

ADVERTISING COSTS

Advertising costs are expensed upon the first exhibition of the related
advertisements. Advertising expense amounted to $105,000 for the period from
January 1, 1998 through April 8, 1998.

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

F-125
<PAGE> 281
PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
(INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

as cash represent the Combined Systems' net cash receipts not transferred to the
centralized account as of December 31, 1996 and 1997. The average net
intercompany payable balances was $166,522,000 for the period from January 1,
1998 through April 8, 1998.

For purposes of this statement, cash and cash equivalents includes all
highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or
less.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Additions to property,
plant and equipment generally include material, labor, overhead and interest.
Depreciation is provided on the straight-line method over estimated useful lives
as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Buildings and improvements........................... 5-20 years
Cable television equipment........................... 5-15 years
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment.............. 3-10 years
</TABLE>

Property, plant and equipment consist of:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
APRIL 8, 1998
-------------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C>
Land and buildings.................................. $ 2,255
Cable television equipment.......................... 40,276
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment............. 2,308
Construction in progress............................ 1,183
--------
46,022
Less accumulated depreciation....................... (10,030)
--------
Total..................................... $ 35,992
========
</TABLE>

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The Combined Systems amortized goodwill over periods up to 40 years and
cable television franchises over periods up to 20 years, both using the
straight-line method. For the period from January 1, 1998 through April 8, 1998
amortization of goodwill amounted to $360,000 and amortization of cable
television franchises amounted to $3,008,000. Accumulated amortization of
intangible assets amounted to $28,114,000 at April 8, 1998.

IMPAIRMENT

Management separately reviews the carrying value of acquired long-lived
assets for each acquired entity on a quarterly basis to determine whether an
impairment may exist. Management considers relevant cash flow and profitability
information, including estimated future operating results, trends and other
available information, in assessing whether the carrying value of long-lived
assets can be recovered. Upon a determination that the carrying value of
long-lived assets will not be recovered from the undiscounted future cash flows
of the acquired business, the carrying value of such long-lived assets would be
considered impaired and would be reduced by a charge to operations in the amount
of the

F-126
<PAGE> 282
PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
(INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

impairment. An impairment charge is measured as a deficiency in estimated
discounted future cash flows of the acquired business to recover the carrying
value related to the long-lived assets.

INCOME TAXES

Income taxes have been provided using the liability method prescribed by
FASB Statement No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under the liability
method, deferred income taxes reflect tax carryforwards and the net tax effects
of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities
for financial statements and income tax purposes, as determined under enacted
tax laws and rates.

2. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Following the CVI Merger, the Combined Systems began participation in the
Time Warner Cable Pension Plan (the "Pension Plan"), a non-contributory defined
benefit pension plan, and the Time Warner Cable Employee Savings Plan (the
"Savings Plan") which are administered by a committee appointed by the Board of
Representatives of Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. ("TWE"), an affiliate
of Time Warner, and which cover substantially all employees.

Benefits under the Pension Plan are determined based on formulas which
reflect an employee's years of service and compensation levels during the
employment period. Pension expense for the period from January 1, 1998 through
April 8, 1998 totaled $61,000.

The Combined Systems' contributions to the Savings Plan are limited to
6.67% of an employee's eligible compensation during the plan year. The Board of
Representatives of TWE has the right in any year to set the maximum amount of
the Combined Systems' contribution. Defined contribution plan expense for the
period from January 1, 1998 through April 8, 1998 totaled $38,000.

The Combined Systems have no material obligations for other post retirement
benefits.

3. RELATED PARTIES

In the normal course of conducting business, the Combined Systems had
various transactions with Time Warner and its affiliates, generally on terms
resulting from a negotiation between the affected units that in management's
view resulted in reasonable allocations.

PROGRAMMING

Included in the Combined Systems' operating expenses are charges for
programming and promotional services provided by Home Box Office, Turner
Broadcasting System, Inc. and other affiliates of Time Warner. These charges are
based on customary rates and are in the ordinary course of business. These
charges totaled $1,164,000 for the period from January 1, 1998 through April 8,
1998. Accrued related party expenses for these

F-127
<PAGE> 283
PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
(INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

programming and promotional services included in accrued programming expenses
approximated $409,000 for the period from January 1, 1998 through April 8, 1998.

MANAGEMENT FEES

TWI Cable entered into a management service arrangement with Time Warner
Cable ("TWC"), pursuant to which TWC is responsible for the management and
operation of TWI Cable, which includes the Combined Systems. The management fees
paid to TWC by TWI Cable are based on an allocation of the corporate expenses of
TWC's cable division in proportion to the respective number of subscribers of
all cable systems managed by TWC's cable division. The allocation of the TWI
Cable management fee to the Combined Systems approximated $486,000 for the
period from January 1, 1998 through April 8, 1998.

Other divisional expenses allocated to the Combined Systems approximated
$299,000 for the period from January 1, 1998 through April 8, 1998.

4. INTEREST EXPENSE

Prior to the CVI Merger, the Jackson, Tennessee system was included in
Cablevision Industries Limited Partnership and Combined Entities ("CILP"). The
Jackson system was charged interest expense in connection with CILP's (a) senior
and subordinated bank credit agreements; and (b) senior unsecured subordinated
Series A and Series B notes payable to CVI. The remaining five systems
comprising the Combined Systems were included in Cablevision Industries of the
Southeast, Inc. and Combined Entities ("CIOS"). These systems were charged
interest expense in connection with CIOS's (a) bank revolving credit agreement;
and (b) junior and senior subordinated debt to CVI.

5. INCOME TAXES

Effective January 4, 1996, the Combined Systems are included in the
consolidated federal income tax return of Time Warner. Prior to January 4, 1996,
the Combined Systems were included in the consolidated federal income tax return
of CVI. The provision for income taxes has been calculated on a separate company
basis. The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE PERIOD
FROM JANUARY 1, 1998
THROUGH
APRIL 8, 1998
--------------------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C>
Federal:
Current........................................ $ --
Deferred....................................... 962
State:
Current........................................ --
Deferred....................................... 229
------
Net provision for income taxes.............. $1,191
======
</TABLE>

F-128
<PAGE> 284
PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
(INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The Combined Systems did not, and will not, have a tax sharing agreement
with either Time Warner, TWI Cable or CVI. Therefore, the Combined Systems have
not and will not be compensated for the utilization of the Combined Systems' tax
losses, by Time Warner, TWI Cable or CVI. In addition, the Combined Systems have
not and will not be required to make payments to either Time Warner or TWI Cable
for the current tax provision of the Combined Systems.

The differences between the income tax provision expected at the U.S.
federal statutory income tax rate and the total income tax provision are due to
nondeductible goodwill amortization and state taxes.

Significant components of the Combined Systems' deferred tax assets and
liabilities, as calculated on a separate company basis, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
APRIL 8, 1998
-------------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C>
Deferred tax liabilities:
Amortization..................................... $57,817
Depreciation..................................... 4,181
-------
Total gross deferred tax liabilities..... 61,998
-------
Deferred tax assets:
Tax loss carryforwards........................... 160
Allowance for doubtful accounts.................. 46
-------
Total deferred tax assets................ 206
-------
Net deferred tax liability............... $61,792
=======
</TABLE>

On a separate company basis, the Combined Systems have tax loss
carryforwards of approximately $400,000 at April 8, 1998. However, if the
Combined Systems are acquired in an asset purchase, the tax loss carryforwards,
and net deferred tax liabilities relating to temporary differences will not
carry over to Renaissance (see Note 8).

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Combined Systems had rental expense of approximately $244,000 for the
period from January 1, 1998 through April 8, 1998 under various lease and rental
agreements for offices, utility poles, warehouses and computer equipment. Future
minimum annual rental payments under noncancellable leases will approximate
$1,000,000 annually over the next five years.

In exchange for certain flexibility in establishing cable rate pricing
structures for regulated services that went into effect on January 1, 1996, TWC
has agreed with the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") to invest in
certain upgrades to its cable infrastructure (consisting primarily of materials
and labor in connection with the plant upgrades up to 750 MHz) over the next
three years (approximately $25 million at December 31, 1997). This agreement
with the FCC, which extends to the Combined Systems, will be assumed by
Renaissance as it relates to the Combined Systems in accordance with the Asset
Purchase Agreement.

F-129
<PAGE> 285
PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
(INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

7. OTHER LIABILITIES

Other liabilities consist of:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
APRIL 8, 1998
-------------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C>
Compensation........................................ $279
Data Processing Costs............................... 161
Sales and other taxes............................... 146
Copyright Fees...................................... 35
Pole Rent........................................... 93
Other............................................... 33
----
Total..................................... $747
====
</TABLE>

8. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

The sale of the Combined Systems, in connection with the Asset Purchase
Agreement with Renaissance, closed on April 9, 1998 at the purchase price of
$309,500,000.

F-130
<PAGE> 286

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors of
TWI Cable Inc.

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of the Picayune
MS, Lafourche LA, St. Tammany LA, St. Landry LA, Pointe Coupee LA, and Jackson
TN cable television systems, (collectively, the "Combined Systems") included in
TWI Cable, Inc. ("TWI Cable"), as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, the related
combined statements of operations, changes in net assets and cash flows for the
years then ended. In addition, we have audited the combined statement of
operations and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1995 of the
Predecessor Combined Systems. These combined financial statements are the
responsibility of the Combined Systems' or the Predecessor's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements
based on our audits.

In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Combined
Systems, included in TWI Cable or the Predecessor, at December 31, 1996 and
1997, and the combined results of their operations and their cash flows for the
years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York
March 16, 1998

F-131
<PAGE> 287

PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
(INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------
1996 1997
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents................................... $ 570 $ 1,371
Receivables, less allowance of $71 and $116 for the years
ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively............ 794 1,120
Prepaid expenses and other assets........................... 45 183
Property, plant and equipment, net.......................... 36,966 36,944
Cable television franchises, net............................ 209,952 198,913
Goodwill and other intangibles, net......................... 51,722 50,383
-------- --------
Total assets...................................... $300,049 $288,914
======== ========
LIABILITIES AND NET ASSETS
Accounts payable............................................ $ 1,640 $ 652
Accrued programming expenses................................ 847 904
Accrued franchise fees...................................... 736 835
Subscriber advance payments and deposits.................... 66 407
Deferred income taxes....................................... 58,340 60,601
Other liabilities........................................... 945 969
-------- --------
Total liabilities................................. 62,574 64,368
Total net assets.................................. 237,475 224,546
-------- --------
Total liabilities and net assets.................. $300,049 $288,914
======== ========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-132
<PAGE> 288

PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------------------------
1995 1996 1997
---- ---- ----
(PREDECESSOR) (INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES..................................... $43,549 $47,327 $50,987
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Operating and programming.................... 13,010 12,413 12,101
Selling, general and administrative.......... 9,977 12,946 13,823
Depreciation and amortization................ 17,610 18,360 18,697
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets...... -- (244) 620
------- ------- -------
Total costs and expenses........... 40,597 43,475 45,241
------- ------- -------
Operating income............................. 2,952 3,852 5,746
Interest expense............................. 11,871 -- --
------- ------- -------
(Loss) income before income tax (benefit)
expense.................................... (8,919) 3,852 5,746
Income tax (benefit) expense................. (3,567) 1,502 2,262
------- ------- -------
Net (loss) income............................ $(5,352) $ 2,350 $ 3,484
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-133
<PAGE> 289

PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
(INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Contribution by Parent...................................... $250,039
Repayment of advances from Parent......................... (47,895)
Advances from Parent...................................... 32,981
Net income................................................ 2,350
--------
Balance at December 31, 1996................................ 237,475
Repayment of advances from Parent......................... (50,661)
Advances from Parent...................................... 34,248
Net income................................................ 3,484
--------
Balance at December 31, 1997................................ $224,546
========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-134
<PAGE> 290

PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------------------
1995 1996 1997
---- ---- ----
(PREDECESSOR) (INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net (loss) income............................... $(5,352) $ 2,350 $ 3,484
Adjustments for noncash and nonoperating
items:
Income tax (benefit) expense............... (3,567) 1,502 2,262
Depreciation and amortization.............. 17,610 18,360 18,697
(Gain) loss on disposal
of fixed assets.......................... -- (244) 620
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities:
Receivables, prepaids and other
assets................................ (196) 944 (464)
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and
other liabilities..................... (972) 176 (466)
Other balance sheet changes.............. -- -- (529)
------- --------- --------
Net cash provided by operations................. 7,523 23,088 23,604
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of Predecessor cable systems, net of
cash acquired................................. -- (249,473) --
Capital expenditures............................ (7,376) (8,170) (6,390)
------- --------- --------
Net cash used in investing activities........... (7,376) (257,643) (6,390)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Advance from Parent for purchase of
Predecessor................................... -- 250,039 --
Net repayment of advances from Parent........... -- (14,914) (16,413)
------- --------- --------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
activities.................................... -- 235,125 (16,413)
INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS........... 147 570 801
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF
PERIOD........................................ 419 0 570
------- --------- --------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD...... $ 566 $ 570 $ 1,371
======= ========= ========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-135
<PAGE> 291

PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
(INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

TWI Cable has committed to sell the Combined Systems to Renaissance Media
Holdings LLC ("Renaissance") pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement with
Renaissance, dated November 14, 1997. Accordingly, the accompanying combined
financial statements of the Combined Systems reflect the "carved out" historical
financial position, results of operations, cash flows and changes in net assets
of the operations of the Combined Systems as if they had been operating as a
separate company. Effective as of January 1, 1996, the Combined Systems'
financial statements reflect the new basis of accounting arising from Time
Warner's merger with CVI. Based on Time Warner's allocation of the purchase
price, the assets and liabilities of the Combined Systems were revalued
resulting in goodwill allocated to the Combined Systems of approximately
$52,971,000, which is being amortized over its estimated life of 40 years. In
addition, approximately $220,981,000 was allocated to cable television
franchises and other intangible assets, which is being amortized over periods up
to 20 years. The Combined Systems' financial statements through December 31,
1995 reflect the historical cost of their assets and liabilities and results of
their operations.

F-136
<PAGE> 292
PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
(INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

BASIS OF COMBINATION

The combined financial statements include the assets, liabilities,
revenues, expenses, income, loss and cash flows of the Combined Systems, as if
the Combined Systems were a single company. Significant intercompany accounts
and transactions between the Combined Systems have been eliminated. Significant
accounts and transactions with Time Warner and its affiliates are disclosed as
related party transactions (see Note 3).

USE OF ESTIMATES

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

REVENUE AND COSTS

FRANCHISE FEES

Local governmental authorities impose franchise fees on the cable
television systems owned by the Combined Systems ranging up to a federally
mandated maximum of 5.0% of gross revenues. On a monthly basis, such fees are
collected from the Combined Systems' customers. Prior to January 1997, franchise
fees were not separately itemized on customers' bills. Such fees were considered
part of the monthly charge for basic services and equipment, and therefore were
reported as revenue and expense in the Combined Systems' financial results.
Management began the process of itemizing such fees on all customers' bills
beginning in January 1997. In conjunction with itemizing these charges, the
Combined Systems began separately collecting the franchise fee on all revenues
subject to franchise fees. As a result, such fees are no longer included as
revenue or as franchise

F-137
<PAGE> 293
PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
(INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

fee expense. The net effect of this change is a reduction in 1997 revenue and
franchise fee expense of approximately $1,500,000 versus the comparable period
in 1996.

ADVERTISING COSTS

Advertising costs are expensed upon the first exhibition of the related
advertisements. Advertising expense amounted to $308,000, $632,000 and $510,000
for the years ended 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

The Combined Systems participate in a cash management system with
affiliates whereby cash receipts are transferred to a centralized bank account
from which centralized payments to various suppliers and creditors are made on
behalf of the Combined Systems. The excess of such cash receipts over payments
is included in net assets. Amounts shown as cash represent the Combined Systems'
net cash receipts not transferred to the centralized account as of December 31,
1996 and 1997. The average net intercompany payable balances were $173,348,000
and $170,438,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

For purposes of this statement, cash and cash equivalents includes all
highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or
less.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Buildings and improvements............................. 5-20 years
Cable television equipment............................. 5-15 years
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment................ 3-10 years
</TABLE>

Property, plant and equipment consist of:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
------------------
1996 1997
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Land and buildings..................................... $ 2,003 $ 2,265
Cable television equipment............................. 32,324 39,589
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment................ 1,455 2,341
Construction in progress............................... 5,657 1,028
------- -------
41,439 45,223
Less accumulated depreciation.......................... (4,473) (8,279)
------- -------
Total........................................ $36,966 $36,944
======= =======
</TABLE>

F-138
<PAGE> 294
PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
(INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

During 1996 and 1997, the Combined Systems amortized goodwill over periods
up to 40 years and cable television franchises over periods up to 20 years, both
using the straight-line method. Prior to the CVI Merger, goodwill and cable
television franchises were amortized over 15 years using the straight-line
method. For the years ended 1995, 1996, and 1997, amortization of goodwill
amounted to $8,199,000, $1,325,000, and $1,325,000, respectively, and
amortization of cable television franchises amounted to $1,284,000, $11,048,000,
and $11,048,000, respectively. Accumulated amortization of intangible assets at
December 31, 1996 and 1997 amounted to $12,373,000 and $24,746,000,
respectively.

IMPAIRMENT

INCOME TAXES

2. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Benefits under the Pension Plan are determined based on formulas which
reflect an employee's years of service and compensation levels during the
employment period. Pension expense for the years ended December 31, 1996 and
1997 totaled $184,000 and $192,000, respectively.

F-139
<PAGE> 295
PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
(INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The Combined Systems' contributions to the Savings Plan are limited to
6.67% of an employee's eligible compensation during the plan year. The Board of
Representatives of TWE has the right in any year to set the maximum amount of
the Combined Systems' contribution. Defined contribution plan expense for the
years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 totaled $107,000 and $117,000,
respectively.

Prior to the CVI Merger, substantially all employees were eligible to
participate in a profit sharing plan or a defined contribution plan. The profit
sharing plan provided that the Combined Systems may contribute, at the
discretion of their board of directors, an amount up to 15% of compensation for
all eligible participants out of its accumulated earnings and profits, as
defined. Profit sharing expense amounted to approximately $31,000 for the year
ended December 31, 1995.

The defined contribution plan contained a qualified cash or deferred
arrangement pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k). This plan provided
that eligible employees may contribute from 2% to 10% of their compensation to
the plan. The Combined Systems matched contributions of up to 4% of the
employees' compensation. The expense for this plan amounted to approximately
$96,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995.

The Combined Systems have no material obligations for other post retirement
benefits.

3. RELATED PARTIES

PROGRAMMING

Included in the Combined Systems' 1996 and 1997 operating expenses are
charges for programming and promotional services provided by Home Box Office,
Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. and other affiliates of Time Warner. These
charges are based on customary rates and are in the ordinary course of business.
For the year ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, these charges totaled $3,260,000
and $3,458,000, respectively. Accrued related party expenses for these
programming and promotional services included in accrued programming expenses
approximated $327,000 and $291,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996 and
1997, respectively. There were no such programming and promotional service
related party transactions in 1995.

MANAGEMENT FEES

F-140
<PAGE> 296
PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
(INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

division in proportion to the respective number of subscribers of all cable
systems managed by TWC's cable division. The allocation of the TWI Cable
management fee to the Combined Systems approximated $1,432,000 and $1,715,000
for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

Other divisional expenses allocated to the Combined Systems approximated
$1,301,000 and $1,067,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997,
respectively.

4. INTEREST EXPENSE

5. INCOME TAXES

Effective January 4, 1996, the Combined Systems are included in the
consolidated federal income tax return of Time Warner. Prior to January 4, 1996,
the Combined Systems were included in the consolidated federal income tax return
of CVI. The provision (benefit) for income taxes has been calculated on a
separate company basis. The components of the provision (benefit) for income
taxes are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------
1995 1996 1997
---- ---- ----
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
FEDERAL:
Current...................... $ -- $ -- $ --
Deferred..................... (2,881) 1,213 1,826
STATE:
Current...................... -- -- --
Deferred..................... (686) 289 436
------- ------ ------
Net provision (benefit) for
income taxes.............. $(3,567) $1,502 $2,262
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>

F-141
<PAGE> 297
PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
(INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The differences between the income tax provision (benefit) expected at the
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and the total income tax provision
(benefit) are due to nondeductible goodwill amortization and state taxes.

Significant components of the Combined Systems' deferred tax assets and
liabilities, as calculated on a separate company basis, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------------
1996 1997
---- ----
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES:
Amortization....................... $61,266 $58,507
Depreciation....................... 3,576 4,060
------- -------
Total gross deferred tax
liabilities.............. 64,842 62,567
------- -------
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:
Tax loss carryforwards............. 6,474 1,920
Allowance for doubtful accounts.... 28 46
------- -------
Total deferred tax
assets................... 6,502 1,966
------- -------
Net deferred tax liability......... $58,340 $60,601
======= =======
</TABLE>

On a separate company basis, the Combined Systems have tax loss
carryforwards of approximately $4.8 million at December 31, 1997. However, if
the Combined Systems are acquired in an asset purchase, the tax loss
carryforwards, and net deferred tax liabilities relating to temporary
differences will not carry over to Renaissance (see Note 8).

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Combined Systems had rental expense of approximately $642,000,
$824,000, and $843,000 for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997,
respectively, under various lease and rental agreements for offices, utility
poles, warehouses and computer equipment. Future minimum annual rental payments
under noncancellable leases will approximate $1,000,000 annually over the next
five years.

In exchange for certain flexibility in establishing cable rate pricing
structures for regulated services that went into effect on January 1, 1996, TWC
has agreed with the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") to invest in
certain upgrades to its cable infrastructure (consisting primarily of materials
and labor in connection with the plant upgrades up to 750 MHz) over the next
three years (approximately $22 million). This agreement with the FCC, which
extends to the Combined Systems, will be assumed by Renaissance as it relates to
the Combined Systems in accordance with the Asset Purchase Agreement.

7. OTHER LIABILITIES

Other liabilities consist of:

F-142
<PAGE> 298
PICAYUNE MS, LAFOURCHE LA, ST. TAMMANY LA, ST. LANDRY LA,
POINTE COUPEE LA, AND JACKSON TN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
(INCLUDED IN TWI CABLE INC.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
------------
1996 1997
---- ----
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Compensation............................................ $217 $250
Data Processing Costs................................... 100 90
Sales and other taxes................................... 101 90
Copyright Fees.......................................... 85 83
Pole Rent............................................... 66 63
Other................................................... 376 393
---- ----
Total.............................................. $945 $969
==== ====
</TABLE>

8. SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED)

The sale of the Combined Systems, in connection with the Asset Purchase
Agreement with Renaissance, closed on April 9, 1998 at the purchase price of
$309,500,000.

F-143
<PAGE> 299

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Partners
Helicon Partners I, L.P.:

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Helicon Partners I,
L.P. and affiliates as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the related combined
statements of operations, changes in partners' deficit, and cash flows for each
of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1998. These combined
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements
based on our audits.

In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Helicon Partners I,
L.P. and affiliates as of December 31, 1997 and 1998 and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period
ended December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

New York, New York
March 26, 1999

F-144
<PAGE> 300

HELICON PARTNERS I, L.P. AND AFFILIATES

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998
------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS (NOTES 8 AND 9)
Cash and cash equivalents (note 2).............. $ 4,372,281 $ 5,130,561
Receivables from subscribers.................... 1,439,720 1,631,931
Prepaid expenses and other assets............... 2,205,794 3,469,228
Property, plant and equipment, net (notes 3, 4,
and 11)....................................... 80,104,377 86,737,580
Intangible assets and deferred costs, net (notes
3 and 5)...................................... 85,066,665 94,876,847
------------- -------------
Total assets.......................... $ 173,188,837 $ 191,846,147
============= =============
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' DEFICIT
Liabilities:
Accounts payable.............................. $ 7,416,901 $ 8,037,193
Accrued expenses.............................. 1,539,116 1,589,240
Subscriptions received in advance............. 1,018,310 819,564
Accrued interest.............................. 3,760,360 3,742,456
Due to principal owner (note 7)............... 5,000,000 5,000,000
Senior secured notes (note 8)................. 115,000,000 115,000,000
Loans payable to banks (note 9)............... 85,776,641 120,266,922
12% subordinated notes, net of unamortized
discount of $2,889,541 in 1997 and
$2,543,869 in 1998 (note 10)............... 37,249,948 42,672,085
Redeemable partnership interests (note 10).... 6,437,142 16,253,906
Other notes payable (note 11)................. 5,747,076 5,448,804
Due to affiliates, net (note 6)............... 71,474 247,042
------------- -------------
Total liabilities..................... 269,016,968 319,077,212
------------- -------------
Commitments (notes 8, 9, 10, 11 and 13)
Partners' deficit (note 12):
Preferred limited partners.................... 7,649,988 8,567,467
Accumulated partners' deficit................. (103,477,119) (135,797,532)
Less capital contribution receivable.......... (1,000) (1,000)
------------- -------------
Total partners' deficit............... (95,828,131) (127,231,065)
------------- -------------
Total liabilities and partners'
deficit............................ $ 173,188,837 $ 191,846,147
============= =============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-145
<PAGE> 301

HELICON PARTNERS I, L.P. AND AFFILIATES

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1997 1998
------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues............................... $ 42,061,537 $ 59,957,434 $ 75,576,810
------------ ------------ ------------
Operating expenses:
Operating expenses (note 13)......... 11,395,509 17,408,265 22,687,850
General and administrative expenses
(notes 6 and 13).................. 7,244,663 9,762,931 13,365,824
Marketing expenses................... 1,235,553 2,266,627 3,521,893
Depreciation and amortization........ 12,556,023 19,411,813 24,290,088
Management fee charged by affiliate
(note 6).......................... 2,103,077 2,997,872 3,496,271
Corporate and other expenses......... 426,672 549,222 602,987
------------ ------------ ------------
Total operating expenses..... 34,961,497 52,396,730 67,964,913
------------ ------------ ------------
Operating income..................... 7,100,040 7,560,704 7,611,897
------------ ------------ ------------
Interest expense (note 7).............. (17,418,266) (23,586,227) (27,633,714)
Interest income........................ 563,362 154,037 92,967
------------ ------------ ------------
(16,854,904) (23,432,190) (27,540,747)
------------ ------------ ------------
Loss before extraordinary item....... (9,754,864) (15,871,486) (19,928,850)
------------ ------------ ------------
Extraordinary item -- write-off of
deferred financing costs (note 9).... -- -- (1,657,320)
------------ ------------ ------------
Net loss............................. $ (9,754,864) $(15,871,486) $(21,586,170)
============ ============ ============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-146
<PAGE> 302

HELICON PARTNERS I, L.P. AND AFFILIATES

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS' DEFICIT
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PARTNERS' DEFICIT
-------------------------
PREFERRED CLASS A CAPITAL
LIMITED GENERAL LIMITED CONTRIBUTION
PARTNERS PARTNER PARTNERS RECEIVABLE TOTAL
---------- --------- ------------- ------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31, 1995........ $ -- $(307,994) $ (67,144,287) $(1,000) $ (67,453,281)
Issuance of preferred limited
partnership interests (note 10)... 6,250,000 (62,500) (6,187,500) -- --
Partner capital contributions (note
10)............................... -- 1,500 -- -- 1,500
Distribution of additional preferred
partnership interests (note 10)... 558,430 (5,584) (552,846) -- --
Net loss............................ -- (97,549) (9,657,315) -- (9,754,864)
---------- --------- ------------- ------- -------------
Balance at December 31, 1996........ 6,808,430 (472,127) (83,541,948) (1,000) (77,206,645)
Distribution of additional preferred
partnership interests (note 10)... 841,558 (8,416) (833,142) -- --
Accretion of redeemable partnership
interests (note 10)............... -- (27,500) (2,722,500) -- (2,750,000)
Net loss............................ -- (158,715) (15,712,771) -- (15,871,486)
---------- --------- ------------- ------- -------------
Balance at December 31, 1997........ 7,649,988 (666,758) (102,810,361) (1,000) (95,828,131)
Distribution of additional preferred
partnership interests (note 10)... 917,479 (9,175) (908,304) -- --
Accretion of redeemable partnership
interests (note 10)............... -- (98,168) (9,718,596) -- (9,816,764)
Net loss............................ -- (215,861) (21,370,309) -- (21,586,170)
---------- --------- ------------- ------- -------------
Balance at December 31, 1998........ $8,567,467 $(989,962) $(134,807,570) $(1,000) $(127,231,065)
========== ========= ============= ======= =============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-147
<PAGE> 303

HELICON PARTNERS I, L.P. AND AFFILIATES

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1997 1998
------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss.................................................. $ (9,754,864) $(15,871,486) $(21,586,170)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Extraordinary item...................................... -- -- 1,657,320
Depreciation and amortization........................... 12,556,023 19,411,813 24,290,088
Gain on sale of equipment............................... (20,375) (1,069) (29,323)
Interest on 12% subordinated notes paid through the
issuance of additional notes.......................... 1,945,667 4,193,819 4,961,241
Interest on other notes payable added to principal...... 168,328 185,160 --
Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing
costs................................................. 2,115,392 849,826 919,439
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of
acquisitions:
Decrease (increase) in receivables from subscribers... 176,432 (496,146) (79,535)
Increase in prepaid expenses and other assets......... (269,156) (976,491) (1,255,018)
Increase in financing costs incurred.................. (4,525,331) (434,000) (2,200,000)
Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses..... 2,182,762 2,957,524 681,037
Increase (decrease) in subscriptions received in
advance............................................ 119,277 325,815 (208,803)
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest............... 1,613,630 376,158 (17,904)
------------ ------------ ------------
Total adjustments.................................. 16,062,649 26,392,409 28,718,542
------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash provided by operating activities.......... 6,307,785 10,520,923 7,132,372
------------ ------------ ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property, plant and equipment................ (8,987,766) (15,824,306) (13,538,978)
Proceeds from sale of equipment........................... 21,947 23,270 118,953
Cash paid for net assets of cable television systems
acquired................................................ (35,829,389) (70,275,153) (26,063,284)
Cash paid for net assets of internet businesses
acquired................................................ (40,000) (993,760) --
Increase in intangible assets and deferred costs.......... (127,673) (308,759) (183,018)
------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash used in investing activities.............. (44,962,881) (87,378,708) (39,666,327)
------------ ------------ ------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Capital contributions..................................... 1,500 -- --
Decrease in restricted cash............................... -- 1,000,000 --
Proceeds from issuance of 12% subordinated notes and
redeemable partnership interests........................ 34,000,000 -- --
Proceeds from bank loans.................................. 8,900,000 77,285,000 104,000,000
Repayment of bank loans................................... (952,777) (1,505,581) (69,509,719)
Repayment of other notes payable.......................... (527,514) (1,145,989) (1,362,995)
Advances to affiliates.................................... (3,207,996) (3,412,411) (8,856,491)
Repayments of advances to affiliates...................... 3,479,336 2,986,778 9,021,440
------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash provided by financing activities.......... 41,692,549 75,207,797 33,292,235
------------ ------------ ------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents...................................... 3,037,453 (1,649,988) 758,280
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year.............. 2,984,816 6,022,269 4,372,281
------------ ------------ ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year.................... $ 6,022,269 $ 4,372,281 $ 5,130,561
============ ============ ============
Supplemental cash flow information:
Interest paid............................................. $ 11,575,250 $ 17,981,264 $ 21,770,938
============ ============ ============
Other non-cash items:
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment through
issuance of other notes payable....................... $ 1,222,000 $ 917,815 $ 1,025,319
============ ============ ============
Issuance of notes payable in connection with the
acquisition of cable television and internet systems,
net of imputed interest............................... $ 569,500 $ 1,914,479 --
============ ============ ============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-148
<PAGE> 304

HELICON PARTNERS I, L.P. AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998

1. ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS

Helicon Partners I, L.P. ("the Partnership") was organized as a limited
partnership on November 30, 1994 under the laws of the State of Delaware. On
April 8, 1996, Baum Investments, Inc. acquired a 1% general partnership interest
in the Partnership through an initial capital contribution of $1,500 and the
existing limited partners of The Helicon Group, L.P. ("THGLP"), formed in 1993,
exchanged their limited partnership interests in THGLP for all Class A Common
Limited Partnership Interests and Preferred Limited Partnership Interests in the
Partnership. As a result of this exchange, THGLP became 99% owned by the
Partnership. The Partnership now owns all of the limited partnership interests
in THGLP and Baum Investments, Inc. continues to be the general partner of THGLP
and to own a 1% general partnership interest in THGLP. The Partnership also owns
a 99% interest and THGLP a 1% interest in HPI Acquisition Co., LLC ("HPIAC"), a
Delaware limited liability company formed on February 7, 1996. The Partnership
also owned an 89% limited partnership interest and Baum Investments, Inc. a 1%
general partnership interest in Helicon OnLine, L. P. ("HOL"), a Delaware
limited partnership formed May 31, 1997. On June 29, 1998, the net assets of HOL
were transferred to THGLP in settlement of the inter-company loans THGLP had
made to HOL. The Partnership, THGLP, HPIAC and HOL are referred to collectively
herein as the Company.

On March 22, 1999, Helicon Partners I, L. P. (HPI), Baum Investments, Inc.
and all the holders of partnership interests in HPI entered into a purchase
agreement by and among Charter Communications, Inc, Charter Communications, LLC
and Charter Helicon, LLC (collectively the "Charter Entities") providing for the
sale of all such partnership interests and Helicon Corp.'s interest in the
management agreements with THGLP and HPIAC to the Charter Entities. The sale
price is $550 million which amount will be reduced by any outstanding
indebtedness assumed by the Charter Entities.

The Company operates cable television systems located in Pennsylvania, West
Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Louisiana, Vermont, New Hampshire,
Georgia and Tennessee. The Company also offers a broad range of Internet access
service, including dial-up access, dedicated high speed access, both two-way and
asymmetrical ("Hybrid"), high speed cable modem access, World Wide Web design
and hosting services and other value added services such as paging and private
network systems within the Company's cable service and contiguous areas.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

a) PRINCIPLES OF COMBINATION

The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of the
Partnership, THGLP and HPIAC and HOL which have been combined because of common
ownership and control. They also reflect the accounts of THGLP's subsidiary,
Helicon Capital Corp. ("HCC"), which has nominal assets and no operations since
its incorporation. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated in combination.

F-149
<PAGE> 305
HELICON PARTNERS I, L.P. AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

b) PARTNERSHIP PROFITS, LOSSES AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Under the terms of the partnership agreements of the Partnership and THGLP,
profits, losses and distributions will be made to the general and Class A
Limited Partners pro-rata based on their respective partnership interest.

Holders of Preferred Limited Partnership Interests are entitled to an
aggregate preference on liquidation of $6,250,000 plus cumulative in-kind
distributions of additional Preferred Limited Partnership interests at an annual
rate of 12%.

c) REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenue is recognized as services are provided to subscribers. Subscription
revenues billed in advance for services are deferred and recorded as income in
the period in which services are rendered.

d) Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost and are depreciated using
the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective
assets.

e) INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND DEFERRED COSTS

Intangible assets and deferred costs are carried at cost and are amortized
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective
assets. The Company periodically reviews the amortization periods of their
intangible assets and deferred costs. The Company evaluates whether there has
been a permanent impairment in the value of these assets by considering such
factors including projected undiscounted cash flows, current market conditions
and changes in the cable television industry that would impact the
recoverability of such assets, among other things.

f) INCOME TAXES

No provision for Federal or state income taxes has been made in the
accompanying combined financial statements since any liability for such income
taxes is that of the partners and not of the Partnership or its affiliates.
Certain assets have a basis for income tax purposes that differs from the
carrying value for financial reporting purposes, primarily due to differences in
depreciation methods. As a result of these differences, at December 31, 1997 and
1998 the net carrying value of these assets for financial reporting purposes
exceeded the net basis for income tax purposes by approximately $22 million and
$27 million respectively.

g) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents, consisting of amounts on deposit in money market
accounts, checking accounts and certificates of deposit, were $4,372,281 and
$5,130,561 at December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

h) USE OF ESTIMATES

Management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions
relating to the reporting of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare these combined
financial statements in

F-150
<PAGE> 306
HELICON PARTNERS I, L.P. AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.

i) INTEREST RATE CAP AGREEMENTS

The cost paid is amortized over the life of the agreements.

j) DISCLOSURE ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Receivables, Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for cash
and cash equivalents, current receivables, notes receivable, accounts payable,
and accrued expenses approximate fair values.

Senior Secured Notes and Long-term Debt

For the Senior Secured Notes, fair values are based on quoted market
prices. The fair market value at December 31, 1997 and 1998 was approximately
$123,000,000 and $120,000,000, respectively. For long-term debt, their values
approximate carrying value due to the short-term maturity of the debt and/or
fluctuating interest.

Comprehensive Income

On January 1, 1998, the Company adopted SFAS No. 130, Reporting
Comprehensive Income. SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting and
presentation of comprehensive income and its components in a full set of
financial statements. Comprehensive income consists of net income and net
unrealized gains (losses) on securities and is presented in the consolidated
statements of stockholder's equity and comprehensive income. The Statement
requires only additional disclosures in the consolidated financial statements;
it does not affect the Company's financial position or results of operations.
The Company has no items that qualify as comprehensive income.

3. ACQUISITIONS

Cable Acquisitions

On January 31, 1995, THGLP acquired a cable television system, serving
approximately 1,100 (unaudited) subscribers in the Vermont communities of
Bradford, South Royalton and Chelsea. The aggregate purchase price was
approximately $350,000 and was allocated to the net assets acquired which
included property and equipment and intangible assets.

In June and July, 1996, HPIAC completed the acquisitions of all the
operating assets of the cable television systems, serving approximately 26,000
(unaudited) subscribers, in the areas of Jasper and Skyline, Tennessee and
Summerville, Trenton, Menlo, Decatur and Chatsworth, Georgia (collectively
referred to as the Tennessee cluster).

F-151
<PAGE> 307
HELICON PARTNERS I, L.P. AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The aggregate purchase price of $36,398,889, including acquisition costs of
$742,837, was allocated to the net assets acquired based on their estimated fair
value. Such allocation is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Land............................................ $ 25,000
Cable television system......................... 17,876,244
Other property, plant and equipment............. 185,000
Subscriber lists................................ 17,474,762
Noncompete agreement............................ 1,000
Other intangible assets......................... 742,837
Other net operating items....................... 94,046
-----------
Total aggregate purchase price.................. $36,398,889
===========
</TABLE>

A portion of the purchase price was paid through the issuance of notes to
the sellers of one of the systems totaling $750,000. Such notes were reported
net of imputed interest of $180,500 computed at 9% per annum (see note 11).

On January 16, 1997, HPIAC acquired an adjacent cable television system
serving approximately 2,256 (unaudited) subscribers in the communities of Ten
Mile and Hamilton, Tennessee. The aggregate purchase price was approximately
$2,960,294 and was allocated to the net assets acquired which included property,
equipment and intangible assets, based on their estimated fair value.

On January 31, 1997, THGLP acquired a cable television system, serving
approximately 823 (unaudited) subscribers in the West Virginia counties of Wirt
and Wood. The aggregate purchase price was approximately $1,053,457, and was
allocated to the net assets acquired which included property, equipment and
intangible assets, based on their estimated fair value.

On April 18, 1997, HPIAC acquired a cable television system serving
approximately 839 (unaudited) subscribers in the communities of Charleston and
Calhoun, Tennessee. The aggregate purchase price was approximately $1,055,693
and was allocated to the net assets acquired which included property and
equipment and intangible assets, based on their estimated fair value.

On June 26, 1997, HPIAC acquired the net assets of cable television systems
serving approximately 21,500 (unaudited) subscribers primarily in the North
Carolina communities of Avery County and surrounding areas and in the South
Carolina community of Anderson County. The aggregate purchase price was
approximately $45,258,279, including acquisition costs of $547,235, and was
allocated to the net assets acquired which included property, plant, equipment
and intangible assets, based on their estimated fair value.

On June 26, 1997, THGLP acquired the net assets of a cable television
system serving approximately 11,000 (unaudited) subscribers in the North
Carolina communities of Watauga County, Blowing Rock, Beech Mountain and the
town of Boone. The aggregate purchase price was $19,947,430 and was allocated to
the net assets acquired which included, property, plant, equipment and
intangible assets, based on their estimated fair value.

F-152
<PAGE> 308
HELICON PARTNERS I, L.P. AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The aggregate purchase price of the 1997 cable acquisitions was $70,275,153
and was allocated to the net assets acquired based on their estimated fair
market value as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Land.............................................. $ 158,500
Cable television system........................... 21,320,900
Vehicles.......................................... 1,473,600
Computer equipment................................ 240,000
Subscriber lists.................................. 46,925,173
Organization and other costs...................... 688,816
Other net operating items......................... (531,836)
-----------
Total aggregate purchase price.................... $70,275,153
===========
</TABLE>

On December 31, 1998, HPIAC acquired the net assets of cable television
systems serving approximately 11,225 (unaudited) subscribers primarily in the
North Carolina community of Roanoke Rapids. The aggregate purchase price was
$26,063,284 including acquisition costs of $535,875 and was allocated to the net
assets acquired, which included, property, equipment and intangible assets,
based on their estimated fair value.

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Land.............................................. $ 250,000
Cable television system........................... 4,258,000
Other property, plant and equipment............... 1,103,375
Subscriber lists.................................. 19,805,000
Organization and other costs...................... 535,875
Other net operating items......................... 111,034
-----------
Total aggregate purchase price.................... $26,063,284
===========
</TABLE>

Internet Acquisitions

On March 22, 1996, THGLP acquired the net assets of a telephone dial-up
internet access provider ("ISP") serving approximately 350 (unaudited) customers
in and around the area of Uniontown, Pennsylvania. The aggregate purchase price
was approximately $40,000.

On April 1, 1997, the Partnership acquired the net assets of a telephone
dial-up ISP serving approximately 2,500 (unaudited) customers in and around the
area of Uniontown, Pennsylvania. The aggregate purchase price was $757,029.

On May 31, 1997, the Partnership acquired the net assets of a telephone
dial-up ISP serving approximately 1,800 (unaudited) customers in and around the
area of Uniontown, Pennsylvania. The aggregate purchase price was $213,629.

On November 14, 1997, HOL acquired the net assets of a telephone dial-up
ISP serving approximately 1,744 (unaudited) customers in and around the area of
Johnstown, Pennsylvania. The aggregate purchase price was $348,927.

F-153
<PAGE> 309
HELICON PARTNERS I, L.P. AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

On December 17, 1997, HOL acquired the net assets of a telephone dial-up
ISP serving 1,571 (unaudited) customers in and around the area of Plainfield,
Vermont. The aggregate purchase price was $497,307.

On December 17, 1997, HOL acquired the net assets of a telephone dial-up
ISP serving approximately 2,110 (unaudited) customers in and around the area of
Wells River, Vermont. The aggregate purchase price was $673,170.

The aggregate purchase price of the 1997 ISP acquisitions was $2,490,062
and was allocated to the net assets acquired, based on their estimated fair
value. Such allocation is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Internet service equipment......................... $ 237,064
Customer lists..................................... 1,409,768
Non-compete Agreement.............................. 883,097
Other intangible assets............................ 35,000
Other net operating items.......................... (74,867)
----------
Total aggregate purchase price..................... $2,490,062
==========
</TABLE>

A portion of the purchase price was paid through the issuance of notes to
the Sellers totaling $1,801,000. Such notes were reported net of imputed
interest of $304,698 computed at 9% per annum (see Note 11).

The operating results relating to the above acquisitions, effective with
their acquisition dates, are included in the accompanying combined financial
statements.

F-154
<PAGE> 310
HELICON PARTNERS I, L.P. AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property, plant and equipment, net is summarized as follows at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ESTIMATED USEFUL
1997 1998 LIFE IN YEARS
------------ ------------ ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Land...................... $ 121,689 $ 320,689 --
Cable television system... 124,684,403 140,441,324 5 to 20
Internet service
equipment............... 1,281,362 2,483,602 2 to 3
Office furniture and
fixtures................ 677,672 728,253 5 and 10
Vehicles.................. 3,536,358 4,570,990 3 and 5
Building.................. 805,525 1,585,384 5 and 10
Building and leasehold
Improvements............ 398,843 445,820 1 to 5
Computers................. 3,232,355 4,159,506 3 to 5
------------ ------------
134,738,207 154,735,568
Less accumulated
depreciation............ (54,633,830) (67,997,988)
------------ ------------
$ 80,104,377 $ 86,737,580
============ ============
</TABLE>

5. INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND DEFERRED COSTS

Intangible assets and deferred costs are summarized as follows at December
31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ESTIMATED USEFUL
1997 1998 LIFE IN YEARS
----------- ------------ ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Covenants not-to-compete..... $14,270,120 $ 14,270,120 5
Franchise agreements......... 19,650,889 19,650,889 9 to 17
Goodwill..................... 1,703,760 1,703,760 20
Subscriber lists............. 82,292,573 102,097,573 6 to 10
Financing costs.............. 9,414,809 9,291,640 8 to 10
Organization and other
costs...................... 3,631,650 4,306,777 5 to 10
----------- ------------
130,963,801 151,320,760
Less accumulated
amortization............... (45,897,136) (56,443,913)
----------- ------------
$85,066,665 $ 94,876,847
=========== ============
</TABLE>

6. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

Amounts due from/to affiliates result from management fees, expense
allocations and temporary non-interest bearing loans. The affiliates are related
to the Company through common-ownership.

F-155
<PAGE> 311
HELICON PARTNERS I, L.P. AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The Partnership is managed by Helicon Corp., an affiliated management
company. During 1996, 1997 and 1998, the Partnership was charged management fees
of $2,103,077, $2,997,872, and $3,496,271, respectively. In 1997 and 1998,
$2,685,172 and $3,231,362 of the management fees were paid and $312,700 and
$172,476 were deferred, in accordance with the terms of the Partnership's credit
agreements, respectively. Management fees are calculated based on the gross
revenues of the systems. Additionally, during 1996, 1997 and 1998, THGLP was
also charged $980,000, $713,906, and $1,315,315, respectively, for certain costs
incurred by this related party on their behalf.

In May 1997, immediately after the formation of HOL, HPI sold 10% of its
limited partner interest in HOL to certain employees of Helicon Corp. Such
interests were sold at HPI's proportionate carrying value of HOL of $83,631 in
exchange for notes receivable from these individuals. These notes are due upon
the liquidation of HOL or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets.

On June 26, 1998, the notes were cancelled in consideration of the return
by the Helicon employees of their 10% limited partnership interests.

7. DUE TO PRINCIPAL OWNER

Mr. Theodore Baum, directly or indirectly, is the principal owner of 96.17%
of the general and limited partnership interests of the Partnership (the
"Principal Owner"). Due to Principal Owner consists of $5,000,000 at December
31, 1997 and 1998 payable by THGLP. Beginning on November 3, 1993, interest on
the $5,000,000 due to the Principal Owner did not accrue and in accordance with
the provisions of the Senior Secured Notes was not paid for twenty four months.
Interest resumed on November 3, 1995 (see Note 8). The principal may only be
repaid thereafter subject to the passage of certain limiting tests under the
covenants of the Senior Secured Notes. Prior to the issuance of the Senior
Secured Notes, amounts due to Principal Owner bore interest at varying rates per
annum based on the prime rate and were due on demand. Interest expense includes
$521,701 in 1996 and $530,082 in 1997 and $524,880 in 1998 related to this debt.

8. SENIOR SECURED NOTES

On November 3, 1993, THGLP and HCC (the "Issuers"), through a private
placement offering, issued $115,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11% Senior
Secured Notes due 2003 (the "Senior Secured Notes"), secured by substantially
all the assets of THGLP. The Senior Secured Notes were issued at a substantial
discount from their principal amount and generated net proceeds to the Issuers
of approximately $105,699,000. Interest is payable on a semi-annual basis in
arrears on November 1 and May 1, beginning on May 1, 1994. Until November 1,
1996 the Senior Secured Notes bore interest at the rate of 9% per annum. After
November 1, 1996, the Senior Secured Notes bear interest at the rate of 11% per
annum. The discount on the Senior Secured Notes has been amortized over the term
of the Senior Secured Notes so as to result in an effective interest rate of 11%
per annum.

The Senior Secured Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Issuers in
whole or in part at any time on or after November 1, 1997 at the redemption
price of 108% reducing ratably to 100% of the principal amount, in each case
together with accrued

F-156
<PAGE> 312
HELICON PARTNERS I, L.P. AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

interest to the redemption date. The Issuers are required to redeem $25,000,000
principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes on each of November 1, 2001 and
November 1, 2002. The indenture under which the Senior Secured Notes were issued
contains various restrictive covenants, the more significant of which are,
limitations on distributions to partners, the incurrence or guarantee of
indebtedness, the payment of management fees, other transactions with officers,
directors and affiliates, and the issuance of certain types of equity interests
or distributions relating thereto.

9. LOANS PAYABLE TO BANKS

On July 12, 1996, HPIAC entered into $85,000,000 of senior secured credit
facilities ("Facilities") with a group of banks and The First National Bank of
Chicago, as agent. The Facilities were comprised of a $55,000,000 senior secured
two and one-half year revolving credit facility, converting on December 31, 1998
to a five and one-half year amortizing term loan due June 30, 2004 ("Facility
A"); and, a $30,000,000 senior secured, amortizing, multiple draw nine year term
loan facility due June 30, 2005 ("Facility B"). The Facilities financed certain
permitted acquisitions, transaction expenses and general corporate purposes.
Interest on outstanding borrowings was payable at specified margins over either
LIBOR or the higher of the corporate base rate of The First National Bank of
Chicago or the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the
Federal Reserve System. The margins varied based on the Company's total leverage
ratio, as defined, at the time of an advance. As of December 31, 1997, the
amounts outstanding were $30,000,000 under Facility B and $35,500,000
outstanding under Facility A. Interest was payable at LIBOR plus 3.50% for
Facility B and LIBOR plus 3.00% for Facility A. In addition, HPIAC paid a
commitment fee of .5% of the unused balance of the Facilities.

On December 15, 1998, the Facilities were repaid in full together with
accrued interest thereon from the proceeds of the new credit agreements (see
below).

In connection with the early retirement of the aforementioned bank debt,
HPIAC wrote off related unamortized deferred financing costs totaling
$1,657,320. Such amount has been classified as an extraordinary item in the
accompanying 1998 combined statement of operations.

In connection with the aforementioned Facilities, HPIAC entered into an
interest rate cap agreement to reduce its exposure to interest rate risk.
Interest rate cap transactions generally involve the exchange of fixed and
floating rate interest payment obligations and provide for a ceiling on interest
to be paid, respectively, without the exchange of the underlying notional
principal amount. These types of transactions involve risk of counterpart
nonperformance under the terms of the contract. At December 31, 1997, HPIAC had
cap agreements with aggregate notional amounts of $42,500,000 expiring through
March 29, 2000. On December 15, 1998, in connection with the early retirement of
the related bank debt, the cap agreements were terminated and HPIAC wrote off
the unamortized costs of these cap agreements.

On December 15, 1998, HPIAC entered into credit agreements with a group of
banks and Paribas, as agent, providing maximum borrowings of $110,000,000 (the
1998 Credit Facilities). The agreements include (i) a senior secured Credit
Agreement consisting of a $35,000,000 A Term Loan, maturing on December 31,
2005, $45,000,000 B Term Loan,

F-157
<PAGE> 313
HELICON PARTNERS I, L.P. AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

maturing on December 31, 2006 and a $10,000,000 Revolving Commitment, maturing
on December 31, 2005 and (ii) a Loan Agreement consisting of a $20,000,000
Hybrid Facility, maturing on December 31, 2007.

As of December 31, 1998, the A Term Loan, B Term Loan and Hybrid Facility
were fully drawn down and there was nothing outstanding under the Revolving
Commitment. The principal cash payments required under the Company's credit
agreements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and
2003 are estimated to aggregate $0, $812,500, $3,950,000, $5,700,000 and
$7,450,000, respectively.

Interest is payable at LIBOR plus an applicable margin, which is based on a
ratio of loans outstanding to annualized EBITDAM, as defined in the agreement
and can not exceed 3.00% for A Term Loan and Revolving Commitments, 3.25% for B
Term Loan and 4.50% for the Hybrid Facility. In addition, the Company pays a
commitment fee of .50% of the unused balance of the Revolving Commitment.

The 1998 Credit Facilities are secured by a first perfected security
interest in all of the assets of HPIAC and a pledge of all equity interests of
HPIAC. The credit agreement contains various restrictive covenants that include
the achievement of certain financial ratios relating to interest, fixed charges,
leverage, limitations on capital expenditures, incurrence or guarantee of
indebtedness, other transactions with affiliates and distributions to members.
In addition, management fees in the aggregate cannot exceed 5% of gross revenues
of HPIAC.

On June 26, 1997, THGLP entered into a $20,000,000 senior secured credit
facility with Banque Paribas, as Agent (the 1997 Credit Facility). On January 5,
1999, the 1997 Credit Facility was restated and amended. The facility is
non-amortizing and is due November 1, 2000. Borrowings under the facility
financed the acquisition of certain cable television assets in North Carolina
(see note 3). Interest on the $20,000,000 outstanding is payable at specified
margins over either LIBOR or the rate of interest publicly announced in New York
City by The Chase Manhattan Bank from time to time as its prime commercial
lending rate. The margins vary based on the THGLP's total leverage ratio, as
defined, at the time of an advance. Currently interest is payable at LIBOR plus
2.75%.

The 1997 Credit Facility is secured by a first perfected security interest
in all of the assets of the Partnership and a pledge of all equity interests of
the THGLP. The credit agreement contains various restrictive covenants that
include the achievement of certain financial ratios relating to interest, fixed
charges, leverage, limitations on capital expenditures, incurrence or guarantee
of indebtedness, transactions with affiliates, distributions to members and
management fees which accrue at 5% of gross revenues.

Also included in loans payable to banks is a mortgage note of $266,922
payable to a bank that is secured by THGLP's office building in Vermont. The
interest is payable at Prime plus 1% and the mortgage note is due March 1, 2012.

F-158
<PAGE> 314
HELICON PARTNERS I, L.P. AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Principal payments on the mortgage note are summarized as follows at
December 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31 AMOUNT
- ----------------------- --------
<S> <C>
1999................................................. $ 10,581
2000................................................. 11,631
2001................................................. 12,786
2002................................................. 14,055
2003 and thereafter.................................. 217,869
--------
$266,922
========
</TABLE>

10. SUBORDINATED NOTES AND REDEEMABLE PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

In April 1996 the Partnership sold to unrelated investors, $34,000,000
aggregate principal amount of its 12% Subordinated Notes (the "Subordinated
Notes") and warrants to purchase 2,419.1 units (the "Units") of Class B Common
Limited Partnership Interests representing in the aggregate 24.191% of the
outstanding limited partner interests of the Partnership on a fully diluted
basis (the "Warrants"). Of the $34,000,000 of gross proceeds, $3,687,142 was
determined to be the value of the Warrants, and $30,312,858 was allocated to the
Subordinated Notes. The discount on the Subordinated Notes is being amortized
over the term of these Notes.

The Subordinated Notes are subordinated to the senior indebtedness of the
Partnership and are due April 1, 2004. Interest is payable semi-annually on each
October 1 and April 1 in cash or through the issuance of additional Subordinated
Notes, at the option of the Partnership. In October 1996, April 1997, October
1997, April 1998 and October 1998, the Partnership elected to satisfy interest
due through the issuance of $1,945,667, $2,156,740, $2,037,079, $2,408,370 and
$2,552,871, respectively, additional Subordinated Notes. After September 2001, a
holder or holders of no less than 33 1/3% of the aggregate principal amount of
the Subordinated Notes can require the Partnership to repurchase their
Subordinated Notes at a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued
interest. The Partnership has an option to redeem the Subordinated Notes at 102%
of the aggregate principal amount after the fifth anniversary of their issuance,
at 101% of the aggregate principal amount after the sixth anniversary of
issuance and at 100% of the aggregate principal amount after the seventh
anniversary of issuance.

Holders of the Warrants have the right to acquire the Units at any time for
a price of $1,500 per Unit. After September 2001, a holder or holders of at
least 33 1/3% of the Warrants can require the Partnership to either purchase
their Warrants at their interest in the Net Equity Value of the Partnership or
seek a purchaser for all of the assets or equity interests of the Partnership.
Net Equity Value pursuant to the terms of the underlying agreements is the
estimated amount of cash that would be available for distribution to the
Partnership interests upon a sale of all of the assets of the Partnership and
its subsequent dissolution and liquidation. The Net Equity Value is the amount
agreed to by the Partnership and 66 2/3% of the holders of the Subordinated
Notes and Warrants or, absent such agreement, determined through a specified
appraisal process.

F-159
<PAGE> 315
HELICON PARTNERS I, L.P. AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The Partnership estimated the Net Equity Value of the Warrants to be
approximately $43,250,000 at December 31, 1998 and $16,750,000 at December 31,
1997. Such estimate as of December 31, 1998 reflects the amount that the holders
of the warrants have agreed to accept for their interests assuming the proposed
sale of all of the interests of the partnership is consummated (see note 14).
The increase in the estimated Net Equity Value over the original carrying value
of the Warrants is being accreted evenly over the period beginning with the date
of the increase and September 2001. Such accretion is being reflected in the
accompanying financial statements as an increase in the carrying value of the
Warrants and a corresponding reduction in the carrying value of the capital
accounts of the General and Class A Limited Partners.

The agreements underlying the Subordinated Notes and the Warrants contain
various restrictive covenants that include limitations on incurrence or
guarantee of indebtedness, transactions with affiliates, and distributions to
partners. In addition, management fees in the aggregate cannot exceed 5% of
gross revenues of the Partnership.

11. OTHER NOTES PAYABLE

Other Notes payable consists of the following at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998
---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Promissory note in consideration for acquisition of a
cable television system, accruing interest at 10%
per annum on principal and accrued interest which is
added to principal on certain specified dates;
interest becomes payable on January 1, 1998 and the
principal is payable in full on August 20, 2000 $2,036,765 $2,036,765
Non-interest bearing promissory notes issued in
connection with the acquisition of a cable
television system. Principal payments begin on July
16, 1997, in the amount of $70,000 and four
installments in the amount of $170,000 on each July
16 thereafter. Such notes are reported net of
imputed interest of $141,116 and $101,732 in 1997
and 1998, respectively, computed at 9% per annum 538,884 408,268
Non-interest bearing promissory notes issued in
connection with the acquisitions of the internet
businesses. Principal payments are due in January,
February, and March of each year and continue
quarterly thereafter through June, 2001. Such notes
are reported net of imputed interest of $180,727 and
$146,441 in the 1997 and 1998, respectively,
computed at 9% per annum 1,398,478 1,021,474
Installment notes, collateralized by vehicles and
other equipment and payable in monthly installments,
at interest rates between 5.5% to 14.25% per annum,
through January, 2003 1,772,949 1,982,297
---------- ----------
$5,747,076 $5,448,804
========== ==========
</TABLE>

F-160
<PAGE> 316
HELICON PARTNERS I, L.P. AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Principal payments due on the above notes payable are summarized as follows
at December 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31 AMOUNT
- ----------------------- ----------
<S> <C>
1999............................................. $1,337,476
2000............................................. 3,276,529
2001............................................. 678,349
2002............................................. 140,944
2003............................................. 15,506
----------
$5,448,804
==========
</TABLE>

12. PARTNERS' DEFICIT

During 1993, the Principal Owner contributed a $6,500,000 unsecured,
non-interest bearing personal promissory note due on demand to the general
partner of THGLP. Additionally, the Principal Owner contributed to THGLP an
unsecured, non-interest bearing personal promissory note in the aggregate
principal amount of $24,000,000 (together with the $6,500,000 note, the "Baum
Notes"). The Baum Notes have been issued for the purpose of THGLP's credit
enhancement. Although the Baum Notes are unconditional, they do not become
payable except (i) in increasing amounts presently up to $19,500,000 and in
installments thereafter to a maximum of $30,500,000 on December 16, 1996 and
(ii) at such time after such dates as THGLP's creditors shall have exhausted all
claims against THGLP's assets.

13. COMMITMENTS

The Partnership and affiliates leases telephone and utility poles on an
annual basis. The leases are self renewing. Pole rental expense for the years
ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 was $609,075, $873,264 and $982,306,
respectively.

In connection with certain lease and franchise agreements, the Partnership,
from time to time, issues security bonds.

The Partnership and affiliates utilizes certain office space under
operating lease agreements which expire at various dates through August 2013 and
contain renewal

F-161
<PAGE> 317
HELICON PARTNERS I, L.P. AND AFFILIATES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

options. At December 31, 1998 the future minimum rental commitments under such
leases were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31
- -----------------------
<S> <C>
1999............................................. $ 166,825
2000............................................. 142,136
2001............................................. 141,727
2002............................................. 147,912
2003............................................. 151,412
Thereafter....................................... 1,418,017
----------
$2,168,029
==========
</TABLE>

Office rent expense was $102,801 in 1996, $203,506 in 1997 and $254,955 in
1998.

14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

F-162
<PAGE> 318

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Partners of InterMedia Partners
and InterMedia Capital Partners IV, L.P.

In our opinion, the accompanying combined balance sheets and the related
combined statements of operations, of changes in equity and of cash flows
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of InterMedia
Cable Systems (comprised of components of InterMedia Partners and InterMedia
Capital Partners IV, L.P.), at December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of
their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are
the responsibility of the management of InterMedia Partners and InterMedia
Capital Partners IV, L.P.; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these
statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management and evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

San Francisco, California
April 20, 1999

F-163
<PAGE> 319

INTERMEDIA CABLE SYSTEMS
(COMPRISED OF COMPONENTS OF INTERMEDIA PARTNERS AND
INTERMEDIA CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.)

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
-------------------
1998 1997
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
of $899 and $680, respectively........................... $ 14,425 $ 13,017
Receivables from affiliates................................ 5,623 1,719
Prepaid expenses........................................... 423 626
Other current assets....................................... 350 245
-------- --------
Total current assets............................. 20,821 15,607
Intangible assets, net..................................... 255,356 283,562
Property and equipment, net................................ 218,465 179,681
Deferred income taxes...................................... 12,598 14,221
Other non-current assets................................... 2,804 1,140
-------- --------
Total assets..................................... $510,044 $494,211
======== ========
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities................... $ 19,230 $ 20,934
Deferred revenue........................................... 11,104 8,938
Payables to affiliates..................................... 3,158 2,785
Income taxes payable....................................... 285
-------- --------
Total current liabilities........................ 33,492 32,942
Note payable to InterMedia Partners IV, L.P................ 396,579 387,213
Deferred channel launch revenue............................ 4,045 2,104
-------- --------
Total liabilities................................ 434,116 422,259
-------- --------
Commitments and contingencies..............................
Mandatorily redeemable preferred shares.................... 14,184 13,239
Equity..................................................... 61,744 58,713
-------- --------
Total liabilities and equity..................... $510,044 $494,211
======== ========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-164
<PAGE> 320

INTERMEDIA CABLE SYSTEMS
(COMPRISED OF COMPONENTS OF INTERMEDIA PARTNERS AND
INTERMEDIA CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
-------------------
1998 1997
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
REVENUES
Basic and cable services................................... $125,920 $112,592
Pay services............................................... 23,975 24,467
Other services............................................. 26,167 25,519
-------- --------
176,062 162,578
COSTS AND EXPENSES
Program fees............................................... 39,386 33,936
Other direct expenses...................................... 16,580 16,500
Selling, general and administrative expenses............... 30,787 29,181
Management and consulting fees............................. 3,147 2,870
Depreciation and amortization.............................. 85,982 81,303
-------- --------
175,882 163,790
-------- --------
Profit/(loss) from operations.............................. 180 (1,212)
-------- --------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
Interest expense........................................... (25,449) (28,458)
Gain on sale/exchange of cable systems..................... 26,218 10,006
Interest and other income.................................. 341 429
Other expense.............................................. (3,188) (1,431)
-------- --------
(2,078) (19,454)
Loss before income tax benefit (expense)................... (1,898) (20,666)
Income tax benefit (expense)............................... (1,623) 4,026
-------- --------
NET LOSS................................................... $ (3,521) $(16,640)
======== ========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-165
<PAGE> 321

INTERMEDIA CABLE SYSTEMS
(COMPRISED OF COMPONENTS OF INTERMEDIA PARTNERS AND
INTERMEDIA CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.)

COMBINED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Balance at December 31, 1996................................ $ 69,746
Net loss.................................................... (16,640)
Accretion for mandatorily redeemable preferred shares....... (882)
Net contributions from parent............................... 6,489
--------
Balance at December 31, 1997................................ 58,713
Net loss.................................................... (3,521)
Accretion for mandatorily redeemable preferred shares....... (945)
Net cash contributions from parent.......................... 6,350
In-kind contribution from parent............................ 1,147
--------
Balance at December 31, 1998................................ $ 61,744
========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-166
<PAGE> 322

INTERMEDIA CABLE SYSTEMS
(COMPRISED OF COMPONENTS OF INTERMEDIA PARTNERS AND
INTERMEDIA CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------
1998 1997
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss............................................... $ (3,521) $(16,640)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash flows from
operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization....................... 85,982 81,303
Loss and disposal of fixed assets................... 3,177 504
Gain on sale/exchange of cable systems.............. (26,218) (10,006)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable............................... (1,395) (2,846)
Receivables from affiliates....................... (3,904) (639)
Prepaid expenses.................................. 203 (251)
Other current assets.............................. (106) (10)
Deferred income taxes............................. 1,623 (4,311)
Other non-current assets.......................... (517) (58)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities.......... (2,073) 4,436
Deferred revenue.................................. 1,208 1,399
Payables to affiliates............................ 373 469
Accrued interest.................................. 25,449 28,458
Deferred channel launch revenue................... 2,895 2,817
-------- --------
Cash flows from operating activities........... 83,176 84,625
-------- --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of property and equipment................. (72,673) (87,253)
Sale/exchange of cable systems...................... (398) 11,157
Intangible assets................................... (372) (506)
-------- --------
Cash flows from investing activities........... (73,443) (76,602)
-------- --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net contributions from parent....................... 6,350 6,489
Net repayment of borrowings......................... (16,083) (14,512)
-------- --------
Cash flows from financing activities........... (9,733) (8,023)
-------- --------
Net change in cash....................................... -- --
-------- --------
CASH AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD.............................. -- --
-------- --------
CASH AT END OF PERIOD.................................... $ -- $ --
======== ========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.

F-167
<PAGE> 323

INTERMEDIA CABLE SYSTEMS
(COMPRISED OF COMPONENTS OF INTERMEDIA PARTNERS AND
INTERMEDIA CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

THE CHARTER TRANSACTIONS

InterMedia Partners, a California limited partnership ("IP-I"), and
InterMedia Capital Partners IV, L.P., a California limited partnership,
("ICP-IV", together with IP-I, "InterMedia") are affiliated through common
control and management. Robin Media Group, Inc., a Nevada corporation, ("RMG")
is a majority owned subsidiary of ICP-IV. On April 20, 1999, InterMedia and
certain of its affiliates entered into agreements (the "Agreements") with
affiliates of Charter Communications, Inc. ("Charter") to sell and exchange
certain of their cable television systems ("the Charter Transactions").

Specifically, ICP-IV and its affiliates have agreed to sell certain of
their cable television systems in Tennessee and Gainsville, Georgia through a
combination of asset sales and the sale of its equity interests in RMG, and to
exchange their systems in and around Greenville and Spartanburg, South Carolina
for Charter systems located in Indiana, Kentucky, Utah and Montana. Immediately
upon Charter's acquisition of RMG, IP-I will exchange its cable television
systems in Athens, Georgia, Asheville and Marion, North Carolina and Cleveland,
Tennessee for RMG's cable television systems located in middle Tennessee.

The Charter Transactions are expected to close during the third or fourth
quarter of 1999. The cable systems retained by Charter upon consummation of the
Charter Transactions, together with RMG, are referred to as the "InterMedia
Cable Systems," or the "Systems."

PRESENTATION

The accompanying combined financial statements represent the financial
position of the InterMedia Cable Systems as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 and
the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended.
The Systems being sold or exchanged do not individually or collectively comprise
a separate legal entity. Accordingly, the combined financial statements have
been carved-out from the historical accounting records of InterMedia.

CARVE-OUT METHODOLOGY

Throughout the periods covered by the combined financial statements, the
individual cable systems were operated and accounted for separately. However,
the Charter Transactions exclude certain systems (the "Excluded Systems") which
were operated as part of the Marion, North Carolina and western Tennessee
systems throughout 1997 and 1998. For purposes of carving out and excluding the
results of operations and financial position of the Excluded Systems from the
combined financial statements, management has estimated the revenues, expenses,
assets and liabilities associated with each Excluded System based on the ratio
of each Excluded System's basic subscribers to the total basic subscribers
served by the Marion, North Carolina and western Tennessee systems,
respectively. Management believes the basis used for these allocations is
reasonable. The

F-168
<PAGE> 324
INTERMEDIA CABLE SYSTEMS
(COMPRISED OF COMPONENTS OF INTERMEDIA PARTNERS AND
INTERMEDIA CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

Systems' results of operations are not necessarily indicative of future
operating results or the results that would have occurred if the Systems were a
separate legal entity.
Management and consulting fees represent an allocation of management fees
charged to IP-I and ICP-IV by InterMedia Capital Management, a California
limited partnership ("ICM") and InterMedia Management, Inc. ("IMI"),
respectively. Prior to January 1, 1998, InterMedia Capital Management IV, L.P.
("ICM-IV") provided such management and consulting services to ICP-IV. ICM and
ICM-IV are limited partners of IP-I and ICP-IV, respectively. IMI is the
managing member of each of the general partners of IP-I and ICP-IV. These fees
are charged at a fixed amount per annum and have been allocated to the Systems
based upon the allocated contributed capital of the individual systems as
compared to the total contributed capital of InterMedia's subsidiaries.

As more fully described in Note 9 -- "Related Party Transactions," certain
administrative services are also provided by IMI and are charged to all
affiliates based on relative basic subscriber percentages.

CASH AND INTERCOMPANY ACCOUNTS

Under InterMedia's centralized cash management system, cash requirements of
its individual operating units were generally provided directly by InterMedia
and the cash generated or used by the Systems was transferred to/from
InterMedia, as appropriate, through intercompany accounts. The intercompany
account balances between InterMedia and the individual operating units, except
RMG's intercompany note payable to InterMedia Partners IV, L.P. ("IP-IV") as
described in Note 7 -- "Note Payable to InterMedia Partners IV, L.P." are not
intended to be settled. Accordingly, the balances, other than RMG's note payable
to IP-IV, are included in equity and all net cash generated from operations,
investing activities and financing activities have been included in the Systems'
net contribution from parent in the combined statements of cash flows.

IP-I and ICP-IV or its subsidiaries maintain all external debt to fund and
manage InterMedia's operations on a centralized basis. The combined financial
statements present only the debt and related interest expense of RMG, which is
assumed and repaid by Charter pursuant to the Charter Transactions. See Note
7 -- "Note Payable to InterMedia Partners IV, L.P." Debt, unamortized debt issue
costs and interest expense related to the financing of the cable systems not
owned by RMG have not been allocated to the InterMedia Cable Systems. As such,
the level of debt, unamortized debt issue costs and related interest expense
presented in the combined financial statements are not representative of the
debt that would be required or interest expenses incurred if InterMedia Cable
Systems were a separate legal entity.

F-169
<PAGE> 325
INTERMEDIA CABLE SYSTEMS
(COMPRISED OF COMPONENTS OF INTERMEDIA PARTNERS AND
INTERMEDIA CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Cable television service revenue is recognized in the period in which
services are provided to customers. Deferred revenue generally represents
revenue billed in advance and deferred until cable service is provided.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Additions to property and equipment, including new customer installations,
are recorded at cost. Self-constructed fixed assets include materials, labor and
overhead. Costs of disconnecting and reconnecting cable service are expensed.
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.
Expenditures for major renewals and improvements are capitalized. Capitalized
fixed assets are written down to recoverable values whenever recoverability
through operations or sale of the systems becomes doubtful. Gains and losses on
disposal of property and equipment are included in the Systems' statements of
operations when the assets are sold or retired from service.

Depreciation is computed using the double-declining balance method over the
following estimated useful lives:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS
------
<S> <C>
Cable television plant...................................... 5 - 10
Buildings and improvements.................................. 10
Furniture and fixtures...................................... 3 - 7
Equipment and other......................................... 3 - 10
</TABLE>

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The Systems have franchise rights to operate cable television systems in
various towns and political subdivisions. Franchise rights are being amortized
over the lesser of the remaining franchise lives or the base ten and twelve-year
terms of IP-I and ICP-IV, respectively. The remaining lives of the franchises
range from one to eighteen years.

Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition costs over the fair value of
net tangible and franchise assets acquired and liabilities assumed and is being
amortized on a straight-line basis over the base ten or twelve-year term of IP-I
and ICP-IV, respectively.

Capitalized intangibles are written down to recoverable values whenever
recoverability through operations or sale of the systems becomes doubtful. Each
year, the Systems evaluate the recoverability of the carrying value of their
intangible assets by assessing whether the projected cash flows, including
projected cash flows from sale of the systems, is sufficient to recover the
unamortized costs of these assets.

F-170
<PAGE> 326
INTERMEDIA CABLE SYSTEMS
(COMPRISED OF COMPONENTS OF INTERMEDIA PARTNERS AND
INTERMEDIA CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

INCOME TAXES

Income taxes reported in InterMedia Cable Systems' combined financial
statements represent the tax effects of RMG's results of operations. RMG as a
corporation is the only entity within InterMedia Cable Systems which reports a
provision/benefit for income taxes. No provision or benefit for income taxes is
reported by any of the other cable systems within the InterMedia Cable Systems
structure because these systems are currently owned by various partnerships,
and, as such, the tax effects of these cable systems' results of operations
accrue to the partners.

RMG accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability approach which
requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the tax
consequences of temporary differences by applying enacted statutory tax rates
applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities.

USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The carrying value of receivables, payables, deferred revenue and accrued
liabilities approximates fair value due to their short maturity.

In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income (FAS
130), which establishes standards for reporting and disclosure of comprehensive
income and its components. FAS 130 is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1997 and requires reclassification of financial statements for
earlier periods to be provided for comparative purposes. The Systems' total
comprehensive loss for all periods presented herein did not differ from those
amounts reported as net loss in the combined statement of operations.

F-171
<PAGE> 327
INTERMEDIA CABLE SYSTEMS
(COMPRISED OF COMPONENTS OF INTERMEDIA PARTNERS AND
INTERMEDIA CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

3. SALE AND EXCHANGE OF CABLE PROPERTIES

SALE

On December 5, 1997, RMG sold its cable television assets serving
approximately 7,400 (unaudited) basic subscribers in and around Royston and
Toccoa, Georgia. The sale resulted in a gain, calculated as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Proceeds from sale.......................................... $11,212
Net book value of assets sold............................... (1,206)
-------
Gain on sale................................................ $10,006
=======
</TABLE>

EXCHANGE

On December 31, 1998, certain of the Systems' cable television assets
located in and around western and eastern Tennessee ("Exchanged Assets"),
serving approximately 10,600 (unaudited) basic subscribers, plus cash of $398
were exchanged for other cable television assets located in and around western
and eastern Tennessee, serving approximately 10,000 (unaudited) basic
subscribers.

The cable television assets received have been recorded at fair market
value, allocated as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Property and equipment...................................... $ 5,141
Franchise rights............................................ 24,004
-------
Total............................................. $29,145
=======
</TABLE>

The exchange resulted in a gain of $26,218 calculated as the difference
between the fair value of the assets received and the net book value of the
Exchanged Assets less cash paid of $398.

4. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------
1998 1997
--------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Franchise rights..................................... $ 332,157 $302,308
Goodwill............................................. 58,505 58,772
Other................................................ 345 6,392
--------- --------
391,007 367,472
Accumulated amortization............................. (135,651) (83,910)
--------- --------
$ 255,356 $283,562
========= ========
</TABLE>

F-172
<PAGE> 328
INTERMEDIA CABLE SYSTEMS
(COMPRISED OF COMPONENTS OF INTERMEDIA PARTNERS AND
INTERMEDIA CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
-------------------
1998 1997
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Land.................................................. $ 1,068 $ 1,898
Cable television plant................................ 231,937 138,117
Building and improvements............................. 5,063 4,657
Furniture and fixtures................................ 3,170 2,009
Equipment and other................................... 25,396 21,808
Construction-in-progress.............................. 18,065 49,791
-------- --------
284,699 218,280
Accumulated depreciation.............................. (66,234) (38,599)
-------- --------
$218,465 $179,681
======== ========
</TABLE>

6. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
-----------------
1998 1997
------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Accounts payable......................................... $ 1,780 $ 2,996
Accrued program costs.................................... 1,897 1,577
Accrued franchise fees................................... 4,676 4,167
Accrued copyright fees................................... 406 762
Accrued capital expenditures............................. 5,215 5,179
Accrued payroll costs.................................... 1,784 1,789
Accrued property and other taxes......................... 862 1,851
Other accrued liabilities................................ 2,610 2,613
------- -------
$19,230 $20,934
======= =======
</TABLE>

7. NOTE PAYABLE TO INTERMEDIA PARTNERS IV, L.P.

RMG's note payable to IP-IV consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
-------------------
1998 1997
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Intercompany revolving credit facility, $1,200,000
commitment as of December 31, 1998, interest
currently at 6.86% payable on maturity, matures
December 31, 2006................................ $396,579 $387,213
======== ========
</TABLE>

F-173
<PAGE> 329
INTERMEDIA CABLE SYSTEMS
(COMPRISED OF COMPONENTS OF INTERMEDIA PARTNERS AND
INTERMEDIA CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

RMG's debt is outstanding under an intercompany revolving credit facility
executed with IP-IV. The revolving credit facility currently provides for
$1,200,000 of available credit.

RMG's intercompany revolving credit facility requires repayment of the
outstanding principal and accrued interest on the earlier of (i) December 31,
2006, or (ii) acceleration of any of IP-IV's obligations to repay under its bank
debt outstanding under its revolving credit facility ("IP-IV Revolving Credit
Facility") and term loan agreement ("IP-IV Term Loan", together with the IP-IV
Revolving Credit Facility, the "IP-IV Bank Facility") dated July 30, 1996.

Interest rates under RMG's intercompany revolving credit facility are
calculated monthly and are referenced to those made available under the IP-IV
Bank Facility. Interest rates ranged from 6.84% to 7.92% during 1998.

Charter has an obligation to assume and repay RMG's intercompany revolving
credit facility pursuant to the Charter Transactions.

Advances under the IP-IV Bank Facility are available under interest rate
options related to the base rate of the administrative agent for the IP-IV Bank
Facility ("ABR") or LIBOR. Effective October 20, 1997, pursuant to an amendment
to the IP-IV Bank Facility, interest rates on borrowings under the IP-IV Term
Loan vary from LIBOR plus 1.75% to LIBOR plus 2.00% or ABR plus 0.50% to ABR
plus 0.75% based on IP-IV's ratio of debt outstanding to annualized quarterly
operating cash flow ("Senior Debt Ratio"). Interest rates vary on borrowings
under the IP-IV Revolving Credit Facility from LIBOR plus 0.625% to LIBOR plus
1.50% or ABR to ABR plus 0.25% based on IP-IV's Senior Debt Ratio. Prior to the
amendment, interest rates on borrowings under the IP-IV Term Loan were at LIBOR
plus 2.375% or ABR plus 1.125%; and, interest rates on borrowings under the
IP-IV Revolving Credit Facility varied from LIBOR plus 0.75% to LIBOR plus 1.75%
or ABR to ABR plus 0.50% based on IP-IV's Senior Debt Ratio. The IP-IV Bank
Facility requires quarterly payment of fees on the unused portion of the IP-IV
Revolving Credit Facility of 0.375% per annum when the Senior Debt Ratio is
greater than 4.0:1.0 and at 0.25% when the Senior Debt Ratio is less than or
equal to 4.0:1.0.

The terms and conditions of RMG's intercompany debt agreement are not
necessarily indicative of the terms and conditions which would be available if
the Systems were a separate legal entity.

8. MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARES

RMG has Redeemable Preferred Stock outstanding at December 31, 1998 and
1997, which has an annual dividend of 10.0% and participates in any dividends
paid on the common stock at 10.0% of the dividend per share paid on the common
stock. The Redeemable Preferred Stock bears a liquidation preference of $12,000
plus any accrued but unpaid dividends at the time of liquidation and is
mandatorily redeemable on September 30, 2006 at the liquidation preference
amount. Under the Agreements, upon

F-174
<PAGE> 330
INTERMEDIA CABLE SYSTEMS
(COMPRISED OF COMPONENTS OF INTERMEDIA PARTNERS AND
INTERMEDIA CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

consummation of the Charter Transactions, Charter has an obligation to redeem
RMG's Redeemable Preferred Stock at the liquidation preference amount.

9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

ICM and IMI provide certain management services to IP-I and ICP-IV,
respectively, for per annum fixed fees, of which 20% per annum is deferred and
payable in each following year in order to support InterMedia's debt. Prior to
January 1, 1998, ICM-IV provided such management services to ICP-IV.
InterMedia's management fees for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997
amounted to $5,410, and $6,395, respectively, of which $3,147 and $2,870,
respectively, has been charged to the Systems.

IMI has entered into agreements with both IP-I and ICP-IV to provide
accounting and administrative services at cost. Under the terms of the
agreements, the expenses associated with rendering these services are charged to
the Systems and other affiliates based upon relative basic subscriber
percentages. Management believes this method to be reflective of the actual
cost. During 1998 and 1997, IMI administrative fees charged to the Systems
totaled $3,657 and $4,153, respectively. Receivable from affiliates at December
31, 1998 and 1997 includes $52 and $1,080, respectively, of advances to IMI, net
of administrative fees charged by IMI and operating expenses paid by IMI on
behalf of the Systems.

IP-I is majority-owned, and ICP-IV is owned in part, by
Tele-Communications, Inc. ("TCI"). As affiliates of TCI, IP-I and ICP-IV are
able to purchase programming services from a subsidiary of TCI. Management
believes that the overall programming rates made available through this
relationship are lower than the Systems could obtain separately. Such volume
rates may not continue to be available in the future should TCI's ownership
interest in InterMedia significantly decrease. Program fees charged by the TCI
subsidiary to the Systems for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997
amounted to $30,884 and $26,815, respectively. Payable to affiliates includes
programming fees payable to the TCI subsidiary of $2,918 and $2,335 at December
31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

On January 1, 1998 an affiliate of TCI entered into agreements with
InterMedia to manage the Systems' advertising business and related services for
an annual fixed fee per advertising sales subscriber as defined by the
agreements. In addition to the annual fixed fee TCI is entitled to varying
percentage shares of the incremental growth in annual cash flows from
advertising sales above specified targets. Management fees charged by the TCI
subsidiary for the year ended December 31, 1998 amount to $292. Receivable from
affiliates at December 31, 1998 includes $3,437 of receivable from TCI for
advertising sales.

As part of its normal course of business the Systems are involved in
transactions with affiliates of InterMedia which own and operate cable
television systems. Such transactions include purchases and sales of inventories
used in construction of cable plant at cost. Receivable from affiliates at
December 31, 1998 and 1997 includes $2,134 and $639,

F-175
<PAGE> 331
INTERMEDIA CABLE SYSTEMS
(COMPRISED OF COMPONENTS OF INTERMEDIA PARTNERS AND
INTERMEDIA CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

respectively, of receivables from affiliated systems. Payable to affiliates at
December 31, 1998 and 1997 includes $208 and $181, respectively, of payables to
affiliated systems.

10. CABLE TELEVISION REGULATION

Cable television legislation and regulatory proposals under consideration
from time to time by Congress and various federal agencies have in the past, and
may in the future, materially affect the Systems and the cable television
industry.

The cable industry is currently regulated at the federal and local levels
under the Cable Act of 1984, the Cable Act of 1992 ("the 1992 Act"), the
Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "1996 Act") and regulations issued by the
Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") in response to the 1992 Act. FCC
regulations govern the determination of rates charged for basic, expanded basic
and certain ancillary services, and cover a number of other areas including
customer services and technical performance standards, the required transmission
of certain local broadcast stations and the requirement to negotiate
retransmission consent from major network and certain local television stations.
Among other provisions, the 1996 Act eliminated rate regulation on the expanded
basic tier effective March 31, 1999.

Current regulations issued in conjunction with the 1992 Act empower the FCC
and/or local franchise authorities to order reductions of existing rates which
exceed the maximum permitted levels and to require refunds measured from the
date a complaint is filed in some circumstances or retroactively for up to one
year in other circumstances. Management believes it has made a fair
interpretation of the 1992 Act and related FCC regulations in determining
regulated cable television rates and other fees based on the information
currently available. However, complaints have been filed with the FCC on rates
for certain franchises and certain local franchise authorities have challenged
existing and prior rates. Further complaints and challenges could be
forthcoming, some of which could apply to revenue recorded in 1998, 1997 and
prior years. Management believes that the effect, if any, of these complaints
and challenges will not be material to the Systems' financial position or
results of operations.

Many aspects of regulation at the federal and local levels are currently
the subject of judicial review and administrative proceedings. In addition, the
FCC is required to conduct rulemaking proceedings to implement various
provisions of the 1996 Act. It is not possible at this time to predict the
ultimate outcome of these reviews or proceedings or their effect on the Systems.

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Systems are committed to provide cable television services under
franchise agreements with remaining terms of up to eighteen years. Franchise
fees of up to 5% of gross revenues are payable under these agreements.

F-176
<PAGE> 332
INTERMEDIA CABLE SYSTEMS
(COMPRISED OF COMPONENTS OF INTERMEDIA PARTNERS AND
INTERMEDIA CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

Current FCC regulations require that cable television operators obtain
permission to retransmit major network and certain local television station
signals. The Systems have entered into long-term retransmission agreements with
all applicable stations in exchange for in-kind and/or other consideration.

InterMedia has been named in purported and certified class actions in
various jurisdictions concerning late fee charges and practices. Certain cable
systems owned by InterMedia charge late fees to customers who do not pay their
cable bills on time. These late fee cases challenge the amount of the late fees
and the practices under which they are imposed. The Plaintiffs raise claims
under state consumer protection statutes, other state statutes, and common law.
Plaintiffs generally allege that the late fees charged by InterMedia's cable
systems, including the Systems in the States of Tennessee, South Carolina and
Georgia are not reasonably related to the costs incurred by the cable systems as
a result of the late payment. Plaintiffs seek to require cable systems to reduce
their late fees on a prospective basis and to provide compensation for alleged
excessive late fee charges for past periods. These cases are either at the early
stages of the litigation process or are subject to a case management order that
sets forth a process leading to mediation. Based upon the facts available
management believes that, although no assurances can be given as to the outcome
of these actions, the ultimate disposition of these matters should not have a
material adverse effect upon the financial condition of the Systems.

Under existing Tennessee laws and regulations, the Systems pay an Amusement
Tax in the form of a sales tax on programming service revenues generated in
Tennessee in excess of charges for the basic and expanded basic levels of
service. Under the existing statute, only the service charges or fees in excess
of the charges for the "basic cable" television service package are exempt from
the Amusement Tax. Related regulations clarify the definition of basic cable to
include two tiers of service, which InterMedia's management and other operators
in Tennessee have interpreted to mean both the basic and expanded basic level of
services.

The Tennessee Department of Revenue ("TDOR") has proposed legislation which
would replace the Amusement Tax under the existing statute with a new sales tax
on all cable service revenues in excess of twelve dollars per month. The new tax
would be computed at a rate approximately equal to the existing effective tax
rate.

Unless InterMedia and other cable operators in Tennessee support the
proposed legislation, the TDOR has suggested that it would assess additional
taxes on prior years' expanded basic service revenues. The TDOR can issue an
assessment for prior periods up to three years. Management estimates that the
amount of such an assessment for the Systems, if made for all periods not
previously audited, would be approximately $5.4 million. InterMedia's management
believes that it is possible but not likely that the TDOR can make such an
assessment and prevail in defending it.

InterMedia's management believes it has made a valid interpretation of the
current Tennessee statute and regulations and that it has properly determined
and paid all sales taxes due. InterMedia further believes that the legislative
history of the current statute and

F-177
<PAGE> 333
INTERMEDIA CABLE SYSTEMS
(COMPRISED OF COMPONENTS OF INTERMEDIA PARTNERS AND
INTERMEDIA CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

related regulations, as well as the TDOR's history of not making assessments
based on audits of prior periods, support InterMedia's interpretation.
InterMedia and other cable operators in Tennessee are aggressively defending
their past practices on calculation and payment of the Amusement Tax and are
discussing with the TDOR modifications to their proposed legislation which would
clarify the statute and would minimize the impact of such legislation on the
Systems' results of operations.

The Systems are subject to other claims and litigation in the ordinary
course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate outcome of any
existing litigation or other claims will not have a material effect on the
Systems' financial position or results of operations.

The Systems have entered into pole rental agreements and lease certain of
its facilities and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. Minimum
rental commitments at December 31, 1998 for the next five years and thereafter
under non-cancelable operating leases related to the Systems are as follows:

Rent expense, including pole rental agreements, for the years ended
December 31, 1998 and 1997 was $2,817 and $2,828, respectively.

12. INCOME TAXES

Income tax (expense) benefit consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
----------------
1998 1997
------- ------
<S> <C> <C>
Current federal....................................... $ -- $ (285)
Deferred federal...................................... (1,454) 3,813
Deferred state........................................ (169) 498
------- ------
$(1,623) $4,026
======= ======
</TABLE>

F-178
<PAGE> 334
INTERMEDIA CABLE SYSTEMS
(COMPRISED OF COMPONENTS OF INTERMEDIA PARTNERS AND
INTERMEDIA CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

Deferred income taxes relate to temporary differences as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------
1998 1997
-------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Property and equipment............................ $ (7,258) $ (6,786)
Intangible assets................................. (12,930) (8,336)
-------- ---------
(20,188) (15,122)
Loss carryforward - federal....................... 31,547 29,058
Loss carryforward - state......................... 297 --
Other............................................. 942 285
-------- ---------
$ 12,598 $ 14,221
======== =========
</TABLE>

At December 31, 1998, RMG had net operating loss carryforwards for federal
income tax purposes aggregating $92,785, which expire through 2018. RMG is a
loss corporation as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.
Therefore, if certain substantial changes in RMG's ownership should occur, there
could be a significant annual limitation on the amount of loss carryforwards
which can be utilized.

InterMedia's management has not established a valuation allowance to reduce
the deferred tax assets related to RMG's unexpired net operating loss
carryforwards. Due to an excess of appreciated asset value over the tax basis of
RMG's net assets, management believes it is more likely than not that the
deferred tax assets related to unexpired net operating losses will be realized.

A reconciliation of the tax benefit computed at the statutory federal rate
and the tax (expense) benefit reported in the accompanying combined statements
of operations is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
------------------
1998 1997
------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Tax benefit at federal statutory rate............... $ 626 $ 4,454
State taxes, net of federal benefit................. 73 498
Goodwill amortization............................... (2,309) (2,056)
Realization of acquired tax benefit................. -- 346
Other............................................... (13) 784
------- --------
$(1,623) $ 4,026
======= ========
</TABLE>

13. CHANNEL LAUNCH REVENUE

During the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Systems were
credited $2,646 and $5,072, respectively, representing their share of payments
received by IP-I and ICP-IV from certain programmers to launch and promote their
new channels. Also, during 1998 the Systems recorded a receivable from a
programmer, of which $1,791 remains outstanding at December 31, 1998, for the
launch and promotion of its new channel. Of

F-179
<PAGE> 335
INTERMEDIA CABLE SYSTEMS
(COMPRISED OF COMPONENTS OF INTERMEDIA PARTNERS AND
INTERMEDIA CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

the total amount credited the Systems recognized advertising revenue of $586 and
$1,182 during the year ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively, for
advertisements provided by the Systems to promote the new channels. The
remaining payments and receivable credited from the programmers are being
amortized over the respective terms of the program agreements which range
between five and ten years. For the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, the
Systems amortized and recorded as other service revenue $956 and $894
respectively.

14. SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

In connection with RMG's sale of its cable television assets located in
Royston and Toccoa, Georgia in December 1997, as described in Note 3 -- "Sale
and Exchange of Cable Properties," net cash proceeds received were as follows:

<S> <C>
Proceeds from sale.......................................... $11,212
Receivable from buyer....................................... (55)
-------
Net proceeds received from buyer.................. $11,157
=======
</TABLE>

In connection with the exchange of certain cable assets in and around
western and eastern Tennessee on December 31, 1998, as described in Note 3, the
Systems paid cash of $398.

In December 1998, IP-IV contributed its 4.99% partner interest in a limited
partnership to RMG. The book value of the investment at the time of the
contribution was $1,147.

Total accretion on RMG's Redeemable Preferred Stock for the years ended
December 31, 1998 and 1997 amounted to $945 and $882, respectively.

15. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Systems participate in the InterMedia Partners Tax Deferred Savings
Plan which covers all full-time employees who have completed at least six months
of employment. The plan provides for a base employee contribution of 1% and a
maximum of 15% of compensation. The Systems' matching contributions under the
plan are at the rate of 50% of the employee's contribution, up to a maximum of
5% of compensation.

F-180
<PAGE> 336

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Partners of
Rifkin Cable Income Partners L.P.

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet and the related statements of
operations, of partners' equity (deficit) and of cash flows present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Rifkin Cable Income Partners
L.P. (the "Partnership") at December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership's
management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Denver, Colorado
March 19, 1999

F-181
<PAGE> 337

RIFKIN CABLE INCOME PARTNERS L. P.

BALANCE SHEET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
12/31/97 12/31/98
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents........................... $ 381,378 $ 65,699
Customer accounts receivable, net of allowance for
doubtful accounts of $12,455 in 1997 and $18,278
in 1998........................................... 49,585 51,523
Other receivables................................... 123,828 133,278
Prepaid expenses and deposits....................... 81,114 70,675
Property, plant and equipment, at cost:
Cable television transmission and distribution
systems and related equipment.................. 8,536,060 8,758,525
Land, buildings, vehicles and furniture and
fixtures....................................... 618,671 623,281
----------- -----------
9,154,731 9,381,806
Less accumulated depreciation..................... (3,847,679) (4,354,685)
----------- -----------
Net property, plant and equipment.............. 5,307,052 5,027,121
Franchise costs and other intangible assets, net of
accumulated amortization of $1,819,324 in 1997 and
$2,033,405 in 1998................................ 2,005,342 1,772,345
----------- -----------
Total assets.............................. $ 7,948,299 $ 7,120,641
=========== ===========
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities............ $ 365,392 $ 396,605
Customer deposits and prepayments................... 177,307 126,212
Interest payable.................................... 58,093 --
Long-term debt...................................... 4,914,000 --
Interpartnership debt............................... -- 2,865,426
----------- -----------
Total liabilities......................... 5,514,792 3,388,243
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 4 and 8)
Partners' equity:
General partner................................... 263,171 822,837
Limited partners.................................. 2,170,336 2,909,561
----------- -----------
Total partner's equity.................... 2,433,507 3,732,398
----------- -----------
Total liabilities and partners' equity.... $ 7,948,299 $ 7,120,641
=========== ===========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-182
<PAGE> 338

RIFKIN CABLE INCOME PARTNERS L.P.

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED
------------------------------------
12/31/96 12/31/97 12/31/98
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUE:
Service...................................... $4,104,841 $4,491,983 $4,790,052
Installation and other....................... 206,044 239,402 345,484
---------- ---------- ----------
Total revenue...................... 4,310,885 4,731,385 5,135,536
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Operating expense............................ 643,950 691,700 671,968
Programming expense.......................... 787,124 879,939 1,077,540
Selling, general and administrative
expense.................................... 683,571 663,903 622,774
Depreciation................................. 535,559 602,863 628,515
Amortization................................. 377,749 332,770 199,854
Management fees.............................. 215,544 236,569 256,777
Loss (gain) on disposal of assets............ 1,530 2,980 (2,138)
---------- ---------- ----------
Total costs and expenses........... 3,245,027 3,410,724 3,455,290
---------- ---------- ----------
Operating income............................. 1,065,858 1,320,661 1,680,246
Interest expense............................. 533,294 448,530 362,439
---------- ---------- ----------
Net income before extraordinary item......... 532,564 872,131 1,317,807
Extraordinary item -- Loss on early
retirement of debt (Note 1)................ -- -- 18,916
---------- ---------- ----------
Net income................................... $ 532,564 $ 872,131 $1,298,891
========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-183
<PAGE> 339

RIFKIN CABLE INCOME PARTNERS L.P.

STATEMENT OF PARTNERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GENERAL LIMITED
PARTNER PARTNERS TOTAL
--------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Partners' equity (deficit), December 31,
1995.................................... $(299,131) $1,427,630 $1,128,499
Net income................................ 229,471 303,093 532,564
Equity distribution....................... (42,953) (56,734) (99,687)
--------- ---------- ----------
Partners' equity (deficit), December 31,
1996.................................... (112,613) 1,673,989 1,561,376
Net income................................ 375,784 496,347 872,131
--------- ---------- ----------
Partners' equity, December 31, 1997....... 263,171 2,170,336 2,433,507
Net income................................ 559,666 739,225 1,298,891
--------- ---------- ----------
Partners' equity December 31, 1998........ $ 822,837 $2,909,561 $3,732,398
========= ========== ==========
</TABLE>

The partners' capital accounts for financial reporting purposes vary from
the tax capital accounts.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-184
<PAGE> 340

RIFKIN CABLE INCOME PARTNERS L.P.

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED
--------------------------------------
12/31/96 12/31/97 12/31/98
----------- ---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income............................. $ 532,564 $ 872,131 $ 1,298,891
Adjustments to reconcile net income to
net cash provided by operating
activities:
Depreciation and amortization....... 913,308 935,633 828,369
Amortization of deferred loan
cost.............................. 18,970 18,970 14,228
Loss on early retirement of debt.... -- -- 18,916
Loss (gain) on disposal of fixed
assets............................ 1,530 2,980 (2,138)
Decrease (increase) in customer
accounts receivables.............. 521 (5,729) (1,938)
Increase in other receivables....... (45,274) (56,059) (9,450)
Decrease in prepaid expense and
other............................. 40,737 13,230 10,439
Increase (decrease) in accounts
payable and accrued liabilities... (207,035) 61,625 31,213
Increase (decrease) in customer
deposits and prepayment........... 673 (63,524) (51,095)
Increase (decrease) in interest
payable........................... 35,638 (3,145) (58,093)
----------- ---------- -----------
Net cash provided by operating
activities..................... 1,291,632 1,776,112 2,079,342
----------- ---------- -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Additions to property, plant and
equipment........................... (824,359) (679,394) (415,534)
Additions to other intangible assets,
net of refranchises................. -- (112) --
Net proceeds from the sale of assets... 18,255 57,113 69,087
Sales tax related to Florida assets
sold in 1994........................ (14,694) -- --
----------- ---------- -----------
Net cash used in investing
activities..................... (820,798) (622,393) (346,447)
----------- ---------- -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from interpartnership debt.... -- -- 4,265,426
Payments of long-term debt............. (715,000) (871,000) (4,914,000)
Payments of interpartnership debt...... -- -- (1,400,000)
Partners' capital distributions........ (99,687) -- --
----------- ---------- -----------
Net cash used in financing
activities..................... (814,687) (871,000) (2,048,574)
----------- ---------- -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents............................ (343,853) 282,719 (315,679)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
period................................. 442,512 98,659 381,378
----------- ---------- -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
period................................. $ 98,659 $ 381,378 $ 65,699
=========== ========== ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Interest paid.......................... $ 455,124 $ 431,722 $ 406,304
=========== ========== ===========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-185
<PAGE> 341

RIFKIN CABLE INCOME PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

ORGANIZATION

Rifkin Cable Income Partners L.P. (the "Partnership") was formed in 1986 as
a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Partnership
owns, operates and develops cable television systems in Missouri and New Mexico.
Rifkin Cable Management Partners L.P., an affiliate of Rifkin & Associates, Inc.
(Note 3), is the general partner of the Partnership.

The Partnership Agreement (the "Agreement") establishes the respective
rights, obligations and interests of the partners. The Agreement provides that
net income or loss, certain capital events, and cash distributions (all as
defined in the Agreement) are generally allocated 43% to the general partner and
57% to the limited partners.

ACQUISITION BY INTERLINK COMMUNICATIONS PARTNERS, LLLP

During 1998, Interlink Communications Partners, LLLP ("ICP") agreed to
purchase all of the interests of the Partnership. ICP acquired the limited
partner interests, effective December 31, 1998, and is currently in the process
of obtaining the necessary consents to transfer all of the Partnership's
franchises to ICP. Once obtained, ICP will then purchase the general partner
interest in the Partnership, and the Partnership will, by operation of law, be
consolidated into ICP.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Customer fees are recorded as revenue in the period the service is
provided. The cost to acquire the rights to the programming generally is
recorded when the product is initially available to be viewed by the customer.

ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION EXPENSES

Advertising and promotion expenses are charged to income during the year in
which they are incurred and were not significant for the periods shown.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Additions to property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost, which in
the case of assets constructed includes amounts for material, labor, overhead
and capitalized interest, if applicable. Upon sale or retirement of an asset,
the related costs and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and
any gain or loss is recognized.

Depreciation expense is calculated using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Buildings.......................................... 21-30 years
Cable television transmission and distribution
systems and related equipment.................... 3-15 years
Vehicles and furniture and fixtures................ 3-5 years
</TABLE>

F-186
<PAGE> 342
RIFKIN CABLE INCOME PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

FRANCHISE COSTS

Franchise costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the
remaining lives of the franchises as of the date they were acquired, ranging
from eight to twenty-five years. The carrying value of intangibles is assessed
for recoverability by management based on an analysis of undiscounted expected
future cash flows. The Partnership's management believes that there has been no
impairment thereof as of December 31, 1998.

OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Loan costs of the Partnership have been deferred and have been amortized to
interest expense utilizing the straight-line method over the term of the related
debt. Use of the straight-line method approximates the results of the
application of the interest method. The net amount remaining at December 31,
1997 was $37,886.

On December 30, 1998, the loan with a financial institution was paid in
full (Note 2). The related deferred loan costs and associated accumulated
amortization were written off and an extraordinary loss of $18,916 was recorded.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

All highly liquid debt instruments purchased with an original maturity of
three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents.

INCOME TAXES

No provision for Federal or State income taxes is necessary in the
financial statements of the Partnership, because as a partnership, it is not
subject to Federal or State income tax as the tax effect of its activities
accrues to the partners.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT

In April 1998, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee issued
Statement of Position (SOP) 98-5 "Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up
Activities," which requires the Partnership to expense all start up costs
related to opening a new facility, introduction of anew product or service, or
conducting business with a new class of customer or in a new territory. This
standard is effective for the Partnership's 1999 fiscal year. Management
believes that SOP 98-5 will have no material effect on its financial position or
the results of operations.

F-187
<PAGE> 343
RIFKIN CABLE INCOME PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

RECLASSIFICATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 1996 and 1997 financial
statements to conform with the 1998 financial statement presentation.

2. DEBT

The Partnership had a term loan with a financial institution which required
varying quarterly payments. At December 31, 1997, the term loan had a balance of
$4,914,000. At December 30, 1998, the term loan had a balance of $4,216,875; at
that date, the total balance and accrued interest were paid in full.

On that same date, the Partnership obtained a new interpartnership loan
with ICP (Note 1). Borrowing under the interpartnership loan, as well as
interest and principle payments are due at the discretion of the management of
ICP, resulting in no minimum required annual principle payments. The balance of
the interpartnership loan at December 31, 1998 was $2,865,426. The effective
interest rate at December 31, 1998 was 8.5%.

3. MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

The Partnership has entered into a management agreement with Rifkin and
Associates, Inc. (Rifkin). The management agreement provides that Rifkin shall
act as manager of the Partnership's CATV systems, and shall be entitled to
annual compensation of 5% of the Partnership's CATV revenues, net of certain
CATV programming costs. Effective September 1, 1998, Rifkin conveyed its CATV
management business to R & A Management, LLC (RML). The result of this
transaction included the conveyance of the Rifkin management agreement (Rifkin
Agreement) to RML (RML Agreement). Expenses incurred pursuant to the Rifkin
Agreement and the RML Agreement are disclosed in total on the Statement of
Operations.

4. COMMITMENTS AND RENTAL EXPENSE

The Partnership leases certain real and personal property under
noncancelable operating leases expiring through the year 2001. Future minimum
lease payments under such noncancelable leases as of December 31, 1998 are:
$30,000 for each year 1999, 2000 and 2001, totaling $90,000.

Total rental expense for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998
was $60,323, $68,593 and $68,776, respectively, including $27,442, $36,822 and
$36,716, respectively, relating to cancelable pole rental agreements.

5. RETIREMENT BENEFITS

F-188
<PAGE> 344
RIFKIN CABLE INCOME PARTNERS L.P.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

and earnings vest 20% per year of employment with the Partnership, becoming
fully vested after five years. The Partnership's matching contributions for the
years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 were $2,693, $3,653 and $2,680,
respectively.

6. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Partnership has a number of financial instruments, none of which are
held for trading purposes. The following method and assumptions were used by the
Partnership to estimate the fair values of financial instruments as disclosed
herein:

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Customer Accounts Receivable, Other Receivables,
Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities and Customer Deposits and Prepayments:
The carrying value amount approximates fair value because of the short period to
maturity.

Debt: The carrying value amount approximates the fair value because the
Partnership's interpartnership debt was obtained on December 30, 1998.

7. CABLE REREGULATION

Congress enacted the Cable Television Consumer Protection and Competition
Act of 1992 (the Cable Act) and has amended it at various times since.

The total effects of the present law are, at this time, still unknown.
However, one provision of the present law further redefines a small cable
system, and exempts these systems from rate regulation on the upper tiers of
cable service. The Partnership is awaiting an FCC rulemaking implementing the
present law to determine whether its systems qualify as small cable systems.

8. LITIGATION

The Partnership could possibly be named as defendant in various actions and
proceedings arising from the normal course of business. In all such cases, the
Partnership will vigorously defend itself against the litigation and, where
appropriate, will file counterclaims. Although the eventual outcome of potential
lawsuits cannot be predicted, it is management's opinion that any such lawsuit
will not result in liabilities that would have a material affect on the
Partnership's financial position or results of operations.

F-189
<PAGE> 345

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Partners of
Rifkin Acquisition Partners, L.L.L.P.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related
consolidated statements of operations, partners' capital (deficit) and cash
flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Rifkin
Acquisition Partners, L.L.L.P. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") at December
31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998 in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our
audits of these statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Denver, Colorado
March 19, 1999

F-190
<PAGE> 346

RIFKIN ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.L.L.P.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
12/31/98 12/31/97
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents......................... $ 2,324,892 $ 1,902,555
Customer accounts receivable, net of allowance for
doubtful accounts of $444,839 in 1998 and
$425,843 in 1997................................ 1,932,140 1,371,050
Other receivables................................. 5,637,771 4,615,089
Prepaid expenses and other........................ 2,398,528 1,753,257
Property, plant and equipment at cost:
Cable television transmission and distribution
systems and related equipment................ 149,376,914 131,806,310
Land, buildings, vehicles and furniture and
fixtures..................................... 7,421,960 7,123,429
------------ ------------
156,798,874 138,929,739
Less accumulated depreciation................... (35,226,773) (26,591,458)
------------ ------------
Net property, plant and equipment....... 121,572,101 112,338,281
Franchise costs and other intangible assets, net
of accumulated amortization of $67,857,545 in
1998 and $53,449,637 in 1997.................... 183,438,197 180,059,655
------------ ------------
Total assets............................ $317,303,629 $302,039,887
============ ============
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities.......... $ 11,684,594 $ 11,690,894
Customer deposits and prepayments................. 1,676,900 1,503,449
Interest payable.................................. 7,242,954 7,384,509
Deferred tax liability, net....................... 7,942,000 12,138,000
Notes payable..................................... 224,575,000 229,500,000
------------ ------------
Total liabilities....................... 253,121,448 262,216,852
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 8 and 14)
Redeemable partners' interests.................... 10,180,400 7,387,360
Partners' capital (deficit):
General partner................................. (1,991,018) (1,885,480)
Limited partners................................ 55,570,041 34,044,912
Preferred equity interest....................... 422,758 276,243
------------ ------------
Total partners' capital........................... 54,001,781 32,435,675
------------ ------------
Total liabilities and partners'
capital.............................. $317,303,629 $302,039,887
============ ============
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.

F-191
<PAGE> 347

RIFKIN ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.L.L.P.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED
-----------------------------------------
12/31/98 12/31/97 12/31/96
----------- ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUE:
Service................................. $82,498,638 $ 78,588,503 $ 66,433,321
Installation and other.................. 7,422,675 5,736,412 4,852,124
----------- ------------ ------------
Total revenue................. 89,921,313 84,324,915 71,285,445
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Operating expense....................... 13,305,376 14,147,031 10,362,671
Programming expense..................... 18,020,812 15,678,977 14,109,527
Selling, general and administrative
expense............................... 13,757,090 12,695,176 11,352,870
Depreciation............................ 15,109,327 14,422,631 11,725,246
Amortization............................ 22,104,249 24,208,169 23,572,457
Management fees......................... 3,147,246 2,951,372 2,475,381
Loss on disposal of assets.............. 3,436,739 7,834,968 1,357,180
----------- ------------ ------------
Total costs and expenses...... 88,880,839 91,938,324 74,955,332
----------- ------------ ------------
Operating income (loss)................. 1,040,474 (7,613,409) (3,669,887)
Gain from the sale of assets (Note 4)... (42,863,060) -- --
Interest expense........................ 23,662,248 23,765,239 21,607,174
----------- ------------ ------------
Income (loss) before income taxes....... 20,241,286 (31,378,648) (25,277,061)
Income tax benefit...................... (4,177,925) (5,335,000) (3,645,719)
----------- ------------ ------------
Net income (loss)....................... $24,419,211 $(26,043,648) $(21,631,342)
=========== ============ ============
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.

F-192
<PAGE> 348

RIFKIN ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.L.L.P.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED
------------------------------------------
12/31/98 12/31/97 12/31/96
------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss).................................. $ 24,419,211 $(26,043,648) $(21,631,342)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization................... 37,213,576 38,630,800 35,297,703
Amortization of deferred loan costs............. 989,760 989,760 970,753
Gain on sale of assets (Note 4)................. (42,863,060) -- --
Loss on disposal of fixed assets................ 3,436,739 7,834,968 1,357,180
Deferred tax benefit............................ (4,196,000) (5,335,000) (3,654,000)
Increase in customer accounts receivables....... (300,823) (186,976) (117,278)
Increase in other receivables................... (474,599) (1,992,714) (994,681)
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and
other......................................... (684,643) 23,015 (494,252)
Increase in accounts payable and accrued
liabilities................................... 34,073 1,753,656 3,245,736
Increase (decrease) in customer deposits and
prepayments................................... (86,648) 231,170 164,824
Increase (decrease) in interest payable......... (141,555) 600,248 6,692,988
------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash provided by operating
activities.............................. 17,346,031 16,505,279 20,837,631
------------ ------------ ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Acquisition of cable systems, net (Note 3)......... (2,212,958) (19,359,755) (71,797,038)
Additions to property, plant and equipment......... (26,354,756) (28,009,253) (16,896,582)
Additions to cable television franchises, net of
retirements..................................... (151,695) 72,162 (1,182,311)
Net proceeds from the sale of cable systems (Note
4).............................................. 16,533,564 -- --
Net proceeds from the other sales of assets........ 247,216 306,890 197,523
------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash used in investing activities...... (11,938,629) (46,989,956) (89,678,408)
------------ ------------ ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from isssuance of senior subordinated
notes........................................... -- -- 125,000,000
Proceeds from long-term bank debt.................. 22,500,000 38,000,000 18,000,000
Deferred loan costs................................ -- -- (6,090,011)
Payments of long-term bank debt.................... (27,425,000) (7,000,000) (82,000,000)
Partners' capital contributions.................... -- -- 15,000,000
Equity distributions to partners................... (60,065) -- --
------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
activities.............................. (4,985,065) 31,000,000 69,909,989
------------ ------------ ------------
Net increase in cash................................. 422,337 515,323 1,069,212
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period..... 1,902,555 1,387,232 318,020
------------ ------------ ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period........... $ 2,324,892 $ 1,902,555 $ 1,387,232
============ ============ ============
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Interest paid...................................... $ 22,737,443 $ 22,098,732 $ 13,866,995
============ ============ ============
Noncash investing activities:
Proceeds from the sale of Michigan assets held
in escrow..................................... $ 500,000 $ -- $ --
============ ============ ============
Trade value related to the trade sale of
Tennessee assets.............................. $ 46,668,000 $ -- $ --
============ ============ ============
Trade value related to trade acquisition of
Tennessee assets.............................. $(46,668,000) $ -- $ --
============ ============ ============
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.

F-193
<PAGE> 349

RIFKIN ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.L.L.P.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PARTNERS' CAPITAL (DEFICIT)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PREFERRED GENERAL LIMITED
EQUITY INTEREST PARTNER PARTNERS TOTAL
--------------- ----------- ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Partners' capital (deficit)
at December 31, 1995..... $ 562,293 $(1,085,311) $ 69,421,043 $ 68,898,025
Partners' capital
contributions............ -- 150,000 14,850,000 15,000,000
Accretion of redeemable
partners' interest....... -- (157,730) (1,104,110) (1,261,840)
Net loss................... (129,788) (216,313) (21,285,241) (21,631,342)
--------- ----------- ------------ ------------
Partners' capital (deficit)
at December 31, 1996..... 432,505 (1,309,354) 61,881,692 61,004,843
Accretion of redeemable
partners' interest....... -- (315,690) (2,209,830) (2,525,520)
Net loss................... (156,262) (260,436) (25,626,950) (26,043,648)
--------- ----------- ------------ ------------
Partners' capital (deficit)
at December 31, 1997..... 276,243 (1,885,480) 34,044,912 32,435,675
Accretion of redeemable
partners' interest....... -- (349,130) (2,443,910) (2,793,040)
Net income................. 146,515 244,192 24,028,504 24,419,211
Partners' equity
distribution............. -- (600) (59,465) (60,065)
--------- ----------- ------------ ------------
Partners' capital (deficit)
at December 31, 1998..... $ 422,758 $(1,991,018) $ 55,570,041 $ 54,001,781
========= =========== ============ ============
</TABLE>

The Partners' capital accounts for financial reporting purposes vary from
the tax capital accounts.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.

F-194
<PAGE> 350

RIFKIN ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.L.L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. GENERAL INFORMATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

GENERAL INFORMATION

Rifkin Acquisition Partners, L.L.L.P. ("the Partnership") was formed
pursuant to the laws of the State of Colorado. The Partnership and its
subsidiaries are hereinafter referred to on a consolidated basis as the
"Company." The Company owns, operates, and develops cable television systems in
Georgia, Tennessee, and Illinois. Rifkin Acquisition Management, L.P., an
affiliate of Rifkin & Associates, Inc. (Note 7), is the general partner of the
Partnership ("General Partner").

The Partnership operates under a limited liability limited partnership
agreement (the "Partnership Agreement") which establishes contribution
requirements, enumerates the rights and responsibilities of the partners and
advisory committee, provides for allocations of income, losses and
distributions, and defines certain items relating thereto. The Partnership
Agreement provides that net income or loss, certain defined capital events, and
cash distributions, all as defined in the Partnership Agreement, are generally
allocated 99% to the limited partners and 1% to the general partner.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the following
entities:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
- - Rifkin Acquisition Partners, - Cable Equities of Colorado, Ltd.
L.L.L.P. (CEC)
- - Cable Equities of Colorado - Cable Equities, Inc. (CEI)
Management Corp. (CEM) - Rifkin Acquisition Capital Corp.
(RACC)
</TABLE>

The financial statements for 1997 and 1996 also included the following
entities:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
- - Rifkin/Tennessee, Ltd. (RTL) - FNI Management Corp. (FNI)
</TABLE>

Effective January 1, 1998, both the RTL and FNI entities were dissolved and
the assets were transferred to the Partnership.

All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated.

REVENUE AND PROGRAMMING

ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION EXPENSES

Advertising and promotion expenses are charged to income during the year in
which they are incurred and were not significant for the periods shown.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Additions to property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost, which in
the case of assets constructed, includes amounts for material, labor, overhead
and interest, if applicable. Upon sale or retirement of an asset, the related
costs and accumulated

F-195
<PAGE> 351
RIFKIN ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.L.L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is recognized.
Capitalized interest was not significant for the periods shown.

Depreciation expense is calculated using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Buildings.......................................... 27-30 years
Cable television transmission and distribution
systems and related equipment.................... 3-15 years
Vehicles and furniture and fixtures................ 3-5 years
</TABLE>

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

FRANCHISE COSTS

Franchise costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the
remaining lives of the franchises as of the date they were acquired, ranging
from one to twenty years. The carrying value of franchise costs is assessed for
recoverability by management based on an analysis of undiscounted future
expected cash flows from the underlying operations of the Company. Management
believes that there has been no impairment thereof as of December 31, 1998.

OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Certain loan costs have been deferred and are amortized to interest expense
utilizing the straight-line method over the remaining term of the related debt.
Use of the straight-line method approximates the results of the application of
the interest method. The net amounts remaining at December 31, 1998 and 1997
were $6,176,690 and $7,166,450, respectively.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

All highly liquid debt instruments purchased with an original maturity of
three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents.

REDEEMABLE PARTNERS' INTERESTS

The Partnership Agreement provides that if a certain partner dies or
becomes disabled, that partner (or his personal representative) shall have the
option, exercisable by notice given to the partners at any time within 270 days
after his death or disability (except that if that partner dies or becomes
disabled prior to August 31, 2000, the option may not be exercised until August
31, 2000 and then by notice by that partner or his personal representative given
to the partners within 270 days after August 31, 2000) to sell, and require the
General Partner and certain trusts controlled by that partner to sell, and the
Partnership to purchase, up to 50% of the partnership interests owned by any of
such partners and certain current and former members of management of Rifkin &
Associates, Inc. that requests to sell their interest, for a purchase price
equal to the fair market value of those interests determined by appraisal in
accordance with the Partnership Agreement. Accordingly, the current fair value
of such partnership interests have been reclassified outside of partners'
capital.

F-196
<PAGE> 352
RIFKIN ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.L.L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT

In April 1998, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee issued
Statement of Position (SOP) 98-5 "Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up
Activities," which requires the Partnership to expense all start up costs
related to organizing a new business. This new standard also includes one-time
activities related to opening a new facility, introduction of a new product or
service, or conducting business with a new class of customer or in a new
territory. This standard is effective for the Partnership's 1999 fiscal year.
Management believes that SOP 98-5 will have no material effect on its financial
position or the results of operations.

RECLASSIFICATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 1997 and 1996 financial
statements to conform with the 1998 financial statement presentation. Such
reclassification had no effect on the net loss as previously stated.

2. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On February 12, 1999, the Company signed a letter of intent for the
partners to sell all of their partnership interests to Charter Communications
("Charter"). The Company and Charter are expected to sign a purchase agreement
and complete the sale during the third quarter of 1999.

3. ACQUISITION OF CABLE PROPERTIES

1998 ACQUISITIONS

At various times during the second half of 1998, the Company completed
three separate acquisitions of cable operating assets. Two of the acquisitions
serve communities in Gwinnett County, Georgia (the "Georgia Systems"). These
acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.

The third acquisition resulted from a trade of the Company's systems
serving the communities of Paris and Piney Flats, Tennessee for the operating
assets of another cable operator serving primarily the communities of Lewisburg
and Crossville, Tennessee (the "Tennessee Trade"). The trade was for cable
systems that are similar in size and was accounted for based on fair market
value. Fair market value was established at $3,000 per customer relinquished,
which was based on recent sales transactions of similar cable systems. The
transaction included the payment of approximately $719,000, net, of additional
cash (Note 4).

F-197
<PAGE> 353
RIFKIN ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.L.L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The combined purchase price was allocated based on estimated fair values
from an independent appraisal to property, plant and equipment and franchise
cost as follows (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GEORGIA TENNESSEE
SYSTEMS TRADE TOTAL
------- --------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fair value of assets relinquished (Note 4)...... $ -- $46,668 $46,668
Cash paid....................................... 1,392 719 2,111
Acquisition Costs (appraisal, transfer fees and
direct costs)................................. 26 76 102
------ ------- -------
Total acquisition cost.......................... $1,418 $47,463 $48,881
====== ======= =======
Allocation:
Current assets.................................. $ (2) $ 447 $ 445
Current liabilities............................. (1) (397) (398)
Property, plant and equipment................... 333 11,811 12,144
Franchise Cost.................................. 1,088 35,602 36,690
------ ------- -------
Total cost allocated............................ $1,418 $47,463 $48,881
====== ======= =======
</TABLE>

The fair value of assets relinquished from the Tennessee Trade was treated
as a noncash transaction on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The cash
acquisition costs were funded by proceeds from the Company's reducing revolving
loan with a financial institution.

The following combined pro forma information presents a summary of
consolidated results of operations for the Company as if the Tennessee Trade
acquisitions had occurred at the beginning of 1997, with pro forma adjustments
to show the effect on depreciation and amortization for the acquired assets,
management fees on additional revenues and interest expense on additional debt
(dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED
-----------------------
12/31/98 12/31/97
-------- -----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
Total revenues.......................... $89,921 $ 84,325
Net income (loss)....................... 19,447 (29,631)
</TABLE>

The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the
operating results that would have occurred had the Tennessee Trade actually been
acquired on January 1, 1997.

1997 ACQUISITIONS

On April 1, 1997, the Company acquired the cable operating assets of two
cable systems serving the Tennessee communities of Shelbyville and Manchester
(the "Manchester Systems"), for an aggregate purchase price of approximately
$19.7 million of which $495,000 was paid as escrow in 1996. The acquisition was
accounted for using the

F-198
<PAGE> 354
RIFKIN ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.L.L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

purchase method of accounting, and was funded by proceeds from the Company's
reducing revolving loan with a financial institution. No pro forma information
giving the effect of the acquisitions is shown due to the results being
immaterial.

1996 ACQUISITIONS

On March 1, 1996, the Company acquired certain cable operating assets
("Mid-Tennessee Systems") from Mid-Tennessee CATV, L.P., and on April 1, 1996
acquired the cable operating assets ("RCT Systems") from Rifkin Cablevision of
Tennessee, Ltd. Both Mid-Tennessee CATV, L.P. and Rifkin Cablevision of
Tennessee, Ltd. were affiliates of the General Partner. The acquisition costs
were funded by $15 million of additional partner contributions and the remainder
from a portion of the proceeds received from the issuance of $125 million of
11 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 (see Note 6).

The acquisitions were recorded using the purchase method of accounting. The
results of operations of the Mid-Tennessee Systems have been included in the
consolidated financial statements since March 1, 1996, and the results of the
RCT Systems have been included in the consolidated financial statements since
April 1, 1996. The combined purchase price was allocated based on estimated fair
values from an independent appraisal to property, plant and equipment and
franchise cost as follows (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Cash paid, net of acquired cash....................... $71,582
Acquisition costs (appraisal, transfer fees, and
direct costs)....................................... 215
-------
Total acquisition cost................................ $71,797
=======
Allocation:
Current assets........................................ $ 624
Current liabilities................................... (969)
Property, plant and equipment......................... 24,033
Franchise cost and other intangible assets............ 48,109
-------
Total cost allocated.................................. $71,797
=======
</TABLE>

The following combined pro forma information presents a summary of
consolidated results of operations for the Company as if the Mid-Tennessee
Systems and the RCT Systems acquisitions had occurred at the beginning of 1996,
with pro forma adjustments to show the effect on depreciation and amortization
for the acquired assets, management fees on additional revenues and interest
expense on additional debt (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
-----------
12/31/96
-----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C>
Total revenues..................................... $ 74,346
Net loss........................................... (22,558)
</TABLE>

The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the
operating results that would have occurred had the Mid-Tennessee Systems and the
RCT Systems actually been acquired on January 1, 1996.
F-199
<PAGE> 355
RIFKIN ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.L.L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

4. SALE OF ASSETS

On February 4, 1998, the Company sold all of its operating assets in the
state of Michigan (the "Michigan Sale") to another cable operator for cash. In
addition, on December 31, 1998, the Company traded certain cable systems in
Tennessee (the "Tennessee Trade") for similar-sized cable systems (Note 3). Both
sales resulted in a gain recognized by the Company as follows (dollars in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MICHIGAN TENNESSEE
SALE TRADE TOTAL
-------- --------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fair value of assets relinquished...... $ -- $46,668 $46,668
Original cash proceeds................. 16,931 -- 16,931
Adjustments for value of assets and
liabilities assumed.................. 120 (17) 103
------- ------- -------
Net proceeds........................... 17,051 46,651 63,702
Net book value of assets sold.......... 11,061 9,778 20,839
------- ------- -------
Net gain from sale..................... $ 5,990 $36,873 $42,863
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>

The Michigan Sale proceeds amount includes $500,000 that is currently being
held in escrow. This amount and the fair value of assets relinquished, related
to the Tennessee Trade, were both treated as noncash transactions on the
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

The cash proceeds from the Michigan Sale were used by the Company to reduce
its revolving and term loans with a financial institution.

5. INCOME TAXES

Although the Partnership is not a taxable entity, two corporations (the
"subsidiaries") are included in the consolidated financial statements. These
subsidiaries are required to pay taxes on their taxable income, if any.

F-200
<PAGE> 356
RIFKIN ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.L.L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The following represents a reconciliation of pre-tax losses as reported in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and the losses
attributable to the partners and included in their individual income tax
returns:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED
12/31/98 12/31/97 12/31/96
------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Pre-tax income (loss) as
reported......................... $ 20,241,286 $(31,378,648) $(25,277,061)
(Increase) decrease due to:
Separately taxed book results of
corporate subsidiaries........ 9,397,000 15,512,000 9,716,000
Effect of different depreciation
and amortization methods for
tax and book purposes......... (1,360,000) (2,973,000) (3,833,000)
Additional tax gain from the sale
of Michigan(Note 4).............. 2,068,000 -- --
Book gain from trade sale of
Tennessee assets(Note 4)......... (36,873,000) -- --
Additional tax loss from
dissolution of FNI stock......... (7,235,000) -- --
Other.............................. 81,714 (45,052) (22,539)
------------ ------------ ------------
Tax loss attributed to the
partners......................... $(13,680,000) $(18,884,700) $(19,416,600)
============ ============ ============
</TABLE>

The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method. Under
this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on
differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities
and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect
when the differences are expected to reverse.

As a result of a change in control in 1995, the book value of the Company's
net assets was increased to reflect their fair market value. In connection with
this revaluation, a deferred income tax liability in the amount of $22,801,000
was established to provide for future taxes payable on the revised valuation of
the net assets. A deferred tax benefit of $4,196,000, $5,335,000 and $3,654,000
was recognized for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively, reducing the liability to $7,942,000.

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) were comprised of the following at
December 31, 1998 and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
12/31/98 12/31/97
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets resulting from
loss carryforwards.............. $ 11,458,000 $ 9,499,000
Deferred tax liabilities resulting
from depreciation and
amortization.................... (19,400,000) (21,637,000)
------------ ------------
Net deferred tax liability........ $ (7,942,000) $(12,138,000)
============ ============
</TABLE>

F-201
<PAGE> 357
RIFKIN ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.L.L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, the subsidiaries have net operating loss
carryforwards ("NOLs") for income tax purposes of $30,317,000 and $25,264,000,
respectively, substantially all of which are limited. The NOLs will expire at
various times between the years 2000 and 2013.

In 1998, one of the corporate entities was dissolved. The existing NOL's
were used to offset taxable income down to $87,751, resulting in a current tax
for 1998 of $18,075.

Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), the
subsidiaries generally would be entitled to reduce their future federal income
tax liabilities by carrying the unused NOLs forward for a period of 15 years to
offset their future income taxes. The subsidiaries' ability to utilize any NOLs
in future years may be restricted, however, in the event the subsidiaries
undergo an "ownership change" as defined in Section 382 of the Code. In the
event of an ownership change, the amount of NOLs attributable to the period
prior to the ownership change that may be used to offset taxable income in any
year thereafter generally may not exceed the fair market value of the subsidiary
immediately before the ownership change (subject to certain adjustments)
multiplied by the applicable long-term, tax exempt rate published by the
Internal Revenue Service for the date of the ownership change. Two of the
subsidiaries underwent an ownership change on September 1, 1995 pursuant to
Section 382 of the Code. As such, the NOLs of the subsidiaries are subject to
limitation from that date forward. It is the opinion of management that the NOLs
will be released from this limitation prior to their expiration dates and, as
such, have not been limited in their calculation of deferred taxes.

The provision for income tax expense (benefit) differs from the amount
which would be computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 35%
to pre-tax income before extraordinary loss as a result of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED
-----------------------------------------
12/31/98 12/31/97 12/31/96
------------ ------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Tax expense (benefit) computed at
statutory rate...................... $ 7,084,450 $(10,982,527) $(8,846,971)
Increase (decrease) due to:
Tax benefit (expense) for
non-corporate loss............... (10,373,252) 5,900,546 5,446,721
Permanent differences between
financial statement income and
taxable income................... (36,200) 84,500 48,270
State income tax.................... (247,000) (377,500) (252,590)
Tax benefit from dissolved
corporation...................... (148,925) -- --
Other............................... (456,998) 39,981 (41,149)
------------ ------------ -----------
Income Tax Benefit.................. $ (4,177,925) $ (5,335,000) $(3,645,719)
============ ============ ===========
</TABLE>

F-202
<PAGE> 358
RIFKIN ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.L.L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

6. NOTES PAYABLE

Debt consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,
1998 1997
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Senior Subordinated Notes......... $125,000,000 $125,000,000
Tranche A Term Loan............... 21,575,000 25,000,000
Tranche B Term Loan............... 40,000,000 40,000,000
Reducing Revolving Loan........... 35,000,000 36,500,000
Senior Subordinated Debt.......... 3,000,000 3,000,000
------------ ------------
$224,575,000 $229,500,000
============ ============
</TABLE>

The Notes and loans are collateralized by substantially all of the assets
of the Company.

On January 26, 1996, the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, RACC (the
"Issuers"), co-issued $125,000,000 of 11 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes (the
"Notes") to institutional investors. These notes were subsequently exchanged on
June 18, 1996 for publicly registered notes with identical terms. Interest on
the Notes is payable semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 of each year. The
Notes, which mature on January 15, 2006, can be redeemed in whole or in part, at
the Issuers' option, at any time on or after January 15, 2001, at redeemable
prices contained in the Notes plus accrued interest. In addition, at any time on
or prior to January 15, 1999, the Issuers, at their option, may redeem up to 25%
of the principle amount of the Notes issued to institutional investors of not
less than $25,000,000. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, all of the Notes were
outstanding (see also Note 10).

The Company has a $25,000,000 Tranche A term loan with a financial
institution. This loan requires quarterly payments of $1,875,000 plus interest
commencing on March 31, 2000. Any unpaid balance is due March 31, 2003. The
agreement requires that what it defines as excess proceeds from the sale of a
cable system be used to retire Tranche A term debt. As a result of the Michigan
sale (Note 4), there was $3,425,000 of excess proceeds used to pay principal in
1998. The interest rate on the Tranche A term loan is either the bank's prime
rate plus .25% to 1.75% or LIBOR plus 1.5% to 2.75%.

The specific rate is dependent upon the senior funded debt ratio which is
recalculated quarterly. The weighted average effective interest rate at December
31, 1998 and 1997 was 7.59% and 8.24%, respectively.

In addition, the Company has a $40,000,000 Tranche B term loan, which
requires principal payments of $2,000,000 on March 31, 2002, $18,000,000 on
March 31, 2003, and $20,000,000 on March 31, 2004. The Tranche B term loan bears
an interest rate of 9.75% and is payable quarterly.

The Company also has a reducing revolving loan providing for borrowing up
to $20,000,000 at the Company's discretion, subject to certain restrictions, and
an additional $60,000,000 available to finance acquisitions subject to certain
restrictions. On March 4,

F-203
<PAGE> 359
RIFKIN ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.L.L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

1998, the reducing revolving loan agreement was amended to revise the scheduled
reduction in revolving commitments. The additional financing amounts available
at December 31, 1998 and 1997 were $45,000,000 and $52,500,000, respectively. At
December 31, 1998, the full $20,000,000 available had been borrowed, and
$15,000,000 had been drawn against the $45,000,000 commitment. At December 31,
1997, the full $20,000,000 available had been borrowed, and $16,500,000 had been
drawn against the $52,500,000 commitment. The amount available for borrowing
will decrease annually during its term with changes over the four years
following December 31, 1998 as follows: 1999 -- $2,500,000 reduction per
quarter, and 2000 through 2002 -- $3,625,000 per quarter. Any unpaid balance is
due on March 31, 2003. The revolving loan bears an interest rate of either the
bank's prime rate plus .25% to 1.75% or LIBOR plus 1.5% to 2.75%. The specific
rate is dependent upon the senior funded debt ratio which is recalculated
quarterly. The weighted average effective interest rates at December 31, 1998
and 1997 was 8.08% and 8.29%, respectively. The reducing revolving loan includes
a commitment fee of 1/2% per annum on the unborrowed balance.

Certain mandatory prepayments may also be required, commencing in fiscal
1997, on the Tranche A term loan, the Tranche B term loan, and the reducing
revolving credit based on the Company's cash flow calculations, proceeds from
the sale of a cable system or equity contributions. Based on the 1998
calculation and the Michigan sale, $3,425,000 of prepayments were required.
Optional prepayments are allowed, subject to certain restrictions. The related
loan agreement contains covenants limiting additional indebtedness, dispositions
of assets, investments in securities, distribution to partners, management fees
and capital expenditures. In addition, the Company must maintain certain
financial levels and ratios. At December 31, 1998, the Company was in compliance
with these covenants.

The Company also has $3,000,000 of senior subordinated debt payable to a
Rifkin Partner. The debt has a scheduled maturity, interest rate and interest
payment schedule identical to that of the Notes, as discussed above.

Based on the outstanding debt as of December 31, 1998, the minimum
aggregate maturities for the five years following 1998 are none in 1999,
$7,500,000 in 2000, $16,500,000 in 2001, $23,075,000 in 2002 and $29,500,000 in
2003.

7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company entered into a management agreement with Rifkin & Associates,
Inc. (Rifkin). The management agreement provides that Rifkin will act as manager
of the Company's CATV systems and be entitled to annual compensation of 3.5% of
the Company's revenue. Effective September 1, 1998, Rifkin conveyed its CATV
management business to R & A Management, LLC (RML). The result of this
transaction included the conveyance of the Rifkin management agreement (Rifkin
Agreement) to RML (RML Agreement). Expenses incurred pursuant to the Rifkin
Agreement and the RML Agreement are disclosed in total on the Consolidated
Statement of Operations.

The Company is associated with a company to purchase certain cable
television programming at a discount. Rifkin acted as the agent and held the
deposit funds required for the Company to participate.

F-204
<PAGE> 360
RIFKIN ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.L.L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Effective September 1, 1998, Rifkin conveyed this contract and deposit
amount to RML. The deposit amount recorded at December 31, 1998 and 1997 was
$2,139,274 and $1,225,274, respectively. The Company subsequently received
$1,225,274 of the December 31, 1998 balance.

The Company paid approximately $550,000 to a law firm in connection with
the public offering in 1996. A partner of this law firm is a relative of one of
the Company's partners.

8. COMMITMENTS AND RENTAL EXPENSE

The Company leases certain real and personal property under noncancelable
operating leases expiring through the year 2007. Future minimum lease payments
under such noncancelable leases as of December 31, 1998 are: $316,091 in 1999;
$249,179 in 2000; $225,768 in 2001; $222,669 in 2002; and $139,910 in 2003; and
$344,153 thereafter, totaling $1,497,770.

Total rental expense and the amount included therein which pertains to
cancelable pole rental agreements were as follows for the periods indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TOTAL CANCELABLE
RENTAL POLE RENTAL
PERIOD EXPENSE EXPENSE
- ------ ---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Year Ended December 31, 1998.......... $1,592,080 $1,109,544
Year Ended December 31, 1997.......... $1,577,743 $1,061,722
Year Ended December 31, 1996.......... $1,294,084 $ 874,778
</TABLE>

9. COMPENSATION PLANS AND RETIREMENT PLANS

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

In 1996, the Company implemented an Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan") in
which certain Rifkin & Associates' executive officers and key employees, and
certain key employees of the Company are eligible to participate. Plan
participants in the aggregate, have the right to receive (i) cash payments of up
to 2.0% of the aggregate value of all partnership interests of the Company (the
"Maximum Incentive Percentage"), based upon the achievement of certain annual
Operating Cash Flow (as defined in the Plan) targets for the Company for each of
the calendar years 1996 through 2000, and (ii) an additional cash payment equal
to up to 0.5% of the aggregate value of all partnership interests of the Company
(the "Additional Incentive Percentage"), based upon the achievement of certain
cumulative Operating Cash Flow targets for the Company for the five-year period
ended December 31, 2000. Subject to the achievement of such annual targets and
the satisfaction of certain other criteria based on the Company's operating
performance, up to 20% of the Maximum Incentive Percentage will vest in each
such year; provided, that in certain events vesting may accelerate. Payments
under the Plan are subject to certain restrictive covenants contained in the
Notes.

No amounts are payable under the Plan except upon (i) the sale of
substantially all of the assets or partnership interests of the Company or (ii)
termination of a Plan participant's employment with Rifkin & Associates or the
Company, as applicable, due to

F-205
<PAGE> 361
RIFKIN ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.L.L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(a) the decision of the Advisory Committee to terminate such participant's
employment due to disability, (b) the retirement of such participant with the
Advisory Committee's approval or (c) the death of such Participant. The value of
amounts payable pursuant to clause (i) above will be based upon the aggregate
net proceeds received by the holders of all of the partnership interests in the
Company, as determined by the Advisory Committee, and the amounts payable
pursuant to clause (ii) above will be based upon the Enterprise Value determined
at the time of such payment. For purposes of the Plan, Enterprise Value
generally is defined as Operating Cash Flow for the immediately preceding
calendar year times a specified multiple and adjusted based on the Company's
working capital.

The amount expensed for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
relating to this plan were $1,119,996, $859,992 and $660,000, respectively.

RETIREMENT BENEFITS

The Company has a 401(k) plan for employees that have been employed by the
Company for at least one year. Employees of the Company can contribute up to 15%
of their salary, on a before-tax basis, with a maximum 1998 contribution of
$10,000 (as set by the Internal Revenue Service). The Company matches
participant contributions up to a maximum of 50% of the first 3% of a
participant's salary contributed. All participant contributions and earnings are
fully vested upon contribution and Company contributions and earnings vest 20%
per year of employment with the Company, becoming fully vested after five years.
The Company's matching contributions for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997
and 1996 were $50,335, $72,707 and $42,636, respectively.

10. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company has a number of financial instruments, none of which are held
for trading purposes. The following method and assumptions were used by the
Company to estimate the fair values of financial instruments as disclosed
herein:

Debt: The fair value of bank debt is estimated based on interest rates for
the same or similar debt offered to the Company having the same or similar
remaining maturities and collateral requirements. The fair value of public
Senior Subordinated Notes is based on the market quoted trading value. The fair
value of the Company's debt is estimated at $236,137,500 and is carried on the
balance sheet at $224,575,000.

11. CABLE REREGULATION

Congress enacted the Cable Television Consumer Protection and Competition
Act of 1992 (the Cable Act) and has amended it at various times since.

F-206
<PAGE> 362
RIFKIN ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.L.L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

awaiting an FCC rulemaking implementing the present law to determine whether its
systems qualify as small cable systems.

12. SUMMARIZED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

CEM, CEI and CEC (collective, the "Guarantors") are all wholly-owned
subsidiaries of the Company and, together with RACC, constitute all of the
Partnership's direct and indirect subsidiaries. As discussed in Note 1, RTL and
FNI were dissolved on January 1, 1998 and the assets were transferred to the
Company, however, prior thereto, RTL and FNI, as wholly-owned subsidiaries of
the Company, were Guarantors. Each of the Guarantors provides a full,
unconditional, joint and several guaranty of the obligations under the Notes
discussed in Note 6. Separate financial statements of the Guarantors are not
presented because management has determined that they would not be material to
investors.

The following tables present summarized financial information of the
Guarantors on a combined basis as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 and for the
years ended December 31, 1998, and 1997 and 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
12/31/98 12/31/97
BALANCE SHEET ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash....................... $ 373,543 $ 780,368
Accounts and other
receivables, net......... 3,125,830 3,012,571
Prepaid expenses........... 791,492 970,154
Property, plant and
equipment net............ 48,614,536 66,509,120
Franchise costs and other
intangible assets, net... 56,965,148 103,293,631
Accounts payable and
accrued liabilities...... 22,843,354 18,040,588
Other liabilities.......... 980,536 1,122,404
Deferred taxes payable..... 7,942,000 12,138,000
Notes payable.............. 140,050,373 167,200,500
Equity (deficit)........... (61,945,714) (23,935,648)
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED YEAR ENDED
12/31/98 12/31/97 12/31/96
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Total revenue.............. $ 29,845,826 $ 47,523,592 $ 42,845,044
Total costs and
expenses...... (31,190,388) (53,049,962) (43,578,178)
Interest expense........... (14,398,939) (17,868,497) (16,238,221)
Income tax benefit......... 4,177,925 5,335,000 3,645,719
------------ ------------ ------------
Net loss................... $(11,565,576) $(18,059,867) $(13,325,636)
============ ============ ============
</TABLE>

F-207
<PAGE> 363
RIFKIN ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.L.L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

13. QUARTERLY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

The following interim financial information of the Company presents the
1998 and 1997 consolidated results of operations on a quarterly basis (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
QUARTERS ENDED 1998
------------------------------------------------
MARCH 31(A) JUNE 30 SEPT. 30 DEC. 31(B)
----------- ------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenue.................. $22,006 $22,296 $22,335 $23,284
Operating income
(loss)................. 295 511 (1,522) 1,756
Net income (loss)........ 1,437 (4,458) (5,907) 33,347
</TABLE>

- -------------------------

(a) First quarter includes a $5,900 gain from the sale of Michigan assets
(Note 4).

(b) Fourth quarter includes a $36,873 gain from the trade sale of certain
Tennessee assets (Note 4).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
QUARTERS ENDED 1997
------------------------------------------
MARCH 31 JUNE 30 SEPT. 30 DEC. 31
-------- ------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenue....................... $19,337 $21,331 $21,458 $22,199
Operating loss................ (1,220) (2,818) (2,777) (798)
Net loss...................... (5,998) (6,890) (8,127) (5,029)
</TABLE>

14. LITIGATION

The Company could possibly be named as defendant in various actions and
proceedings arising from the normal course of business. In all such cases, the
Company will vigorously defend itself against the litigation and, where
appropriate, will file counterclaims. Although the eventual outcome of potential
lawsuits cannot be predicted, it is management's opinion that any such lawsuit
will not result in liabilities that would have a material affect on the
Company's financial position or results of operations.

F-208
<PAGE> 364

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Partners
Indiana Cable Associates, Ltd.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Indiana Cable Associates, Ltd.
as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the related statements of operations,
partners' deficit and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and
1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Indiana Cable Associates, Ltd.
at December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Denver, Colorado
February 19, 1999

F-209
<PAGE> 365

INDIANA CABLE ASSOCIATES, LTD.

BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS (PLEDGED)
Cash and cash equivalents........................... $ 82,684 $ 108,619
Customer accounts receivable, less allowance for
doubtful accounts of $18,311 in 1997 and $24,729
in 1998........................................... 87,154 85,795
Other receivables................................... 257,236 295,023
Prepaid expenses and deposits....................... 172,614 152,575
Property, plant and equipment, at cost:
Buildings......................................... 78,740 91,682
Transmission and distribution systems and related
equipment...................................... 10,174,650 11,336,892
Office furniture and equipment.................... 144,137 161,327
Spare parts and construction inventory............ 435,554 742,022
----------- -----------
10,833,081 12,331,923
Less accumulated depreciation..................... 7,624,570 8,008,158
----------- -----------
Net property, plant and equipment.............. 3,208,511 4,323,765
Other assets, at cost less accumulated amortization
(Note 3).......................................... 5,817,422 5,083,029
----------- -----------
Total assets.............................. $ 9,625,621 $10,048,806
=========== ===========
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' DEFICIT
Liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities.......... $ 718,716 $ 897,773
Customer prepayments.............................. 50,693 47,458
Interest payable.................................. 32,475 --
Long-term debt (Note 4)........................... 10,650,000 --
Interpartnership debt (Note 4).................... -- 9,606,630
----------- -----------
Total liabilities......................... 11,451,884 10,551,861
Commitments (Notes 5 and 6)
Partners' deficit:
General partner................................... (66,418) (20,106)
Limited partner................................... (1,759,845) (482,949)
----------- -----------
Total partners' deficit............................. (1,826,263) (503,055)
----------- -----------
Total liabilities and partners' deficit... $ 9,625,621 $10,048,806
=========== ===========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

F-210
<PAGE> 366

INDIANA CABLE ASSOCIATES, LTD.

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED
------------------------------------
12/31/96 12/31/97 12/31/98
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUE:
Service...................................... $6,272,049 $$6,827,504 $7,165,843
Installation and other....................... 538,158 622,699 773,283
---------- ---------- ----------
Total revenue...................... 6,810,207 7,450,203 7,939,126
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Operating expense............................ 989,456 1,142,932 974,617
Programming expense.......................... 1,474,067 1,485,943 1,727,089
Selling, general and administrative
expense.................................... 1,112,441 1,142,247 1,128,957
Depreciation................................. 889,854 602,554 537,884
Amortization................................. 718,334 718,335 707,539
Management fees.............................. 340,510 372,510 396,956
Loss on disposal of assets................... 6,266 639 74,714
---------- ---------- ----------
Total costs and expenses........... 5,530,928 5,465,160 5,547,756
---------- ---------- ----------
Operating income............................. 1,279,279 1,985,043 2,391,370
Interest expense............................. 1,361,415 1,292,469 970,160
---------- ---------- ----------
Net income (loss) before extraordinary
item....................................... (82,136) 692,574 1,421,210
Extraordinary item--loss on early retirement
of debt (Note 3 and 4)..................... -- -- 98,002
---------- ---------- ----------
Net income (loss)............................ $ (82,136) $ 692,574 $1,323,208
========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

F-211
<PAGE> 367

INDIANA CABLE ASSOCIATES, LTD.

STATEMENT OF PARTNERS' DEFICIT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GENERAL LIMITED
PARTNERS PARTNERS TOTAL
-------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Partners' deficit at December 31, 1995... $(87,783) $(2,348,918) $(2,436,701)
Net loss for the year ended December
31, 1996............................ (2,875) (79,261) (82,136)
-------- ----------- -----------
Partners' deficit at December 31, 1996... (90,658) (2,428,179) (2,518,837)
Net income for the year ended December
31, 1997............................ 24,240 668,334 692,574
-------- ----------- -----------
Partners' deficit at December 31, 1997... (66,418) (1,759,845) (1,826,263)
Net income for the year ended December
31, 1998............................ 46,312 1,276,896 1,323,208
-------- ----------- -----------
Partners' deficit at December 31, 1998... $(20,106) $ (482,949) $ (503,055)
======== =========== ===========
</TABLE>

The partners' capital accounts for financial reporting purposes vary from
the tax capital accounts.

See accompanying notes.

F-212
<PAGE> 368

INDIANA CABLE ASSOCIATES, LTD.

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED
------------------------------------------
12/31/96 12/31/97 12/31/98
----------- ----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss).................................... $ (82,136) $ 692,574 $ 1,323,208
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization..................... 1,608,188 1,320,889 1,245,423
Amortization of deferred loan costs............... 48,764 72,922 23,149
Loss on disposal of assets........................ 6,266 639 74,714
Loss on write-off of deferred loan cost associated
with early retirement of debt................... -- -- 95,832
Decrease (increase) in customer accounts
receivable...................................... (13,110) 1,536 1,359
Increase in other receivables..................... (80,843) (108,256) (37,787)
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and
deposits........................................ (53,259) (5,928) 20,039
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and
accrued liabilities............................. (190,357) (147,971) 179,057
Increase (decrease) in customer prepayments....... 16,355 (13,190) (3,235)
Decrease in interest payable...................... (12,314) (39,471) (32,475)
----------- ----------- ------------
Net cash provided by operating activities.... 1,247,554 1,773,744 2,889,284
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property, plant and equipment........... (675,244) (592,685) (1,732,831)
Proceeds from sale of assets......................... 227,025 23,662 4,979
----------- ----------- ------------
Net cash used in investing activities........ (448,219) (569,023) (1,727,852)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from long-term debt......................... 2,000,000 1,450,000 10,636,421
Proceeds from interpartnership debt.................. -- -- 9,606,630
Deferred loan cost................................... (70,000) (29,776) (92,127)
Payments of long-term debt........................... (2,200,000) (3,100,000) (21,286,421)
----------- ----------- ------------
Net cash used in financing activities........ (270,000) (1,679,776) (1,135,497)
----------- ----------- ------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents... 529,335 (475,055) 25,935
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year......... 28,404 557,739 82,684
----------- ----------- ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year............... $ 557,739 $ 82,684 $ 108,619
=========== =========== ============
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Interest paid........................................ $ 1,324,965 $ 1,258,078 $ 947,606
=========== =========== ============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.
F-213
<PAGE> 369

INDIANA CABLE ASSOCIATES, LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. GENERAL INFORMATION

GENERAL INFORMATION:

Indiana Cable Associates, Ltd. (the "Partnership"), a Colorado limited
partnership, was organized in March 1987 for the purpose of acquiring and
operating cable television systems and related operations in Indiana and
Illinois.

For financial reporting purposes, Partnership profits or losses are
allocated 3.5% to the general partners and 96.5% to the limited partners.
Limited partners are not required to fund any losses in excess of their capital
contributions.

ACQUISITION BY INTERLINK COMMUNICATIONS PARTNERS, LLLP:

Interlink Communications Partners, LLLP ("ICP") agreed to purchase all of
the interests of the Partnership. ICP acquired all of the limited partner
interests, effective December 31, 1998, and is currently in the process of
obtaining the necessary consents to transfer all of the Partnership's franchises
to ICP. Once these are obtained, ICP will then purchase the general partner
interest in the Partnership, and the Partnership will, by operation of law, be
consolidated into ICP.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:

The Partnership records additions to property, plant and equipment at cost,
which in the case of assets constructed includes amounts for material, labor,
overhead and capitalized interest, if applicable.

For financial reporting purposes, the Partnership uses the straight-line
method of depreciation over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Buildings and improvements......................... 5-30 years
Transmission and distribution systems and related
equipment........................................ 3-15 years
Office furniture and equipment..................... 5 years
</TABLE>

OTHER ASSETS:

Other assets are carried at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis
over the following lives:

<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Franchises -- the terms of the franchises
(10-19 1/2 years)
Goodwill -- the term of the Partnership
agreement (12 3/4 years)
Deferred loan costs -- the term of the debt (1-6 years)
Organization costs -- 5 years
</TABLE>

F-214
<PAGE> 370
INDIANA CABLE ASSOCIATES, LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

INCOME TAXES:

No provision for the payment or refund of income taxes has been provided
for the Partnership since the partners are responsible for reporting their
distributive share of Partnership net income or loss in their personal
capacities.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

The Partnership considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with
a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

REVENUE RECOGNITION:

Customer fees are recorded as revenue in the period the service is
provided.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS:

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, customer accounts
receivable, accounts payable and interpartnership debt approximate fair value.

USE OF ESTIMATES:

IMPACT OF YEAR 2000 (UNAUDITED):

The Partnership recognizes that certain of its time-sensitive computer
programs and product distribution equipment may be affected by conversion to the
year 2000. During 1998, management began their evaluation of the information
systems, product distribution facilities, and vendor and supplier readiness. To
date, considerable progress has been made to complete the evaluation process, to
integrate and test compliance installations, and to prepare contingency plans.
In addition, third party suppliers are either fully compliant or are expected to
be compliant by December 31, 1999. Management expects to have all systems
compliant, or have a contingency plan in effect that will result in minimal
impact on the operations.

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT:

In April 1998, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee issued
Statement of Position (SOP) 98-5 "Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up
Activities," which requires the Partnerships to expense all start-up costs
related to organizing a new business. This new standard also includes one-time
activities related to opening a new facility, introduction of a new product or
service, or conducting business with a new class of customer or in a new
territory. This standard is effective for the Partnerships' 1999 fiscal year.
Organization costs are all fully amortized resulting in SOP 98-5 having no
material effect on its financial position or the results of operations.

F-215
<PAGE> 371
INDIANA CABLE ASSOCIATES, LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

RECLASSIFICATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION:

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 1996 and 1997 financial
statements to conform with the 1998 financial statement presentation. Such
reclassifications had no effect on the net income or loss as previously stated.

3. OTHER ASSETS

At December 31, 1997 and 1998, other assets consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Franchises.................................. $13,144,332 $12,996,580
Goodwill.................................... 378,336 378,336
Deferred loan costs......................... 26,854 --
Organization costs.......................... 63,393 63,393
----------- -----------
13,612,915 13,438,309
Less accumulated amortization............... 7,795,493 8,355,280
----------- -----------
$ 5,817,422 $ 5,083,029
=========== ===========
</TABLE>

On December 31, 1997, the loan agreement with a financial institution was
amended (Note 4). At that time, the original loan's costs, which were fully
amortized, and the accumulated amortization were written off. The bank loan
amendment required the payment of additional loan costs which will be amortized
over the remaining term of the bank loan.

On August 31, 1998, the loan with a financial institution and the
subordinated debt loan with two investor groups were paid in full (Note 4). The
related deferred loan costs and associated accumulated amortization were written
off and $9,263 was recorded as an extraordinary loss. On December 30, 1998, the
new loan agreement with a financial institution was paid in full (Note 4). The
related deferred loan costs and associated accumulated amortization were written
off and $86,569 was recorded as an extraordinary loss.

4. DEBT

The Partnership had a revolving credit agreement with a financial
institution which provided for borrowing up to $7,000,000 with a maturity date
of December 31, 1997, at which time the balance of the loan was $4,650,000. On
December 31, 1997, the credit agreement was amended to reduce the amount
available to borrow to $5,200,000 and extend the maturity date to December 31,
1998. The Partnership also had subordinated term notes with two investors
totalling $6,000,000 at December 31, 1997. Total outstanding loans at December
31, 1997 were $10,650,000. On August 31, 1998, the revolving credit loan and
subordinated term notes had a balance of $3,450,000 and $6,000,000,
respectively; at that date, the total balance of $10,650,000 and accrued
interest were paid in full. On that same date, the Partnership obtained a new
credit agreement with a financial institution. The new credit agreement provided
for a senior term note payable in the amount of $7,500,000 and a revolving
credit loan which provided for borrowing up to

F-216
<PAGE> 372
INDIANA CABLE ASSOCIATES, LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

$7,500,000. At December 30, 1998, the term note and revolving credit had a
balance of $7,500,000 and $1,950,000, respectively; at that date, the total
balance of $9,450,000 and accrued interest were paid in full. The Partnership
also incurred a LIBOR break fee of $2,170 in conjunction with the retirement of
debt which was recorded as an extraordinary item.

Also on December 30, 1998, the Partnership obtained a new interpartnership
loan agreement with ICP (Note 1). Borrowing under the interpartnership loan, as
well as interest and principal payments are due at the discretion of the
management of ICP, resulting in no minimum required annual principal payments.
The balance of the interpartnership loan at December 31, 1998 was $9,606,630.
The effective interest rate at December 31, 1998 was 8.5%.

5. MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

The Partnership has entered into a management agreement with Rifkin and
Associates, Inc., (Rifkin) whose sole stockholder is affiliated with a general
partner of the Partnership. The agreement provides that Rifkin shall manage the
Partnership and shall receive annual compensation equal to 2 1/2% of gross
revenues and an additional 2 1/2% if a defined cash flow level is met. Effective
September 1, 1998, Rifkin conveyed its CATV management business to R & A
Management, LLC (RML). The result of this transaction was the conveyance of the
Rifkin management agreement (Rifkin Agreement) to RML (RML Agreement). Expenses
incurred pursuant to the Rifkin Agreement and the RML Agreement are disclosed on
the Statement of Operations.

6. LEASE COMMITMENTS

At December 31, 1998, the Partnership had lease commitments under long-term
operating leases as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1999.................................................. $27,408
2000.................................................. 6,300
2001.................................................. 2,700
2002.................................................. 1,500
2003.................................................. 1,500
Thereafter............................................ 10,500
-------
Total....................................... $49,908
=======
</TABLE>

Rent expense, including pole rent, was as follows for the periods
indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TOTAL
RENTAL
PERIOD EXPENSE
- ------ --------
<S> <C>
Year Ended December 31, 1996......................... $105,590
Year Ended December 31, 1997......................... 98,693
Year Ended December 31, 1998......................... 104,155
</TABLE>

F-217
<PAGE> 373
INDIANA CABLE ASSOCIATES, LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

7. RETIREMENT BENEFITS

The Partnership has a 401(k) plan for its employees that have been employed
by the Partnership for at least one year. Employees of the Partnership can
contribute up to 15% of their salary, on a before-tax basis, with a maximum 1998
contribution of $10,000 (as set by the Internal Revenue Service). The
Partnership matches participant contributions up to a maximum of 50% of the
first 3% of a participant's salary contributed. All participant contributions
and earnings are fully vested upon contribution and Partnership contributions
and earnings vest 20% per year of employment with the Partnership, becoming
fully vested after five years. The Partnership's matching contributions for the
years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 were $4,723, $8,769 and $8,639,
respectively.

F-218
<PAGE> 374

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Partners
R/N South Florida Cable Management
Limited Partnership

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of R/N South Florida
Cable Management Limited Partnership as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the
related consolidated statements of operations, partners' equity (deficit) and
cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Partnership's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of R/N
South Florida Cable Management Limited Partnership at December 31, 1997 and
1998, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the
years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Denver, Colorado
February 19, 1999

F-219
<PAGE> 375

R/N SOUTH FLORIDA CABLE MANAGEMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998
ASSETS (PLEDGED) ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Cash and cash equivalents........................... $ 362,619 $ 678,739
Customer accounts receivable, less allowance for
doubtful accounts of $85,867 in 1997 and $84,474
in 1998........................................... 569,296 455,339
Other receivables................................... 1,180,507 1,691,593
Prepaid expenses and deposits....................... 416,455 393,022
Property, plant and equipment, at cost:
Transmission and distribution system and related
equipment......................................... 22,836,588 27,981,959
Office furniture and equipment...................... 704,135 755,398
Leasehold improvements.............................. 546,909 549,969
Construction in process and spare parts inventory... 718,165 744,806
----------- -----------
24,805,797 30,032,132
Less accumulated depreciation....................... 9,530,513 11,368,764
----------- -----------
Net property, plant and equipment......... 15,275,284 18,663,368
Other assets, at cost less accumulated amortization
(Note 2).......................................... 6,806,578 5,181,012
----------- -----------
Total assets.............................. $24,610,739 $27,063,073
=========== ===========

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities............ $ 2,994,797 $ 2,356,540
Interest payable.................................... 287,343 --
Customer prepayments................................ 699,332 690,365
Long-term debt (Note 3)............................. 29,437,500 --
Interpartnership debt (Note 3)...................... -- 31,222,436
----------- -----------
Total liabilities......................... 33,418,972 34,269,341
Commitments (Notes 4 and 5)
Partners' equity (deficit):
General partner................................... (96,602) (81,688)
Limited partner................................... (9,582,050) (8,104,718)
Special limited partner........................... 870,419 980,138
----------- -----------
Total partners' equity (deficit).................... (8,808,233) (7,206,268)
----------- -----------
Total liabilities and partners' deficit... $24,610,739 $27,063,073
=========== ===========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes

F-220
<PAGE> 376

R/N SOUTH FLORIDA CABLE MANAGEMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED
---------------------------------------
12/31/96 12/31/97 12/31/98
----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES:
Service................................... $16,615,767 $17,520,883 $18,890,202
Installation and other.................... 1,732,681 2,425,742 3,158,742
----------- ----------- -----------
18,348,448 19,946,625 22,048,944
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Operating expense......................... 2,758,704 3,489,285 3,707,802
Programming expense....................... 4,075,555 4,014,850 4,573,296
Selling, general and administrative
expense................................. 3,979,002 4,087,845 4,537,535
Depreciation.............................. 1,787,003 1,912,905 2,256,765
Amortization.............................. 1,350,195 1,287,588 1,293,674
Management fees........................... 733,938 797,863 881,958
Loss on disposal of assets................ 373,860 513,177 178,142
----------- ----------- -----------
Total costs and expenses........ 15,058,257 16,103,513 17,429,172
----------- ----------- -----------
Operating income.......................... 3,290,191 3,843,112 4,619,772
Interest expense.......................... 2,528,617 2,571,976 2,583,338
----------- ----------- -----------
Net income before extraordinary item...... 761,574 1,271,136 2,036,434
Extraordinary item -- loss on early
retirement of debt (Note 2)............. -- -- 434,469
----------- ----------- -----------
Net income................................ $ 761,574 $ 1,271,136 $ 1,601,965
=========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

F-221
<PAGE> 377

R/N SOUTH FLORIDA CABLE MANAGEMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PARTNERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SPECIAL
GENERAL LIMITED LIMITED
PARTNERS PARTNERS PARTNERS TOTAL
--------- ------------ -------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Partners' equity (deficit) at
December 31, 1995.............. $(115,526) $(11,456,616) $731,199 $(10,840,943)
Net income for the year ended
December 31, 1996........... 7,090 702,324 52,160 761,574
--------- ------------ -------- ------------
Partners' equity (deficit) at
December 31, 1996.............. (108,436) (10,754,292) 783,359 (10,079,369)
Net income for the year ended
December 31, 1997........... 11,834 1,172,242 87,060 1,271,136
--------- ------------ -------- ------------
Partners' equity (deficit) at
December 31, 1997.............. (96,602) (9,582,050) 870,419 (8,808,233)
Net income for the year ended
December 31, 1998........... 14,914 1,477,332 109,719 1,601,965
--------- ------------ -------- ------------
Partners' equity (deficit) at
December 31, 1998.............. $ (81,688) $ (8,104,718) $980,138 $ (7,206,268)
========= ============ ======== ============
</TABLE>

The partners' capital accounts for financial reporting purposes vary from
the tax capital accounts.

See accompanying notes.

F-222
<PAGE> 378

R/N SOUTH FLORIDA CABLE MANAGEMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED
------------------------------------------
12/31/96 12/31/97 12/31/98
----------- ----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income.................................. $ 761,574 $ 1,271,136 $ 1,601,965
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization............ 3,137,198 3,200,493 3,550,439
Amortization of deferred loan cost....... 68,898 79,108 89,788
Loss on early retirement of debt......... -- -- 434,469
Loss on disposal of assets............... 373,860 513,177 178,142
Decrease (increase) in customer accounts
receivable............................. 1,420 (152,229) 113,957
Increase in other receivables............ (377,553) (506,325) (511,086)
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses
and deposits........................... (114,720) 115,734 23,433
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable
and accrued liabilities................ 122,512 513,839 (638,257)
Increase (decrease) in customer
prepayments............................ 362 208,021 (8,967)
Increase (decrease) in interest
payable................................ 180 16,207 (287,343)
----------- ----------- ------------
Net cash provided by operating
activities....................... 3,973,731 5,259,161 4,546,540
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property, plant and
equipment................................ (4,000,631) (4,288,776) (5,915,434)
Additions to other assets, net of
refranchises............................. (10,600) (164,560) (186,790)
Proceeds from the sale of assets............ 16,674 70,865 92,443
----------- ----------- ------------
Net cash used in investing
activities....................... (3,994,557) (4,382,471) (6,009,781)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from long-term debt................ 2,750,000 3,850,000 5,550,000
Proceeds from interpartnership debt......... -- -- 31,222,436
Payments of long-term debt.................. (2,604,913) (4,562,500) (34,987,500)
Deferred loan costs......................... -- (132,727) (5,575)
----------- ----------- ------------
Net cash provided by (used in)
financing activities............. 145,087 (845,227) 1,779,361
----------- ----------- ------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents..... 124,261 31,463 316,120
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the
year........................................ 206,895 331,156 362,619
----------- ----------- ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year...... $ 331,156 $ 362,619 $ 678,739
=========== =========== ============
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Interest paid............................... $ 2,412,038 $ 2,441,662 $ 2,780,893
=========== =========== ============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes
F-223
<PAGE> 379

R/N SOUTH FLORIDA CABLE MANAGEMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION AND ORGANIZATION:

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
R/N South Florida Cable Management Limited Partnership (the "Partnership") and
its substantially wholly-owned subsidiary Rifkin/Narragansett South Florida CATV
Limited Partnership (the "Operating Partnership"). Each partnership is a Florida
Limited Partnership. The Partnership was organized in 1988 for the purpose of
being the general partner to the Operating Partnership which is engaged in the
installation, ownership, operation and management of cable television systems in
Florida.

In 1992, the Partnership adopted an amendment to the Partnership agreement
(the "Amendment") and entered into a Partnership Interest Purchase Agreement
whereby certain Special Limited Partnership interests were issued in the
aggregate amount of $1,250,000. These new Special Limited Partners are
affiliated with the current General and Limited Partners of the Partnership. The
Amendment provides for the methods under which the gains, losses, adjustments
and distributions are allocated to the accounts of the Special Limited Partners.

For financial reporting purposes, partnership profits or losses are
allocated to the limited partners, special limited partners and general partners
in the following ratios: 92.22%, 6.849% and .931%, respectively. Limited
partners and special limited partners are not required to fund any losses in
excess of their capital contributions.

ACQUISITION BY INTERLINK COMMUNICATIONS PARTNERS, LLLP:

InterLink Communications Partners, LLLP ("ICP") agreed to purchase all of
the interests of the Partnerships. ICP acquired all of the limited partner
interests of the Operating Partnership, effective December 31, 1998, and is
currently in the process of obtaining the necessary consents to transfer all of
the Operating Partnership's franchises to ICP. Once obtained, ICP will then
purchase the general partner interest, and the Partnership, by operation of law,
will consolidate into ICP.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:

Property, plant and equipment additions are recorded at cost, which in the
case of assets constructed includes amounts for material, labor, overhead and
capitalized interest, if applicable.

For financial reporting purposes, the Operating Partnership uses the
straight-line method of depreciation over the estimated useful lives of the
assets as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Transmission and distribution systems and related
equipment....................................... 15 years
Office furniture and equipment.................... 3-15 years
Leasehold improvements............................ 5-8 years
</TABLE>

F-224
<PAGE> 380
R/N SOUTH FLORIDA CABLE MANAGEMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

OTHER ASSETS:

Other assets are carried at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis
over the following lives:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Franchises.............. -- the terms of the franchises (3-13
years)
Goodwill................ -- 40 years
Organization costs...... -- 5 years
Deferred loan costs..... -- the term of the debt (8 years)
</TABLE>

INCOME TAXES:

No provision for the payment or refund of income taxes has been provided
since the partners are responsible for reporting their distributive share of
partnerships net income or loss in their personal capacities.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

The Partnerships consider all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with
a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

REVENUE RECOGNITION:

Customer fees are recorded as revenue in the period the service is
provided.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, customer accounts
receivable, accounts payable and interpartnership debt approximate fair value.

USE OF ESTIMATES:

IMPACT OF YEAR 2000 (UNAUDITED):

The Partnerships recognize that certain of its time-sensitive computer
programs and product distribution equipment may be affected by conversion to the
year 2000. During 1998, management began their evaluation of the information
systems, product distribution facilities, and vendor and supplier readiness. To
date, considerable progress has been made to complete the evaluation process, to
integrate and test compliance installations, and to prepare contingency plans.
In addition, third party suppliers are either fully compliant or are expected to
be compliant by December 31, 1999. Management expects to have all systems
compliant, or have a contingency plan in effect that will result in minimal
impact on the operations.

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT:

In April 1998, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee issued
Statement of Position (SOP) 98-5 "Reporting on the costs of Start-Up
Activities," which requires the Partnerships to expense all start-up costs
related to organizing a new business. This new standard also includes one-time
activities related to opening a new facility, introduction of

F-225
<PAGE> 381
R/N SOUTH FLORIDA CABLE MANAGEMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

a new product or service, or conducting business with a new class of customer or
in a new territory. This standard is effective for the Partnerships' 1999 fiscal
year. The organization costs are fully amortized, resulting in SOP 98-5 having
no material effect on its financial position or the results of operations.

RECLASSIFICATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION:

2. OTHER ASSETS

At December 31, 1997 and 1998, other assets consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Franchises and other................ $14,348,984 $14,535,774
Goodwill............................ 3,429,845 3,429,845
Deferred loan costs................. 694,819 --
Organization costs.................. 23,218 23,218
----------- -----------
18,496,866 17,988,837
Less accumulated amortization....... 11,690,288 12,807,825
----------- -----------
$ 6,806,578 $ 5,181,012
=========== ===========
</TABLE>

On December 30, 1998, the Partnerships' loan with a financial institution
was paid in full (Note 3). The related deferred loan costs and associated
accumulated amortization were written off and an extraordinary loss of $434,469
was recorded.

3. DEBT

The Partnerships had senior term note payable and a revolving credit loan
agreement with a financial institution. The senior term note payable was a
$29,500,000 loan which required varying quarterly payments which commenced on
September 30, 1996. On June 30, 1997, the loan agreement was amended to defer
the June 30, 1997 and September 30, 1997 principal payments and restructured the
required principal payment amounts due through December 31, 2003. The revolving
credit loan provided for borrowing up to $3,000,000 at the discretion of the
Partnerships. On June 30, 1997, the loan agreement was amended to increase the
amount provided for borrowing under the revolving credit loan to $3,750,000. At
December 31, 1997, the term notes and the revolving credit loan had a balance of
$28,387,500 and $1,050,000, respectively, with a total balance of $29,437,500.
At December 30, 1998, the term notes and the revolving credit loan had a balance
of $27,637,500 and $3,300,000, respectively; at that date, the total balance of
$30,937,500 and accrued interest were paid in full.

Also on December 30, 1998, the Partnerships obtained a new interpartnership
loan agreement with ICP (Note 1). Borrowing under the interpartnership loan, as
well as interest and principal payments are due at the discretion of the
management of ICP, resulting in no minimum required annual principal payments.
The balance of the

F-226
<PAGE> 382
R/N SOUTH FLORIDA CABLE MANAGEMENT LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

interpartnership loan at December 31, 1998 was $31,222,436. The effective
interest rate at December 31, 1998 was 8.5%.

4. MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

The Partnerships have entered into a management agreement with Rifkin &
Associates, Inc. (Rifkin). The management agreement provides that Rifkin shall
manage the Operating Partnership and shall be entitled to annual compensation of
4% of gross revenues. Effective September 1, 1998, Rifkin conveyed its CATV
management business to R & A Management, LLC (RML). The result of this
transaction was the conveyance of the Rifkin management agreement (Rifkin
Agreement) to RML (RML Agreement). Expenses incurred pursuant to the Rifkin
Agreement and the RML Agreement are disclosed on the Consolidated Statement of
Operations.

5. LEASE COMMITMENTS

At December 31, 1998, the Operating Partnership had lease commitments under
long-term operating leases as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1999................................................. $195,437
2000................................................. 189,643
2001................................................. 116,837
--------
Total...................................... $501,917
========
</TABLE>

Rent expense, including pole rent, was as follows for the periods
indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TOTAL
RENTAL
PERIOD EXPENSE
- ------ --------
<S> <C>
Year Ended December 31, 1996....................... $262,231
Year Ended December 31, 1997....................... 279,655
Year Ended December 31, 1998....................... 295,107
</TABLE>

6. RETIREMENT BENEFITS

The Operating Partnership has a 401(k) plan for its employees that have
been employed by the Operating Partnership for at least one year. Employees of
the Operating Partnership can contribute up to 15% of their salary, on a
before-tax basis, with a maximum 1998 contribution of $10,000 (as set by the
Internal Revenue Service). The Operating Partnership matches participant
contributions up to a maximum of 50% of the first 3% of a participant's salary
contributed. All participant contributions and earnings are fully vested upon
contribution and Operating Partnership contributions and earnings vest 20% per
year of employment with the Operating Partnership, becoming fully vested after
five years. The Operating Partnership's matching contributions for the years
ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 were $15,549, $23,292 and $20,652,
respectively.

F-227
<PAGE> 383

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Charter Communications Holdings, LLC:

We have audited the accompanying statements of operations and changes in
net assets and cash flows of Sonic Communications Cable Television Systems for
the period from April 1, 1998, through May 20, 1998. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Sonic
Communications Cable Television Systems for the period from April 1, 1998,
through May 20, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

/s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

St. Louis, Missouri,
February 5, 1999

F-228
<PAGE> 384

SONIC COMMUNICATIONS CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
FOR THE PERIOD FROM APRIL 1, 1998, THROUGH MAY 20, 1998

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
REVENUES.................................................... $ 6,343,226
-----------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Operating costs........................................... 1,768,393
General and administrative................................ 1,731,471
Depreciation and amortization............................. 1,112,057
-----------
4,611,921
-----------
Income from operations................................. 1,731,305
INTEREST EXPENSE............................................ 289,687
-----------
Income before provision for income taxes............... 1,441,618
PROVISION IN LIEU OF INCOME TAXES........................... 602,090
-----------
Net income............................................. 839,528
NET ASSETS, April 1, 1998................................... 55,089,511
-----------
NET ASSETS, May 20, 1998.................................... $55,929,039
===========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

F-229
<PAGE> 385

SONIC COMMUNICATIONS CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE PERIOD FROM APRIL 1, 1998, THROUGH MAY 20, 1998

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income................................................ $ 839,528
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by
operating activities --
Depreciation and amortization.......................... 1,112,057
Changes in assets and liabilities --
Accounts receivable, net............................. 49,980
Prepaid expenses and other........................... 171,474
Accounts payable and accrued expenses................ (1,479,682)
-----------
Net cash provided by operating activities......... 693,357
-----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property, plant and equipment................ (470,530)
Payments of franchise costs............................... (166,183)
-----------
Net cash used in investing activities............. (636,713)
-----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Payments on long-term debt................................ (41,144)
-----------
Net cash used in financing activities............. (41,144)
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS................... 15,500
-----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period.............. 532,238
-----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period.................... $ 547,738
===========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

F-230
<PAGE> 386

SONIC COMMUNICATIONS CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Sonic Communications Cable Television Systems (the Company) operates cable
television systems in California and Utah.

Effective May 21, 1998, the Company's net assets were acquired by Charter
Communications Holdings, LLC.

CASH EQUIVALENTS

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original
maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The Company depreciates its cable distribution systems using the
straight-line method over estimated useful lives of 5 to 15 years for systems
acquired on or after April 1, 1981. Systems acquired before April 1, 1981, are
depreciated using the declining balance method over estimated useful lives of 8
to 20 years.

Vehicles, machinery, office, and data processing equipment and buildings
are depreciated using the straight-line or declining balance method over
estimated useful lives of 3 to 25 years. Capital leases and leasehold
improvements are amortized using the straight-line or declining balance method
over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset.

INTANGIBLES

The excess of amounts paid over the fair values of tangible and
identifiable intangible assets acquired in business combinations are amortized
using the straight-line method over the life of the franchise. Identifiable
intangible assets such as franchise rights, noncompete agreements and subscriber
lists are amortized using the straight-line method over their useful lives,
generally 3 to 15 years.

REVENUES

Cable television revenues from basic and premium services are recognized
when the related services are provided.

Installation revenues are recognized to the extent of direct selling costs
incurred. The remainder, if any, is deferred and amortized to income over the
estimated average period that customers are expected to remain connected to the
cable television system. As of May 20, 1998, no installation revenue has been
deferred, as direct selling costs exceeded installation revenue.

INTEREST EXPENSE

Interest expense relates to a note payable to a stockholder of the Company,
which accrues interest at 7.8% per annum.

F-231
<PAGE> 387
SONIC COMMUNICATIONS CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

USE OF ESTIMATES

2. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

FRANCHISES

The Company has committed to provide cable television services under
franchise agreements with various governmental bodies for remaining terms up to
13 years. Franchise fees of up to 5% of gross revenues are payable under these
agreements.

LEASES

The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under noncancelable
operating leases. Leases and rental costs charged to expense for the period from
April 1, 1998, through May 20, 1998, were $59,199.

3. INCOME TAXES:

The results of the Company are included in the consolidated federal income
tax return of its parent, Sonic Enterprises, Inc., which is responsible for tax
payments applicable to the Company. The financial statements reflect a provision
in lieu of income taxes as if the Company was filing on a separate company
basis. Accordingly, the Company has included the provision in lieu of income
taxes in the accompanying statement of operations.

The provision in lieu of income taxes approximates the amount of tax
computed using U.S. statutory rates, after reflecting state income tax expense
of $132,510 for the period from April 1, 1998, through May 20, 1998.

4. REGULATION IN THE CABLE TELEVISION INDUSTRY:

The cable television industry is subject to extensive regulation at the
federal, local and, in some instances, state levels. The Cable Communications
Policy Act of 1984 (the "1984 Cable Act"), the Cable Television Consumer
Protection and Competition Act of 1992 (the "1992 Cable Act") and together with
the 1984 Cable Act, the "Cable Acts"), and the Telecommunications Act of 1996
(the "1996 Telecom Act"), establish a national policy to guide the development
and regulation of cable television systems. The Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) has principal responsibility for implementing the policies of
the Cable Acts. Many aspects of such regulation are currently the subject to
judicial proceeding and administrative or legislative proposals. Legislation and
regulations

F-232
<PAGE> 388
SONIC COMMUNICATIONS CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

continue to change, and the Company cannot predict the impact of future
developments on the cable television industry.

The 1992 Cable Act permits certified local franchising authorities to order
refunds of basic service tier rates paid in the previous twelve-month period
determined to be in excess of the maximum permitted rates. For the period from
April 1, 1998, through May 20, 1998, the amount refunded by the Company has been
insignificant. The Company may be required to refund additional amounts in the
future.

The Company believes that it has complied in all material respects with the
ownership of the 1992 Cable Act, including the rate setting provisions
promulgated by the FCC. However, in jurisdictions that have chosen not to
certify, refunds covering the previous twelve-month period may be ordered upon
certification if the Company are unable to justify its basic rates. The Company
is unable to estimate at this time the amount of refunds, if any, that may be
payable by the Company in the event certain of its rates are successfully
challenged by franchising authorities or found to be unreasonable by the FCC.
The Company does not believe that the amount of any such refunds would have a
material adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations of
the Company.

F-233
<PAGE> 389

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Long Beach Acquisition Corp.:

We have audited the accompanying statements of operations, stockholder's
equity and cash flows of Long Beach Acquisition Corp. (a Delaware corporation)
for the period from April 1, 1997, through May 23, 1997. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audit.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Long Beach
Acquisition Corp. for the period from April 1, 1997, through May 23, 1997, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

St. Louis, Missouri,
July 31, 1998

F-234
<PAGE> 390

LONG BEACH ACQUISITION CORP.

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE PERIOD FROM APRIL 1, 1997, THROUGH MAY 23, 1997

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SERVICE REVENUES............................................ $ 5,313,282
-----------
EXPENSES:
Operating costs........................................... 1,743,493
General and administrative................................ 1,064,841
Depreciation and amortization............................. 3,576,166
Management fees -- related parties........................ 230,271
-----------
6,614,771
-----------
Loss from operations................................... (1,301,489)
INTEREST EXPENSE............................................ 753,491
-----------
Net loss............................................... $(2,054,980)
===========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

F-235
<PAGE> 391

LONG BEACH ACQUISITION CORP.

STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
FOR THE PERIOD FROM APRIL 1, 1997, THROUGH MAY 23, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS A, SENIOR
VOTING REDEEMABLE ADDITIONAL TOTAL
COMMON PREFERRED PAID-IN ACCUMULATED STOCKHOLDER'S
STOCK STOCK CAPITAL DEFICIT EQUITY
-------- ----------- ----------- ------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE,
April 1, 1997....... $100 $11,000,000 $33,258,723 $(51,789,655) $(7,530,832)
Net loss............ -- -- -- (2,054,980) (2,054,980)
---- ----------- ----------- ------------ -----------
BALANCE,
May 23, 1997........ $100 $11,000,000 $33,258,723 $(53,844,635) $(9,585,812)
==== =========== =========== ============ ===========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

F-236
<PAGE> 392

LONG BEACH ACQUISITION CORP.

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE PERIOD FROM APRIL 1, 1997, THROUGH MAY 23, 1997

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss.................................................. $(2,054,980)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by
operating activities-
Depreciation and amortization.......................... 3,576,166
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from
acquisition-
Accounts receivable, net............................. (830,725)
Prepaid expenses and other........................... (19,583)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses................ (528,534)
Other current liabilities............................ 203,282
-----------
Net cash provided by operating activities......... 345,626
-----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property, plant and equipment................ (596,603)
-----------
Net cash used in investing activities............. (596,603)
-----------
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS................... (250,977)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period.............. 3,544,462
-----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period.................... $ 3,293,485
===========
CASH PAID FOR INTEREST...................................... $ 1,316,462
===========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

F-237
<PAGE> 393

LONG BEACH ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MAY 23, 1997

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Long Beach Acquisition Corp. (LBAC or the "Company") was a wholly owned
corporation of KC Cable Associates, L.P., a partnership formed through a joint
venture agreement between Kohlberg, Kravis, Roberts & Co. (KKR) and Cablevision
Industries Corporation (CVI). The Company was formed to acquire cable television
systems serving Long Beach, California, and surrounding areas.

On May 23, 1997, the Company executed a stock purchase agreement with
Charter Communications Long Beach, Inc. (CC-LB) whereby CC-LB purchased all of
the outstanding stock of the Company for an aggregate purchase price, net of
cash acquired, of $150.9 million. Concurrent with this stock purchase, CC-LB was
acquired by Charter Communications, Inc. (Charter) and Kelso Investment
Associates V, L.P., an investment fund (Kelso).

As of May 23, 1997, LBAC provided cable television service to subscribers
in southern California.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original
maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost, including all direct and
certain indirect costs associated with the construction of cable transmission
and distribution facilities, and the cost of new customer installation. The
costs of disconnecting a customer are charged to expense in the period incurred.
Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred, and
equipment replacement costs and betterments are capitalized.

Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful
life of the related asset as follows:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Leasehold improvements........................... Life of respective lease
Cable systems and equipment...................... 5-10 years
Subscriber devices............................... 5 years
Vehicles......................................... 5 years
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment......... 5-10 years
</TABLE>

FRANCHISES

Franchises include the assigned fair value of the franchise from purchased
cable television systems. These franchises are amortized on a straight-line
basis over six years, the remaining life of the franchise at acquisition.

F-238
<PAGE> 394
LONG BEACH ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets include goodwill, which is amortized over fifteen years;
subscriber lists, which are amortized over seven years; a covenant not to
compete which is amortized over five years; organization costs which are
amortized over five years and debt issuance costs which are amortized over ten
years, the life of the loan.

IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS

REVENUES

Cable television revenues from basic and premium services are recognized
when the related services are provided.

Installation revenues are recognized to the extent of direct selling costs
incurred. The remainder, if any, is deferred and amortized to income over the
average estimated period that customers are expected to remain connected to the
cable television system. As of May 23, 1997, no installation revenue has been
deferred, as direct selling costs have exceeded installation service revenues.

INCOME TAXES

LBAC's income taxes are recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes."

USE OF ESTIMATES

F-239
<PAGE> 395
LONG BEACH ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

2. STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY:

For the period from April 1, 1997, through May 23, 1997, stockholder's
equity consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Stockholder's (deficit) equity:
Common stock -- Class A, voting $1 par value, 100 shares
authorized, issued and outstanding..................... $ 100
Common stock -- Class B, nonvoting, $1 par value, 1,000
shares authorized, no shares issued.................... --
Senior redeemable preferred stock, no par value, 110,000
shares authorized, issued and outstanding, stated at
redemption value....................................... 11,000,000
Additional paid-in capital................................ 33,258,723
Accumulated deficit....................................... (53,844,635)
------------
Total stockholder's (deficit) equity................... $ (9,585,812)
============
</TABLE>

3. INTEREST EXPENSE:

The Company has the option of paying interest at either the Base Rate of
the Eurodollar rate, as defined, plus a margin which is based on the attainment
of certain financial ratios. The weighted average interest rate for the period
from April 1, 1997, through May 23, 1997, was 7.3%.

4. REGULATION IN THE CABLE TELEVISION INDUSTRY:

The cable television industry is subject to extensive regulation at the
federal, local and, in some instances, state levels. The Cable Communications
Policy Act of 1984 (the "1984 Cable Act"), the Cable Television Consumer
Protection and Competition Act of 1992 (the "1992 Cable Act") and together with
the 1984 Cable Act, the "Cable Acts"), and the Telecommunications Act of 1996
(the "1996 Telecom Act"), establish a national policy to guide the development
and regulation of cable television systems. The Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) has principal responsibility for implementing the policies of
the Cable Acts. Many aspects of such regulation are currently the subject to
judicial proceeding and administrative or legislative proposals. Legislation and
regulations continue to change, and the Company cannot predict the impact of
future developments on the cable television industry.

The 1992 Cable Act permits certified local franchising authorities to order
refunds of basic service tier rates paid in the previous twelve-month period
determined to be in excess of the maximum permitted rates. As of May 23, 1997,
the amount refunded by the Company has been insignificant. The Company may be
required to refund additional amounts in the future.
F-240
<PAGE> 396
LONG BEACH ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

5. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

The Company has entered into a management agreement (the "Management
Agreement") with CVI under which CVI manages the operations of the Company for
an annual management fee equal to 4% of gross operating revenues, as defined.
Management fees under this agreement amounted to $210,100 for the period from
April 1, 1997, through May 23, 1997. In addition, the Company has agreed to pay
a monitoring fee of two dollars per basic subscriber, as defined, per year for
services provided by KKR. Monitoring fees amounted to $20,171 for the period
from April 1, 1997, through May 23, 1997.

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

LEASES

The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under noncancelable
operating leases. Rent expense incurred under these leases for the period from
April 1, 1997, through May 23, 1997, was $67,600.

The Company rents utility poles in its operations. Generally, pole rental
agreements are short term, but LBAC anticipates that such rentals will recur.
Rent expense for pole attachments for the period from April 1, 1997, through May
23, 1997, was $12,700.

F-241
<PAGE> 397
LONG BEACH ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

LITIGATION

The Company is a party to lawsuits which are generally incidental to its
business. In the opinion of management, after consulting with legal counsel, the
outcome of these lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's financial position or results of operations.

7. INCOME TAXES:

The Company has not recognized the tax benefit associated with its taxable
loss for the period from April 1, 1997, through May 23, 1997, as the Company
believes the benefit will likely not be realized.

8. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:

Substantially all employees of the Company are eligible to participate in a
defined contribution plan containing a qualified cash or deferred arrangement
pursuant to IRC Section 401(k). The plan provides that eligible employees may
contribute up to 10% of their compensation to the plan. The Company made no
contributions to the plan for the period from April 1, 1997, through May 23,
1997.

F-242
<PAGE> 398

- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------

NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON IS AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO REPRESENT ANYTHING NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. YOU MUST
NOT RELY ON ANY UNAUTHORIZED INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS. THIS PROSPECTUS IS
AN OFFER TO ISSUE ONLY THE EXCHANGE NOTES OFFERED HEREBY, BUT ONLY UNDER
CIRCUMSTANCES AND IN JURISDICTIONS WHERE IT IS LAWFUL TO DO SO. THE INFORMATION
CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS CURRENT ONLY AS OF ITS DATE.

-------------------------

TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Notice to Investors................. i
Available Information............... ii
Prospectus Summary.................. 1
Risk Factors........................ 19
Use of Proceeds..................... 31
Capitalization...................... 32
Unaudited Pro Forma Financial
Statements........................ 33
Unaudited Selected Historical
Combined Financial and Operating
Data.............................. 44
Selected Historical Financial
Data.............................. 46
Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations..................... 47
The Exchange Offer.................. 57
Business............................ 64
Regulation and Legislation.......... 87
Management.......................... 93
Principal Equity Holders of Charter
Holdings.......................... 98
Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions...................... 99
Description of the Credit
Facilities........................ 100
Description of Notes................ 102
Certain Federal Tax
Considerations.................... 143
Legal Matters....................... 151
Index to Financial Statements....... F-1
</TABLE>

- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
$3,575,000,000
OFFER TO EXCHANGE

8.250% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2007,
8.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2009 AND
9.920% SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2011
FOR ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING
8.250% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2007,
8.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2009 AND
9.920% SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2011
OF

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS
HOLDINGS, LLC

AND

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS
HOLDINGS CAPITAL CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE> 399

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

INDEMNIFICATION UNDER THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF CHARTER
HOLDINGS.

The Limited Liability Company Agreement of Charter Holdings (the "LLC
Agreement"), entered into as of February 9, 1999, by CCI, as the initial member
(the "Member"), provides that the members, the Manager (as defined therein), the
directors, their affiliates or any person who at any time serves or has served
as a director, officer, employee or other agent of any member or any such
affiliate, and who, in such capacity, engages or has engaged in activities on
behalf of Charter Holdings (collectively, "Indemnifiable Persons"), shall be
indemnified and held harmless by Charter Holdings to the fullest extent
permitted by law from and against any losses, damages, expenses (including
attorneys' fees), judgments and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by or in connection with any claim, action, suit or
proceeding arising out of or incidental to an Indemnifiable Person's conduct or
activities on behalf of Charter Holdings (collectively, "Claims").
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification is available under the LLC
Agreement in respect of any Claim adjudged to be primarily the result of bad
faith, willful misconduct or fraud of an Indemnifiable Person. Payment of the
indemnification obligations set forth herein shall be made from the assets of
Charter Holdings and the members shall not be personally liable to an
Indemnifiable Person for payment of indemnification thereunder.

INDEMNIFICATION UNDER THE DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY ACT.

Section 18-108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act authorizes a
limited liability company to indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager
or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever,
subject to such standards and restrictions, if any, as are set forth in its
limited liability company agreement.

INDEMNIFICATION UNDER THE BY-LAWS OF CCHC.

The By-Laws of CCHC provide that CCHC, to the broadest and maximum extent
permitted by applicable law, will indemnify each person who was or is a party,
or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or
officer of CCHC, or is or was serving at the request of CCHC as a director,
officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding. To the extent
that a director, officer, employee or agent of CCHC has been successful on the
merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in
the preceding paragraph, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein,
such person will be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees)
actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by a director or officer in
defending any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by CCHC
in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding , as
authorized by the Board of Directors of CCHC, upon receipt of an undertaking by
or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall
ultimately be determined that such director or officer was not entitled to be
indemnified by CCHC as authorized in the By-Laws of CCHC. The indemnification
and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the By-Laws of
CCHC will not be deemed exclusive and are declared expressly to be non-exclusive
of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancements of
expenses may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or
disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person's
official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding an office,
and, unless otherwise

II-1
<PAGE> 400

provided when authorized or ratified, will continue as to a person who has
ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the
benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

INDEMNIFICATION UNDER THE DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"),
authorizes a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is
threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by
reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation
as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if
the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to
be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with
respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe
the person's conduct was unlawful. In addition, the DGCL does not permit
indemnification in any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in
the right of the corporation in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to
which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation,
unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was
brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of
liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is
fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses, which such court
shall deem proper. To the extent that a present or former director or officer of
a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any
action, suit or proceeding referred to above, or in defense of any claim, issue
or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including
attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection
therewith. Indemnity is mandatory to the extent a claim, issue or matter has
been successfully defended. The DGCL also allows a corporation to provide for
the elimination or limit of the personal liability of a director to the
corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, provided that such provision shall not eliminate or limit
the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty
to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good
faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law,
(iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or
redemptions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an
improper personal benefit. These provisions will not limit the liability of
directors or officers under the federal securities laws of the United States.

ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

EXHIBITS

II-2
<PAGE> 401

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
4.2 Form of 8.250% Senior Note due 2007 (included in Exhibit No. 4.1)*
4.3 Indenture relating to the 8.625% Senior Notes due 2009, dated as of March 17, 1999, among Charter Communications
Holdings, LLC, Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corporation and Harris Trust and Savings Bank*
4.4 Form of 8.625% Senior Note due 2009 (included in Exhibit No. 4.3)*
4.5 Indenture relating to the 9.920% Senior Discount Notes due 2011, dated as of March 17, 1999, among Charter
Communications Holdings, LLC, Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corporation and Harris Trust and Savings
Bank*
4.6 Form of 9.920% Senior Discount Note due 2011 (included in Exhibit No. 4.5)*
4.7 Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 17, 1999, by and among Charter Communications Holdings,
LLC, Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corporation, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Chase Securities Inc.,
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., NationsBanc Montgomery Securities
LLC, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA), Inc., First Union Capital Markets Corp.,
Prudential Securities Incorporated, TD Securities (USA) Inc., CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. and Nesbitt Burns
Securities Inc., relating to the 8.250% Senior Notes due 2007*
4.8 Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 17, 1999, by and among Charter Communications Holdings,
LLC, Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corporation, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Chase Securities Inc.,
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., NationsBanc Montgomery Securities
LLC, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA), Inc., First Union Capital Markets Corp.,
Prudential Securities Incorporated, TD Securities (USA) Inc., CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. and Nesbitt Burns
Securities Inc., relating to the 8.625% Senior Notes due 2009*
4.9 Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 17, 1999, by and among Charter Communications Holdings,
LLC, Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corporation, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Chase Securities Inc.,
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., NationsBanc Montgomery Securities
LLC, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA), Inc., First Union Capital Markets Corp.,
Prudential Securities Incorporated, TD Securities (USA) Inc., CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. and Nesbitt Burns
Securities Inc., relating to the 9.920% Senior Discount Notes due 2011*
5.1 Opinion of Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP regarding legality*
8.1 Opinion of Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP regarding tax matters*
21.1 Subsidiaries of Charter Communications Holdings, LLC and Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corporation*
23.1 Consent of Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP (contained in Exhibit No. 5.1)*
23.2 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
23.3 Consent of KPMG LLP
23.4 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.5 Consent of KPMG LLP
23.6 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.7 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.8 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.9 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.10 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
25.1 Statement of Eligibility of and Qualification (Form T-1) of Harris Trust and Savings Bank*
</TABLE>

II-3
<PAGE> 402
<TABLE>
<C> <S>
99.1 Form of Letter of Transmittal*
99.2 Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery*
</TABLE>

- -------------------------

* To be filed by amendment.

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Schedules not listed above are omitted because of the absence of the
conditions under which they are required or because the information required by
such omitted schedules is set forth in the financial statements or the notes
thereto.

ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake that:

(1) Prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered
hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this Registration
Statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within
the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering
prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable
registration form with respect to the reofferings by persons who may be
deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other
items of the applicable form.

II-4
<PAGE> 403

(2) Every prospectus: (i) that is filed pursuant to the immediately
preceding paragraph or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of
Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act and is used in connection with an
offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an
amendment to the Registration Statement and will not be used until such
amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability
under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake to respond to requests for
information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to
Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of
such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or
other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of the Registration Statement through the
date of responding to the request.

The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake to supply by means of a
post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in the Registration Statement when it became effective.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrants
have been advised that in the opinion of the Commission, such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrants of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrants in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrants will, unless in the opinion of their counsel the
matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by then is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.

II-5
<PAGE> 404

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrants
have duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of St. Louis, State of
Missouri on the twenty-eighth day of April, 1999.

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS, LLC

By: CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
------------------------------------------
its Manager and a Member

By: /s/ CURTIS S. SHAW
------------------------------------------
Name: Curtis S. Shaw
Title: Senior Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary

CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS CAPITAL
CORPORATION

By: /s/ CURTIS S. SHAW
------------------------------------------
Name: Curtis S. Shaw
Title: Senior Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- --------- ------------------------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C>

/s/ WILLIAM D. SAVOY Director of Charter Holdings and CCI April 28, 1999
- ------------------------------------
William D. Savoy

/s/ JERALD L. KENT President, Chief Executive Officer April 28, 1999
- ------------------------------------ and Director of Charter Holdings,
Jerald L. Kent CCHC and CCI

/s/ KENT D. KALKWARF Senior Vice President and Chief April 28, 1999
- ------------------------------------ Financial Officer of Charter
Kent D. Kalkwarf Holdings, CCHC and CCI
</TABLE>

II-6
<PAGE> 405

EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1.1 Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 12, 1999, by and among
Charter Communications Holdings, LLC, Charter Communications
Holdings Capital Corporation, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Chase
Securities Inc., Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., NationsBanc
Montgomery Securities LLC, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Credit
Lyonnais Securities (USA), Inc., First Union Capital Markets
Corp., Prudential Securities Incorporated, TD Securities
(USA) Inc., CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. and Nesbitt Burns
Securities Inc.*
3.1 Certificate of Formation of Charter Communications Holdings,
LLC*
3.2 Limited Liability Company Agreement of Charter
Communications Holdings, LLC*
3.3 Certificate of Incorporation of Charter Communications
Holdings Capital Corporation*
3.4 By-Laws of Charter Communications Holdings Capital
Corporation*
4.1 Indenture relating to the 8.250% Senior Notes due 2007,
dated as of March 17, 1999, between Charter Communications
Holdings, LLC, Charter Communications Holdings Capital
Corporation and Harris Trust and Savings Bank*
4.2 Form of 8.250% Senior Note due 2007 (included in Exhibit No.
4.1)*
4.3 Indenture relating to the 8.625% Senior Notes due 2009,
dated as of March 17, 1999, among Charter Communications
Holdings, LLC, Charter Communications Holdings Capital
Corporation and Harris Trust and Savings Bank*
4.4 Form of 8.625% Senior Note due 2009 (included in Exhibit No.
4.3)*
4.5 Indenture relating to the 9.920% Senior Discount Notes due
2011, dated as of March 17, 1999, among Charter
Communications Holdings, LLC, Charter Communications
Holdings Capital Corporation and Harris Trust and Savings
Bank*
4.6 Form of 9.920% Senior Discount Note due 2011 (included in
Exhibit No. 4.5)*
4.7 Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 17,
1999, by and among Charter Communications Holdings, LLC,
Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corporation,
Goldman, Sachs & Co., Chase Securities Inc., Donaldson,
Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, Bear, Stearns &
Co. Inc., NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC, Salomon
Smith Barney Inc., Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA), Inc.,
First Union Capital Markets Corp., Prudential Securities
Incorporated, TD Securities (USA) Inc., CIBC Oppenheimer
Corp. and Nesbitt Burns Securities Inc., relating to the
8.250% Senior Notes due 2007*
4.8 Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 17,
1999, by and among Charter Communications Holdings, LLC,
Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corporation,
Goldman, Sachs & Co., Chase Securities Inc., Donaldson,
Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, Bear, Stearns &
Co. Inc., NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC, Salomon
Smith Barney Inc., Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA), Inc.,
First Union Capital Markets Corp., Prudential Securities
Incorporated, TD Securities (USA) Inc., CIBC Oppenheimer
Corp. and Nesbitt Burns Securities Inc., relating to the
8.625% Senior Notes due 2009*
4.9 Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 17,
1999, by and among Charter Communications Holdings, LLC,
Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corporation,
Goldman, Sachs & Co., Chase Securities Inc., Donaldson,
Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, Bear, Stearns &
Co. Inc., NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC, Salomon
Smith Barney Inc., Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA), Inc.,
First Union Capital Markets Corp., Prudential Securities
Incorporated, TD Securities (USA) Inc., CIBC Oppenheimer
Corp. and Nesbitt Burns Securities Inc., relating to the
9.920% Senior Discount Notes due 2011*
5.1 Opinion of Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP regarding
legality*
8.1 Opinion of Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP regarding
tax matters*
21.1 Subsidiaries of Charter Communications Holdings, LLC and
Charter Communications Capital Holdings Corporation*
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 406
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
23.1 Consent of Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP (contained
in Exhibit No. 5.1)*
23.2 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
23.3 Consent of KPMG LLP
23.4 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.5 Consent of KPMG LLP
23.6 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.7 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.8 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.9 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.10 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
25.1 Statement of Eligibility of and Qualification (Form T-1) of
Harris Trust and Savings Bank*
99.1 Form of Letter of Transmittal*
99.2 Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery*
</TABLE>

- -------------------------

* To be filed by amendment.

<PAGE> 1

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our reports
covering the audited financial statements of Charter Communications Holdings,
LLC, CCA Group, CharterComm Holdings, L.P., Long Beach Acquisition Corp., Sonic
Communications Cable Television Systems, and Greater Media Cablevision Systems
(and to all references to our Firm) included in or made a part of this
registration statement.

/s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
APRIL 30, 1999

<PAGE> 1

Exhibit 23.3

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

The Board of Directors
Charter Communications, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report on the consolidated balance sheets of Marcus
Cable Company, L.L.C. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 and the
related consolidated statements of operations, members' equity and cash flows
for the period from April 23, 1998 to December 31, 1998 and the consolidated
statements of operations, partners' capital (deficit) and cash flows for the
period from January 1, 1998 to April 22, 1998 and for each of the years in the
two-year period ended December 31, 1997 included herein.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Dallas, Texas
April 29, 1999

<PAGE> 1

Exhibit 23.4

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the use of our report dated February 22, 1999 (except for
Note 11, as to which the date is February 24, 1999), with respect to the
consolidated financial statements of Renaissance Media Group LLC included in the
Registration Statement on Form S-4 and related Prospectus of Charter
Communications Holdings, LLC and Charter Communications Holdings Capital
Corporation for the registration of $3,575,000,000 Senior Notes and Senior
Discount Notes.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
New York, New York
April 30, 1999

<PAGE> 1

Exhibit 23.5

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

The Board of Directors
Charter Communications, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report included herein with respect to the combined
financial statements of Helicon Partners I, L.P. and affiliates as of December
31, 1997 and 1998 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 1998.

/s/ KPMG LLP

New York, New York
April 30, 1999

<PAGE> 1

Exhibit 23.6

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Charter Communications Holdings, LLC and
Charter Communications Holdings Capital Corporation of our report dated April
20, 1999 relating to the combined financial statements of InterMedia Cable
Systems, which appears in such Prospectus.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

San Francisco, California
April 29, 1999

<PAGE> 1

Exhibit 23.7

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of
Charter Communications Holdings, LLC and Charter Communications Holdings Capital
Corporation of our reports dated March 19, 1999 relating to the financial
statements of Rifkin Acquisition Partners, LLLP, and Rifkin Cable Income
Partners LP for the year ended December, 31, 1998.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Denver, Colorado
April 30, 1999

<PAGE> 1

Exhibit 23.8

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the use of our reports dated February 19, 1999, with respect
to the consolidated financial statements of R/N South Florida Cable Management
Limited Partnership and Indiana Cable Associates, Ltd. included in the
Registration Statement on Form S-4 and related Prospectus of Charter
Communications Holdings, LLC and Charter Communications Holdings Capital
Corporation for the registration of $3,575,000,000 Senior Notes and Senior
Discount Notes.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Denver, Colorado
April 30, 1999

<PAGE> 1

Exhibit 23.9

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the use of our report dated February 22, 1999, with respect
to the combined financial statements of the Picayune MS, Lafourche LA, St.
Tammany LA, St. Landry LA, Pointe Coupee LA and Jackson TN cable television
systems included in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 and related
Prospectus of Charter Communications Holdings, LLC and Charter Communications
Holdings Capital Corporation for the registration of $3,575,000,000 Senior Notes
and Senior Discount Notes.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
New York, New York
April 30, 1999

<PAGE> 1

Exhibit 23.10

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the use of our report dated March 16, 1998, with respect to
the combined financial statements of the Picayune MS, Lafourche LA, St. Tammany
LA, St. Landry LA, Pointe Coupee LA and Jackson TN cable television systems
included in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 and related Prospectus of
Charter Communications Holdings, LLC and Charter Communications Holdings Capital
Corporation for the registration of $3,575,000,000 Senior Notes and Senior
Discount Notes.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
New York, New York
April 30, 1999